Rhodora

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 5 Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN: RICH ee f
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.
VOLUME 19

1917

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T,

1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. January, 1917. No. 217.

STATICE IN NORTH AMERICA.
S. F. BLARE.

Like its near relative Limonium, the genus Statice! (Armeria
Willd.) is one of which the taxonomic treatment has been subject to
great diversity of opinion, Boissier in 1848 having enumerated fifty-
two species, all of which Otto Kuntze in 1891 proposed to reduce to
one. The several pre-linnaean species were lumped by Linnaeus in
the Species Plantarum into one, Statice Armeria, the diagnosis of which
(“scapo simplice capitato, foliis linearibus”) might even today almost
be taken as a generic character. Miller in 1768 and Link in 1801
recognized several European species, and Willdenow in 1809 had nine
species of the genus.

In 1814 Pursh ? recorded Statice Armeria as growing “on rocks near
the sea-shore: Pensylvania to Virginia. July, Aug. v. v.” Torrey?
soon after remarked that Pursh had “made some mistake respecting
the habitat, as there is no ‘sea-shore’ to Pennsylvania,” and, as
Pursh never visited any region in America where the Thrift grows as a
native, it is clear that his “ v[idi] v[ivam]” was based either on some
misapprehension or on garden specimens, perhaps escaped. The
species was rightly noted by Gray ‘ in the first edition of the Manual

1 The reason for the use of Statice L. emend. Mill. in place of Armeria, already explained in
my revision of American Limonium in Ruopora xviii. 55-56 (1916), may be repeated here.
Linnaeus’s Statice included the two groups, but he expressly noted the distinctions of Statice
and Limonium in his observations under the genus, and this action must be taken as indicat-
ing the species with rounded heads as the typical group of the genus, and hence as that one
for which the name must be retained, in accordance with Article 45 of the International
Rules.

2 FI. Am. Sept. i. 212 (1814).

3 Fl. N. & Mid. U. S. i. 329 (1824).
* Man. ed. 1. 280 (1848).

7
“2

2 ; Rhodora [JANUARY

as “a native of Northern Canada....but not of the United States,”
and Pursh’s error has in this case not caused the confusion that has
resulted from some of his other doubtful records.

The first really satisfactory exposition of the species of Statice
(Armeria) was made by the keen botanist Wallroth t in 1844. Its spe-
cies, of which twenty-seven were recognized, were divided by him into
three sections based on the pubescence of the fruiting calyx: Mastru-
catae, with calyx-tube pubescent between as well as on the ribs;
Barbatae, with calyx-tube pubescent only on the ribs; and Calvae, with
tube glabrous. The first two sections were each subdivided according
to the nature of the attachment between calyx and pedicel into two
groups — Rostellatae, with the base of the calyx drawn out into a
subacicular beak, and Truncatae, in which the point of attachment
of the calyx was much shorter, and the calyx-base consequently
less prolonged. The American species recognized were three, all
described as new: Armeria labradorica, the only eastern species, of
the Mastrucatae Truncatae; and A. arctica, based on the Armeria
vulgaris forma arctica of Chamisso, from the Alaskan coast and is-
lands, and A. sanguinolenta, from “Sumpfen Nordamerika’s,” both of
the Barbatae Truncatae. In Boissier’s monograph? of Armeria in
1848 two primary divisions of the genus were recognized. Macro-
centron, corresponded in general to Wallroth’s two groups called Rostel-
latae, with his Calvae, while Plagiobasis embraced all the remaining
species. The second and much larger section, Plagiobasis, including
all the American species, was divided into § 1. Holotrichae, answer-
ing to Wallroth’s Mastrucatae T'runcatae, with calyx pubescent both
on and between the ribs, and § 2. Pleurotrichae, equalling Wallroth’s
Barbatae Truncatae, with calyx pubescent only on the ribs. Wallroth’s
three North American species were recognized, and A. andina Poepp.
B. californica was described from California.

Despite their recognition by Boissier, and the fact that by him as
by their describer they were considered referable to two distinct sec-
tions or subsections, no notice of Wallroth’s species seems to have
been taken in American botanical literature in the seventy-two years
since their publication. Gray? in 1878, treating of Armeria vulgaris
Willd. from North America, described it as having the calyx-tube

1 Beitr. i. 169-218 (1844).
2 Boiss. in DC. Prod. xii. 674-689 (1848).
3 Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1. 55 (1878).

1917] Blake,— Statice in North America 3

“10-nerved, hairy at least on the stronger nerves or angles; the lobes
blunt or cuspidate,” and gave it “in various forms” a range through
Arctic America on both coasts and south to California, Europe, northern
Asia, Chili, and Patagonia. Later American authors have without
exception followed Gray’s course in combining the eastern and west-
ern forms of our coasts, and in the latest work treating of the genus in
North America, Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora (ed. 2, ii. 719
(1913)), the calyx is described in similar terms.

Reference has already been made to Kuntze’s proposed amalga-
mation of all the fifty or more described species in one, the original
Statice Armeria L. The slightest consideration of any moderately
large collection of the genus is sufficient to show the absurdity of such
a course. Although the species are usually closely similar in habit,
characters of fair significance and constancy can be found in the size,
shape, and pubescence of the leaves, in the size of the head and
the nature of the bracts, and occasionally in the pubescence of the
stem. It is to the fruiting calyx, however, that one must look for the
essential characters not only of sectional subdivision but also of
specific discrimination. The constancy of the characters on which
the subsections Holotrichae and Pleurotrichae are based has indeed
been called into question by more than one botanist. It was however
firmly supported by Boissier, whose knowledge of the genus as a whole
has probably not yet been surpassed, and Druce, who has carefully
examined the English species as to this feature, states! that he has
found no evidence of intergradation between the two groups. The
very confused state of the material in most herbaria undoubtedly
contributes to the belief that the location and amount of the pubes-
cence is subject to variation, but in the apparent absence of proof of
this assumption the opinion of Wallroth and Boissier, the two leading
monographers of the genus, is not lightly to be disregarded, and the
evidence I am about to bring forward, derived from a careful study of
the American species, goes far to confirm the validity of the characters
on which the groups Holotrichae and Pleurotrichae are founded.

Careful examination of the material in the Gray Herbarium shows
that in every one of the thirty collections of Statice from the eastern
coast of America (including several from Greenland) the calyx-tube
is more or less hairy between the ribs, at least in the neighborhood

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. xxxv. 68-70 (1901).

4 Rhodora : [JANUARY

of the oblique rib connecting the intermediate ribs at apex with the
main ribs of the calyx, which itself (i. e. the cross-rib) is also always
hairy; while each of the twenty-two collections from western America,
including the area from Kotzebue Sound to Monterey, is absolutely
glabrous between the ribs, although these are frequently as hairy as
in the eastern species, and the cross-ribs uniting the main and inter-
mediate ribs are likewise always perfectly glabrous. Although no
other constant differences have been discovered between the plants
of the two areas, the absolute constancy of this feature and its correla-
tion with geographic distribution, in the light of the importance laid
upon just this character by Wallroth and Boissier, lead me to consider
the plants perfectly distinct. The two western species of the Pleuro-
trichae proposed by Wallroth, however, are not confirmed by the
material examined, which is much more extensive than that accessible
to him.

Although agreeing in the essential character of pubescence of the
calyx-limb, the eastern plants differ somewhat among themselves in
regard to the shape of the calyx-lobes, which may be merely acuminate,
apiculate, short-cuspidate, or rather long-cuspidate (cusp 0.4-0.5 mm.
long). Careful study shows that while the distinction between the
long-cuspidate and short-cuspidate forms seems a fairly constant one,
no line can be drawn between the short-cuspidate, apiculate, and
acuminate forms, all three or gradations between them occurring not
rarely on the same calyx. Accordingly it has seemed best to recog-
nize the long-cuspidate form, which best agrees with Wallroth’s
description of his A. labradorica, as varietally distinct from the more
varied but entirely intergradient plexus of short-cuspidate to acumi-
nate forms. While the long-cuspidate form, in all the material
at hand, is always pubescent on the scape, as described by Wallroth,
the other plant occurs in both a glabrous and a pubescent form,
although no concomitant characters have been found to distinguish
them. It has seemed advisable to give this variation only formal
recognition. The three sheets of this variety with merely acumi-
nate or apiculate calyx-lobes from Mount Albert, Quebec, the only
known station south of Labrador, agree in having ciliate leaves, all
the others being glabrous on the leaves even if puberulous on the
scapes, with the exception of a single collection from Labrador.

The western plants, as has been brought to my attention by Prof.
Fernald, also show differences among themselves worthy of at least

1917] Blake,— Statice in North America 5

varietal recognition. The Californian material, distinguishable at a
glance by its longer broader leaves and generally taller scapes, has
always glabrous leaves with a very blunt sometimes almost truncate
tip, naturally more obvious in the broader-leaved specimens but dis-
tinguishable in all. In the Alaskan material, on the other hand, the
usually much shorter, narrower, and laxer leaves are always more or
less ciliate, and the tip is distinctly subulate-pointed. However no
absolute line of demarcation exists. In the specimens collected by
Bridges (no. 320) and Bolander in California the glabrous leaves are
often more or less subulate-pointed; Allen’s number 96, from Wash-
ington, like Lyall’s plants from Vancouver Island, is also more or
less intermediate in this respect; and Rosendahl & Brand’s 19, from
Vancouver Island, although with the stiff glabrous leaves of the Cali-
fornian plant, is quite intermediate in nature of leaf-tip. While the
Alaskan form, in habit and in leaf-apex, thus shows a likeness to the
eastern form, its calyx-characters are distinctly those of the Cali-
fornian plant, with which as has been shown it intergrades, and the
two seem best treated as varieties of one species.

The relationship of the Californian plant, which was described by
Boissier as a variety of Armeria andina Poepp. (Statice andina
(Poepp.) Rendle), to the latter is quite evident when material of the
two is compared. The two collections in the Gray Herbarium (by
C. Gay and Reed) referable to S. andina nevertheless show sufficiently
marked differential characters from the North American species to
make it inadvisable to unite them, particularly when the great gap in
their ranges is considered. They have an apparently much longer
leafy axis than the Californian plant, and the blunted emarginate
calyx-lobes are mucronulate or aristulate from the terminal notch
by the prolonged midribs of the lobes. The stem is also strongly
pustulose, a feature perhaps of no great consequence but at any
rate consistently shown by the South American material in the Gray
Herbarium. Although the resemblance between the two is sufficient
to indicate the possibility of a genetic relationship in the not very
remote past, the present gap in characters and range and the inter-
gradation above demonstrated between the Alaskan and Californian
extremes indicate that the latter is best treated as a variety of the
Alaskan plant.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

KEY To Forms.

a. Calyx-tube pubescent between as well as on the ribs; cross-ribs pubescent.
1. S. labradorica (Wallr.) Hubb. & Blake.
b. Calyx-lobes long-cuspidate (cusp 0.4-0.5 mm. long). . Var. genuina Blake.
b. Calyx-lobes acuminate to short-cuspidate (cusp 0.2 mm. long or less).
Var. submutica Blake.
c. Scape glabrous........ CaN use Se Forma glabriscapa Blake.
age. ee rE a a onh Forma pubiscapa Blake.
a. Calyx-tube pubescent only on the ribs; cross-ribs glabrous.
2. SS. arctica (Cham.) Blake.
b. Leaves ciliate, the apex subulately acutish......... Var. genuina Blake.
b. Leaves glabrous, the apex very bluntly rounded.
Var. californica (Boiss.) Blake.

1. Sratice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard & Blake, comb. nov.
Root long, slenderly tapering, white within. Scapes 1-7, glabrous
or densely shortly spreading-pubescent, 2.8-27 cm. high. Leaves
in a dense basal tuft, narrowly linear, shortly subulate-pointed or
slightly apiculate, glabrous or rarely ciliate, 1-nerved or the broader
3-nerved, the nerves slightly impressed above, 3.5-8 cm. long, 0.7-
1.5 (-2) mm. wide. Heads hemispheric, 1.5-2.1 em. in diameter.
Two outermost bracts lance-ovate, acuminate, scarcely mucronate,
glabrous, with brownish center, about 8 mm. long; next three empty,
broadly elliptic, mucronate by the excurrent brown midrib at the
rounded apex, 8 mm. long, 5 mm. wide. Spikelets 2-3-flowered.
Fruiting bract suborbicular-cuneate or -obovate, broadly rounded at
the somewhat undulate apex, scarious-membranaceous, very slightly
greenish-nerved in middle, with brownish center and often purplish
border, 7.5-8.5 mm. long. Pedicels glabrous, short; scar of attach-
ment oblique, ovate. Calyx obconic below, with funnelform limb,
6-7 mm. long; proper tube 3-3.3 mm. long, 10-ribbed, densely
ascending-pilose on all the ribs as well as on the cross-ribs (i. e. those
connecting the main and intermediate ribs), and more or less densely
ascending-pilose between them, at least toward the summit of the
proper tube; limb 5-lobed, whitish to pale lavender, scarious, the
5 brown or purplish-brown short-pilose nerves evanescent in the middle
of the lobes or running to their apices and prolonged into a cusp;
lobes deltoid or lance-deltoid, from acuminate to apiculate, short-
cuspidate, or long-cuspidate, about 1.2 mm. long; intermediate teeth
truncate, emarginate, or rounded, about 0.3 mm. high. Petals lilac.
— Armeria labradorica Wallr. Beitr. i. 185 (1844); Boiss. in DC. Prod.
xii. 678 (1848). Statice Armeria and Armeria vulgaris Am. auth.,
in part.— The above description is drawn to include all variations
of the species. This may be divided into the following varieties and
formae.

Var. genuina Blake, var. nov. Calycis lobi longe (0.4-0.5 mm.)
cuspidati. Scapus semper pubescens.— Calyx-lobes with a cusp
0.4-0.5 mm. long. Scape always pubescent.— Fic. 2.— Greenland

1917] _ Blake,— Statice in North America iy

and Labrador.— GREENLAND: Netiuleme, Whale Sound, 13 Aug.
1894, Wetherill 176. Laprapor: Netlik Bay, 4 Aug. 1861, Hayes
Expedition 35; Kangalaksiorvik Bay, Sept. 1908, O. Bryant; Nain,
11 Aug. 1897, Sornborger 112.

Var. submutica Blake, var. nov. Calycis lobi vel acuminati vel
apiculati vel breviter cuspidati (cuspide 0.2 mm. longa vel breviore).—
Calyx-lobes acuminate, apiculate, or short-cuspidate, the cusp 0.2
mm. long or less.

Forma glabriscapa Blake, forma nov. Scapus glaber.— Fie. 1.—
Greenland to Newfoundland and Mt. Albert, Quebec.— GREENLAND:
Aamhavyn,. 1870, Puggren; Fan Glacier, Inglefield Gulf, 2 Aug. 1894,
Wetherill 143. LABRADOR: Forteau, 1870, Rev. S. R. Butler. NEw-
FOUNDLAND: limestone barrens, near sea level, Pointe Riche, 4 Aug.
1910, Fernald, Wiegand, & Kittredge 3880; serpentine tablelands,
Bonne Bay, 380 m., 27 Aug. 1910, Fernald, Wiegand, & Kittredge
3879; highest summits of the Lewis Hills, July 1911, L. S. Sanford;
sandy plains, Coal River, 1896, Waghorne 29; Blomidon District,
July 1911, C. C. Stewart 11; serpentine and magnesian limestone
barrens, northern bases and slopes of Blomidon Mts., 24 July 1910,
Fernald, Wiegand, & Kittredge 3878; serpentine tableland, 550 m.,
northeast region of the Blomidon Mts., 21 Aug. 1910, Fernald &
Wiegand 3878a. QueEBEc: Mt. Albert, Gaspé, common above 915
m., 27 July 1881, J. A. Allen; very abundant in crevices and detritus
of serpentine, especially on open barrens, 900-1050 m., Mt. Albert,
8 July 1905, Collins & Fernald 127; serpentine barrens, Mt. Albert,
23 July 1906, Fernald & Collins 710 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Forma pubiscapa Blake, forma nov. Scapus plus minusve dense
breviterque patenti-pubescens.— Greenland and Labrador.— GREEN-
LAND: near Cape Acland, Inglefield Gulf, 31 July 1894, Wetherill
122; Cape York, 23 July 1894, Wetherill 65; Ulugsak near Arveprin-
sens Ejland, 3 July 1883, Sylow; Godhavn, 7 Aug. 1877-78, Kumlein;
Karsuk, Rink. Barrın Lanp: Nikkerton Islands, 15 July 1877-78,
Kumlein. Uneava: Port Burnell, Hudson Strait, 18 July 1910,
J. M. Macoun 79392. LABRADOR: Ehortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh,
Aug. 1896, C. Schmitt 308; 32 km. north of Narvak, 28 Aug. 1908,
H. S. Forbes; Rama, July-August 1899, A. Stecker 328 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.); Hebron, 4 Aug. 1908, H. S. Forbes; hills back of Okkak, Aug.
1911, F. C. Hinckley; Flint I., near Port Manvers, 22 Aug. 1908,
O. Bryant.

e Wallroth’s Armeria labradorica was based on specimens collected by
Sommer “in den Sumpfen auf Labrador” in 1833. Its relationship
with Statice maritima Mill. of Europe is undoubtedly close, but I
have seen no European specimens exactly matching our plant, and
in any case the European species are so confused and so much in need

of careful revision that it seems best to adopt for the American plant

8 ; Rhodora [JANUARY

Wallroth’s clearly applicable name until the whole group can be sub-
jected to the thorough investigation it so urgently requires, material
for which can be found only in European herbaria. From the char-
acters given by Wallroth (“ Frucht. ...sowohl an den hervorstehenden
Rippen als an den Zwichenfeldern fein beharrt. Die Fruchtkrone
fast von der Länge der Frucht, rundlich and kurz gelappt und mit
eben so kurzen Grannen versehen,” or as given in the Latin diagnosis,
“fructibus obovatis breviter pedicellatis mastrucatis, pappi lobis
ovatis subaristatis”) it seems highly probable that the specimens
collected by Sommer are referable to my first variety, which is ac-
cordingly designated var. genuina.

Fic. 1.— Statice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard & Blake var. submutica Blake forma
glabriscapa Blake (Fernald & Collins 710).

Fie. 2.— S. labradorica var. genuina Blake (Sornborger 112).

Fic. 3.— S. arctica (Cham.) Blake var. californica (Boiss.) Blake (Baker 2851). All X 7.

2. Sraticr arctica (Cham.) Blake, comb. nov. Root as in the
last or thicker, pinkish in section. Scapes 1-6, erect, slender or stout-
ish, always glabrous, more or less glandular-punctate, 12-52 cm. high.
Leaves in a dense basal tuft, linear, rounded or blunt at apex, or subu-
lately acutish, enlarged below into the scarious-margined base, glab-
rous or ciliate, 1-3(-sub-5)-nerved, (3-)5-20 cm. long, 0.8.-3(-4.5)
mm. wide. Heads hemispheric, 1.6-2.5 cm. thick. Outer bracts three,
ovate to oblong-ovate, oblong-lanceolate, or rarely lanceolate, acute,
scarcely mucronate, scarious-margined, 6-13 mm. long, 3.5-5 mm.
wide, glabrous. Sterile bracts about seven, rotund-elliptic, rounded
at apex, not mucronate, broadly scarious-margined, 9-12 mm. long,
4.5-5.5 mm. wide. Spikelets 3-flowered. Fruiting bract elliptic-
cuneate, broadly rounded at apex, not mucronate, scarious, nerved
in middle below, ca. 11 mm. long, 6.5 mm. wide. Bractlets (each
subtending a flower) broadly oval, rounded at apex, scarious, 6 mm.

1917] Blake,— Statice in North America 9

long or less. Pedicels glabrous, 3.5 mm. long or less; scar of attach-
ment oblique, obovate-fusiform. Calyx 6.5-7 mm. long; proper
tube obconic, 10-ribbed, the ribs pilose with spreading-ascending
hairs, the interspaces and cross-ribs entirely glabrous; limb funnel-
form, 5-nerved, the nerves shortly pilose; lobes about 1 mm. long,
depressed-deltoid, abruptly apiculate or mucronulate, rarely retuse,
the nerve evanescent near middle or continuing to apex, the tooth or
mucro 0.2-0.4 mm. long; intermediate teeth obsolescent or absent.
Petals lilac.— Armeria vulgaris Willd. forma arctica Cham. Linn. vi.
566 (1831). “A. vulgaris E. humilis forma arctica Ebel, De Armer.
Diss. 31 (1840),”’ fide Wallr.1. c. A. arctica Wallr. Beitr. i. 193 (1844);
Boiss. in DC. Prod. xii. 679 (1848). A. sanguinolenta Wallr. l. c.
207 (1844); Boiss. l. c. 682 (1848). A. vulgaris and Statice Armeria
Am. auth., in part.— Two varieties may be recognized.

Var. genuina Blake, var. nov. Folia ciliata apice subulato-acutius-
cula.— Alaska to British Columbia and Washington.— ALASKA:
Kotzebue Sound, Bongard, Arnott (Beechey’s Voyage), 1881, Muir 58;
Cape Nome, 1900, Blaisdell; Unga ï., 2 July 1872, Harrington;
Igognak I., Unalaska, 12 Sept. 1873, U. S. Coast Survey; Arakamtchet-
chene I., Bering Sts., 1853-56, C. Wright; St. Paul I., Elliott, 28 July
1891, J. Macoun. British Cotumpia: Vancouver I., 1858, Lyall.
WASHINGTON: prairie, Roy, 13 May 1899, O. D. Allen 96. Lyall’s
and Allen’s plants show some approach in leaf-tip to the next variety.
Rosendahl & Brand 19, from crevices of slate rock, District of Renfrew,
Vancouver Island, is intermediate in leaf-tip but has the glabrous
leaves of var. californica.

Var. californica (Boiss.) Blake, comb. nov. Folia glabra apice
late rotundata vel subtruncata, quam in var. genuina saepe latiora et
longiora.— Armeria andina Poepp. £. californica Boiss. l. c. 678 (1848).
— Fig. 3.— CALIFORNIA: hills near San Francisco, 8 April-1 May,
Bigelow; common on ridges, sandhills near San Francisco, 3 May
1903, C. F. Baker 2851; Oakland, H. Mann 21; near Monterey,
Hartweg 1927; Monterey, 1-15 June 1903, G. Newell; Pacific Grove,
July 1891, Michener & Bioletti 194; along beach, Pacific Grove,
30 April 1903, Heller 6641; without locality, Bridges 320, Brewer 650,
Bolander, Coulter, 577.

In this species as in S. labradorica hexamerous calyces occasionally
occur. The Unga Island specimen collected by Harrington is de-
cidedly aberrant, having a 6-lobed calyx with merely blunt or even
` emarginate lobes, but is connected by Muir’s Kotzebue plant with
the normal form.

It may be well to call attention to the fact that the differences
shown in the figures are, with the exception of those mentioned in the
text, entirely individual and in no way diagnostic of the forms repre-
sented.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

10 f Rhodora , [JANUARY

THE GENUS ELATINE IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Ir has become customary to treat all Elatine from the margins of
ponds and streams in eastern America as Elatine americana (Pursh)
Arn., — to such an extent that local botanists rarely examine the de-
tails of the plants. During the past summer, however, while exploring
the tidal reaches of the lower Kennebec system in Maine, Mr. Bayard
Long and the writer were much interested in a peculiar prostrate and
matted Elatine which was found in great abundance in the tidal mud
of Cathance River at Bowdoinham. The plants of these tidal flats
differed somewhat in appearance, the smaller plants having the leaves
cuneate-obovate to oblong and sessile, the larger plants having the
mostly larger leaves more broadly obovate and petioled. A detailed
study of this material, as well as all the specimens in the Gray Her-
barium, the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, and of
the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia (including the herbarium
of the Philadelphia Botanical Club) shows that we have in the Atlantic
states and eastern British America three quite distinct species of the
genus, distinguished not only in the form of the foliage but in the
floral characters and in the shape, size and markings of the seed.

The commonest plant is the small species in sandy, gravelly or
peaty pond-margins with rather small cuneate-obovate to oblong ses-
sile leaves. In this plant the flowers are dimerous, having two sepals,
two petals and two stamens. The seed is comparatively thick and
more or less barrel-shaped, with rounded ends, 0.5-0.7 mm. long and
220-280 u thick. The seed has distinct longitudinal ribs and between
them 15-18 obtuse cross-ribs marking off somewhat rectangular reticu-
lations. This plant, the commonest species in eastern America, was
well described and illustrated by Nuttall as Crypta minima! from
“gravelly banks of the Delaware overflowed by the tide.” The plant
is well illustrated with two sepals, two petals and two stamens, and
the type material, now preserved in the herbarium of the Academy
at Philadelphia, has the very characteristic seed of the common plant
of sandy and gravelly shores. This species, which Nuttall thought

1Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phil. i. 117, t. 6, fig. 1 (1817).

1917] ~~ Fernald,— Elatine in eastern North America 11

might be the same as Pursh’s Peplis americana but which is appar-
ently quite distinct from Pursh’s plant, although commonly occurring
in fresh sandy and gravelly shores, occasionally extends into wet
clay and even into the borders of salt marshes, although it is apparently
rare in these extreme habitats.

The plant which is more distinctive of brackish or tidal mud, the
plant with petioled obovate leaves, has a trimerous flower, with three
sepals and three petals, and is undoubtedly the plant intended by Pursh
as his Peplis americana, which was described, “foliis crassis spathu-
lato-obovatis’’, and which was “inundated during its flowering time,
in slow-flowing places of rivers, in Pensylvania.”! The habitat, it
is true, is so similar to that of Nuttall’s later published Crypta minima
that it was quite natural for Nuttall to assume that his plant and
Pursh’s were identical, but Nuttall’s species had dimerous flowers,
while Pursh’s plant of inundated shores was put by him into the Lin-
nean group Hexandria, where he certainly would not have placed a
plant with dimerous flowers.

The plant with petioled obovate leaves, which occurs on the tidal
flats of Cathance River in Maine and on the tidal flats of the Dela-
ware, as well as at a few other stations along the Atlantic coast, has
very definitely three sepals and three petals, although the writer has
been unable to determine with complete satisfaction (owing to the
maturity of specimens) whether the stamens are three or six. In view,
however, of the occurrence of this plant with trimerous flowers and
obovate leaves on the tidal flats of the Delaware River, there is little
doubt that it is the plant intended by Pursh as Peplis americana.
This plant, which is identified with Pursh’s species and which was
afterwards called Elatine americana by Arnott, differs from Crypta
minima (Nuttall) Fischer & Meyer in having the seeds ordinarily
curved and decidedly more slender, ranging from 140-190 yu in diam-
eter and with the longitudinal ribs much more irregular and obscure
and connected by 20-30 acute cross-ribs.

The third plant of the Atlantic slope is a well known species of
Europe, E. triandra Schkuhr, which has the trimerous flowers and
essentially the seed of true E. americana but which has thin linear,
elongate-lanceolate or lance-spatulate, often toothed leaves, and
which often grows to a height of 2 dm. with long internodes, in these

1 Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. i. 238 (1814).

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

characters being quite unlike either of the other eastern American
plants. The only known station in the Atlantic states for E. triandra
is at Skowhegan, Maine, where it was collected in October, 1914, by
Miss Louise H. Coburn from the bottom of a small pond in the park,
In response to a letter from the writer Miss Coburn collected addi-
tional material on October 28, 1916, and wrote in regard to the station:
“The pond is a natural bog-hole, enlarged and shaped for the Park
and has been planted with water-lilies, which came from the Mount
Desert Nurseries, Bar Harbor, and a few from Farquhar & Co. of
Boston and Dedham.”

Whether or not Elatine triandra is indigenous in Maine waits to be
determined. The species is certainly indigenous in Yellowstone Lake
and at other very remote points in the Rocky Mountain region,
although there is grave doubt as to the identity of the plant reported
under this name from Illinois. The species is common in Europe and
it is not impossible that it was introduced with roots of nursery stock
into the pond at Skowhegan. The question whether it is indigenous
in New England can be determined only by finding it at other stations
which have not been altered or planted to foreign plants.

By way of summary and in order to check the herbarium specimens
seen, the following synopsis is appended. The specimens examined
are in the Gray Herbarium and the herbaria of the New England
Botanical Club and of the Academy of Sciences at Philadelphia.

A. Seeds slender-cylindric, usually curved, 140-190» thick, with 20-30

acute cross-ribs between the irregular or obscure longitudinal ribs:
flowers 3-merous. B.

B. Leaves obovate to broadly spatulate, with rounded summits.

ELATINE AMERICANA (Pursh) Arnott, Edinb. Journ. Nat. & Geogr.
Sci. i. 431 (1830). Peplis americana Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 238
(1814).— Forming prostrate mats becoming, when fully developed,
0.6-2 dm. broad; the subascending branchlets 1-5 cm. long: leaves
3-8 mm. long, 1-4.3 mm. broad (in dried specimens): sepals 3: petals
3: stamens (?) 3 or 6.— Chiefly, if not always, in wet clay, locally
from Quebec to Delaware’ and eastern Pennsylvania. QUEBEC:
on mud, Hull, October, 1890, J. Macoun: near Hull, October 4, 1904,
J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 76,922. Marne: tidal mud-
flats of Cathance River (best developed on open mud of small tribu-
tary brooks and rills), September 14 and 19, 1916, Fernald & Long,
no. 14,107. Connecticut: muddy border of Cartwheel Pond,
Southington, August 22, 1900, C. H. Bissell; muddy shore of pond,
Maltby Park, Orange, October 10, 1873, F. W. Hall (plants with

1917] Fernald,— Elatine in eastern North America 13

unusually expanded red petals); muddy shore of pond, out of water
for some time, Huntington, August 16, 1899, E. H. Eames. NEw
Jersey: along Crosswicks Creek, Bordentown, Burlington Co.,
July 15, 1916, Long, nos. 6049, 6062; shores of Delaware River,
Camden, September, 1877, Martindale; tidal mud of Delaware River,
Camden, October 7, 1877, C. F. Parker; shores of Delaware near
Cooper’s Point, September 15, 1858, W. W. Wister. PENNSYLVANIA:
banks of Delaware, Andelusia, August, 1866, Martindale; mud island
in Delaware near Andelusia, August, 1898, C. S. Williamson; in tidal
mud of Delaware, Richmond, Philadelphia, October 11, 1868, E. D.;
tidal mud about the mouth of the Schuylkill and Tinicum, Delaware
County, August 2, 1865, C. E. Smith. Drtaware: Brandywine
Creek by the Rolling Mill and Railroad Bridge, Wilmington, 1863,
Canby; muddy banks of Brandywine Creek, Wilmington, July 16,
1865, A. Commons; tidal muddy banks of Brandywine between the
high and low water marks, Wilmington, October 18, 1873, A. Commons;
Noxontown Pond near Middletown, Newcastle County, August 16,
1908, E. B. Bartram; shore, two miles southeast of Middletown,
August 16, 1908, VanPelt & Long.

B. Leaves linear to linear-spatulate, truncate or emarginate at tip.

E. rrranpra Schkuhr, Bot. Handb. i. 345, t. 109b, fig. 2 (1791). —
Less matted; the ascending branches up to 2 dm. long: leaves 0.4-
1.2 dm. long, 1-2 mm. broad.— Eurasia; lakes and ponds of Maine
and the Rocky Mountain region, little known in America. The only
eastern material seen is from MAINE: bottom of little pond in the
‘Park, Skowhegan, October 15, 1914, October 28, 1916, Louise i.
Coburn.

A. Seeds thick-cylindric or barrel-shaped, mostly straight, 220-280 u

thick, with distinct longitudinal ribs and 15-18 obtuse cross-ribs:
flowers 2-merous.

E. mintma (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer, Linnaea, x. 73 (1836). Crypta
minima Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. i. 117, t. 6, fig. 1 (1817). E. Clin-
toniana Peck, Rep. Reg. Univ. N. Y. xxii. 52 (1869).— Creeping,
forming small mats rarely 1 dm. broad; the erect or strongly ascend-
ing branchlets 0.2-5 cm. high: leaves cuneate-obovate to oblong,
sessile or obscurely petioled, rounded at summit, 0.7-5 mm. long,
0.3-3 mm. broad: sepals 2: petals 2: stamens 2.—On sandy, peaty
or more rarely muddy shores and in shallow waters, Newfoundland to
Virginia and Minnesota. NEwFouNDLAND: shallow water, sandy
margin of pond, Whitbourne, August 8, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 5853; clay bottoms, small ponds among the hills back of Birchy
Cove (Curling), August 11, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3710.
Maine: submersed at sandy margin of Pennamaquan River, Pem-
broke, August 18, 1909, Fernald, no. 1875; border of Mill Pond,
Somesville, July 28, 1892, E. L. Rand, September 20, 1892, F ernald;

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

emersed and submersed, gravel at margin of Chickawaukie Pond,
Rockland, August 22, 1909, Fernald, nos. 1873, 1874; in mountain
pond, Mexico, September, 1894, Kate Furbish; abundant on muddy
shore of Messalonskee River, Waterville, September 2, 1898, Fernald,
no. 2607; in 1 m. of water, Great Pond, Belgrade, August 31, 1898,
Fernald, no. 2623; less common than E. americana on tidal mud-flats
of Cathance River, Bowdoinham, September 14 and 19, 1916, Fernald
& Long, no. 14,104; border of salt marsh, Back River Creek, Wool-
wich, September 15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,105; sandy bottom
of Sand Pond, Baldwin, August 30, 1916, Norton, Fernald & Long,
no. 14,107; abundant in shallow margin of Bauneg Beg Pond, North
Berwick, September 25, 1897, Parlin & Fernald. New HAMPSHIRE:
sandy shores of Gilmore Pond, Jaffrey, July 20, 1898, Robinson, no.
498; shore of Emerson Pond, Rindge, August 17, 1912, F. F. Forbes.
MassacHusetts: wet sand, border of Haggett’s Pond, Andover,
September 15, 1882, E. & C. E. Faxon, September 24, 1899, Rich,
Williams; sandy beach of Wenham Lake, Wenham, September 11,
1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 9935; Flax Pond, Lynn,
August, 1880, H. A. Young; Sluice Pond, Lynn, August 22, 1880,
E. & C. E. Faxon; Spot Pond, Melrose, September 29, 1880, E. &
C. E. Faxon; submerged margin of Spot Pond, Stoneham, September
29, 1880, E. & C. E. Faxon, August 19 and October 6, 1894, Rich;
wet sandy or peaty margin of Winter Pond, Winchester, September 22,
1908, Fernald, October 5, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 9936; sandy
margin of Heard’s Pond, Wayland, September 10, 1909, Fernald;
Learned’s Pond, South Framingham, August, 1874, C. E. Faxon;
shallow water near sandy margin of Cooper’s Pond, Carver, August
30, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 9931; in shallow waters of
pond, Plymouth, August 26, 1913, S. N. F. Sanford; damp sandy
beaches of Great South Pond and Boot Pond, Plymouth, September 6,
1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, nos. 9932, 9933; sandy borders of
small ponds, Bourne, September 15, 1901, Kennedy, Williams &
Fernald in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae, no. 23; Nine Mile Pond,
Centreville, Barnstable, September 4, 1898, Walliams, Greenman,
no. 425; shallow waters near margins of small sand-bottomed ponds
west of White Pond, Chatham, September 9, 1913, Fernald & Long,
no. 9934; Nonquitt, August 1890, E. W. Hervey; pond, Nantucket,
August, 1897, L. L. Dame; Maxcy’s Pond, Nantucket, August 12,
1905, Churchill; sandy beach of Wallum Pond, Douglas, October 29,
1911, Fernald; margin of Bass Pond, sand plains, Springfield, August
27, 1913, Bissell & Weatherby; edge of Goose Pond, Tyringham, July
27, 1911, R. Hoffmann. Ruope Istanp: “In Republica Insulae
Rhodiensis,” Thurber & Calder; Apponaug Pond, August 26, 1880,
E. & C. E. Faxon; Tiverton, August 18, 1877, J. C. Phelps; Sands
Pond, Block Island, August 18, 1892, Bailey & Collins; peaty ponds
and pools between Pilot Hill and Southeast Point, Block Island,
August 20, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 9930. CoNnnectI-

1917} Hubbard,— A new Agropyron from Cape Breton 15

cut: shallow water of Prospect Reservoir, Prospect, September 1,
1912, A. E. Blewitt, no. 1549; Middlebury, August 28, 1896, W. M.
Shepardson; shallow water and shores of Lake Quinnipaug, North
Gilford, August 19, 1906, G. H. Bartlett; New Haven, September 16,
1879, J. A. Allen; Lake Saltonstall, September 23, 1880, E. & C. E.
Faxon. New York: rocky shore of Bowman’s Pond, Sandlake,
Rensselaer County, July and August, 1868 (?), C. H. Peck (duplicate
type of E. Clintoniana Peck); lake, Averill Park, Rensselaer County,
September, 1883, J. H. Wibbe; submerged in shallow water, sandy
bottom of White Lake, Forestport, Oneida County, July 22, 1904,
Haberer, no. 2741; Albany, A. Gray; shores of Lake Mahopac, Put-
nam County, August, 1898, J. Carey; Long Island, J. Torrey. NEw
JERSEY: pond near Milton, Morris County, August 2, 1904, C. S.
Williamson; north shore of Spring Lake, Monmouth County, Sep-
tember 15, 1907, C. S. Williamson; in water, shore of Maxon’s Pond,
Point Pleasant, Ocean County, July 7, 1910, Van Pelt & Brown, no.
271; Bay Head, Ocean County, August 8, 1908, E. B. Bartram;
Toms River at Island Heights, August 19, 1892, J. R. Churchill;
margin of Delaware above William Cooper’s Ferry, S. N. Conrad;
shores of Delaware, Camden, September, 1877 (mixed with E. ameri-
cana) Martindale. PENNSYLVANIA: banks of the Delaware over-
flowed by the tide, West Kensington, July, 1817 (?) Nuttall (type of
Crypta minima); tidal mud about the mouth of the Schuylkill and
Tinicum, Delaware County, August 2, 1865 (material mixed with
E. americana), C. E. Smith. Marytanp: sandy shores of Wicomico
River near Salisbury, September, 1863, October, 1864, Canby. VIR-
GINIA: Alexandria, A. H. Curtiss. Minnesota: Linn Lake, Chisago
County, August, 1872, B. C. Taylor.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A NEW AGROPYRON FROM CAPE BRETON.

F. Tracy HUBBARD.

AGROPYRON acadiense, sp. nov. Glaucissimum, stoloniferum;
rhizomata squamigera pallide brunnea. Culmi solitarii vel pauci,
glabri, 2-6.5 dm. alti, nodis (3) valde constrictis flexilibusque; inno-
vationes duae vel plures, culmis molto breviores. Vaginae basilares
plures, glabrae, nonnullae elaminatae; illae culmorum laeves glabrae-
que marginibus aliquando breve ciliatis exceptis, inferiores purpureo-
rosae internodia circum aequantes vel etiam ea (saltem apud innova-
tiones) superantes, superiores internodiis breviores, ad oram laminae

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

vaginis auriculatis angustiores. Ligulae circa 0.5 mm. longae, mem-
branaceae erosaeque. Laminae e basi plus minus planato involutae,
5-16 cm. longae, basi ad 3 mm. latae, valde patentes rigidaeque,
infra glabrae laevesque, supra in nervis scabrae marginibus praecipue
basin versus barbulatis. Inflorescentia compacta e vagina superiore
plus minus exserta, aliquando a folio subtendente superata, 4-8.5 cm.
longa ad 1 em. lata; rachi internodiis superioribus exceptis fere glabro.
Spiculae 1.2-1.5 cm. longae, lateraliter compressae, paullum diver-
gentes, 3-5-florae; glumae duas tertias spiculorum longitudine
aequantes, glabrae, inferior 7-nervata, circa 8 mm. longa, carina
apicem acutiusculum versus barbulata, superior 5-nervata, circa
9 mm. longa, carina apicem acutiusculum vel minute mucronulatum
versus barbulata; lemmata glabra, 5-nervata, ad apicem in subulam
ad 4 mm. longam dorso barbulatam abrupte contracta, circa 1-1.2
cm. longa; paleae 2-carinatae carinis barbulatis, quam lemmata
breviores, ad apicem minute ciliolatae, truncatae paullum retusatae.
Very glaucous with a long, scaly, pale brown rootstock: culms
solitary or few to a clump, 2-6.5 dm. tall, 3-noded, glabrous; nodes
much constricted and flexible when fresh; innovations two to several,
much shorter than the culms; basal sheaths several, glabrous, some of
them bladeless; those of the culms smooth and glabrous except the
sometimes short-ciliate margins, the lower purplish-pink, about
equalling or exceeding the internodes (those of the innovations longer
than the internodes), the upper shorter than the internodes, all auricu-
late and contracted to the blade at the throat: ligules about 0.5 mm.
long, membranaceous and erose:, blades involute from a flattened
base, 5-16 em. long, 3 mm. broad at base, strongly spreading and
rigid, lower surface glabrous and smooth, upper surface scabrous on
the nerves, margins barbulate especially toward the base: inflores-
cence compact, more or less exserted from the upper sheath, sometimes
exceeded by the subtending leaf, 4-8.5 cm. long, up to 1 cm. broad,
the rachis almost glabrous except the upper internodes which are
slightly barbulate: spikelets 1.2-1.5 cm. long, laterally compressed,
slightly divergent, 3-5-flowered; glumes about } as long as the spike-
lets, inferior 7-nerved, about 8 mm. long, iaibailate on the keel toward
the acutish apex, superior 5-nerved, about 9 mm. long, barbulate
on the keel toward the acutish or minutely mucronulate apex; lem-
mas glabrous, abruptly narrowed to a subulate tip which is up to 4 mm.
long and barbulate dorsally, about 1-1.2 em. long; paleas 2-keeled,
with the keels barbulate, shorter than the lemmas, truncate and
slightly notched at the minutely ciliolate apex.— Nova Scorta:
dry sandy beach of Bras d’Or Lake, Grand Narrows, Cape Breton,
July 20, 1914, Fernald & St. John in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae (TYPE
in Gray Herb.), also Grand Narrows, July 27, 1898, John Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 21,030, distributed as A. occidentale.

Allied to A. Smithit Rydb. from which it differs in the constricted
and flexible nodes of the culm, the more involute blades which are

1917] Fernald,— A new Juncus from Cape Cod 17

never more than scabrous above, the almost wholly glabrous rachis,
the fewer-flowered and smaller spikelets and in the glumes which
are acutish or short-mucronulate instead of acuminate. It also
somewhat resembles A. pungens (Pers.) R. & S. from which it differs
in the narrower, more involute and slightly shorter leaves, the less
dense and not four-sided inflorescence and the fewer-flowered, some-
what less compressed spikelets.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW JUNCUS FROM CAPE COD.
M. L. FERNALD.

Juncus pervetus, n. sp., radicibus, rhizoma, culmis et foliis ut apud
J. Roemerianum; culmis teretibus vel compressis rigidis rectis vel tortis
0.6-1 m. altis; inflorescentiis terminalibus vel pseudolateralibus
supra compositis 2.5-10 cm. longis 2.5-6.5 cm. diametro, ramis rigide
adscentibus vel divergentibus; capitulis 10-30-floris subsphaericis
segregatis; floribus circa 2 mm. longis interdum unisexualibus;
sepalis petalisque subaequalibus pallide fuscis vel albescentibus ob-
longis obtusis membranaceo-marginatis, sepalis subcarinatis; stami-
nis 6 interdum abortivis, filamento antheram aequante; fructo exserto
3 mm. longo ovato-prismatico subulato-attenuato nitido stramineo vel
rufescente, placentis non crassatis; seminibus 0.4-0.6 longis anguste
obovoideis apice obtuse mucronatis basi breviter albido-caudatis.

Roots, rhizome, culms and leaves as in J. Roemerianus: culms terete
or compressed, rigid, erect or twisted, 0.6-1 m. high: inflorescences
terminal or falsely lateral, much branching, 2.5-10 em. long, 2.5-6.5
cm. in diameter; branches rigid, ascending or divergent: heads 10-
30-flowered, subspherical, scattered: flowers about 2 mm. long, some-
times unisexual: sepals and petals subequal pale-fuscous or whitish,
oblong, obtuse, with membranaceòus margins; sepals somewhat
carinate: stamens 6, sometimes wanting; filaments equaling the
anthers: fruit exserted, 3 mm. long, ovate-prismatic, subulate-atten-
uate, shining, stramineous or rufescent; the placentae not thickened:
seeds 0.4-0.6 mm. long, narrowly obovoid, bluntly mucronate at
apex, with a short white caudate appendage at base.— MASSACHU-
SETTS: brackish swale, Hyannis, August 29, 1909, E. W. Sinnott
(distributed as J. articulatus, var. obtusatus); forming a dense swale
for a few rods only at the peaty upper border of a brackish marsh,
east side of Lewis Bay, Yarmouth, October 14, 1916, M. L. Fernald &
F. K. Butters, no. 15,064 (TYPE), also in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

It is not improbable that Dr. Sinnott’s station is identical with ours,
the plant being excessively local and seen during three days of explora-
tion only on one marsh, very near the Sinnott cottage in West Yar-
mouth, at the outskirts of the village of Hyannis.

In many characters resembling J. Roemerianus which, however,
differs in the following essential points: more lax inflorescence with
the heads only 2-6-flowered; perianth 3-3.5 mm. long, with acute
sepals; filaments much shorter than the anthers; capsule only about
equaling the perianth, obtuse and merely mucronate; placentae
thickened; seed 0.75 mm. long, without caudate appendage at base.

Juncus pervetus is one of the many remarkable species of world-
wide affinities which are being so frequently discovered on the coastal
area of southern New England and southeastern British America.
It belongs to a unique subgenus, Junci thalassii of Buchenau, char-
acterized by rigid texture, usually bladeless lower sheaths, culm-like
rigid pungent cauline leaf with continuous pith (not septate), and
very branching usually rigid inflorescences bearing the flowers in
heads. Thus, to compare these plants with familiar examples, they
combine the habital characteristics of J. balticus or J. effusus with
those of J. militaris. This unique subgenus has, besides the newly
discovered J. pervetus, six species all of saline or subsaline habitats and
with a disrupted range which indicates that they are remnants of an
ancient group. J. acutus L. or one of its varieties occurs in the Atlan-
tic and Mediterranean regions of Europe and northern Africa, the
coasts and steppes of southwestern Asia, the Atlantic Islands (Madeira,
Azores, etc., and Bermuda), Cape of Good Hope, the coast of Cali-
fornia, southern Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina, Chile and the Islands of
Juan Fernandez off the coast of Chile. J. Cooperi Engelm. is known
only from saline regions of California and Nevada; J. Roemerianus
only on the coast from Virginia to Texas; J. austerus Buchenau only
from Chile; and J. Kraussii only from South Africa; while J. mari-
timus Lam. is widely but interruptedly dispersed: on the Atlantic
and Mediterranean coasts of Europe, southwestern Asia and north-
eastern Africa, Cape of Good Hope, the Azores, Bermudas, Brazil,
Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, with its only station on the
North American coast on Coney Island, New York.

It is thus evident that J. pervetus belongs in a subgenus of highly
localized and presumably ancient species which were once widespread
but are now reduced to scattered and often quite dissociated areas.
That the plant is excessively local on Cape Cod will be evident from

1917] Fernald,— A new Juncus from Cape Cod 19

the fact that, having detected the species in Dr. Sinnott’s collection,
now in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, the writer
and other members of the Club spent two days in June last, in the
neighborhood of Hyannis with the plant especially in mind but
without detecting it; later, in September, ten members of the Club
watched without success for it during a two-day field-trip; on October
7 and 8, Messrs. Butters, St. John and the writer devoted two long
days to a systematic search for it in many of the brackish swales in
southern Barnstable and Yarmouth without success and on October
14, when the plant was finally found, it was in only one very limited
station, a few rods long and perhaps a rod wide at the upper margin of
a marsh, where the deeply creeping tough rootstocks extended on the
one side into brackish or even saline marsh, on the other into acid peat.
In this very restricted station, however, the plant was so prolific as
quite to exclude all other species from the limited area.

We now know on the Atlantic coast of North America three of the
seven species of the Junci thalassii (four if we include J. acutus, var.
Leopoldii of Bermuda); two of them from only a single restricted
station each: J. maritimus on Coney Island; J. pervetus on Cape Cod.
That other stations along the Atlantic seaboard should be expected is
apparent and it is hoped that this extended notice may result in their
discovery. In the past J. acutus, J. maritimus and J. Roemerianus
have been credited to the coast of New Jersey, but the status of these
plants in New Jersey is thus summarized by Dr. Witmer Stone.

“We can find no New Jersey specimens of J. maritimus or J. roe-
merianus, and their inclusion in the New Jersey flora seems to rest
wholly upon a statement of Pursh (Fl. Amer. Sept. I. 235. 1814). He
gives ‘Juncus acutus on the sandy seacoast New Jersey, &c.’ In the
first edition of Gray’s Manual this record is quoted under Juncus
maritimus, while in the fifth edition and earlier in Trans. St. Louis
Acad. II. 439, 1866, Engelmann shows that the J. maritimus of Ameri-
can authors is really J. roemerianus, which he continues to cite from
New Jersey. Prof. M. L. Fernald, who corroborates the above, also
calls my attention to this statement by Englemann (Trans. St. Louis
Acad. II. 490) —‘The New Jersey locality rests on the doubtful
authority of Pursh; I have seen no specimens collected farther north
than Wilmington, N. C. As no one has found it in the State subse-
quently, I think we may safely expunge it from the list.” 1

1Stone, Pl. so. N. J. 330 (1912).

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

Now that we know on the south side of Cape Cod a unique relative
of Juncus maritimus and J. Roemerianus it seems not impossible that
Pursh really saw some member of this group on the New Jersey coast,
although the station may now be obliterated. The stations of J.
maritimus on Coney Island and of J. pervetus on Cape Cod are both so
very limited that only a very mild degree of “improvement” would
quickly obliterate the former from the flora of North America while
the latter would as quickly become an extinct species.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A Form OF SOLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS WITH Warre Rays. — Late in
the season of 1915 there were brought to me two or three plants of
the seaside golden rod the rays of which were creamy white, practically
the same color as in Solidago bicolor. As these were gathered quite
near the water at high tide, it seemed to me more than likely that
the whiteness was the result of the spray dashing over the plants,
although it is true that I did not find signs of it on the leaves.

This year (1916) I had an opportunity to examine the plants where
they grow. They are at Isle au Haut, Maine. The particular colony
where I have found the white-rayed form is composed of two hundred
to two hundred and fifty plants, and the plants with the white rays
grow mostly at one end of the patch, but they are scattered amongst
the common yellow form in a way that precludes the possibility of
spray having anything to do with the whiteness. Perhaps ten per
cent of all the plants in this colony show the white rays.

This may be common elsewhere, but it has never happened to come
to my notice. I should be glad to hear whether others have found the
same form.— NATHANIEL T. Kipper, Milton, Massachusetts.

Vol. 18, no. 216, including pages 241 to 270 and title-page of the volume,
was issued 1 December, 1916.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. February, 1917. No. 218.

BOTANICAL ACTIVITIES OF PERCIVAL LOWELL.
C. S. SARGENT.

Taar Percival Lowell took an active interest in trees was probably
not known to many persons, for he published only one botanical
paper and he had no botanical associates except in this Arboretum.
It is not surprising that a man with his active and inquiring mind
brought up in New England should, when he found himself in Arizona,
want to know something of the strange plants which grew everywhere

-about him and which were so entirely unlike the plants which he had

known as a boy in Massachusetts, and later in Japan and Korea.
The love of plants, too, was in his blood and only needed the oppor-
tunity of this new field to make itself felt.

Percival Lowell’s great great grandfather, John Lowell, was one
of the original members of the Massachusetts Society for Promoting
Agriculture and its second President, serving from 1796 until his death
in 1802. He is less well known for his connection with rural affairs
than his son John Lowell, spoken of generally in his day as “the
Norfolk farmer,” and a generous and successful promotor of scientific
agriculture and horticulture in Massachusetts, whom Daniel Webster
called “the uniform friend of all sorts of rural economy.” The
second John Lowell became a member of the Agricultural Society in
1816 and served from the time of his election until 1830 as its Corre-
sponding Secretary, and as one of the editors of its publication, The
Massachusetts Agricultural Repository and Journal. During these
years articles by him on agriculture, horticulture and forestry are
found in almost every number. In volume v.. published in 1819
there is an important paper by John Lowell on “The Gradual Diminu-

22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

tion of the Forests of Massachusetts, and the importance of early
attention to some effectual remedy, with extracts from the work of
M. Michaux on the Forest Trees of North America.” Volume vii.
contains articles from his pen on “Some slight notice of the Larch
tree (Pinus Larix), known in various parts of the country under the
several names of Juniper, Hackmatack, and Larch”; on “Fruit
Trees,” signed by the Norfolk Gardener, ;and on “Raising the Oak
from the Acorn and the best way of doing it.” The last volume of this
publication which appeared in 1832, when he was seventy-one years
old, contains an article by John Lowell on “The Extraordinary
Destruction of thé last Year’s Wood in Forest Trees and the probable
Causes of it;” and on “Live Hedges for New England.” The second
John Lowell was active in establishing and maintaining the Botanic
Garden of Harvard College and was one of the original members of
the Massachusetts Hortieultural Society. To the first annual festival
of the Horticultural Society held in the Exchange Coffee’ House on
State Street, September 19, 1829, he sent from his greenhouses’ in
Roxbury Orange-trees covered with flowers and fruit and a bunch of
grapes weighing three pounds.

John Amory Lowell, the son of the second John Lowell and the’
grandfather of Percival Lowell, was deeply interested in botany and
in 1845, thirty years after his graduation from Harvard College,
began the collection of an herbarium and botanical library with the
purpose of devoting himself seriously to the study of plants. He had
made valuable collections and a large botanical library when the
financial troubles of 1857 forced him to abandon botany and devote
himself again to business affairs. His most valuable books were given
by him to his friend Asa Gray and now form an important part of the
Library of the Gray Herbarium. His herbarium and his other
botanical books were given to the Boston Society of Natural History.
John Amory Lowell, like his father and grandfather, was a member of
the Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture. He was suc-
ceeded by his son John Lowell, who in turn was succeeded by his son,
another John Lowell, who of the fifth generation in direct descent from
its second President is now a Trustee of this Society.

Percival Lowell’s love of plants certainly came to him naturally.
I first met him in the Arboretum many years ago examining the col-
lection of Asiatic Viburnums in which he was interested at that time,
but it was not until 1910 that he began to send specimens to the

1917] Sargent,— Botanical Activities of Percival Lowell 23

Arboretum, including that of an Oak which he had found growing
near his observatory and which so far as it is possible to judge is an
undescribed species. Interest in this Oak led him to look for other
individuals and to extend his botanical explorations. During these
he visited Oak Creek Canyon, a deep cut with precipitous sides in the
Colorado plateau which heads about twenty miles south of Flagstaff
and carries in its bottom a small stream which finally finds its way into
the Verde northwest and not far from Camp Verde. Lowell appears
to have been the first botanist who visited the upper part, at least,
of this Canyon where he found a number of interesting plants, notably
Platanus Wrightii and Quercus arizonica, which before his explorations
were not known to extend into the United States from Mexico beyond
the canyons of the mountain ranges of southern Arizona and New
Mexico. In Oak Creek Canyon Lowell found a new Ash-tree some-
what intermediate between Fraxinus quadrangulata of the east and
F. anomala of our southwestern deserts which will bear his name.
Later Lowell explored Sycamore Canyon which is west of Oak Creek
Canyon and larger and deeper than Oak Creek Canyon and, like it
cuts through the Colorado plateau and finally reaches the Verde near
the mouth of Oak Creek.

Juniperus in several species abounds on the Colorado plateau, and
Lowell became deeply interested in these trees and was preparing to
write a monograph of our southwestern species. His observations
on the characters and altitudinal range of the different species, illus-
trated by abundant material, have been of great service to me.

Lowell’s only botanica? paper, published in the May and June issues
of the Bulletin of the American Geographic Society in 1909, is entitled
“The Plateau of the San Francisco Peaks in its Effect on Tree Life.”
In this paper, which is illustrated by photographs made by the author
of all the important trees of the region, he discusses the altitudinal
distribution of these trees, dividing his region into five zones which `
he illustrates by a number of charts showing the distribution of vege-
tation in each. It contains, too, an important and interesting dis-
cussion of the influence on temperature and therefore on tree growth
of the larger body of earth in a plateau as compared with a mountain
peak where, on account of greater exposure, the earth cools more
rapidly.

A bundle of cuttings of what is probably a new species of Willow,
to obtain which Lowell had made a long and hard journey, with his

24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

last letter and a photograph of the Willow, came only a few days before
the telegram announcing his death. Botany therefore occupied his
thoughts during his last days on earth.

The death of Percival Lowell is a severe loss to the Arboretum. He
understood its purpose and sympathized with its efforts to increase
knowledge. Few collectors of plants have shown greater enthusiasm
or more imagination, and living as he did in what he has himself
described as “one of the most interesting regions of the globe” there
is every reason to believe that as a botanist Percival Lowell would
have become famous.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

THE GENUS ERECHTITES IN TEMPERATE
NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Wate botanizing in October last along the sandy strand on the
south side of Cape Cod, Messrs. F. K. Butters, Harold St. John, and
the writer found a characteristic Erechtites which seemed unusual
on account of its very fleshy foliage and the very broadly ovoid and
abruptly acuminate heads. A few specimens were collected for
further examination, at Hyannis on October 7, at Yarmouth on
October 8; and after returning to Cambridge the writer was surprised
to find that in its very long inflated achenes and in some other char-
acters the strand plant was quite unlike EF. hieracifolia. Conse-
quently, with Professor Butters he returned to the Cape and on
October 14th made a further examination and collection of the strand |
plant, which in all its characters maintains the distinctions noted in
the original collections. The plant seems to be a very well marked
species which is here proposed as

Erecutires megalocarpa, n. sp, ab E. hieracifolia differt foliis
subcarnosis; capitulis ovoideis abrupte acuminatis; involucro 1.5-2
cm. alto, bracteis lanceolatis subobtusis ad basim dilatatam 1-3 mm.
latis; corolla floris perfectae brunneo-lineata, lobis brunneo-margi-
natis nervatisque, tubo viride; acheniis 4-5.5 mm. longis brunneis vel

1917] Fernald,— Erechtites in temperate North America 25

olivaceis glabris vel paulo strigosis 16-20 costatis, plus minusve
inflatis ad apicem versus annulo albido munitis ex quo basis styli
persistens protrudit; receptaculo denudato 1-1.2 em. diametro.

Differing from Æ. hieracifolia in its somewhat fleshy leaves: heads
ovoid, abruptly acuminate: involucre 1.5-2 cm. high; its bracts
lanceolate, obtusish, 1-3 mm. broad at the dilated base: corolla of the
perfect flower with brown lines; the lobes with brown margin and mid-
nerve; the tube green: achenes 4-5.5 mm. long, brown or olive,
glabrous or a little strigose, 16-20-ribbed, more or less inflated, toward
the apex bearing a white annulus (formed by the bases of the pappus-
bristles) from which protrudes the persistent style-base: denuded
receptacle 1-1.2 cm. in diameter.— Massacuusetts: upper border
of sandy sea-beach, Hyannis, Barnstable, October 7, 1916, Fernald,
Butters & St. John, no. 15,467; upper and middle regions of sandy
sea-beach, West Yarmouth, Yarmouth, October 8, 1916, Fernald,
Butters & St. John, no. 15,468 (rype in Gray Herb.) also October 14,
1916, Fernald & Butters in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae.

In the course of this study it has become apparent that Erechtites
hieracifolia is a very polymorphous plant and that much tropical
American material referred to it belongs clearly to some other species.
In the eastern United States and Canada the plant although appar-
ently all of one species is very variable, so much so that it is difficult
to reconcile the ordinary descriptions with many of the specimens.
Thus we find in standard descriptions that the upper leaves are, as
described by Gray, “commonly with auriculate partly clasping base’’;!
or by Small, “sessile and partly clasping.’”2 Yet if we consult
Rafinesque’s original treatment of Erechtites we shall find that he
had but one species, the type of the genus, E. pracalta, accurately
described, as abundant specimens show, “foliis alternis sessilibus basi
attenuatis,” 3 and said to have “some similarity of habit, &c. with
Senecio hieracifolius L.” 3 It was not until twenty years later, and
then by proxy,‘ that Rafinesque admitted the Linnean Senecio hiera-
cifolius with auriculate-based partly clasping leaves to the genus
Erechtites.

That the Linnean Senecio hieracifolius had auriculate-based clasp-
ing leaves is quite clear from the plate of Hermann’s Senecio Africanus
[corrected by Linnaeus to americanus] altissimus Blattariae vel Hier-
acii folio,’ from which Linnaeus derived his specific name; and the

1 Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 2, 396 (1886).

2 Small, F1. S. E. U. S. 1300 (1903).

3 Raf. Fl. Ludov, 65 (1817).

4 E. hieracifolia (L.) Raf. in lit. in DC. Prodr. vi. 294 (1837).
5 Herm. Par. ed. 2, 226, t. 226 (1705).

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

same character of the leaves is emphasized in the other citations given
by Linnaeus, in which we find the significant phrase: “foliis amplexi-
caulibus.” ! These two plants, Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. and
E. praealta Raf., are in'their involucres and achenes clearly extremes of
one species, but so different in foliage that they should be designated
as forms or varieties.

True E. hieracifolia has the broad-based auriculate more or less
clasping leaves scarcely decreasing in size into the inflorescence and
is beautifully shown in Hermann’s plate. The commonest variation
of the species, at least as indicated by herbarium-representation, is
neither the large-leaved typical form nor E. pracalta but a plant with
the upper leaves sessile and broad at base but very rapidly decreasing
to small bracts below the inflorescence.

Although found through broad ranges these three rather pronounced
variations do not seem to coincide in their distribution, at least in the
Northeast. Typical E. hieracifolia is apparently common near the
coast in southern New England, extending north along the larger
valleys to central Maine, central New Hampshire, and the Champlain
Valley, and west locally to Illinois. The intermediate variety, with
broad-based but greatly reduced upper leaves, is apparently the com-
monest and most widespread, occurring from Texas to South Carolina
and north to Ontario, Quebec and Prince Edward Island; while the
plant with the upper leaves attenuate to base or even petioled, L.
pracalta Raf., described from Louisiana, extends eastward to Florida
and north to Indiana, Ohio and southern Maine. As at present known
the three plants seem to have somewhat different ranges and they are,
therefore, here treated as geographic varieties.

To summarize, our species and varieties of Erechtites may be dis-
tinguished as follows:

Heads subcylindric, only slightly gibbous at base: bracts of the involucre
linear, with a slender attenuated tip, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad at the scarcely
dilated base: corolla of the perfect flower not brown-lineate; its tube pale
straw-color: achenes 2-3 mm. long, not inflated, with 10-12 pale ribs and
strigose brown furrows; the terminal annulus (formed by the bases of the
pappus-bristles usually without a beak (the persistent style-base) protrud-
ing from the center: denuded receptacles 5-8.5 mm. in diameter.

1. E. hieracifolia.

Heads ovoid, abruptly acuminate, strongly gibbous at base (when fresh):
bracts of involucre lanceolate, subobtuse, 1-3 mm. broad at the dilated

1 L. Sp. PL. ii. 866 (1753).

1917] Hubbard,— A Spartina new to New England 27

base: lobes of the corolla of the perfect flower with brown borders and
midribs; the tube green; achenes 4-5.5 mm. long, inflated, with 16-20 ribs
and glabrous or slightly strigose furrows; the annulus with a distinct beak
protruding from the center: denuded receptacles 1-1.2 em. in diameter.

2. E. megalocarpa.

1. E. mreraciroua (L.) Raf. in DC. Prodr. vi. 294 (1837).—
Three varieties.

Upper leaves with broad sessile or somewhat clasping bases.
Leaves scarcely decreasing in size into the inflorescence. . . Var. typica.
Upper leaves rapidly reduced to bracts below the inflorescence.

Var. intermedia.
Upper leaves attenuated to base or petioled......... Var. praealta.

Var. typica. Senecio hieracifolius L. Sp. Pl. ii. 866 (1753).— Cen-
tral Maine to Illinois, south to Connecticut, and presumably south-
ward.

Var. intermedia, n. var. foliis caulinis gradatim minoribus, superio-
ribus valde reductis vel bracteiformibus sessilibus basi latis.— Prince
Edward Island to South Carolina, west to western Ontario, Kansas and
Texas. Type: Cumberland, Rhode Island, September 13, 1903,
E. F. Williams (Gray Herb.).

Var. praealta (Raf.),n. comb. ŒE. pracalta Raf. Fl. Ludov. 65
(1817).— Southern Maine to Florida, west to Indiana, southern Illi-
nois and Louisiana.

2. E. MEGALOCARPA Fernald. See above.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A VARIETY OF SPARTINA NEW TO NEw ENGLAND.— Recently in
working over some grasses from the herbarium of William Boott, a
collection long ago acquired by the Gray Herbarium, I found a speci-
men of Spartina alterniflora Lois. var. glabra (Muhl.) Fernald (Ruo-
DORA, xviii. 178) from Middlesex County, Massachusetts, collected
presumably near Medford. It was labeled Medford Turnpike, Sep-
tember, 1852, in Boott’s handwriting. As this variety seems not to
have been previously reported north of Virginia this considerable
extension of range seems worthy of record.— F. Tracy HUBBARD,
Boston, Massachusetts.

28 Rhodora O [FEBRUARY

NOTES ON RARE NEW YORK STATE PLANTS.
F. P. METCALF AnD L. Griscom.

Tue territory covered by these notes lies partly in Wayne and
partly in Cayuga County, New York, roughly speaking about twenty
miles north of Lake Cayuga. This region geologically is a plain
which extends from Fort Niagara on the west to Oswego on the east,
reaching back to the foothills of the inland plateau south of Syracuse
and Buffalo. At one time this was entirely covered by the old Lake
Iroquois. It is a drumlin country. Chains of small lakes or ponds
are everywhere in the hollows, surrounded by swamps or prairies;
sphagnum bogs are frequent; and where the ground is a little higher
an unusual type of low rich woods is found, affording a rich collecting
ground to the botanist. Two types of country not found in the
Cayuga Lake Basin (to the south) are the open peaty prairie and the
arbor-vitae swamp.

This region has proved to be exceedingly rich botanically. We
venture to say that there are few places in the State where twenty-five
species of orchids can be found in a few square miles of country as the
result of three trips in one summer. Indeed on August 12, 1916, the
writers observed twenty species of this interesting group. Fortu-
nately for the botanist, the lack of large towns, and cities, has served to
preserve the native flora to a remarkable extent. It is interesting to
note that as would naturally be expected from its given position and
topographical characteristics, the flora of this region bears a much
greater similarity to that of Rochester and Buffalo than to that of the
Cayuga Lake Basin.

Quite by chance this region was first visited by Prof. A. H.
Wright and the junior author in June, 1915. No plants were collected,
but the richness of the flora was so evident that careful exploration
was planned for the following year. Accordingly Prof. Wright, Mrs.
Wright, and the authors collected there extensively from June 9-13,
1916, bringing back nearly one hundred sheets of rare plants. On
this as tangible evidence of the interest of the region, Prof. Wiegand
and several other members of the botanical department of the State
College of Agriculture collected there from July 1-4, Prof. Wright
and the senior author serving as guides; and Prof. Wright and the
authors also collected from Aug. 11 to Aug. 14.

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 29

This paper, therefore, embodies primarily the striking results of
these collections. For the sake of brevity, it has seemed best to treat
each plant-association separately, rather than to give a narrative
account, trip by trip. All plants mentioned are rare as compared
with their occurrence in the Cayuga Lake Basin proper further south.

ON TAR|Q e

-m a m =
|- -— —

. oe pdt, Br ae
a ae mg
4. js 6 SAVANNAH) a
oi ei
es) brane -
gh Sc
taal i ` gepa = = an
aa A gos are
A a ine GALEN ER Pes
i £ A BRE +
Riis E ee ee E
ONTARIO i A E
zo, k eae Nee
i SENECA 724
| : oo
ante eee H ----------- JINCAYUGA BURN
| SCALE LIN-3M LAKE aM r
a Se = CATTAIL SWAMPS xx PEAT BOGS CI- LAKES
ARBOR VITAE SWAMPS == TANGLES

Mar or REGION DESCRIBED.

(1) Turtle Pond with Arbor Vitae Swamp — (2) Duck Lake, (3) Mud Pond, (4) Botrychium
Woods N. of Spring Lake, (5) Westbury Prairie and Arbor Vitae Swamp, (6) Crusoe Prairie,
(7) Miller’s Bog, (8) Crusoe Lake, (9) Featherbed Bog.

Acknowledgments are due Prof. Wiegand for checking our identi-
fications and for much assistance and advice in the preparation of this
paper. To Prof. Wright of the Department of Zoölogy, our thanks are

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

warmly extended for the loan of rare local floras, invaluable coopera-
tion in the field, and an enthusiasm which no circumstances or condi-
tions could dampen.

The more interesting plant-associations are discussed in the follow-
ing paragraphs, lack of time and study preventing a closer analysis.
These association-types are so well known that it has seemed unneces-
sary to name the plants characteristic of each. Only the rarer ones
are mentioned. At the end of the paper, detailed records are given
for the rarer species, Where the distribution of these throughout the
state is recorded.

(1). Duck Laxe. This is the only body of water of any size in the
region. Dianthera americana and Pontederia cordata were growing
on its banks in great abundance.

(2). Dry WOODED HILLSIDES. Characterized by several Desmo-
diums, Lycopodium tristachyum and Habenaria H ookeri. We were much
surprised to find Serapias Helleborine at two stations. The plants
were small and scraggly.

(3). SWAMPS, AND ADJACENT SPRINGY PLACES. The only note-
worthy plant in the swamps themselves was Potentilla palustris, and
it was very scarce. But the borders yielded a great deal more.
Samolus floribundus was common, H abenaria flava and H. lacera were
frequent. Spiranthes lucida and Muhlenbergia racemosa were occa-
sional. Juncus canadensis var. subcaudatus and Gerardia paupercula,
the distribution of which in the State is little understood, were found
growing together in one station. Carex Grayii was found in just one
locality. The rare Juncus Torreyi was found in one place only, but
was very abundant, growing luxuriantly, and covering almost an acre
of ground.

(4). Swampy woops. ‘The flora in these woods was rather limited.
The lowest ground which was under water almost all summer, sup-
ported a luxuriant growth of Calla palustris and Saururus cernuus.
On hummocks, just above water, M itella nuda was frequent, while
Liparis Loeselii and Habenaria fimbriata were occasional. Milium
effusum and the rare Glyceria melicaria were occasional in open places.

(5). Borrycmium woops. These peculiar woods must be described
separately. Lying a short distance northeast of Spring Lake, they are
about a mile long and a quarter mile wide. The soil was deep black
muck almost devoid of undergrowth. The trees, of which Betula lutea
was the most noteworthy, grew so thick that the sun scarcely pene-

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 31

trated to the ground at any point. No less than five species of Botry-
chium were found here; the rare B. simplex, B. ramosum, B. angusti-
segmentum, B. obliquum var. dissectum, and B. virginianum. Except
a few Lycopodiums, most of the undergrowth was composed of orchids.
Habenaria bracteata was the least common; Corallorrhiza maculata
was the most abundant. Habenaria flava was frequent. Serapias
Helleborine was common, growing luxuriantly with large and highly
colored flowers. The best find, however, was the dainty Pogonia
trianthophora. Two patches were found, about four hundred plants
in all, in each case growing under yellow birch. Nearly all the flowers
oddly enough, were pure white.

(6). ARBOR-VITAE SwAMPs. These swamps of which there are two
in the region, had considerable sphagnum in them, but the flora was so `
different from the ordinary bog flora, that it must be treated sepa-
rately. The most striking feature was the great abundance of
Cypripedium hirsutum. Many thousands of these plants were in full
bloom on July 3rd, 1916, making a sight never to be forgotten. Erio-
phorum viridi-carinatum was abundant. Habenaria clavellata, Pyrola
asarifolia var. incarnata, and the rare Valeriana uliginosa were com-
mon; Triglochin palustris was common in one place only. Chiogenes
hispidula and Pogonia ophioglossoides were frequent. A very little
Scirpus hudsonianus and Habenaria hyperborea were collected. A few
plants of the rare Pogonia trianthophora were found on hummocks
under the arbor-vitae. At this station the flowers were pink.

(7). SpHAGNUM BOGS. Besides the familiar bog heaths, several
plants deserve mention. The borders were covered with a dense
growth of Cypripedium acaule and Smilacina trifolia. White flowers
of the former were by no means rare. Habenaria clavellata was
abundant. Bartonia virginica, Carex trisperma, and C. paupercula
var. irrigua were common. H. blephariglottis was frequent. Three
plants of Microstylis unifolia were detected by Prof. Wright.

Out in the bogs proper the season witnessed an interesting succession
of rare plants. In June Eriophorum callitrix filled all open places
with occasional colonies of Scheuchzeria palustris. Arethusa bulbosa
was found in one place only. Under the shade of the Vacciniums,
Pogonia verticillata was common, though very few plants produced
flowers. The best find, however, was Listera australis, which turned
out to be common in two of the bogs. We had not even considered
it as a possibility. The junior author, in proceeding from one open

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

place to another, was scrambling under a dense tangle of blueberry
bushes, when a cluster of small brownish flowers appeared near his
right foot. In this unscientific manner, the first plant was detected.
Careful search on hands and knees revealed hundreds of scattered
plants, but so inconspicuous is this species that many times the dis-
coverer of some new plants would lose sight of them while waiting for
the other members of the party to arrive. Even when he did not, the
others would frequently have difficulty in finding them without assist-
ance. It is unquestionably a difficult species to detect. The brown-
ish flowers are just the color of the shadows, and the plant is usually
buried in sphagnum up to the leaves. Our specimens varied from
about 8 cm. to 3 dm. in height, the average height being about 1 dm.
Occasional plants bore a third leaf.

Later in the season, Pogonia ophioglossoides and Calopogon pulchellus
were in full bloom; Woodwardia virginica was common; and in August
Eriophorum virginicum (both varieties) and Rhynchospora alba were
nodding in all the open places.

(8). MILLER’s Bog. This bog, just north of the Miller farm at
Spring Lake, differed from all others in having no open sphagnum and
being very much grown up. The flora itself was very distinct.
Potentilla fruticosa, Lonicera oblongifolia, Myrica cerifera and M. Gale.
were common shrubs. Salix candida was present in small quantities.
Lathyrus palustris and var. myrtifolius were climbing everywhere.
Arenaria lateriflora was common. Cladium mariscoides and the rare
Eleocharis rostellata were found nowhere else. Triglochin maritimum,
which is very rare inland in this State, was frequent.

(9). Tae WESTBURY PRAIRIE. This is a flat plain about one mile
long by a quarter wide southwest of thé town of Westbury, in Wayne
Co. The soil was largely peat with about two inches of water; very
little sphagnum was present. The chief growth was composed of
sedges of various kinds, mainly Carex filiformis. In early July, the
whole prairie was pink with Calopogon and Pogonia, a sight rivalling
if not surpassing in beauty the appearance of these plants at the famous
Mendon Ponds near Rochester. In August, Aster junceus was abund-
ant, Solidago wniligulata and Utricularia intermedia were fairly com-
mon.

(10). OPEN MEapow.— South of Butler along the edge of Crusoe
Creek is a peculiar type of open meadow, which it is difficult to char-.
acterize. It was not so wet as the Westbury prairie, there was no.
sphagnum, and but little peat. In area it must have been several

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 33

square miles. Being well grown up with grasses and sedges, there was
a curious jumble of plants, making it hard to define ecologically.
Parnassia caroliniana was found here only. Angelica atropurpurea
was common, and frequently reached a height of twelve feet. Carex
limosa, Triglochin palustris, and Hierochloé odorata, the latter very
rare in the interior of the State, were frequent. The great feature of
this meadow, however, was the extreme abundance of the rare Valeri-
ana uliginosa. Over several acres, the pure white corymbs of this
plant was the characteristic vegetation. We have no hesitation in
saying that there is enough Valeriana here to supply all the herbaria
of the country. This rare plant in such abundance was indeed an
inspiring sight.

The finding of so many rare species in so limited an area led the
authors to investigate the status of these forms throughout the State.
The bibliographical work necessary was largely undertaken by the
senior author, as well as a careful examination of all local herbaria.
Many stations are here published for the first time, including several
omitted from territory covered by local floras. The writers were
surprised to discover how few counties in the State have been explored
at all thoroughly. The southwestern, and many of the northern
counties still remain practically unknown botanically. The records
given below are presented in the hope that they will stimulate interest
in the flora of the State, and in the belief that a mere list of the rare
plants from one restricted locality is of little general interest. The
numerals after each record refer to the publications and herbaria con-
sulted, a list of which is appended at the end of the paper. |

Borrycutum SIMPLEX E. Hitchcock. Herkimer Co.!: State Marsh
near Jerusalem Hill, Litchfield (2). Lewis Co.: Fenton’s Fourth
Lake, Mrs. Barnes (8), vi. 352. Oneida Co.: pasture near Fall
Brook, W. of Fish Creek (2). Otsego Co.: Unadilla Forks, Brown (3).
Rensselaer Co.: Dr. Waas (1). Orange Co.: Highlands on Hudson,
Dr. Barrett (1). Suffolk Co.. Riverhead, Miller (11), 1872, p. 89; Wad-
ing River, Miller (8), iv. 42. On Long Island, and up Hudson Valley
to Dutchess Co. (17). Chenango Co.: Oxford, Coville (3). ‘Tompkins
Co.: Danby, 1882, F. C. C. & W. R. Dudley (9). Onondaga Co.:
Otisco, S. N. Cowles (11), 1872, p. 108; Syracuse, rare (5). Oswego
Co.: near Oswego, A. Wibbe, also C. S. Sheldon (11), 1879, p. 53.
Cayuga Co.: woods N. of Spring Lake, Conquest, June 10, 1916,
F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10).

BOTRYCHIUM ANGUSTISEGMENTUM (Pease & Moore) Fernald. Essex

1 The counties are arranged geographically, starting with the most northern and going south
to New York and Long Island and then working northwestward.

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Co.: Cascadeville, C.. H. Peck (11), 1886, p..75. Oneida Co.: Utica,
B. D. Gilbert (8), xi. 76; sandy mounds in pasture 3 miles N. of Taberg
(2). Fulton Co.: near Northampton and Northville, C. H. Peck
(11), 1879, p. 85. Rensselaer Co.: Petersburgh, C. H. Peck (11),
1883, p. 40. Ulster Co.: Pine Hill, C. H. Peck (11), 1879, p: 54;
Sam’s Point, N. L. Britton (8), x. 106. Westchester Co.: Lake Mohe-
gan, Leggett (11), 1870, p. 101. Rockland Co.: Palisades, C. F. Austin
(7), 1906, p. 229. Westchester and Rockland Cos.: increasing and
becoming common northward (17). Chenango Co.: rather common,
Coville (8), xii. 53. Cortland Co.: near Truxton, 1893, K. M. Wiegand
(9). Tioga Co.: Oakley Corners, Oswego, July, 1911, H. M. Mapes
(10). Tompkins Co.: near Danby, 1883, W. R. Dudley (9). Cayuga
Co.: woods S. E. of Featherbed Bog, Victory, June 11, 1916, F. P.
Metcalf, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright; woods N. of Spring Lake,
Conquest, June 10, 1916, A. A. & A. H. Wright, L. Griscom, F. P.
Metcalf (10). Orleans Co.: Holley, W. H. Lennon (4). Chautauqua
Co.: Cassadaga Lake (6).

BorrycuHiuM RAMOsUM (Roth.) Aschers. Essex Co.: Ray Brook
-(11), 1890, p. 84; near Cascade Lake (11), 1899, p. 156. Lewis Co.:
Mrs. Barnes, W. W. Hill (11), 1878, p. 65. Oneida Co.: Deerfield,
E. Hunt (11), 1875, p. 90; ravine near Utica, J. A. Paine, E. Hunt
(8), iii. 38; Utica, B. D. Gilbert (8), xi. 76. Rensselaer Co.: Peters-
burgh (11), 1883, p. 40. Reported but not definitely known, Long
Island, otherwise known only from northern Westchester Co., north-
ward (17). Chenango Co.: common, Coville (8) xii. 53. Cortland
Co.: Truxton (3 stations) 1892, K. M. Wiegand (21). Tioga Co.:
Oakland Corners, Owego, July, 1911, H. M. Mapes (10); near North
Spencer, June, 1915, E. Dean (10). Tompkins Co.; McLean, Dudley
(11), 1883, p. 40; Malloryville, 1881, W. R. Dudley (9). Cayuga Co.:
woods E. of Mud Pond, Conquest, June 6 and 7, 1916, A. A. & A. H.
Wright, L. Griscom, F. P. Metcalf (10); woods N. E. of Featherbed
Bog, Victory, June 11, 1916, A. A. & A. H. Wright, L. Griscom, F. P.
Metcalf (10). Wayne Co.: reported in (4); woods near Turtle Pond,
Savannah, June 12, 1916, A. A. & A. H. Wright, L. Griscomy F. P.
Metcalf (10). Monroe Co.: Henrietta, F. B. Fuller; Webster, M. S.
Baxter (4). Orleans Co.: Holley, W. H. Lennon (4).

LYCOPODIUM TRISTACHYUM Pursh. Herkimer Co.: Grant, Ohio,
Trenton and Grand View, Haberer (11), 1913, p. 37. Oneida Co.:
Remsen, Hinckley, and Forestport, Haberer (11), 1913, p. 37; sandy
oakwoods, near head of Oneida Lake, Haberer & House (11), 1913,
p. 37. Throughout the range (17). Chemung Co.: wooded pas-
tures, N. E. corner Van Etten, June 3, 1915, A. J. Eames & L. H.
MacDaniels (10). Cortland Co.: Truxton, 1906, K. M. Wiegand
(21). Cayuga Co.: woods on E. bank of Duck Lake, Conquest,
June 10, 1916, A. A. & A. H. Wright, L. Griscom, F. P. Metcalf, and
July 1, 1916, A. J. Eames (10).

SCHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS L. Franklin Co.: bog W. of Ampersand

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 35

Lake, 1899, W. W. Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand, G. T. Hastings (9). Herki-
mer Co.: Frankfort Hill (2). Oneida Co.: Summit Lake, Mud Lake,
Hidden Lake, Swamps of Rome, Marshes of Point of Rock Lake, North
Pond and North Woods, Wetmore’s Pond, Bog near Oriskany (2).
Rensselaer Co.: Cranberry Marsh, Sand Lake, C. H. Peck (11b),
1910, p. 72. Greene Co.: Tannersville (17). Dutchess Co.: Bing-
ham Mt. (17). Broome Co.: Pond Brook, N. of Binghamton, Clute
(3). Chenango Co.: MacDonough and Preston, Coville (3); Brisbin
Swamp, 1887, H. L. Stewart (9). Onondaga Co.: Cicero Swamp,
August 21, 1916, K. M. Wiegand (10). Oswego Co.: Granny’s
Orchard near Palermo, Bog at Williamstown, Bog near Long Bridge
Pond, Paddy Lake near Scriba, 1891-95, W. W. Rowlee (9). Cayuga
Co.: Featherbed Bog, Victory, June 11, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, L. Gris-
com; bogs north, N. E. and E. of Duck Lake, July 1, 1916, F. P. Met-
calf, L. H. MacDaniels (10). Seneca Co.: Junius, Sartwell (12), also
1916 (10). Monroe Co.: Sphagnum Bogs, Mendon (4). Chau-
tauqua Co.: Hanover (6).

TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA L. Common along the coast of Long Island,
New York City and Staten Island (17). Onondaga Co.: Salt Marshes,
Salina, Onondaga Lake, Cooper (1), (5) and 1916, K. M. Wiegand
(10). Oswego Co.: Mud Lake, Hannibal, 1894, W. W. Rowlee (9)
and H. D. House (11), 1914, p. 48. Cayuga Co.: Miller’s Bog near
Spring Lake, Conquest, June 9, 1916, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright,
F. P. Metcalf, and June 30, 1916, K. M. Wiegand, A. J. Eames (10).
Wayne Co.: reported in (4); abundant in arbor vitae-larch swamp
and prairie, S. W. of Westbury, Butler, July 2, 1916, K. M. W iegand,
A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, and August 12, 1916, A. H. Wright, F. P.
Metcalf, L. Griscom (10).

TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS L. Oneida Co.: Castle Swamp, H. D.
House (11), 1913, p. 32. Madison Co.: Peeksport and Peterboro (11),
1913, p. 32. Shores of Long Island, (8), iii. p. 53. Onondaga Co.:
marshes around Onondaga Lake, Salina and Liverpool, Pursh (1),
and 1898, G. T. Hastings (9); marshy ground near Manlius Center,
C. H. Peck, 1885, (5), also (11), 1880, p. 35; Green Lake, near Kirk-
ville (11), 1913, p. 32. Seneca Co.: Junius, Sartwell (1), also 1883 (9),
and 1916 (10). Wayne Co.: springy place N. of Crusoe Lake, Sav-
annah, July 3, 1916, A. J. Eames, F. P. Metcalf, and along border of
Crusoe Prairie, Savannah, October 5, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, A. H.
Wright (10). Genesee Co.: West Bergen Swamp (2). Niagara Co.:
Niagara; Cooper (1); Strawberry Island, Niagara River, Clinton (6).
Erie Co.: near Buffalo, Kinnicult (1).

Hreroc ok oporata (L.) Wahlenb. Kings Co.: vicinity of Eras-
mus Hall, J. B. Zabriskie (22a), 1835. On Long Island, Staten
Island, and in the Bronx and Westchester Co., certainly known north-
ward (17). Wayne Co.: E. L. Hankenson (4); Crusoe Prairie, N.
of Crusoe Lake, Savannah, June 12, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom,
A. A. & A. H. Wright (10). Monroe Co.: Sullivan’s, M. S. Baxter
(4b).

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

GLYCERIA MELICARIA (Michx.) Hubb. (G. Torreyana (Spreng. )
Hitch.) Franklin Co.: Rustic Lodge, Saranac Lake, 1899, W. W.
Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand, G. T. Hastings (9). Essex Co.: woods,
swamps, Raybrook, North Elba (11a), 1899, p. 150. Oneida Co.:
Valley of Mohawk, frequent (2); southern part of Co., common,
Gray (2). Rensselaer Co.: Cranberry Marsh, Sand Lake, C. H. Peck
(11b), 1910, p. 71. New York Co.: Tibbets’ Brook, City Limits
(8), vii. 114. Local in the Bronx, and on Long Island, increasing
northward (17). Chenango Co.: McDonough 1884, F. V. Coville
(21), Tioga Co.: swamp near Smithboro (3a). Cortland Co.: Thomp-
son swamp, Truxton, 1896, K. M. Wiegand (9); Solon (1873) and
Cuyler (1893), K. M. Wiegand (21). Cayuga Co.: West of Locke
Pond, (?), F. C. Curtice (12); S. E. of Duck Lake, Conquest, June 11,
and July 1, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10). Oswego Co.: S. W.
of Williamstown, 1894, W. W. Rowlee (9); Fulton, 1889, W. W.
Rowlee (9). Wayne Co.: S. of Turtle Pond, Savannah, June 12, 1916,
F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10). Monroe Co.: rare, L. Holzer (4).
Erie Co.: reported in (6). Reported from the western part of the
State, (2).

ELEOCHARIS ROSTELLATA Torr. Westchester Co.: reported in (17).
Queens Co.: Flushing and Springfield, T. F. Allen (11), 1866, p: 205.
Long Island, not uncommon (17). Onondaga Co.: common (5).
Cayuga Co.: Miller’s Bog near Spring Lake, Conquest, June 10, 1916,
F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright (10). Seneca Co.:
West side Cayuga Marshes, about Indian Salt Springs, Seneca Falls
(12); Junius, about Lowery’s and Newton’s Ponds (12). :Ystes Co.:
Penn Yan, Sartwell (1). Monroe Co.: Sullivan’s M. S. Baxter (4b).
Genesee Co.: common in swamp W. Bergen (15).

SCIRPUS HUDSONIANUS (Michx.) Fernald. Lewis Co.: F. B. Hough
(22b), 1846; Cliffs of Black River, Leyden, 1912, J. V. Haberer (11),
1913, p. 38. Oneida Co.: Boonville, 1912, J. V. Haberer (11), 1913,
p. 38; Oriskany Swamp, Knieskern, Gray, Vasey (2). Herkimer
Co.: Hidden Lake, Litchfield; Mud Lake, C. H. Peck (2). Hamil-
ton Co.: Elm Lake, ©: H. Peek (11), 1913, p. 38. Warren Co.:
Aiden Lair, C. H. Peck (11), 1913, p. 38. Madison Co.: Rippleton
Swamp, 1894, K. M. Wiegand (21). Tompkins Co.: Round Marshes,
1879, W. R. Dudley (9), and 1916, E. Dean, P. Munz. Onondaga Co.:
frequent (5). Oswego Co.: sphagnum swales beyond Rome, on both
sides of county road (2); Mud Lake, Hannibal, 1895, W. W. Rowlee
(9), and H. D. House (11), 1914, p. 48. Wayne Co.: E. L. Hankenson
(4); Arbor Vitae swamp N. E. corner of Butler, July 3, 1916, F. P.
Metcalf, A. H. Wright (10).

CAREX Gray Carey. Oneida Co.: meadows at Utica, 1834,
Dr. Gray (2); above Utica, near Whitesboro (2); Oriskany, Knieskern,
Vasey (2); Wood Creek, T. Carey (2). Greene Co.: New Baltimore,
Howe, (11), 1869, p. 135. Westchester Co.: Hastings on Hudson,
1895, Carrie Harrison (9). Eastern New York, locally, Fernald (7),

1917] Hoffmann,—A glandular Form of Hieracium paniculatum 37

iv. p. 229. Richmond Co.: reported in (17). New York Co.:
reported in (17). Tioga Co.: Barton, Fenno (19). Cortland Co.:
Truxton, 1894, K. M. Wiegand (21). Tompkins Co.: Renwick Park,
Ithaca, 1896, E. Carss (9); Renwick Woods, Ithaca, July 21, 1916,
F. P. Metcalf (10); Freeville, S. of Fir Tree swamp, 1882, F. C. C. &
W. R. Dudley (12). Onondaga Co.: frequent (5); Minias, Vasey (9).
Cayuga Co.: head of Owasco Lake, Moravia, 1879, C. Atwood (9).
Wayne Co.: reported in (4), boggy ditch along roadside, W. of How-
land’s Island, Savannah, July 3, 1916, K. M. Wiegand, F. P. Metcalf
(10). Monroe Co.: Valley of Genessee River (2); near Rochester,
C. Dewey, C. M. Booth, L. Holzer (4). Wet places in central and
western part of the State, rare in eastern part, Peck & House (13).

(To be continued.)

A GLANDULAR Form or HIERACIUM PANICULATUM L.— The writer
has collected in Berkshire County, Massachusetts, several specimens
of Hieracium paniculatum L. which have the branches of the inflores-
cence and even the upper part of the stem covered with stipitate
glands. Britton and Brown in their Illustrated Flora, page 330
describe this species as “quite glabrous or somewhat glandular.”
An examination of the material in the New England Botanical Club
collection and the Gray Herbarium shows that the glandular form is
found more commonly on the Alleghany upland than off it. As the
glandular form seems thus to have a certain geographic significance
the writer suggests setting it off under the following name:

HIERACIUM PANICULATUM L., forma glandulosum, nov. form., pedi-
cellis et caule superiore glandulis vestitis. Specimens of this form
have been collected in the following localities: Camden, Maine
(M. L. Fernald); Breezy Point, New Hampshire (E. F. Williams);
Townshend, Vermont (L. A. Wheeler); Sandisfield, Stockbridge, and
Great Barrington, Massachusetts (R. Hoffmann); Providence, Rhode
Island (J. F. Collins); Black Mountain, Kentucky (T. H. Kearney,
Jr.).

In specimens of this form the hairs characteristic of the base of the
stem are found clothing the greater part of the main stem. In nearly
all specimens of the typical smooth form the involucral scales at least
show a glandular tendency, but in extreme forms even the involucre
is perfectly glabrous.— Raren HorrMann, Kansas City, Missouri.

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

UTRICULARIA FIBROSA IN Massacuusetrs.—On 30 September, 1916,
I discovered on the shore of a small pond in the southwestern part of
Plymouth, growing among the rather dense
culms of Cladium in shallow muddy water,
a colony of a species of Utricularia which
subsequent herbarium study has shown to
be U. fibrosa Walt., a plant not before

Fic. 1.— Ulricularia fibrosa, Yeported from north of Long Island. The
front and side views, about life broad upper lip is erect in flower, strongly
mi nerved and fluted in the middle of the `
back. The lower lip is strongly descending, slightly three-lobed, and
the slenderly conical spur is practically as long as the lower lip and
subappressed to it. The prominent 2-lobed palate is slightly veined
with brown, as is the spur; otherwise the flowers are of a clear
yellow. The two sketches herewith presented, made from the fresh
specimens in the field, will serve to give some idea of the appearance
of this interesting addition to our flora.— S. F. BLAKE, Stoughton,
Massachusetts.

Some Traits oF Eprpactis IN VERMONT. — The writer finds some
distinguishing characteristics in Epipactis which seem to be worthy
of further study. When examined in living specimens, the sepals,
both lateral and dorsal, of E. pubescens, as it comes into flower, are
definitely tinged in the center with a green color. The sepals of E.
tesselata, on the other hand, have an equally well defined tinge of rose
color, while in E. repens var. ophioides they are pure white. If these
color-differences observed in Vermont should prove constant when the
plants in question are studied in other parts of their ranges, they will
yield an easy means of distinguishing the species of this attractive but
somewhat technical little group.

It is interesting to note that while E. repens loves the cedar swamp,
it is also found in rich woods, but when in the woods, its leaf becomes a
dark green, losing its well defined markings to such an extent that
they are sometimes barely discernible-— H. W. Cutip, Boston, Mas-
sachusetts.

A New LUZULA FROM EASTERN CANADA.— LUZULA CAMPESTRIS
(L.) DC., var. acadiensis, n. var., caespitosa; culmis 14 dm. altis;

1917] White,— Salvia sylvestris in County Peel, Ontario 39

capitulis castaneis breviter ovoideis vel crasse cylindricis 4-8 mm.
longis 4-6 mm. crassis, 2 vel 3 subsessilibus, reliquiis pedunculatis,
pedunculis ad 2(—2.5) em. longis; perianthiis 3—4 mm. longis capsulam
valde superantibus.

Caespitose: culms 1-4 dm. high: heads castaneous, short-ovoid or
thick-cylindric, 4-8 mm. long, 4-6 mm. thick, two or three of them
subsessile, the others on ascending peduncles up to 2(—2.5) em. long:
perianth 3-4 mm. long, distinctly exceeding the capsule.— Prince
‘Edward Island, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. PRINCE EDWARD
Istanp: dry border of woods, Charlottetown, June 30, 1914, Fernald
& St. John in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae; recent clearing, west
side of St. Peter’s Bay, June 29, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,990 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sandy thicket, Morell, June 29, 1914,
Fernald & St. John, no. 10,991. New Brunswick: Bay Verte,
June 5, 1896, E. M. Goodwin. Nova Scotta: fresh or brackish swale,
Grand Narrows, Cape Breton County, July 20, 1914, Fernald & St.
John, no. 10,994.

Resembling var. multiflora (Ehrh.) Celak, but that widely distrib-
uted plant has the capsules exceeding the shorter perianth (2.5-3.3
mm. long). In its long perianth and short capsule var. acadiensis
is more closely related to the southern var. echinata (Small) Fernald
& Wiegand! which occurs from Texas to Georgia and northward to
eastern Massachusetts. The southern var. echinata, however, has
much looser inflorescences, rarely with more than one of the heads
sessile, the others on more spreading (often widely divergent) longer
rays (up to 5.5 em. long).— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

SALVIA SYLVESTRIS L. IN Country PEEL, OnTariIo.— During the
past summer Mr. A. Laidlaw, who is something of a botanist, noticed
an unusual plant whilst cutting his alfalfa for hay. There was only
one individual of it and it was growing on sandy loam in a high dry field.
He gathered and pressed the specimen and when he showed it to me
some time afterwards I was completely puzzled over it. I tried all the
accessible floras but failed to place it. The specimen had four stems
from a single root and I sent one of them to the Gray Herbarium, where
it was referred to Mr. Harold St. John for identification. He informs
me that it is Salvia sylvestris L., a native of eastern Europe and west-
ern Asia. Previous to the present finding, Mr. St. John tells me that

1 Ruopora. xy. 42 (1913).

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

so far as he can learn it has been noticed but once in America, namely
in Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. He also says that it is not
mentioned from America in any publication so far as he has ascer-
tained. As alfalfa seed is frequently imported into Canada from
Europe, we can safely infer that this interesting plant has been casu-
ally introduced by impure seed.— James WHITE, Snelgrove, Ontario,
Canada.

Vol. 19, no. 217, including pages 1 to 20, was issued 10 January, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. March, 1917. No. 219.

ABNORMAL FLOWER STRUCTURE IN OXALIS STRICTA L.
H. F. BERGMAN.
(Plate 122.

WHILE collecting flowers for class use one day in the autumn of 1915
the attention of the writer was attracted by the peculiar appearance of
one or two plants of Oxalis stricta L. Curiosity as to the nature of
this peculiarity led to a closer examination, which revealed the fact
that it was due to the replacement of normal flowers by various
abnormal developments and in part to the reduction in size of the
leaves, which were also decidedly paler than ordinary leaves.

Henri Hus (1907) has described a variant form of Oxalis stricta
having green petals and somewhat smaller fruits. This form he named
Oxalis stricta viridiflora. The petals of this form, in addition to the
difference in color, differ in shape, width, distribution of the vascular
bundles, as also in the shape of the epidermal cells, in the absence of
ridges in the latter, number of stomata, and in the number and kinds
of hairs present. Bartlett (1909) also reports the occurrence of
Oxalis stricta viridiflora which, as in specimens described by Hus,
differ from normal flowers of Oxalis stricta only in the petal characters.

None of the specimens found by the writer possessed the green
petals described by Hus (1907) and Bartlett (1909). The sepals and
pistils also were distinctly different from those described by either Hus
or Bartlett.

Various degrees of abnormality were found, ranging from an almost
normal condition to such wide departures from it that they bore little
resemblance to flowers. The sepals of normal flowers are narrow and

¢

42 Rhodora [Marcu

linear to oblong in form, measuring about 4 X 1 mm. (fig. 1). Those
of the abnormal flowers were broadly obovate and obcordate at the
apex, measuring 3.2 X 3.0 mm. (fig. 2). In shape and vein-arrange-
ment they closely resemble a leaflet of a foliage leaf (fig. 3). Sepals
of this form occurred in all the abnormal flowers regardless of other
peculiarities that were exhibited.

The sepals of abnormal flowers are pubescent on the back with
appressed hairs as in normal flowers, the hairs being mostly of the uni-
cellular, thick-walled type, as described by Hus (07:102). They differ
from foliage leaves in the amount of pubescence, that on the leaves
being rather sparse and confined to the under side. The cells of the
sepals of abnormal flowers are less elongated than in normal flowers
but never as nearly isodiametric as those of the leaves so that the
sepals of the abnormal flowers, while strongly suggesting foliage leaves
in outline and arrangement of veins, still retain a closer resemblance
to normal sepals in the amount and kind of pubescence and in cell-
characters.

The petals were not uniform in shape in all the abnormal specimens.
Instead of being obovate to obcuneate and yellow as in normal speci-
mens (fig. 4), most of them were reduced to narrow, linear or oblong,
pale yellow or whitish structures. One of the most extreme forms is
shown in figure 6. This specimen had petals which were nearly
orbicular, about 3 mm., in diameter and with a slender claw of about
the same length. Others varied between the linear petals (fig. 5) and
the normal shape (fig. 4).

The vein-arrangement and shape of cells in petals of the abnormal
specimens were similar to those of normal ones except that the epi-
dermal cells at the tips of the petals did not have the ridges projecting
into the cell as is true of the epidermal cells at the tips of normal petals.

The stamens as in normal flowers, were of two lengths, the inner
series being the longer. They differed from stamens of normal
flowers however, in that in all cases they were separate instead of
monadelphous. In some specimens the stamens were apparently
normal except for being separate. In others the anthers of the inner
series were either poorly developed or entirely wanting. The anthers
of the outer series were apparently normal. In one specimen part of
the stamens had been transformed into narrow, petaloid structures.
No examination of the pollen from any of the specimens was made.

The pistil showed the most varied and peculiar structures. In

1917] Bergman,—Abnormal Flower Structure in Oxalis stricta 43

normal flowers the pistil is columnar, sharply 5-angled and measuring
usually 16-18 mm. in length. In most of the variant forms examined
the pistil was much smaller than in normal flowers and in many speci-
mens more or less twisted and distorted. The smaller pistils were
obpyriform in shape, with the lobes or divisions usually strongly
rounded on the back and only in a very few specimens sharply angled
as in normal flowers. Development of seeds in any abnormal speci-
mens was not observed.

Most of the specimens found were of the kind shown in figures 7,
8 and 9. These flowers were the nearest approach to the usual type.
The sepals were broadly ovate and leaf-like. The petals differed
only in being narrower, shorter and very pale in color, The stamens
differed from normal ones in being separate. The anthers of the outer
series were apparently normal while those of the inner series were
poorly developed or entirely lacking. The smallest flower measured
only 3 mm. in diameter with a pistil less than 1 mm. in height. Most
of the smaller flowers (fig. 9) measured 5-6 mm. in diameter with
pistils 1.5-2 mm. in height. The larger forms measured 7-8 mm. in
diameter with pistil about 4 mm. high. A few specimens had sharply
angled pistils (fig. 7), thus resembling most nearly the form of the
pistil in normal flowers. The pistil of the specimen shown in figure 9
was obpyriform and sharply angled, in these respects being inter-
mediate between the specimens shown in figures 7 and 8, but smaller
than either of them. $

Two flowers (figs. 10 and 11) had enlarged, obpyriform or balloon-
shaped pistils, the carpels being partly separate at the apex so that
the interior of the ovary could be observed. No ovules were present
in these specimens. The sepals and stamens of these flowers were as
above described. The petals were rather longer than in most speci-
mens and narrowly obcuneate.

A more extreme variation in the pistil form was observed in several
flowers (figs. 12, 13 and 15). In these the carpels appeared as sepa-
rate parts, outspread so as to resemble the petals of a flower. This
condition might be produced from a form such as is shown in figures
10 and 11 by having the carpellary leaves become separated to the
base and changed from a vertical to a horizontal position. Inside the
carpellary leaves are small leaf-like structures which apparently re-
place the ovules of a normal ovary.

The specimens shown in figures 14 and 16 were the most interesting

44 Rhodora [Marca

of the series. The sepals were broadly obcordate as described in the
other forms. The petals were narrowly oblong. Some of the stamens
had been transformed into narrowly linear petaloid structures while
others were anther-bearing and apparently normal. The pistil did
not appear as in other forms described but in its place was found a
prolification of the floral axis producing at the base five oboval,
emarginate leaves with very short petioles and culminating at the apex
in three leaves of three leaflets each. The leaflets are shown still
folded together in the illustration. The condition most closely
approaching this was found in the specimens shown in figures 12, 13,
and 15, where the carpels have been transformed into leaves, retaining
more or less of a cup shape, but without any evident elongation of the
floral axis such as had occurred in the specimens last described.

= Masters (1869) and Penzig (1890) cite instances of phyllomorphy
of floral parts and median prolification in many kinds of flowers.
Phyllody of the carpels and ovules is known to occur in many plants.
Masters (’69: 259) refers to the occurrence of petalody of the stamens
in Oxalis but apparently no case of the peculiar modifications of the
flowers of Oxalis stricta as described in this article has ever before been
reported. No explanation is offered for the abnormalities described.

LITERATURE CITED IN THIS ARTICLE.

Bartietrt, H. H. Note on Oxalis stricta var. viridiflora. RHODORA
11: 118. 1909. ;

Hus, Henrt. Virescence of Oxalis stricta. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard., 18:
99. 1907.

Masters, M. T. Vegetable Teratology. 1869.

Penzic,O. Pflanzen-Teratologie. 2 vols. 1890.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 122.

Fig. 1. A sepal of a normal flower, X 33. Fig. 2. A sepal of an abnormal
flower, X 33. Fig. 3. One leaflet of a foliage leaf, X 7. Fig. 4. A petal
of a normal flower, X 33. Fig. 5. A petal of an abnormal flower of the type
shown in fig. 15, X 36. Fig. 6. The usual form of the petals of abnormal
flowers, X 33. Figs. 7 and 8. Abnormal forms of most frequent occur-
rence, X 33. Fig. 9. A small abnormal flower without stamens or petals
x 33. Figs. 10 and 11. Abnormal flowers with inflated and partly opened
pistils, x 33. Figs. 12, 13, and 15. Forms with the carpellary leaves
separate and outspread, the ovules replaced by small leaf-like structures, X 33.
Figs. 14 and 16. Forms showing phyllomorphy of the carpels and median pro-
lification, X 33.

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA.

1917) Fernald,— Specific Characters of Hepatica americana 45

THE SPECIFIC CHARACTERS OF HEPATICA AMERICANA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Ir has long been known that the common American plant which
has passed as Hepatica triloba Gilib. (1781) or more properly as H.
nobilis Schreb. (1771) differs in some respects from the typical Euro-
pean plant, and in 1814 Pursh treated it as H. triloba a obtusa with
the lobes of the leaves rounded and flowers “generally smaller than
in the European plant.” ! In 1817 De Candolle separated it as H:
triloba B. americana? on account of its much more pilose petioles and
scapes, smaller flowers, and the more rounded lobes of the leaves.
Somewhat later Ker took it up as H. americana, saying “We have no
hesitation in recording the american plant as a distinct species from
the european triloba, to which it has been generally appended for a
variety. The lobes of the leaves are rounder and less pointed in the
american plant, the flower-stem and leaf-stalks shaggily furred, the
whole altogether smaller and of different appearance.” 3 Subsequent
authors for the most part have not recognized the distinctness of the
American and European plants, although the essentially continental
distribution of the European species and the essentially Alleghanian
range of the American indicate that the identity of the two should at
least be questioned; since very few, if any, plants are strictly identical
in these two very dissimilar areas. Examination of abundant fruit-
ing material of the American plant shows it to possess an achene quite
unlike that of the European species. In H. nobilis of Europe the
plump, conic-ovoid achene tapers to a short thick beak which is
terminated by the sessile stigma. In the American plant, on the other
hand, the much more slender fusiform or lance-subulate achene is
terminated by a very slender and definite, often curved, style. Pos-
sessing this definite fruit-character along with its usually much smaller
flowers and its rounder-lobed leaves, the Alleghanian plant seems to be
an endemic American species which should be called Hepatica ameri-
cana (DC.) Ker.

Whether the plant of eastern Asia is identical with the eastern
American or the European species the writer is unable to determine
since he has had access to no Asiatic material.

1! Pursh. Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 391 (1814).
2 DC. Syst. i. 216 (1817).
3 Ker in Edwards, Bot. Reg. v. t. 387 (1819).

ae ede

46 Rhodora [Marcr

Hepatica nobilis in its foliage-character stands somewhat inter-
mediate between the two American species, H. americana and H.
acutiloba DC., and in its achenes more strongly suggests the latter
species. The leaves of H. nobilis, however, are much more obtusely
lobed and have less pronounced sinuses between the lobes. Its invo-
lucral bracts are more obtuse and its sepals ordinarily broader, so that
H. acutiloba may appropriately be still maintained as an American
species.

Typical Hepatica americana has the flowers blue-lavender, but two
other conspicuous color-forms are found, one with white sepals and the
other with rose-pink. These for convenience may be designated

HEPATICA AMERICANA, forma candida, sepalis albis — Frequent
througbout the range. Type: rocky woods, Townshend, Vermont,
April 16, 1912, L. A. Wheeler, in herb. New England Botanical Club.

HEPATICA AMERICANA, forma rhodantha, sepalis roseis — TYPE
collected by Mrs. Florence van Fleet Lyman, communicated by C. G.

Whiting from plants transferred to his garden at Springfield, Massa- -
chusetts (specimen in Gray Herb.).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

POLYMNIA UVEDALIA AND ITS VARIETIES.
S. F. BLAKE.

WHILE studying recently the variations in pubescence of a Mexican
Polymnia, I had occasion to examine the abundant material in the
Gray Herbarium of the common P. Uvedalia to determine whether
similar differences were to be found in that species which might throw
light on the classificatory value of the variations already noted in the
Mexican plant. Somewhat to my surprise, the specimens of Polymnia
Uvedalia fell readily into three rather distinct varieties of decided
geographic trend. The common eastern plant, growing (so far as the
material at hand indicates) from New York southward to Georgia,
thence north and west to southern Illinois, is always very strongly
glandular on the pedicels and branches of the inflorescence with both
sessile and stalked glands, and the hispid-pilose hairs common to the
other two forms are rare or wanting. A variation represented by

1917] Blake,— Polymnia Uvedalia and its Varieties 47

four collections from Florida has much fewer and less conspicuous
glands, and intermixed with them a considerable number of hispid-
pilose hairs. Plants collected by T. F. Allen, G. H. Shull, and A. B.
Seymour at various localities within the range of the typical plant
somewhat approach the Floridan form in the presence of hispid-pilose
hairs, but are best referred to the typical form on account of the very
numerous glands.

West of the Mississippi, from Louisiana to Oklahoma and Texas,
occurs a very marked extreme in which the pedicels and to a less
degree the branches of the inflorescence are so densely and canescently
hispid-pilose that the glands are practically concealed from view.
It is interesting to note that one of the specimens of this form, col-
lected by Lindheimer (no. 381), bears this note on the label in Engel-
mann’s hand: “Lindheimer thinks it different from P. Uvedalia.”

On the Bermuda Islands, where it is certainly introduced and seems
to be rapidly naturalizing itself, this form is the only representative
of the species. The plant is not noticed in Reade’s list of Bermuda
plants (1883), and as it is very unlikely that so conspicuous a plant
could have escaped his notice, it seems very probable that it is a
recent introduction.

The three variations of Polymnia Uvedalia may be named and char-
acterized as follows.

* Pedicels and branches of inflorescence densely glandular; hispid-pilose
hairs few or none.

Potymnta UvEDALIA L. var. genuina. Pedicelli et rami inflores-
centiae dense glandulosi, glandulis et sessilibus et stipitatis, pilis
hispido-pilosis paucis vel nullis.— Polymnia Uvedalia L. Sp. II. ed. ii.
1303 (1763). Osteospermum Uvedalia L. Sp. I. ed. ii. 923 (1753).
Polymniastrum Uvedalia (L.) Small in Small & Carter, Fl. Lane. Co.
302 (1913).— New York: western part (Gray ?). New JERSEY:
Weehawken, 1864, T. F. Allen. PENNsyLVvANIA: Easton, 1869, T. C.
Porter. DertawarE: Wilmington, 1842, E. Tatnell. VIRGINIA:
Smith Co., 1892, J. K. Small; Four Mile Run, 1902, G. H. Shull 225.
Norta Carona: Caldwell Co., 1891, Small & Heller; Biltmore,
1897, Biltmore Herbarium 788a. Sourn Carona: Caesar’s Head,
1881, John Donnell Smith. Grorata: Early Co., 1901, R. M. Harper
1225. TENNESSEE: Knoxville, 1894, A. Ruth 52; Chilhowee Mts.,
A. H. Curtiss 1380. Kentucky: Harlan Co., 1893, T. H. Kearney, Jr.
251. Inpiana: Orange Co., 1915, C. C. Deam 17347. ILLINOIS:
Anna, 1880, A. B. Seymour.

** Pedicels and branches of inflorescence with numerous hispid-pilose hairs
more or less concealing the mostly sessile glands.

48 Rhodora [Marcu

Var. floridana. Pedicelli et rami inflorescentiae sparse glandulosi,
glandulis saepissime sessilibus, pilis hispido-pilosis subnumerosis.—
FLormpa: thicket, Brevard Co., Indian River region, 2 Dec. 1902,
A. Fredholm 5626 (rype in Gray Herbarium); Tallahassee, Leon Co.,
1895, G. V. Nash 2327; Apalachicola, 1897, Biltmore Herbarium 788c;
without definite locality, Chapman.

Var. densipilis. Pedicelli et rami inflorescentiae dense canescen-
terque hispido-pilosi pilis patentibus vel adscendentibus, glandulis in-
conspicuis.— Lourstana: Hale. Oxranmoma: Grand River, Chero-
kee Nation (Ind. Terr.), 1895, J. W. Blankinship. Texas: ten
feet high, rare on the shady banks of the Guadaloupe near New
Braunfels, Aug. 1850, Lindheimer 381 (rype in Gray Herbarium),
also 954; Upper Guadaloupe River, Aug. 1847, Lindheimer. BER-
MUDA: shaded bank near Tuckers Town, 1905, Brown & Britton 321,
also 1908, S. Brown 470; near Bailey’s Bay, 1908, S. Brown 494; along
roads, Botanic Garden, Paget, 1905, J. W. Harshberger; low shaded
place, Paget, 1912, B. L. Robinson 50.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

NOTES ON RARE NEW YORK STATE PLANTS.

F. P. METCALF AND L. GRISCOM.
(Continued from page 37.)

JUNCUS CANADENSIS J. Gay., var. SUBCAUDATUS Engelm. Sara-
toga Co.: ditches along R. R., South Corinth, C. H. Peck (11), 1879,
p. 54. “Not reported from New York State” (18). Oswego Co.:
Granny’s Orchard, Palermo, 1895, W. W. Rowlee (9). Cayuga Co.:
swale in woods N. E. end of Duck Lake, Conquest, July 12, 1916, F. P.
Metcalf, L. Griscom (10). Erie Co.: reported in (6).

Juncus TorreyI Coville. Oneida Co.: Oneida Lake (11), 1913,
p. 25. Fulton Co.: Johnstown, Olsson & Alexander (11), 1913, p 25.
Nassau Co.: Long Beach (17). Onondaga Co.: frequent (5). Oswego
Co.: collection of C. S. Sheldon (11), 1914, p. 25. Cayuga Co.:
13 miles N. W. of Spring Lake, along roadside, Conquest, August 13,
1916, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom, A. H. Wright (10). Seneca Co.:
Dumont’s Road, Seneca Falls, August 1895, W. W. Rowlee, K. M.
Wiegand (9). Western New York (18). Monroe Co.: Charlotte,
L. Holzer (11), 1897, p. 281; Long Pond, Dr. Anna H. Searing (4);
sandy shores of Lake Ontario, Gray (2). Niagara Co.: Goat Island,
near the River (20). Erie Co.: reported in (6).

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 49

SMILACINA TRIFOLIA (L.) Desf. Franklin Co.: Axton, 1901,"W.4B.
Howard (9). Pickerel Pond, 1899, W. W. Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand,
G. T. Hastings (9). Herkimer Co.: Frankfort Hill, North Woods
Marshes (2). Oneida Co.: Paris Hill, near Oriskany, Summit Lake,
Mud Lake, Jordanville Marshes, South Trenton, Swamp of Rome,
Point of Rock Lake (2). Madison Co.: Peterboro, Peeksport, Arbor
Vitae swamps, H. D. House (11), 1914, p. 42. Dutchess Co.: Pine
Plains (17). Orange Co.: Austin (8), iv. 17. Chenango Co.: Ox-
ford, Coville (3); Brisbin swamp, 1887, H. L. Stewart (9). Tompkins
Co.: Spruce Swamp, Enfield, 1875, 1884, (9). Onondaga Co.:
abundant (5). Oswego Co.: Granny’s Orchard, Palermo, Birdall’s
Bog, Volney, 1894-1895, W. W. Rowlee (9). Cayuga Co.: Miller’s
Bog, bog N. of Miller’s Bog, bogs N., N. E., and E. of Duck Lake,
Conquest; Feathered Bog and adjoining bogs, Victory, June, July,
A. A. & A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom. Wayne Co.: Arbor
Vitae swamps and bogs, N. E. corner of Butler, also N. and N. E. of
Savannah, June, July, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H.
Wright (10). Monroe Co.: Adam’s Basin (2). Genesee Co.: Ber-
gen Swamp, 1897, A. H. Wright (9). Cattaraugus Co.: Machias (6).

HABENARIA BRACTEATA (Willd.) R. Br. Essex Co.: along Keene
Road near N. Elba, C. H. Peck (11a), 1899, p. 131. Lewis Co.: F. B.
Hough (22b) 1846. Herkimer Co.: Fairfield, Gray, and Frankfort
Hill (2); near Newport, 1901, H. D. House (8), xxxii. 376. Oneida Co.:
Sangerfield (2). Madison Co.: Brookfield, Gray (2); Cazenovia, M.
C. Conner (8), xxxii. 376. Schenectady Co.: along Rolleboom of Rot-
terdam Hills (2). Dutchess Co.: A. Winchell (22c), 1851. Reported,
but not definitely known from Long Island; rare in Westchester Co.,
increasing northwestward (17). Chemung Co.: near Elmira, 1893,
Lucy (8). Cortland Co.: Truxton and Preble, 1893, K. M. Wiegand
(21). Onondaga Co.: Otisco, 1896 (5); Baldwinsville, Beauchamp
(8), xxxii. 376. Cayuga Co.: woods N. of Spring Lake, Conquest,
June, August, A. A. & A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10).
Yates Co.: Sartwell, Herb. Hamilton College (2). Monroe Co.:
Brighton, C. M. Booth; near Coldwater, G. T. Fish; Troutburg,
M. S. Baxter; Big Woods, Forest Lawn, Mrs. H. G. Pierce; Pin-
nacle Hill, Mrs. V. Dewing (4). Genesee Co.: Bergen Swamp (4).
Erie Co.: reported in (6).

HABENARIA BLEPHARIGLOTTIS (Willd.) Torr. Lewis Co.: Beaver
Lake, Watson, B. D. Gilbert (8), xxxii. 366. Herkimer Co.: Frankfort
Hill near Wetmore’s Pond (2). Oneida Co.: South Trenton; borders
of rock Lake (2). Madison Co.: Fiddlers Green, Peeksport, near
Eaton, H. D. House (8), 1913, p. 29. Rensselaer Co.: Cranberry
Marsh, Sand Lake, C. H. Peck (11b), 1910, p. 71; Van Rensselaer
Swamp, 1903, E. M. Cipperly (9). Orange Co.: Spruce Pond, 25 miles
E. of Southfields, Millspaugh (8), xi. 134. Westchester Co.: Lake
Mohegan, T. W. Martins, Jr. (8), xvi. 124. Rockland Co.: Tuxedo
Park (17). Richmond Co.: Mariner’s Harbor, R. G. Eccles (8), xviii.

50 Rhodora [Marcu

214. Suffolk Co.: Babylon, and along S. shore (8), iv. 98; Barton,
Miller (8), vii. 17; Patchogue, W. T. Davis (8), xxii. 462. Long Island
and Staten Island (17). Tioga Co.: near Owego, Millspaugh (3).
Chenango Co.: Smithville, Coville (3). Cortland Co.: Labrador
Swamp, Truxton, 1889, K. M. Wiegand (21); 1894, W. W. Rowlee
(9). Onondaga Co.: Centerville, Cicero Swamp (5); Beaver Lake,
Beauchamp (8), xxxii. 366; Mud Lake, Baldwinsville, 1897, W. W.
Rowlee (9). Oswego Co.: Mud Lake, 1878, F. L. Kilborne (9); Lily
Marsh, 1895, W. W. Rowlee (9), and H. D. House (11), 1914, p. 50.
Cayuga Co.: bogs E. and N. E. of Duck Lake, Conquest, August
12, 1916, and Featherbed Bog, Victory, August 13, 1916, L. Griscom,
A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf (10). Seneca Co.: W. Junius (9), (10).
Monroe Co.: Mendon, M. S. Baxter (4). Chautauqua Co.: Hanover
(6).

PoGONIA VERTICILLATA (Willd.) Nutt. Lewis Co.: F. B. Hough,
very rare, (22b), 1846. Oneida Co.: Oriskany Swamp, Dr. Knieskern
(1), and Vasey (2); mossy bogs on plains of Rome, along R. R., JH.
Paine, Jr. (8), xxxii. 377. Madison Co.: Eaton, 1840, Dr. Bradley
(1); and H. D. House (11), 1913, p. 30; Fiddlers Green, 1905, H. D.
House (8), xxxii. 377. Schenectady Co.: in the pine plains, Pearson
(2). Dutchess Co.: A. Winchell (22c), 1851. Common S. of moraine
on Long Island, Staten Island and up Hudson River Valley to Dutchess
Co. (17). Broome Co.: N. W. of Binghamton, Clute (3). Tompkins
Co.: Caroline Hills, Danby Hills, 1881-1882 (9). Onondaga Co.:
Otisco, Cicero swamp, Beaver Lake (5); Kirkville, 1902, House (8),
xxxii. 377. Oswego Co.: Lily Marsh, 1879, C. S. Sheldon, 1891,
W. W. Rowlee (9), and H. D. House (11), 1914, p. 25. Cayuga Co.:
bogs N. E., E. and N. of Duck Lake, Conquest, June, July, A. A. &
A. H. Wright, L. Griscom, F. P. Metcalf; Featherbed Bog, Victory,
August 12, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10).

PoGONIA TRIANTHOPHORA (Sw.) BSP. Oneida Co.: Pine Plains
of Rome, Knieskern (2). Madison Co.: Eaton near Leland’s upper
pond, Bradley (2). Reported from vicinity of New York city but
not recently collected (17). Onondaga Co.: Beaver Lake, Tamarack
Swamps, Geddes Woods (5); Round Lake, Fayetteville (8), vi. p. 192;
Kirkville, Underwood (8), xxxii. 377. Cayuga Co.: woods N. of Spring
Lake, Conquest, August 12, 1916, L. Griscom, A. H. Wright, Er.
Metcalf (10). Seneca Co.: Sheldrake Point, Cayuga Lake, Gray (2).
Wayne Co.: woods near Savannah, C. H. Peck (11), 1872, p. 88; near
Lake shore, North Rose, 1906, Ruth Weed (9); Arbor Vitae-tamarack
Swamp, N. E. corner Butler, August 13, 1916, A. H. Wright, L. Griscom,
F. P. Metcalf. Ontario Co.: Gorham, Sartwell, in Herb. Hamilton
College (2). Monroe Co.: Parma, Bradley, and Brockport, Lennon
(4); Webster and Adams’ Basin, M. S. Baxter (4). Orleans Co.:
Yates, Miss F. Beckwith (4). Erie Co.: West Seneca near Smoke’s
Creek, Junius S. Smith (6).

ARETHUSA BULBOSA L. Lewis Co.: F. B. Hough (22b), 1846.

1917] Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 51

Oneida Co.: Oriskany swamp, Gray (2); formerly at Flats of Mohawk
below Utica (2); Moss Marsh beyond Fort Bull and Rome (2).
Schenectady Co.; Major VanVoosts Fly, Pearson (2). Delaware Co.:
M. Platt (22e), 1841. Dutchess Co.: rare and local (17). Suffolk
Co.: near Hook Pond, East Hampton, E. S. Miller (8), vi. 157;
Wading River, 1877, E. S. Miller (9). Increasing and frequent south-
ward particularly in Long Island not recorded from Staten Island (17).
Cortland Co.: Homer, G. W. Bradford (22d), 1833; Labrador Swamp,
Truxton, 1893, K. M. Wiegand (21), and Beauchamp (8), xxxii. 377.
Tompkins Co.: Freeville Swamp, Dryden, 1875, E. H. Palmer (9).
Onondaga Co.: infrequent, Tamarack Swamp (5); Cicero Swamp,
Beaver Lake, Beauchamp (8), xxxii. 377; E. of Syracuse, F. Bell,
H. D. House (8), xxxii. 377. Oswego Co.: collection of C. S. Sheldon
(11), 1914, p. 25; Mud Lake, 1888, H. L. Stewart (9). Cayuga Co.:
Featherbed Bog, southern portion Victory, June 11, 1916, F. P. Met-
calf, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright (10). Seneca Co.: Junius,
Sartwell, in Herb. Hamilton College (2). Genesee Co.: West Bergen
Swamp (2). Cattaraugus Co.: Machias (6). Chautauqua Co.:
Hanover and Cassadaga Lake (6).

SERAPIAS HELLEBORINE L. Herkimer Co.: Mohawk River Flats,
Little Falls, Mrs. L. Burrell (11), 1914, p. 41. Madison Co.: Caze-
novia, Sept. 2, 1915, Edith Webster (10). Tompkins Co.: near New-
field, 1890-1916, Mrs. James; ravine N. of Beech Woods, Six Mile
Creek, Ithaca, August 19, 1916, F. P. Metcalf (10). Onondaga Co.:
Geddes Gorge, August 1879 (5); Otisco, W. W. Munson (11), 1888,
p. 132. Oswego Co.: near Fairhaven, Sterling, 1916, P. Munz (10).
Cayuga Co.: near Auburn, 1904, G. W. Boynton (9); woods near
Stark Pond, Conquest, July 2, 1916, L. H. MacDaniels (10); Nichols
Woods, N. of Duck Lake, Victory, August 12, 1916, F. P. Metcalf,
L. Griscom (10); Botrychium Woods N. of Spring Lake, Conquest,
August 11 and 12, 1916, L. Griscom, A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf.
Wayne Co.: N. E. corner Butler, August 13, 1916, F. P. Metcalf,
L. Griscom, A. H. Wright (10); abundant in woods S. W. of North
Rose, Rose, 1915-1916, A. R. Weed; woods in S. E. corner of Rose,
October 5, 1916, A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf (10). Ontario Co.;
Canandaigua, E. J. Durand (8), xxiii. 354. Monroe Co.: Webster,
M. S. Bazter; Forest Lawn, Mrs. H. G. Pierce; North Rush and Hen-
rietta, E. H. Clapp; Oak Orchard Creek, W. H. Lennon (4a), 1910;
Golah; East shore Irondequoit Bay, Killip & Woodams; Rattlesnake
Point, Mrs. White, (4b), 1916. Seneca Park, Rochester, 1916, Effie
Riley (10). Orleans Co.: 7 mi. S. E. and 3 mi. S. E. of Medina, L. H.
Wild (9). Niagara Co.: shaded roadside, Wilson, August 24, 1915,
A. J. Eames (10). Erie Co.: near Scajauquady’s Creek, 1882, Edna
M. Porter (6a).

LISTERA AUSTRALIS Lindl. St. Lawrence Co.: a single plant in large
swamp near Fine, August, C. H. Peck (11), 1909, p. 35. Fulton Co.:
Canada Lake, 1912, C. P. Alexander, and 1913, A. Olsson (11), 1913,

52 Rhodora [Marca

p. 26. Onondaga Co.: occasional, Cicero Swamp (5); near Baldwins-
ville, 1885, Beauchamp & Underwood (16). Oswego Co.: Lily March,
1876, A. Wibbe, and 1879, C. S. Sheldon, later C. S. Sheldon, W. W.
Rowlee (16), (11), 1909, p. 31; Granny’s Orchard, E. Palermo, 1894,
W. W. Rowlee (9). Cayuga Co.: bog E. of Duck Lake, Conquest,
June 11, 1916, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, also
July 1, 1916, K. M. Wiegand, L. H. MacDaniels (10); rich woods E.
side of Featherbed Bog, Victory, June 11, 1916, L. Griscom, A. A. &
A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, and July 1, 1916, K. M. Wiegand (10).

Microstyiis uNIFoLIA (Michx.) BSP. Richmond Co.: Egbert-
ville, Mrs. N: L. Britton (8), xvi. 135; Ocean Terrace, C. A.
Timmerman (8), xviii. 214. Long Island, mostly N. of the moraine,
Staten Island and increasing northward (17). Chenango Co.: open
woods, Oxford, Coville (3). Tioga Co.: North Woods, Oakley Corners,
Owego, July 26, 1914, H. M. Mapes (10). Tompkins Co.: woods,
Malloryville Bog, Dryden, August 30, 1915, A. J. Eames, A. C. Fraser
(10). Onondaga Co.: Carpenter’s Road, H. D. House (11), 1913,
p. 39. Cayuga Co.: woods, N. W. of Featherbed Bog, Victory, |
August 12, 1916, A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf, L. Griscom (10).

SALIX CANDIDA Fliigge. Lewis Co.: F. B. Hough (22b), 1846.
Herkimer Co.: Mud Lake, State Marsh, Hidden Lake, Litchfield (2).
Otsego Co.: Summit Lake Borders (2). King Co.: J. B. Zabriskie
(22a), 1885. Dutchess Co.: A. Winchell (22c), 1851. Tompkins Co.:
Fleming Meadows, Ithaca, (12), (14), and 1914, C. C. Thomas (10).
Onondaga Co.: frequent in Cold Bogs (5); shore of Tully Lake, 1898,
G. T. Hastings (9), and 1913, K. M. Wiegand (10); Labrador Swamp,
1893, K. M. Wiegand (9). Oswego Co.: Fulton, 1887, H. L. Stewart
(9); Van Burin’s Bog, New Haven, 1895, W. W. Rowlee (9); Paradise
Swamp, N. Palermo, 1895, W. W. Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand (9); Paddy
Lake, Scriba, 1897, W. W. Rowlee (9). Cayuga Co.: Locke Pond
(12); Miller’s Bog near Spring Lake, Conquest, June 10, 1916, F. P.
Metcalf, A. A. & A. H. Wright, L. Griscom (10); boggy woods, N. end
of Otter Lake, Cato, July 2, 1916, L. H. MacDaniels (10). Wayne
Co.: Newark, 1880, 1882, E. L. Hankenson (9); Tamarack Swamp,
S. W. of Savannah (12); Tamarack Swamp, N. E. corner Butler,
July 3, 1916, K. M. Wiegand, A. J. Eames, F. P. Metcalf (10). Seneca
Co.: Junius, Sartwell (12). Monroe Co.: marsh head of Irondequoit
Bay, Dr. C. M. Booth (4); Riga, Miss F. Beckwith (4); Adams’ Basin,
M.S. Baxter (4); Mendon, G. T. Fish (4). Livingston Co.: Caledonia,
Clinton (4). Genesee Co.: West Bergen (2).

Pyrota asarrroLIa Michx., var. INCARNATA (Fisch.) Fernald.
Lewis Co.: F. B. Hough (22b), 1846. Herkimer Co.: Mud Lake,
Warren (2). Fulton Co.: Cold Springs, Gloversville, A. Olsson &
C. P. Alexander (11), 1913, p. 27. Oneida Co.: Oriskany, Dr. Knies-
kern (1); Litchfield Marshes (2). Otsego Co.: abundant in marshes
near Summit Lake near source of Otsquago Creek and Susquehanna
R. (2). Madison Co.: (11), 1913, p. 27. Onondaga Co.: Jamesville

1917} Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 53

Swamp, Jamesville Road (5). Oswego Co.: (11), 1913, p. 27. Cay-
uga Co.: Hemlock-tamarack Woods N. of Miller’s Bog, near Spring
Lake, Conquest, June 10, 1916, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright,
F. P. Metcalf (10). Wayne Co.: in the Tamarack Swamp, S. E. of
Savannah (12); Arbor Vitae-tamarack Swamp, near Turtle Pond,
N. of Savannah, June 12, 1916, L. Griscom, A. A. & A. H. Wright,
F. P. Metcalf (10); Arbor Vitae-tamarack Swamp, S. W. of West-
bury, Butler, July 7, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, A. H. Wright, K. M. Wiegand
(10). Erie Co.: Tonawanda Reservation, 5 mi. E. of Akron, D. F.
Day & G. W. C. (11), 1866, p. 205.

GERARDIA PAUPERCULA Britton. Columbia Co.: Copake Falls
(17). Richmond Co.: rare (17). Rare on N. shore Long Island,
Staten Island (17). Oswego Co.: Mud Lake, Hannibal, C. S. Sheldon
(11), 1914, p. 48, and W. W. Rowlee, 1894, (9); sand dunes, N. of
Selkirk, 1902, W. W. Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand (9). Cayuga Co.:
springy place, N. of Spring Lake, near roadside, Conquest, August
11 and 12, 1916, L. Griscom, A. H. Wright, F. P. Metcalf (10).

VALERIANA ULIGINOSA (T. & G.) Rydb. Herkimer Co.: Warren
(12). Dutchess Co.: Pine Plains (12). Onondaga Co.: occasional
(5). Wayne Co.: Newark, E. L. Hankenson (12), Savannah, 1833, _
Sartwell (12); abundant in bogs and Arbor Vitae Swamp near Turtle
Pond, S. of E. Butler, Savannah, June 12, 1916, A. A. & A. H. Wright,
L. Griscom, F. P. Metcalf (10); Arbor Vitae-tamarack Swamp, N. E.
corner Butler, July 2, 1916, K. M. Wiegand, A. H. Wright, F. P.
Metcalf (10). Seneca Co.: Junius, 1827, herb. of J. J. Thomas (12).
Monroe Co.: Mendon Swamp, G. T. Fish (4); Powder Mills also
Periton and Buchnell’s Basin (4a). Genesee Co.: West Bergen
Swamp (12).

BIBLIOGRAPHY }.

(1) Torrey, John — Flora of New York, 1843.
(a) List of plants described in the State Flora and of plants
discovered and collected since the publication of the flora,
Cat. Cab. Nat. History, N. Y. pp. 1-61, Albany, 1853.
(2) Paine, John A., Jr.— Catalogue of plants found in Oneida Co.
and vicinity in Report of State Botanist, pp. 53-193, 1865.
(3) Clute, W. N.— Flora of the Upper Susquehanna Valley, 1898.
(a) Supplement number one in Report of State Botanist, pp.
57—60, 1903.

1 The titles given here cover all the known stations in the state for the species treated; lesser
publications were omitted where more recent floras covered the work completely; in some
cases, however, where records were omitted by recent floras, the references to the older publica-
tions have been given.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

(4) Beckwith, Florence; Macauley, Mary E.; Fuller, J. B.—
Flora of Monroe Co., Proceedings of the Rochester Academy
of Science, iii. pp. 1-150, 1896.

(a) Supplement number one, Proceedings of the Roch. Acad.
Science, v. pp. 1-38, 1910.
(b) Supplement number two, on manuscript, 1916.

(5)' Goodrich, L. Leonora Hutchinson — Flora of Onondaga Co.,
Syracuse, N. Y., 1912.

(6) Day, David F.— Flora of Buffalo, 1882.

(a) Supplement number one, 1883.

(7) Rhodora (complete), 1899-1916.

(8) Torrey Botanical Club, Bulletin of (complete), 1870-1916,
including Floras and Lists of Plants from Richmond, Suffolk,
Chenango, Westchester and Dutchess Counties.

(9) Herbarium of College of Arts and Sciences, Cornell Univer-
sity, Ithaca, N. Y.

(10) Herbarium of New York State College of Agriculture,
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

(11) Report of State Botanist, 1848-1915, in the Annual Report of
the Regents of the Univ. of the State of N. Y. on the condi-
tion of the State Cabinet of Natural History, continued as
the Annual Reports of the Regents of the University in the
New York State Museum or in N. Y. State Museum Bulle-
tins.

(a) Plants of North Elba, Essex Co. (Peck, C. H.), 53rd Report,
pp. 67-237, 1899.
(b) Plants of Cranberry Marsh, Sand Lake, Rensselaer Co., 57th
Report, pp. 69-72, 1903.
(c) Plants of Averyville Marsh, North Elba, Essex Co., 57th
` Report, pp. 72-73, 1903.

(12) Dudley, W. R.— The Cayuga Flora, 1886.

(13) Peck, C. H. and House, H. D.— Carices of New York, in 44th
Report of State Botanist, pp. 188-202, 1894.

(14) Rowlee, W. W. and Wiegand, K. M.— Salix candida Willd,
and its hybrids, Bulletin of Torrey Botanical Club, xxiii.
194-201.

(15) Britton, N. L.— Revision of Eleocharis; Trans. St. Louis,
Acad. of Sciences, iv. 358-390, 1882.

1 Many records here will have to be regarded as questionable; as a number of the rarest
plants are given as common or frequent. with no data to substantiate the statement.

1917| Metcalf & Griscom,— Rare New York State Plants 55

(16) Wiegand, K. M.— Revision of the genus Listera; Bulletin of
Torrey Botanical Club, April 1899.
(17) Taylor, Norman — Flora of the Vicinity of New York City,
1915.
(18) Engelmann, Geo.— Revision of N. American Species of Jun-
cus; Trans. St. Louis, Acad. Sciences, ii. pp. 424-498, 1868.
(19) Fenno, F. E.— Flora of Susquehanna Valley and adjacent hills
of Tioga Co. in Report of State Botanist, pp. 47-160, 1902.
(20) Day, David F.— Catalogue of the Flowering and Fern-like
Plants in vicinity of Niagara Falls, 4th Ann. Report. Comm.
Niag. State Reservation, 1888.
(21) Personal herbarium of K. M. Wiegand and Record of plants
seen in Vicinity of Cortland Co.
(22) Ann. Report of Regents in N. Y. Senate Documents.
(a) Zabriskie, John B.— Catalogue of Plants, Vicinity of
Erasmus Hall, Kings Co., 48th Report, pp. 176-181, 1835.
(b) Hough, F. B.— Catalogue of Plants of Lewis Co., 59th
Report, pp. 249-283, 1846.
(c) Winchell, A.— Catalogue of Plants growing in the Vicinity
of Amenia Seminary, Dutchess Co., 64th Report, pp. 256-
279, 1851.
(d) Bradford, Geo. W.— Catalogue of Plants growing in the
Vicinity of Cortland Academy, Homer, Cortland Co., 46th
Report, pp. 66-71, 1833.
(e) Platt, M.— Plants collected by Botanical Class in the
Delaware Literary Institute, summer of 1840, Delaware Co.,
54th Report, pp. 227-231, 1841.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

56 Rhodora [Marcu

ORCHIDS FOUND IN THE REGION OF ASQUAM LAKE.
ALBERT EDGAR LOWENSTEIN.

In the following list are enumerated the Orchidaceae found by the
members of Camp Algonquin, Holderness, New Hampshire. The
region explored was bounded roughly as follows: on the north by
Mt. Israel, on the east by Red Hill, on the south by the town of
Ashland, and on the west by Mt. Prospect. This district includes all
of Asquam Lake. The Squam Range runs from southwest to north-
east through the central part of the region.

During the last five years the boys of the camp have scoured this
section thoroughly, and have made up a list of some 750 plants. A
list of animals has also been made. Of the orchids here mentioned a
practically complete series has been contributed to the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club.

CYPRIPEDIUM L.

C. PARVIFLORUM Salsib. Rare; one record, Squam Mtn.
C. acauLE Ait. Abundant; the commonest orchid.

HABENARIA Willd.

H. sracreata (Willd.) R. Br. Locally common.
H. HYPERBOREA (L.) R. Br. Locally abundant; only found in one
place to my knowledge, but very common there.
. DILATATA (Pursh) Gray. Rare; Squam Mtn.
. CLAVELLATA (Michx.) Spreng. Common.
. Hooxerr Torr. Common near the lake.
- ORBICULATA (Pursh) Torr. Generally found with the last.
. LACERA (Michx.) R. Br. Common.
. PSYCODEs (L.) Sw. Common.
. ANDREWSII White. Rare; only two records, Centre Harbor.
. FIMBRIATA (Ait.) R. Br. Common.

Soot ere

POGONIA Juss.

P. oPHIOGLOssoIDEs (L.) Ker. Only known to grow in one locality,
but rather common there.

1917] Lowenstein,— Orchids of the Region of Asquam Lake 57

P. TRIANTHOPHORA (Sw.) BSP. Probably the commonest orchid
next to Cypripedium acaule, more than 5000 plants found in 1916.

SPIRANTHES Richard.

. GRACILIS (Bigel.) Beck. Common.

. CERNUA (L.) Richard. Common.

. CERNUA var. OCHROLEUCA (Rydb.) Ames. Rare.
. RoMANZOFFIANA Cham. Common.

MMM mM

EPIPACTIS [Haller] Boehm.

. REPENS var. ophioides (Fernald) A. A. Eaton. Common.
. TESSELATA (Lodd.) A. A. Eaton. Common.
. PUBESCENS (Willd.) A. A. Eaton. Common.

Se &

LISTERA R. Br.

L. corpata (L.) Ri Br. Local; Squam Mountain (M. L. Fernald).

CORALLORHIZA [Haller] R. Br.
C. macuLaTaA Raf. Common.
C. TRIFIDA Chatelain. Local; Squam Mtn.
MICROSTYLIS (Nutt.) Eaton.

M. unirouia (Michx.) BSP. Rare; three records.

LIPARIS Richard.
L. Lorse.i (L.) Richard. Rare; only one record.

N. B. Arethusa bulbosa L. has been reported from the region, but
we have not found it. For the record of Listera cordata R. Br. I am
indebted to Prof. Fernald.

PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND.

58 Rhodora [Marcu

HELIANTHEMUM DUMOSUM ON THE MAINLAND OF
NEW ENGLAND.

M. L. FERNALD.

In 1913 Mr. E. P. Bicknell described as Crocanthemum dumosum !
a plant of Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard and Long Island which, as
indicated by him, is abundantly distinct from Helianthemum cana-
dense, with which it has been confused. The plant, which is cer-
tainly a good species, blooming earlier than H. canadense and much
earlier than H. majus, is, however, not confined to the islands men-
tioned; but the collections of the Gray Herbarium and of the New
England Botanical Club show it to occur also on Block Island, where
Mr. Long and the writer found only this species of the genus; on
Nashawina, where Mrs. Northrop collected it in 1903; and quite
generally on the barrens of Cape Cod, specimens in the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club showing it to extend from Sandwich
to Chatham and Eastham. Prof. J. F. Collins and the writer found
it also on the mainland of Rhode Island in South Kingstown in 1914.

In publishing the species Bicknell places it in Crocanthemum rather
than in Helianthemum, the inclusive genus to which these plants have
long been referred. In doing so he presumably follows Britton in the -
second edition of the Illustrated Flora where the American plants are
placed in Crocanthemum of Spach and are said to be “with showy
yellow flowers, and with other much smaller apetalous cleistogamous
ones,” a genus with “Type species: Crocanthemum carolinianum (L.)
Spach.” ?

It is somewhat singular, if Crocanthemum is a distinct genus on
account of its small apetalous cleistogamous flowers, that Spach, in
publishing Crocanthemum with the type species C. carolinianum,
should have overlooked this fact and should have distinctly given as
the leading character of Crocanthemum: “Flores omnes 5-petali”;
while the American plants with apetalous cleistogamous flowers he
placed in a separate genus, Heteromeris3 There is little question
that the type of Crocanthemum, C. carolinianum, lacks the apetalous

1 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xl. 613 (1913).
? Britton in Britton & Brown Ill. Fl. ed. 2. ii. 539 (1913).
3 Spach, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2. vi. 370 (1836).

1917] Fernald,— Helianthemum dumosum on the Mainland 59

cleistogamous flowers which Britton makes characteristic of the
genus. At least, the herbarium specimens fail to show them; Spach,
in publishing Crocanthemum, with C. carolinianum as the type, dis-
tinctly stated that the flowers were all petaliferous; and Barnhart,
in his key to Helianthemum in the second edition of Small’s Flora of the
Southeastern United States, separates H. carolinianum from the other
southeastern species by its having “ Flowers all alike and petaliferous.’”'
Incidentally, H. carolinianum is a plant with stems and calyces hir-
sute, while the species with apetalous cleistogamous flowers have the
pubescence chiefly canescent-tomentulose or pannose. If it is justi-
fiable to separate the plants with apetalous cleistogamous flowers as a
genus, it would seem that they should not be forced into Crocanthe-
mum, which is characterized by its lack of such flowers, but should be
maintained in Spach’s extreme sense as Heteromeris. The characters
used by Spach in distinguishing the genera proposed by him as segre-
gates from Helianthemum are chiefly of the “more or less” type and,
until they are better checked than has been done by those American
botanists who have recently taken up Crocanthemum in a sense not
intended by the author of the genus, it is wise to leave the plants in
Helianthemum, where their status is free from question.

It is noteworthy in this connection that even Dr. Britton, under
Crocanthemum in the Illustrated Flora, inserts after C. majus a newly
recorded species for the region, not as Crocanthemum but as Helian-
themum georgianum, thus indicating that the change to Crocanthemum
was made at the last moment and apparently without very careful
study of the question.

Such characters as the length of the style and its straight rather
than curved tendency, upon which stress has been laid by students
who have attempted to segregate Helianthemum into genera, as, for
instance, Grosser? in Das Pflanzenreich, where our plants are placed
in Halimium, quickly fail and it is doubtful if these characters are of
greater value than in many other genera, such, for instance, as Carex,
in which we find long or short, straight or curved styles. For example,
Grosser’s Fig. 18,1, shows the flower of a Helianthemum (a genus
with styles said to be usually curved) with the style quite as straight
and as short as in his Fig. 9, G and H, illustrating Halimiwm rosmari-
nifolium, a characteristic North American plant which is certainly

1 Barnhart in Small, Fl. SE. U. S. ed. 2, 796 (1913).
2 W, Grosser in Engler, Das Pflanzenr. IV. pt. 193 (1903).

60 Rhodora [MARCH

congeneric with Helianthemum canadense and H. majus. Other dis-
tinctions, in the embryo, etc. have been suggested, but it is extremely
doubtful if these have been checked in all our species. At least, the
writer, finding himself unable with his present knowledge of the group
to maintain Crocanthemum for the plants of northeastern America,
thinks it better to treat the plants as belonging to a subgenus under
Helianthemum, a course which has commended itself to many scholarly
students in the past. The low early-flowering species of the coastal
region of southern New England and New York should then, as a
Helianthemum, be called

HeELIANTHEMUM dumosum (Bicknell), n. comb. Crocanthemum
dumosum Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xl. 613 (1913).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

GLANDULARITY ON VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA L.— The seventh
edition of Gray’s Manual describes Veronica Anagallis-aquatica L.
as smooth. However, specimens collected in Sheffield and Stock-
bridge, Massachusetts, have the stem and branches of the inflorescence
thickly clothed with glandular pubescence. Three specimens in the
Gray Herbarium from England, Bohemia, and France are smooth,
while one from the Azores is glandular. In America the glandular
form has been collected at Tinmouth, Vermont; Newark, New York;
Lancaster, Pennsylvania; and Berkshire County, Massachusetts.
The smooth one, on the other hand, has been found in Ipswich, Mas-
sachusetts, in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Missouri, New Mexico,
Arizona, Oregon, and Assiniboia. A specimen from Virginia has the
inflorescence glandular and the stem smooth. Further collection
and examination of material of this species is needed to determine
the constancy, geographic bearing, or taxonomic significance of these
differences. In any event it appears that the description in the
Manual should read “smooth or glandular.” — RALPH HOFFMANN,
Kansas City, Missouri.

Vol. 19, no. 218, including pages 21 to 40, was issued 14 February, 1917.

Rhodora

ABNORMAL FLOWERS OF OXALIS

STRICTA.

Plate 122

Jarry

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. April, 1917. No. 220.

REV. E. J. HILL.

AGNES CHASE.

(With portrait.)

ELLSWORTH JEROME HILL was born at Le Roy, New York, Decem-
ber 1, 1833, the son of a farmer of colonial stock from Connecticut.
His alert mind and eagerness for knowledge made the most of the
local facilities for education, while a love of natural history and of
reading led to the study of geological works and of the classics. At 19,
when about prepared to enter college, he was seized with an affection
of the knee, causing lameness. He never afterward had good health,
all that he accomplished being in spite of the handicap of pain and
weakness. It was during this first period of lameness that he began
the study of botany. His first effort to walk out of doors on crutches
was made to secure from the orchard a few early spring flowers which
he identified by Wood’s Botany. During the summer he thus col-
lected and studied some two hundred specimens that are still preserved
in his herbarium. The following year he went to Mississippi, and there
taught in a female seminary at Grenada and later in a preparatory
school for boys. After three years, much improved in health, he
returned to New York where he taught for two years. In 1860 he
entered Union Theological Seminary, graduating in the class of 1863.
He then married and went to Homewood (near Chicago), Illinois, as
pastor of the Presbyterian Church. In 1869 hip disease developed
rendering him lame for several years. In consequence he resumed
teaching, first in the high school of Kankakee, Illinois, for four years,
then in the Englewood high school, Chicago, for eighteen years.

62 Rhodora [APRIL

He made rich collections in the sand barrens and swamps about
Kankakee, discovering Sphaeralcea remota, still known only from the
island in the Kankakee River where he found it. Most of these col-
lections were made while he walked on crutches or with two canes.
He told me that he carried his vasculum over his shoulder and a camp
stool with his crutch or cane in one hand. To secure a plant he would
drop the camp stool, which opened of itself, then he would lower him-
self to the stool and dig the plant. He recovered from his lameness
but often suffered acute pain from cold or wet or overexertion. But
this did not deter him from making botanical trips that would have
taxed a more robust man — in the dunes I have seen him tire out
more than one able-bodied man. While teaching in Chicago he spent
many of his vacations on extended trips, visiting the Saguenay region
in Quebec, the Menominee iron region in upper Michigan, and other
places about Lake Superior, and in northern Wisconsin.

Mr. Hill made a critical study of several difficult genera, particu-
larly Potamogeton, Carex, Quercus, Prunus, Salix and Crataegus.
The last ten or twelve years were mostly devoted to the study of
mosses. Unfortunately his modesty often prevented his publishing
his conclusions. His note-books, filled with detailed observations
and comparisons, contain full descriptions of several species written
long before they were published by others. His bibliography, of 162
titles, shows the range of his botanical interest. He was a correspond-
ent of Dr. Gray and Dr. Watson, contributed specimens and critical
notes to Dr. Morong for his work on Potamogeton, and made extensive
field studies of Crataegus for Prof. Sargent. It was characteristic of
him to give unsparingly of his knowledge to further the work of others,
great or small, from critical notes for Prof. Sargent to helping me with
a puzzling Carex or elucidating the German-tinged Latin of some of
Kunth’s descriptions of grasses. He amassed an herbarium of some
16,000 sheets, much the greater part being his own collections, and an °
exceptionally fine botanical library.

The study of geology he carried on simultaneously with that of
botany and the relation of the two he impressed on his students.
Before the word ecology was invented he was calling our attention
to the zones of vegetation about the sloughs in the dune region of
northern Indiana and pointing out to us the successive stages by
which vegetation converted the sloughs into dry land. He possessed
the vision of plant life as a whole, seeing it as an active factor in build-
ing and shaping the surface of the earth.

1917] Chase, — Rev. E. J. Hill - 63

In 1888, because of poor health and failing eyesight, he gave up
teaching, but became the more devoted to botany. In the ’90’s
his health improved and for several years from early spring till late
fall he made from one to three or four excursions a week in the Chicago
region, studying oaks and Crataegus particularly. It was my good
fortune to accompany him on many of these excursions, serving, he
used to say, as eyes for him. Many species hitherto unknown for the
region were discovered in these days and his joy over them was no
less than mine. His enthusiasm and his love of beauty were as fresh
as a boy’s, while his mature judgment and ripe knowledge made it a
rare privilege to be in his company. He never lost his early love of the
Greek and Latin classics and often he had a copy of Virgil in his pocket
to read aloud during the resting periods.

The last ten or twelve years Mr. Hill devoted to the study of the
mosses of the Chicago region. He left in manuscript detailed descrip-
tions of 133 species. He put the manuscript into my hands and after
it has been copied it is to be hoped the work may be published. His
herbarium has been purchased by the University of Illinois.

Mr. Hill died January 22 at his home in Chicago. The last two
years he was feeble physically but mentally as keen and alert as ever.
He arose every day until the last, sitting in the room that had so long
been his study, library and herbarium.

Three species of plants bear his name, Potamogeton Hillii, Cratae-
gus Hillii and Carduus Hillii.

LIST OF THE SCIENTIFIC WRITINGS OF THE Rev. E. J. HILL.

1. Notes on specimens of plants. Amer. Entomologist and Botan-
ist 2: 384. 1870.

2. A double-flowered Cypripedium spectabile. Amer. Nat. 12:
816. 1878.

3. A new variety of Campanula rotundifolia L. Amer. Nat. 12:
817. 1878.

4, The number of stamens in Brasenia peltata. Amer. Nat. 13:
254. 1879.

5. Prunus pumila. Amer. Nat. 13: 649. 1879.

6. The fruit of Shepherdia canadensis. Amer. Nat. 13: 699. 1879.

7. Potamogeton niagarensis Tuckerm. Amer. Nat. 13: 699.

64 Rhodora [APRIL

8. The geographical range of Petalostemon foliosus, Gray, in Illi-
nois. Bot. Gaz. 4: 239. 1879.

9. “Mimicry” in snakes. Amer. Nat. 14: 672. 1880.

10. Plants and plant-stations. Bull. Torrey Club 8: 45. 1881.

11. Botanical notes. Bot. Gaz. 6: 259. 1881.

12. Eleocharis dispar, n. sp. Bot. Gaz. 7: 3. 1882.

13. The action of acids on cellulose and starch-grains. Bot. Gaz.
7: 87. 1882.

14. Potamogetons in western New York. Bull. Torrey Club 10:
92. 1883.

15. Notes on Indiana plants. Bot. Gaz. 8: 187. 1883.

16. Aster or Solidago? Bot. Gaz. 8: 238. 1883.

17. Means of plant dispersion. Amer. Nat. 17: 811, 1028. 1883.

18. Notes on Indiana plants, 1883. Bot. Gaz. 9: 45. 1884.

19. A new variety of Comandra umbellata Nutt. Bot. Gaz. 9:
175. 1884.

20. The Menominee iron region and its flora. I., II. Bot. Gaz.
10: 208, 225. 1885.

21. A correction. Bot. Gaz. 10: 262. 1885.

22. Some Indiana plants. Bot. Gaz. 10: 262. 1885.

23. To get aquatic’plants [Naidaceae, etc.]. Bot. Gaz. 11: 140.
1886.

24. A botanical diary. Bot. Gaz. 11: 183. 1886.

25. Some Indiana plants. Bot. Gaz. 18: 323. 1888.

26. Lactuca Scariola L. Bot. Gaz. 14: 153. 1889.

27. Aster ptarmicoides, var. lutescens Gray. Bot. Gaz. 14: 153.
1889.

28. Pinus Banksiana at the West. Bull. Torrey Club 17: 64.
1890.

29. The revised manual and some western plants. Bull. Torrey
Club 17: 169. 1890.

30. Notes on the flora of the Lake Superior region. I., II. [with
subtitle] The northern peninsula of Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 15: 140,
159. 1890.

31. Hypericum Kalmianum and Lobelia Kalmii. Gard. & For. 3:
370. 1890.

32. The hemlock in eastern Minnesota. Gard. & For. 3: 553.
1890.

33. The autumn flora of the Lake Michigan pine barrens. Gard.
& For. 3: 594, 606, 618. 1890.

1917] Chase,— Rev. E. J. Hill 65

34. Notes on the flora of the Lake Superior region. II., III. [with
subtitle] Vermilion Lake, Minnesota. Bot. Gaz. 15: 304, 324. 1890.

35. Zizania as found by the explorers of the northwest. Bull.
Torrey Club 18: 57. 1891. :

36. The fertilization of three native plants. Bull. Torrey Club
18: 111. 1891.

37. Notes on the flora of the St. Croix region. Bot. Gaz. 16:
108, 126. 1891.

38. Winter studies in the pine barren flora of Lake Michigan.
I-IV. Gard. & For. 4: 159, 195, 208, 232, 278, 304. 1891.

39. The sling-fruit of Cryptotaenia Canadensis. Bot. Gaz. 16:
299. 1891.

40. Note [on Cornus Baileyi]. Bot. Gaz. 16: 118. 1891.

41. The acorn crop near Chicago. Gard. & For. 4: 610. 1891.

42. Winter rambles in the Pine barrens. I-III. Gard. & For. 5:
16, 74, 110. 1892.

43. The host-plants of Aphyllon fasciculatum. Bull. Torrey Club
19: 17. T89:

44. Eye habits. Science 19: 53. 1892.

45. The Crinkle Root. Meehan’s Month. 2: 22. 1892.

46. The Forest. Timber culture in eastern Nebraska. Gard. &
For. 5: 201. 1892.

47. Coontie and Conte. Gard. & For. 5: 208. 1892.

48. Great productiveness of Cicuta bulbifera. Meehan’s Month.
2: 100. 1892.

49. Notes on the flora of Chicago and vicinity. Bot. Gaz. 17:
246. 1892.

50. Late summer flowers on the prairies. Gard. & For. 5: 412.
1892.

51. The Polemoniaceae of the Lake Region. Gard. & For. 5:
448. 1892.

52. The rhizomes of Penthorum sedoides as leafy-shoots. Bull.
Torrey Club 19: 306. 1892.

53. Plants turning to the light. Meehan’s Month. 3: 5. 1893.

54. The coast dune flora of Lake Michigan. Gard. & For. 6:
15, 51. 1893.

55. Chinese primroses at the Columbian Fair. Gard. & For. 6:
94. 1893.

56. The name Tabernaemontana. Meehan’s Month. 3: 46. 1893.

66 Rhodora [APRIL

57. Cyclamens at the Columbian Exposition. Gard. & For. 6:
157. 1893.

58. Cinerarias at the World’s Fair. Gard. & For. 6: 178. 1893.

59. Polyanthus Narcissus at the Columbian Fair. Gard. & For.
6: 188. 1893.

60. Concerning prickly pears. Meehan’s Month. 3: 164. 1893.

61. Singular behavior of an owl. Science 22: 361. 1893.

62. Viola palmata L. Meehan’s Month. 4: 4. 1894.

63. Potentilla recta L. Bull. Torrey Club 21: 79. 1894.

64. Oaksin May. Gard. & For. 7: 192. 1894.

65. A study of Quercus Leana. Bot. Gaz. 19: 171. 1894.

66. The common names of Trillium. Meehan’s Month. 4: 84.

67. Titian and landscape. Meehan’s Month. 4: 110. 1894.

68. Wild roses about Chicago. Gard. & For. 7: 322. 1894.

69. The Dahlia stalk-borer. Gard. & For. 7: 388. 1894.

70. Prairie woodlands. Gard. & For. 7: 412. 1894.

71. Fertility of Clematis virginiana. Meehan’s Month. 4: 179,

72. Clematis pitcheri. Meehan’s Month. 4: 180. 1894.

73. [Salsola kali]. Purdue Univ. Agric. Expr. Sta. Bull. No. 52.
5: 84. 1894.

74. An early observation bearing on the history of the Great Lakes.
Amer. Geolog. 14: 6. 1894.

75. Salsola Kali tragus. Bot. Gaz. 19: 506. 1894.

76. Tradescantia virginica var. villosa Watson. Bull. Torrey Club
22: 71. 1895.

77. Hibiscus Moscheutos. Meehan’s Month. 5: 63. 1895.

78. The Saguenay region. I-II. Gard. & For. 8: 182, 193, 213.
1895.

79. Notes on western New York woodlands. I.,II. Gard. & For.
8: 342, 382. 1895.

80. A season with the native orchids. I., II. Gard. & For. 8:
412, 422. 1895.

81. Autumn flower show in Chicago. Gard. & For. 8: 468. 1895.

82. Vaccinium vacillans with white fruit. Gard. & For. 8: 503.
1895.

83. Early experiments in crossing plants. Gard. & For. 9: 32.
1896.

1917] Chase,— Rev. E. J. Hill 67

84. Notes on the flora of Chicago and vicinity. II. Bot. Gaz. 21:
118. 1896.

85. A natural garden. Gard. & For. 9: 219. 1896.

86. Pyrus coronaria. Gard. & For. 9: 258. 1896.

87. The bitternut hickory. Meehan’s Month. 6: 124. 1896.

88. Jackson park in June. Gard. & For. 9: 288. 1896.

89. The Compass plant. Gard. & For. 9: 337. 1896.

90. The sand dunes of northern Indiana and their flora. I-IV.
Gard. & For. 9: 353, 372, 382, 393. 1896.

91. Additional notes on Compass plants. Gard. & For. 9: 407.
1896.

92. The fall exhibition of the Horticultural Society of Chicago.
Gard. & For. 9: 478. 1896.

93. Pellaea gracilis. Meehan’s Month. 6: 228. 1896.

94. Zizia aurea and Thaspium aureum. Bot. Gaz. 23: 121. 1897.

95. (Ecological notes upon the White pine. Gard. & For. 10: 331.
1897.

96. Potamogeton Robbinsii. Bot. Gaz. 25: 195. 1898.

97. The extent of dodder parasitism. Pl. World 1: 123. 1898.

98. Vitis labrusca and its westward distribution. Bull. Torrey
Club 25: 342. 1898. :

99. Eleocharis melanocarpa a proliferous plant. Bull. Torrey
Club 25: 392. 1898.

100. Two noteworthy oaks. Bot. Gaz. 26: 53. 1898.

101. A peach with a double plumule. Pl. World 1: 190. 1898.

102. Sugar-bush. The Nation 67: 350. 1898.

103. Kalm’s St. John’s Wort (Hypericum Kalmianum) west of
Michigan. Pl. World 2: 73. 1899.

104. A new biennial-fruited oak. Bot. Gaz. 27: 204. 1899.

105. Carduus Hillii perennial. Pl. World 2: 127. 1899.

106. Subterranean growths. Pl. World 2: 151. 1899.

107. Notes on plants of the Chicago district. Bull. Torrey Club
26: 303. 1899.

108. Quercus ellipsoidalis in Iowa. Bot. Gaz. 28: 215. 1899.

109. The habitats of the Pellaeas. Bull. Torrey Club 26: 596.
1899.

110. The habitat of the wild columbine. Pl. World 2: 193. 1899.

111. Cnicus Hillii, Canby. Proc. Davenport Acad. 8: 281. 1900.

112. Quercus ellipsoidalis E. J. Hill. Proc. Davenport Acad. 8:
282. 1900.

68 Rhodora [APRIL

113. Goethe’s palm tree. Pl. World 3: 69. 1900.

114. Cerastium arvense oblongifolium. Bot. Gaz. 29: 141. 1900.

115. Pellaea gracilis in Illinois. Fern Bull. 8: 31. 1900.

116. Flora of the White Lake Region. Michigan and its ecological
relations. Bot. Gaz. 29: 419. 1900.

117. Primula mistassinica. Pl. World 3: 104. 1900.

118. Celtis pumila Pursh, with notes on allied species. Bull.
Torrey Club 27: 496. 1900.

119. The southern limit of Juniperus Sabina. Pl. World 3: 140.
1900.

120. The rock relations of the walking fern. Fern Bull. 9: 55.
1901.

121. Lycopodium tristachyum. Torreya 1: 76. 1901.

122. John Stuart Mill and botanical study. Pl. World 5: 47.
1902.

123. Fissidens grandifrons, its habits and propagation. Bryolo-
gist 5: 56. 1902.

124. The earliest fern. Fern Bull. 10: 78. 1902.

125. Pellaea atropurpurea an evergreen. Fern Bull. 10: 82. 1902.

126. Dioscorides and his era. Meehan’s Month. 12: 83. 1902.

127. The etymology of Columbine. Pl. World 5: 175. 1902.

128. Branched paraphyses of Bryum roseum. Bryologist 6: 80.
1903.

129. Remarks on some fernworts of western New York. Fern
Bull. 12: 18. 1904.

130. Note on the polygamy of Chionanthus. Rhodora 6: 89.
1904.

131. Equisetum scirpoides in Illinois. Fern Bull. 13: 21. 1905.

132. Darwin and the source of life. The Interior 36: 1318. 1905.

133. Encalypta procera Bruch. Bryologist 8: 107. 1905.

134. The distribution and habits of some common oaks. Bot.
Gaz. 41: 445. 1906; 42: 59. 1906.

135. The perianth of Rynchospora capillacea var. leviseta. Rho-
dora 8: 186. 1906.

136. A Mississippi Aletris and some associated plants. Torreya 6:
231. 1906.

137. The validity of some species of Fissidens. Bryologist 10: 67.
1907.

138. A red-fruited huckleberry. Torreya 8: 30. 1908.

1917] Chase,— Rev. E. J. Hill 69

139. The distribution of three naturalized Crucifers. Torreya 9:
65. 1909.

140. Pollination in Linaria with special reference to cleistogamy.
Bot. Gaz. 47: 454. 1909.

141. Note on Amblystegium noterophilum. Bryologist 12:
108. 1909.

142. The fate of a violet, or the benefit of cleistogamy. Torreya
9: 229. 1909.

143. A history of botany. [Review of E. L. Greene’s Landmarks
of botanical history.] Bot. Gaz. 49: 379. 1910.

144. Charles R. Barnes and Julius Rölls’ collection of mosses in
North America. Bryologist 13: 105. 1910.

145. The pasture thistles, east and west. Rhodora 12: 211. 1910.

146. Fern notes. Fern Bull. 18: 65. 1910.

147. Oenothera Lamarckiana: its early cultivation and descrip-
tion. Bot. Gaz. 51: 136. 1911.

148. Bartlett’s Dioscoreae of the United States. Rhodora 13:
34. 1911.

149. Lycopodium porophilum in the dells of the Wisconsin. Fern
Bull. 19: 1. 1911.

150. Notes on Lepidozia setacea. Bryologist 15: 44. 1912.

151. The rock relations of the cliff-brakes. Fern Bull. 20: 1. 1912.

152. Additions to the fern flora of Indiana. Fern Bull. 20: 25.
1912.

153. The fern flora of Illinois. Fern. Bull. 20: 33. 1912.

154. The sand plum in Indiana. Rhodora 14: 196. 1912.

155. The Annulus of Tortella caespitosa. Bryologist 16: 17.
1913.

156. Characteristic features of the lake and peat swamp flora of
Lake County, Illinois. Hist. Lake Co. Ill. 338. 1912.

157. Whorled leaves in Gentiana. Torreya 14: 108. 1914.

158. Notes on the distribution of Polytrichum strictum and some
associated Sphagna. Bryologist 27: 63. 1914.

159. Notes on plants of the Chicago region. Torreya 15: 21. 1915.

160. Fontinalis Umbachii Cardot. Bryologist 18: 10. 1915.

161. Notes on Funaria. Bryologist 19: 35. 1916.

162. Fossombronia crispula in the dune region of Indiana. Bry-
ologist 19: 57. 1916.

Burrau oF Piant Inpustry, Washington, D. C.

70 Rhodora [APRIL

THE VARIATIONS OF POLYGONUM PENSYLVANICUM.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE common plant which is passing as Polygonum pensylvanicum !
L. through the eastern half of the United States is an upright plant,
often very tall, with the lanceolate to lance-ovate acuminate leaves
usually quite glabrous upon both surfaces or sometimes with a mere
trace of strigose pubescence upon the midrib beneath. The plant
is so definitely glabrous, not only on the stem but on the foliage (the
only pubescence being the pronounced glandularity of the peduncles),
that it is often characterized in our American manuals as having the
foliage glabrous beneath.

This plant with strictly or essentially glabrous foliage occurs gener-
ally from New Brunswick to South Dakota and Colorado and south-
ward to the Gulf States, very often with the habit of a weed. Along
the Atlantic seaboard, however, from eastern Massachusetts to South
Carolina and presumably southward, as well as on the coastal plain
of the Gulf of Mexico and inland through the Mississippi basin to
southwestern Ontario, much of the plant with the characteristic
bright-pink large flowers and the glandular peduncles of Polygonum
pensylvanicum has the leaves very definitely strigose beneath and
sometimes above, and frequently the upper ocreae are bristly-ciliate,
thus departing conspicuously from the glabrous extreme which is
more generally known as Polygonum pensylvanicum; and often, but
by no means always, the leaves of the coastal plain plant are narrower
than in the more widely dispersed glabrous-leaved plant. On the
islands of southern New England, Nantucket and Block Island,
another plant with the large achenes, rose-colored flowers and glandu-
lar peduncles of Polygonum pensylvanicum, differs very markedly
from the commoner tendencies of the species in its habit, foliage and
nearly suppressed peduncles. This extreme plant, which is said by

1 The specific name pensylvanicum was consistently so written by Linnaeus and by his con-
temporaries, but in most modern works it has been made to agree with modern geographic
usage and written “‘pennsylvanicum,”’ apparently under the impression that an orthographic
error is thus being corrected. Maps of the 18th century generally show the spelling Pensyl-
vania so that it appears that Linnaeus, Lamarck and others who wrote the specific name with a
single n in the first syllable were not committing an orthographic error but were following the
authorized spelling of their day.

1917] Fernald,— Variations of Polygonum pensylvanicum 71

‘Mr. Bicknell to be the prevailing form on Nantucket, where, as on
Block Island, it is characteristic of sandy pond-shores near the sea,
has been beautifully described by Mr. Bicknell, who, apparently from
his disinclination to recognize varieties, left the plant without a dis-
tinguishing name. Mr. Bicknell’s description is so accurate and so
clearly applies to the plant of Block Island as well as of Nantucket
that it is here quoted:

“ PERSICARIA PENNSYLVANICA (L.) Small. The common erect form
of this plant with lanceolate tapering leaves and cylindric spikes of
rather pale pink ovoid-oblong flowers is uncommon on Nantucket
and was met with only twice — at Wauwinet and in Quaise. The
prevailing form is mostly prostrate or ascending and is confined
almost exclusively to the sandy shores of ponds near the ocean on the
south and east sides of the island. In its extreme development it is
notably different from the erect narrow-spiked form but appears to
be a state of the latter, rather than an intrinsically diverse plant. By
comparison it is characterized by short-oblong or even subglobose
more densely flowered spikes, usually of a bright rose-color or carmine-
red, although sometimes pale, the flowers shorter and almost orbicular
in outline, the achenes rather larger, thicker, and more broadly orbicu-
lar, often more abruptly narrowed to a rather shorter style; the leaves
are often marked above by a dark chevron and are commonly shorter,
broader and less attenuate to a blunt or rounded apex and on shorter
petioles, the upper most often sessile. The plant is often firmly pros-
trate and is sometimes very small, stems bearing mature spikes being
sometimes only 1 dm. long.” !

So far as the writer is able to determine this characteristic plant is
known only from the two outer islands, Nantucket and Block Island,
although it is naturally to be expected on the shores of Martha’s Vine-
yard, the Buzzard’s Bay region and Long Island. In its distribution
it is coincident with many other extreme variations and localized
species, and it seems to the writer well worthy varietal recognition.

We have, then, in eastern North America three well pronounced
geographic variations passing as Polygonum pensylvanicum and the
question naturally arises as to which was the plant of Linnaeus. In
this particular case happily Linnaeus left no question, for he well de-
scribes the coastal plain plant with strigose or scabrous lower leaf-sur-
faces as having “ Folia lanceolata, acuminata, subtus ad modum scabra.” ?

These notes, which were originally based upon the material in the

1 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvi. 452 (1909).
2 L. Sp. Pl. i. 362 (1753).

72 Rhodora [Aram

Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club, have been augmented by an examination of the collections of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia generously loaned
for examination. In this collection, as it was learned by correspond-
ence with Mr. Bayard Long, the strigose-leaved coastwise plant had
already been discriminated, Mr. Long’s letter of February 14, 1917,
making the pertinent statement: “For several years we have had
separated out a New Jersey thing with rough, generally narrow leaves
and different-sized fruit, which I had been unable to place. Most
of it is from Cape May along the edges of the salt marshes, but not
always: while the broad-leaved, smooth-leaved common plant invari-
ably looks like a weed or an introduction in our area.” And on one of
the field-labels of Mr. O. H. Brown, whose abundant collections from
the Cape May Peninsula in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia Acad-
emy beautifully display typical P.. pensylvanicum, Mr. Brown made
the discriminating note: “This seems quite common near the town,
and seems quite distinct from the P. pennsylvanicum of the fields.”
The points above discussed may be summarized by the following
synopsis:
A. Leaves copiously strigose beneath and often above: uppermost ocreae
eciliate or frequently bristly-ciliate: achenes 2.2-2.8 mm. broad.

POLYGONUM PENSYLVANICUM L., var. genuinum. P. pensylvani-
cum L. Sp. Pl. i. 362 (1753), originally described with “ Folia lanceo-
lata, acuminata, subtus ad modum scabra.” — Coastal region from
Massachusetts to Mississippi, northward through the Mississippi basin
to southern Ontario. The following specimens are characteristic.
Massacauserrs: Mill Dam, Brighton, August 19, 1853, Wm. Boott;
North Scituate, September 1, 1897, Sydney Harris; Marshfield, Sep-
tember 10, 1898, C. H. Morss; Pocasset, Bourne, August 11, 1914,
F. S. Collins, no. 2906; Hyannis, September 9, 1874, Wm. Boott;
near Swan Pond, South Yarmouth, September 8, 1907, E. W. Sinnott;
Yarmouth, September 3, 1910, F. S. Collins, no. 758; meadow, East-
ham, September 11, 1909, F. S. Collins, no. 758; Chilmark, Martha’s
Vineyard, August 27, 1895, Sydney Harris; shore of Tashmoo Lake,
Tisbury, Martha’s Vineyard, July 30, 1911, J. A. Cushman; Nan-
tucket, August 18, 1878, E. & C. E. Faxon. Ruope ISLAND: damp
border of Reservoir, Newport, September 21, 1901, W. P. Rich;
dense wet thickets at borders of sphagnous swamps southwest of
Harbor Pond, Block Island, August 19, 1913, Fernald & Long, no.
9409. New Jersey: Seaside Park, Ocean Co., August 30, 1908, E.
B. Bartram; Delanco, August 23, 1910, C. S. Williamson; Mickleton,
August 10, 1893, Benjamin Heritage; Avalon, September 7 and 8,

1917] Fernald,— Variations of Polygonum pensylvanicum 73

1895, Ida A. Keller; swamp, Cold Spring, August 22, 1915, O. H.
Brown, no. 188 (white-flowered); wet ground east of Briar Island,
Cold Spring, September 10, 1911, O. H. Brown; dry water hole, Cape
May, September 10, 1911, O. H. Brown; low ground along marsh,
Cape May, September 14, 1911, O. H. Brown; waste places in low
grounds, Cape May, September 24, 1912, O. H. Brown; Race Course
Pond, West Cape May, September 6, 1911, O. H. Brown. PENNSYL-
VANIA: Tinicum, Delaware Co., September 23, 1899, B. H. Smith.
DetawarE: Ruthby, September 12, 1893, A. Commons. VIRGINIA:
Norfolk, September 6, 1893, A. A. Heller, no. 1241. Sourn Caro-
LINA: Santee Canal, Ravenel. Misstsstpr1: Saratoga, October 2, 1903,
Tracy, no. 8768. Muissourr: St. Louis, September, 1848, Geo. Engel-
mann; Meremac Highlands, St. Louis Co., October 30, 1910, E. B.
Bartram; common along Swan, Swan, October 1, 1899, Bush, no. 705.
ONTARIO: marsh at Arnes, near Kingsville, August 9, 1901, J. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 54,758.

A. Leaves glabrous or at most sparsely strigose on the midrib beneath:
ocreae usually all eciliate: achenes mostly 2.5-3.5 mm. broad.

B. Stems erect or strongly ascending: leaves lanceolate, acuminate:

spikes cylindric, long-peduncled: flowers ovoid-oblong.

Var. laevigatum, n. var., a forma typica recedit foliis subtus
glabris. — The very common form of the species, occurring from New
Brunswick to South Dakota, Colorado, and southward. TYPE:
Rumford, Rhode Island, July 6, 1903, E. F. Williams, in Gray Herb.

B. Stems depressed or subascending: leaves elliptic to oval, not acumi-

nate, obtuse or rounded at apex: spikes short-ellipsoid to subglobose,
short-peduncled to sessile: flowers suborbicular.

Var. nesophilum, n. var., depressum vel subadscendens, ramis 1-2.5
dm. longis; foliis glabris ellipticis vel ovalibus nec acuminatis apice
obtusis vel rotundatis crassis 3-5 cm. longis breviter petiolatis vel
subsessilibus; spicis breviter ellipsoideis vel subglobosis 0.5-1.8 cm.
longis breviter pedunculatis vel sessilibus; floribus suborbicularibus
roseis.— Sandy pond-shores near the sea, Nantucket Island, Massa-
chusetts, and Block Island, Rhode Island. Massacmuserrs: de-
scribed by Bicknell as the prevailing form on Nantucket.— Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvi. 452 (1909). Ruopr Istan: sandy border of
a pond close to the ocean, northern end of Block Island, September 28,
1916, J. F. Collins, Perley Spaulding and G. F. Gravatt (TYPE in Gray
Herb.).

Gray HERBARIUM.

74 Rhodora [APRIL

SIEGESBECKIA ORIENTALIS IN ILLINOIS.
EARL E. SHERFF.

PRIOR to his death in 1882, Elihu Hall had gradually built up a
large private herbarium, consisting of specimens from many parts of
the world. A good portion of these were collected by himself in the
western United States and determined by Asa Gray.!

It was Mr. Hall’s custom to take seeds from various specimens col-
lected by himself or obtained through exchange and to plant these
upon his large estate near Athens, Illinois. This was done for several
hundred species. After his death, no special effort was made to pre-
serve any of these introduced species that might have been left, and
what proportion of these have survived until the present day is a
question naturally of interest.

In August, 1916, upon the recommendation of Dr. C. F. Millspaugh
of the Field Museum, Mr. O. E. Lansing, Jr. and myself were com-
missioned by the Field Museum to visit Athens, Illinois, and make
a thorough reconnaissance of the flora in the immediate vicinity of
the Hall estate. Our instructions were, not only to obtain a repre-
sentative collection of plants from that vicinity but to look with
particular care for all exotic species that might have survived from the
days of Elihu Hall’s activities.

On reaching Athens, August 25th, we were entertained at the Hall
estate by Mr. Julian Hall and family and were shown the utmost
courtesy and kindness in the prosecution of our work. Immediately
upon our arrival, we had our attention drawn to a large, coarse com-
posite that was very common along the pathway from the dooryard
to the barnyard and near certain fences. Aside from this species,
which later was determined by Dr. B. L. Robinson as Siegesbeckia
orientalis L., no trace could be found of the many introductions that
had been made years before.2 Reference to the collections in the Field
Museum Herbarium showed a specimen of precisely the same species,
from the Bebb Herbarium. This plant had been collected by Elihu
Hall, August 24, 1867, from among his plants under cultivation, and

1 Concerning Elihu Hall’s life and travels, see Bot. Gaz. VII. 126 (1882), ibid. IX. 59 (1884).
Concerning his herbarium, see Bot. Gaz. LXIL. 239 (1916).

2 Except certain trees and ‘perennial herbs, such as violets, that had been set out about the
yard and had received some degree of protection.

St. John,— Status of Glyceria Fernaldii 75

likewise had been determined as Siegesbeckia orientalis L. Here,
then, was a foreign (Asiatic) species that had persisted for from thirty-
five years (i. e., since Elihu Hall’s death) to nearly fifty years. But
what to us seems far more worthy of record is the fact that none of
the other introduced species were found to have maintained indepen-
dently a foothold.

While the manuals do not list Siegesbeckia orientalis for the United
States, Dr. Robinson states, in a letter accompanying his determina-
tion, that it has been found a few times before in America; that a
form of it even was found “some years ago in a hilly bit of dump land
within a quarter of a mile of the Gray Herbarium” at Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

THE STATUS OF GLYCERIA FERNALDII.
HarorD St. JOHN.

À DETAILED examination of a large amount of material has con-
vinced the writer that Glyceria pallida (Torr.) Trin., var. Fernaldii
Hitchc. has abundant and stable characters. It also departs from
the species with which it has been associated in having a later flowering

season and a different range.

These matters are stated below in tabu-

lar form and should convince the reader, as they have the writer, that
the plant should be considered as a species.

G. PALLIDA (Torr.) Trin.

Grain 1.5 mm. long

Anther cylindrical, 1 mm. long.

Spikelets usually 4-7-flowered, 6-7
mm. long. °

Branches of panicle flexuous, ascend-
ing or somewhat divergent.

Leaves 5-20 cm. long, 2-8 mm. wide;
lower sheaths usually divergent and
free at summit.

Culm 3-10 dm. high.

Flowering in May and June.

Range from So. Me. to Va., and west
to So. Ont., Mich. and Miss.

G. FeErNaLDII (Hitche.).

Grain 0.8 mm. long.

Anther globose, 0.2-0.5 mm. long.

Spikelets usually 3-5-flowered, 4-5
mm. long.

Lower branches of panicle strongly
divergent or reflexed at maturity.

Leaves 4-10 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide;
sheaths and ligules tightly clasping
the stem.

Culm 2—4 dm. high.

Flowering in July and August.

Range from Nfd. to Conn., and west
to Minn.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

_Gtycerta Fernaldii (Hitche.), n. comb. G. pallida (Torr.)
Trin., var. Fernaldi Hitchc., Roopora, viii. 211 (1906).
The second glume of G. Fernaldii is 1-2 mm. in length, thus re-
sembling that of G. nervata (Willd.) Trin., but the latter species has,
as well as other characters, long cylindrical anthers.

Gray HERBARIUM.

TWO NEW MARITIME PLANTS OF NORTHEASTERN
NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Bıpens EATONI, var. kennebecensis, n. var., achaeniis exterioribus
8.8-9.8 mm. longis, interioribus 9.5-10.5 mm. longis.

Outer achenes 8.8-9.8 mm. long, the inner 9.5-10.5 mm. long.—
Maing, tidal reaches of the lower Kennebec system: tidal mud-flats
and swales by Cathance River, Bowdoinham, September 14 and 19,
1916, Fernald & Long, nos. 14,822 (rYPE in Gray Herb.), 14,823, also
in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae, no. 297; border of salt-marsh, Back
River Creek, Woolwich, September 15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no.
14,824.

Exactly resembles B. Eatoni Fernald of the tidal flats of the lower
Merrimac, but the Maine material of which several hundred individ-
uals were collected has the achenes of the well developed heads con-
sistently longer than in the plant of the lower Merrimac; the outer
achenes of the latter being 6-7, the inner 7-9 mm. long.

Hupsonta ERICOIDES L., forma leucantha, n. f., petalis albescenti-
bus.

Petals whitish.— Prince Epwarp Istan: sand hills near the sea,
Bothwell, July 6, 1914, Fernald & St. John in Plantae Exsiccatae
Grayanae, no. 241 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Gray HERBARIUM.

Vol. 19, no. 219, including pages 41 to 60 and plate 122, was issued
& March, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. May, 1917. No. 221.

THE SARGASSO SEA.

FRANK S. COLLINS.

THERE seems to have always been some fascination about the
Sargasso Sea, inducing people who had practically no knowledge of it
to publish extensively in regard to it. The character of such publica-
tions ranges from Janvier’s amusing and quite Munchausenish story !
to Otto Kuntze’s less interesting but no more trustworthy work °?
It has been described by older authors as a vast meadow, with an
area larger than the whole of Germany, the dense vegetation seriously
impeding the progress of vessels. “(Crescit in omnibus fere rupibus
aqua marina apertis circa Jamaicam, aliisque Americae pluribus, unde
a fluctibus abruptum, magnamque partem maris Americani borealis
implet, ut pratum viride diceret spectator remotus.” * Kuntze and
others consider it as consisting only of fragments of algae, torn from
the shores of the West Indies, decaying and soon sinking. Most
recent authors have held a more or less modified form of the latter
theory, but Sauvageau * has shown its impossibility, and Bérgesen * has
brought together the more important data of previous authors, add-
ing his own observations in several times crossing the Sargasso Sea, and
reaching the conclusion that the plant in question, whatever its remote

1 T. A. Janvier, In the Sargasso Sea. New York. 1898.

2 Otto Kuntze, Revision von Sargassum und das sogenannte Sargasso-Meer. Engler’s Bot.
Jahrb., Vol. I, 1881.

3 Linnaeus, Hortus Cliffortianus, p. 478, 1737.

4 C. Sauvageau, Le Sargassum bacciferum, la mer des Sargasse et l’'Océanograpbie. Comptes
Rendus de la Soc. de Biologie, Vol. LXII, p. 1082, 1907.

5 F. Bérgesen, The species of Sargassum found along the shores of the Danish West Indies,
with remarks upon the floating forms of the Sargasso Sea. Mindeskrift for Japetus Steenstrup,
no. 32, 1914.

78 Rhodora [May

origin, is now a pelagic perennial, of continuous active growth, forming
abundantly vesicles, leaves and branches, but as far as observed, no
fructification; the lower part continually decaying and wearing away.
Whenever this decay reaches the base of a branch, or a fork of the
main axis, we have two individuals, in a loose sense of the word, in
place of one. All this was set forth over sixty years ago by Harvey,'
but his clear and full statement in this work, which is the basis of
North American phycology, has been ignored by following writers,
who substituted their own or others’ guesses for Harvey’s personal
observations. Bérgesen copies Harvey’s remarks in full.

The floating species has passed under the name Sargassum bacci-
ferum (Turner) Agardh ? although both Turner and Agardh give as a
synonym Fucus natans Linnaeus, Sp. Pl., Vol. II, p. 1160, 1753;
Bérgesen restores the correct form, S. natans; but as the earliest
author he could find for this binomial was Robert Brown, Proc. Linn.
Soc., Vol. II, p. 77, 1855, and Brown did not apply it to the present
species, he uses the form S. natans (L.) only. M. A. Howe in a review
of Bérgensen’s paper, Torreya, Vol. XV, p. 49, 1915, calls attention to
the use of the binomial by J. Meyen in 1838 * which gives as the correct
form, S. natans (L.) J. Meyen.

Boérgesen has examined the Linnaean type, and it is the common
narrow-leaved form of the Sargasso Sea; but among the floating vege-
tation he finds beside this, although in less quantity, another form,
which in the paper referred to he calls S. Hystrix J. Ag., var. fluitans
Borgs., but in a later paper * raises to specific rank as S. fluitans Borgs.

That the floating Sargassum must at some time have been derived
from an attached plant is generally assumed, but apart from Bérgesen’s
supposition that his new form was a variety of the attached and fruit-
ing S. Hystrix, no one has published any serious attempt to determine
the origin.

The coast of southern New England comes within the range of
Sargassum, an attached species, S. Filipendula Ag., being rather com-
mon here. This is the S. vulgare of Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Am., part 1,

1 W. H. Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, part 1, p. 54, 1852.

2 C. Agardh, Sp. Alg., Vol. I, p. 6, 1821; Fucus bacciferus Turner, Hist. Fuc., Vol. I, p. 103,
Pl. XLVII, 1808. i

3J. Meyen, Jahresbericht über die Resultate der Arbeiten in Felde der physiologischer
Botanik v. d. Jahre 1837. Wiegmann’s Archiv für Naturgeschichte, Vierter Jahrgang, Zweiter
Band, Berlin, 1838.

_4 F. Börgesen, The marine algae of the Danish West Indies, part 2, Phaeophyceae. Dansk.
Botanisk Arkiv, Vol. II, p. 157, 1914.

1917] Collins,— The Sargasso Sea 79

p. 59, as to New England localities; Hervey, Sea Mosses, p. 74;
Farlow, Marine algae of New England, p. 103, and of various papers
and lists, but not S. vulgare Agardh, as is pointed out by J. G. Agardh,
Sp. Sarg. Austral., p. 120, 1889. S. natans is occasionally washed
ashore from Vineyard Sound south; it follows the course of the Gulf
Stream, and in times of strong, long-continued easterly winds, consid-
erable quantities may be found from Gay Head to Nantucket Shoals.
I have picked up a much battered fragment at Menauhant, in the
eastern part of Falmouth, Massachusetts, and know of no record of
its coming ashore farther north. S. fluitans is occasionally found with
it. J. G. Agardh, Sp. Sarg. Austral., p. 106, writes, “radice instruc-
tam et fructiferam ad oras Americae foederatae lectam habeo, in
rupibus extra New Foundland.” I agree with Bérgesen, Sp. Sarg., p.
12, “That the plant should have been found ‘radice instructam’ i. e.
attached, near Newfoundland seems so unlikely that I deem it un-
worthy of consideration.” Incidentally it is an interesting question
geographically what part of the United States is on the rocks beyond
Newfoundland. I have a specimen marked “In oceano prope Terre-
Neuve fluitantem legit Lesquereux.”” A change of labels between this
or another specimen of the same origin, and some attached plant, may
have been the cause of Agardh’s statement. Durant ! notes finding
it in New York Harbor, and includes it among the specimens accom-
panying his book. These specimens are of the typical form. It drifts
ashore on the New Jersey coast,? and though there are practically no
records of algae from Atlantic City, New Jersey to Charleston, South
Carolina,’ in all probability it grows more frequent as one goes south.

Perhaps the best place for the study of the pelagic Sargassum is the
Bermuda Islands. On the voyage from New York one begins to see
the floating patches and strips of the alga within 24 hours after leaving,
and they continue in sight the rest of the voyage. They are every-
where in sight as one sails or rows about the islands, and windrows of the
Sargassum may be found about high water mark on lee shores, like the
windrows of Laminaria on the rocky shores of New England. The

10. F. Durant, Algae and Corallines of the Bay and Harbor of New York. New York, 1850.
For a full notice of this curious and long lost work, see Arthur Hollick. Proc. Staten Island
Asso. A. & S., Vol. V, p. 85, 1915.

2I. C. Martindale, Marine algae of the New Jersey Coast, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. I,
p. 99, 1889.

3 A list of the algae of Beaufort, North Carolina has been compiled by Dr. W. D. Hoyt, and
will soon appear as a publication of the Bureau of Fisheries, Department of Commerce,

80 Rhodora [May

Sargassum is used in Bermuda for fertilizer as is Laminaria with us,
and it is an important factor in agriculture. To one who has seen it
only as scattered floating strips, the amount thrown ashore during
a blow is astonishing. At the head of the narrow Inlet, near Flatts
Village, I have known more than a hundred cartloads to be obtained
from the mass brought in by one northwesterly gale. In my visits
to Bermuda, April-May, 1912, and July—Sept., 1913, I was busy with
other algae, and noticed only incidentally the floating forms; but one
of the principal objects of my visit in Nov.-Dec., 1915, was to observe
these floating forms. For this I had good facilities, thanks to Prof.
E. L. Mark, Director, and Dr. W. J. Crozier, Resident Naturalist, of
the Bermuda Biological Station. All facilities of the Station at
Agar’s Island were at my disposal. I lived at the island, collecting at
its shores, and by excursions in motor boats in various directions.
As already noted, the floating material is sometimes in scattered
irregular patches, but when there is any wind, it forms narrow strips,
in the line of the direction of the wind. This is noted by Bérgesen,
Sp. Sarg., p. 12. “The Gulfweed is nearly always found in long nar-
row rows arranged in the direction of the wind, and at a right angle to
the moving of the sea.” The last phrase is rather ambiguous, possibly
misleading. The strips are at right angles to the crests of the waves,
but in the line of their motion, which is of course the same as that of
the wind. He says further, “The Sargasso floats frequently so near the
surface that tips of the leaves become emerged when moved by the
sea.” ‘This is an exact description of the appearance in rough or even
slightly moving water. In calm water one sees that a frond, as a
whole, is of a slightly less specific gravity than the water; the stem
lies just below the surface, and as the stiff leaves are radially arranged,
those on one side project above the surface, from one to three cm.,
thickly set over the whole patch, much like the peduncles of some
flowering plant, Elodea or Potamogeton. It is only in smooth water,
and when the observer is nearly on a level with the water, that this
is noticeable, but here it is quite striking. The color is quite light,
yellowish olive; distinctly lighter than that of the attached species
found in Bermuda. It is darker in the lower part of the individual.
There are several attached species at Bermuda, S. lendigerum (L.)
Agardh being the commonest, and found on exposed shores all around
the islands. The same storms that bring ashore the pelagic forms, tear
off fragments or even whole plants of the attached forms, which may

1917] Collins,— The Sargasso Sea 81

be found scattered through the mass, on or near the shore, but there is
no danger of a careful observer making any mistake. The plants of
S. lendigerum and the other attached species are darker in color, never
project above the Surface, and soon decay.

S. fluitans I found scattered among S. natans all about Bermuda;
at a rough estimate about five per cent of the former, ninety-five per
cent of the latter. They are quite distinct, and in the large quantity
of both species I examined, I found no intermediate forms. Indeed
I found that when I had shown a specimen of each to our boatman, who
knew nothing whatever of algae, he was able to distinguish in the
floating mass the less common S. fluitans, and bring in with his boat-
hook as much as I wanted, without once making a mistake. S. natans
and S. fluitans, collected together in lat. 25.58 north, long. 73.39 west,
were distributed in Collins, Holden & Setchell, Phyc. Bor.-Am., the
former under No. 833 as S. bacciferum forma angustum Collins, the
latter under No. 832b as S. bacciferum. It is unfortunate that of the
two forms then passing under the name of S. bacciferum the one cor-
responding to S. fluitans should have been taken as representing the
type, and a form name given to the other, which we now know agrees
with the Linnaean type.!

It is not impossible that S. fluitans has been derived from S. Hystrix,
but if so, it must be a somewhat remote derivation, and the modifica-
tions have been sufficient to justify its rank as a distinct species. The
derivation of S. natans is probably still more remote, the differentia-
tion greater. Among the species known to me, the one that most
resembles S. natans is one found at Bermuda resembling S. linifolium
(Turn.) J. Ag., of the Mediterranean and the Adriatic. In the Ber-
muda plants so referred the leaves are very long and slender, as in
S. natans, and the vesicles are not unlike. That this plant has been
reported, as far as I know, from no other American station, is not of
much importance if we consider the pelagic form to have arisen long
ago, and not now to receive any accessions from attached plants.
That no floating form occurs in the Mediterranean, where S. linifolium
is common, may suggest that the Bermuda plant, though resembling
the Mediterranean species, is distinct; indeed I am still in doubt after
examining a large number of specimens of the former, and comparing

1 By a misprint in the label of No. 833, the latitude is given 55.58. Itis however, stated that
the material was collected at the same time and place as that of No. 832, which has the correct
figures of latitude, 25.58.

# 82 Rhodora [May

them with authentic specimens of the latter. The Bermuda plant
grows always in sheltered places, and is rarely found floating even
after severe storms; S. lendigerum, a very different species, inhabits ex-
posed shores, and as already noted, is frequently mixed with S. natans
after storms. In my last trip to Bermuda I collected a considerable
quantity of each of the four species spoken of above, and attempted
to rough-dry it for later study and mounting, but owing to unfavorable
weather during the last few days of my stay, I had to pack up quite
an amount still moist. It was more than ten days before it was un-
packed, and I found that while the three other species were in good
condition, all of the linifolium form was decayed and worthless. How
much weight should be given to these considerations as against the
origin of S. natans from this species it is hard to say; it may be that
the pelagic condition is sufficient to account for the differences.

In considering the question of the antiquity of this pelagic form, it
is interesting to note that at present a considerable fauna is associ-
ated with the Sargasso Sea, quite distinct from that found on attached
Sargassum. I have seen statements that at least fifty species of ani-
mals have been recorded as characteristic of it, many of them seldom
found elsewhere. This association is so well known to the collectors
at the Wood’s Hole Biological Laboratory, that when the gulfweed is
reported as coming near land, they go out to obtain from it a number
of species that they keep in stock, but never find otherwise. . Among
these are the attached mollusk, Litiopa bombix, some free amphipods,
two crabs, Planes minutus and Partunus Sayi, and most interesting
of all, the fish Pterophryne histrio. It seems to me that the specializ-
ation of this fish to its habitat in the Sargassum is a strong evidence of
the antiquity of the latter in its present condition. The markings on
the fish closely simulate the leaves of the plant, and it has several out-
growths, exactly like battered and bristly stalks of the plant, and
except for protection by resemblance, of no use that we can see to the
fish. It is practically impossible to distinguish the fish from the
floating alga in which it lives. “The marvellous and undoubtedly
protective coloration and configuration of this fish render it one of the
most striking objects which appear on the coast.’”!

The animals mentioned are displayed in the public collections of the
Boston Society of Natural History as “Sargassum Crabs” etc. There

'F, B. Sumner in A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bull,
Bureau Fisheries, Vol. XX XI, part 2, p. 774, 1913,

1917] Collins,— The Sargasso Sea 83

is a colored plate of the Pterophryne in G. B. Shattuck, The Bahama
Islands, Pl. LV, 1905. In this the fish is painted in colors brighter
than in.nature, the gulfweed in duller; but even so, the mimicry is
striking.

Is there reason to suppose that the Sargasso Sea contains any other
species of algae?’ I think that there is evidence that Ascophyllum
nodosum (L.) Le Jolis, if not actually adapted to a pelagic life, shows a
tendency towards it. While never found attached at Bermuda, it
is occasionally found among floating Sargassum, indeed one is almost
sure to find it by going carefully over any large mass of the latter.
It is always without basal disk, and the lower part is in the same
worn condition shown by the Sargassum. In one instance the lower
end of the frond showed a cup-shaped cavity, caused by internal
decay, and in this were three individuals of the barnacle, Lepas
anatifera, an organism never recorded on Ascophyllum under normal
conditions, and of a size indicating an age of not less than two
weeks. This indicates only the shortest length possible for its floating
condition. It isa common shore plant from the arctic regions to New
Jersey on the American coast, to the Bay of Biscay on the European.
It seems less likely that it could come from the former, crossing the
rapid current of the gulfstream, than that it should come from Europe,
from which a westerly current passes just south of Bermuda. As to
its occurrence with Sargassum elsewhere, Bouvier! says, “(a et la,
parmi les Sargasses, on rencontre quelques fragments de Fucus nodo-
sus, arrachés certainement aux rivages des Canaries, de Madère ou
des Açores.” To be sure, Sauvageau, Sargassum bacciferum, p. 1083,
points out that the Fucus (Ascophyllum) has never been reported grow-
ing at the Canaries, Madeira or the Azores; but Bouvier’s erroneous
assumption does not invalidate his record of the occurrence of the
plant. Bérgesen writes me “Professor Gran has most kindly com-
municated me that Ascophyllum was found in the northern part of
the Sargasso Sea, and rather abundant.” It seems probable then
that Ascophyllum nodosum occurs, though in quite small quantity
relatively, throughout the Sargasso Sea. But in one important respect
it differs from the species of Sargassum; it is frequently found in
fruit, sometimes luxuriantly. If, as is now generally believed, fructi-
fication in algae is a response to changed conditions, usually condi-

e

1 Bouvier, Bull. del’ Institut Oceanographique, 1907, No. 93, p. 35.

A

84 Rhodora [May

tions unfavorable to vegetative growth, its absence in the pelagic
Sargassum is probably due to the uniformity of conditions and steady
vegetative growth; the Ascophyllum has at any rate not reached that
state.

The only other plant to be considered in this connection is a Cysto-
seira resembling C. crinita Bory, a number of specimens of which were
found in a lot of S. natans, collected in the North Atlantic by Profes-
sor F. H. Storer, in August, 1854, on a voyage in a clipper ship from
Canton to New York.! The Cystoseiras are specially characteristic
of the Mediterranean, but extend on the Atlantic both north and south
of the Straits of Gibraltar. Sauvageau,? gives 33 species as occurring
within this range, and considers the floating plant, while nearest to
C. crinata, not exactly identical. The only American species of the
genus is C. Myrica Bory, a very different plant.

In conclusion:— The predominant species of the Sargasso Sea is
S. natans (L.) J. Meyen; through long pelagic existence so differen-
tiated from its original attached ancestor that the latter cannot now
be identified; of active vegetative growth but propagating only by
fragmentation, having associated with it a much specialized fauna.
The Sargassum exists not as a continuous mass, but as scattered patches

through an area in the North Atlantic bounded by the Gulf Stream, and

its subsidiaries reaching the coast of Europe, thence south and again
west to the point of origin in the Gulf of Mexico; fragments may be
driven by high winds to the shores of New England and Northern
Europe. 8S. fluitans Börgs. accompanies it, but in less quantity, less
differentiated, probably more recently, from its attached ancestor,
which may be S. Hystrix J. Ag. Of equal distribution but in relatively
minute proportion, Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) Le Jolis is practically un-
differentiated from the attached plant, but though floating and fruiting
freely for weeks, probably for months, cannot be considered persist-
ent in the pelagic condition. Finally there is a sterile Cystoscira, re-
sembling C. crinita Bory, found once only, its status therefore uncertain.

Norru EASTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

1 For details of this collection, as also for many interesting remarks on pelagic Sargassum, see

_ W. G. Farlow, The vegetation of the Sargasso Sea. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. LIII, p. 257,

1914.
? C. Sauvageau, À propos des Cystoseira de Banyuls et de Guéthary. Bull, Sta, Biol. Arca-
chon, 14e année, 1912,

1917] Fernald,—Circaea canadensis and C. intermedia 85

THE IDENTITY OF CIRCAEA CANADENSIS AND
C. INTERMEDIA.

M. L. FERNALD.

In 1915 the present writer pointed out ! that the Alleghanian plant
which has long passed in America as Circaea lutetiana L. is not that
species, but is rather C. latifolia Hill, Brit. Herb. 138 (1756). At
that time he did not enter into a discussion of the other species of
Circaea in eastern America, wishing to make further studies of the
plants before pronouncing upon their identities.

Besides the common C. latifolia of deciduous woods from western
New Brunswick westward and southward, we have the more northern
C. alpina L. which differs in very many characters from C. latifolia, and
a third plant somewhat intermediate both in size and technical char-
acters between the two, the plant which is passing in our manuals as
C. intermedia Ehrh. Beitr. iv. 42 (1789). That this third plant is iden-
tical with the European C. intermedia there seems little question, sev-
eral sheets of European specimens showing no characters by which the
American and European material can be separated. This plant, which
is related to C. latifolia and to C. lutetiana in having the fruit 2-celled
(as contrasted with the 1-celled fruit of C. alpina), and the root-stock
slender (as contrasted with the tuberous-thickened root-stock of C.
alpina) and comparatively large flowers, differs at the same time from
C. latifolia in several definite characters. Its stems are comparatively
weak and succulent; the leaves pale green and flaccid, as in C. alpina,
broadly ovate and usually cordate, with very prominent sharp denta-
tion; the petiole channeled or distinctly margined; the fruiting pedi-
cels merely spreading or only slightly deflexed; the disk inconspicuous
and not prolonged (as contrasted with the definitely prolonged cup-
like disk of C. latifolia); and the mature fruit 1.5-3 mm. thick, includ-
ing the long soft trichomes, and not corrugated (as contrasted with the
strongly corrugated fruits of C. latifolia which are 3.5-5 mm. thick,
including the strongly hooked bristles).

That the three species are perfectly distinct there can be no question,
although in Europe C. intermedia has sometimes been considered a

1 Ruopora, xvii. 222 (1915).

86 Fe Rhodora : Ue one [May

possible hybrid between C. alpina and C. lutetiana. In eastern
America the range of our three species does not coincide and there is
little to suggest hybrid characters. C. latifolia is an essentially south-
ern species, reaching its northeastern limit in southern and eastern
Ontario, southern Quebec, southern Coos County, New Hampshire,
central Maine, and southwestern New Brunswick. C. alpina is a
boreal species, extending from southern Labrador to Alaska and south-
ward across northern New England and northern New York, becoming
local in southern New England and along the mountains to Georgia,
and westward in the Great Lake region, ete. C. intermedia, although
credited with a broad range in the 7th edition of Gray’s Manual,
proves to be a rather local plant, characteristic of rich alluvial woods
from Bonaventure County to Lake St. John, Quebec, and southward
to Nova Scotia, Cumberland County, Maine, Cheshire County,
New Hampshire, and Berkshire County, Massachusetts. In the
greater portion of its range C. intermedia is not coincident with both
C. alpina and C. latifolia and it seems to be unquestionably a true
species which combines some of the characters of the other two.
That the plant should not, however, be called C. intermedia becomes
apparent upon examining the plate of Circaea in Hill’s Vegetable Sys-
tem, x. t. 21 (1765); for there the left hand figure on the plate is a
beautiful representation of the Canadian and New England plant
which is identified with C. intermedia, illustrated as a new species,
C. canadensis, and given the very distinctive English name “'Toothed
Enchanters Nightshade” on account of the salient teeth of the broadly
cordate-ovate leaves. Not only in its habit and foliage does the plate
clearly show the American C. intermedia but the flowers are of the
correct size and the fruiting pedicels merely spreading.

This species, C. canadensis Hill, was described with “toothed”
leaves, a “native of North America; a Plant of 10 inches high, flower-
ing in August. The Stalk is green; the Flowers are white, with a
dash of crimson.” The crimson dash referred to comes from the
crimson calyx which is ordinarily strongly contrasted in C. canadensis
(C. intermedia) with the white petals. C. canadensis Hill (1765) thus
antedates by 24 years C. intermedia Ehrh. (1789), and under the earlier
name the species should be known. Whether Hill’s C. canadensis
was supposed by him to have anything to do with the C. canadensis,
latifolia, flore albo of Tournefort ' which was the basis for the Linnean

! Tourn. Inst, 301 (1700).

1917] Fernald,— Circaea canadensis and C. intermedia 87

C. lutetiana, B. canadensis! is not clear for he made no reference to.
earlier publications; but since Hill’s definite use of the name was appar-
ently the first post-Linnean use of it as a specific name there is no
reason why it should not stand, regardless of what the pre-Linnean
plant and the Linnean variety, to which Hill did not refer, may have
been.

In studying the genus Circaea in eastern America the writer has
found the characters separating our species much more definite than
are generally ascribed to them, and it may be of use to others to have
the following synopsis:

A. Stem firm, 0.2-1 m. high: leaves dark-green above, rather firm, oblong-
ovate, shallowly undulate-dentate, rounded or merely subcordate at
base, on subterete petioles: leading racemes becoming 0.7-2.5 dm.
long in fruit: mature pedicels strongly reflexed: calyx-lobes 1.8-2.6
mm. broad: disk cup-like, prolonged about 0.5 mm. above the perianth:
anthers 0.7-1 mm. long: stigma subcapitate, shallowly 2-lobed: mature
fruit compressed-pyriform, with 3-5 corrugations on each face, includ-
ing the strong hooked bristles 3.5-5 mm. thick..... 1. C. latifolia.

A. Stems rather weak and succulent, 0.4-4.5 dm. high: leaves pale-green,
flaccid, ovate, coarsely sharp-dentate, cordate or subcordate (rarely
only rounded) at base, on channeled or margined petioles: leading
racemes becoming 0.15-1 dm. long in fruit: mature pedicels spreading
or only slightly reflexed: calyx-lobes 0.8-1.7 mm. broad: disk incon-
spicuous, rarely at all prolonged: anthers 0.2-0.8 mm. long: stigma
deeply cleft: mature fruit club-shaped to slender-pyriform, not corru-
gated, including the soft hairs 1-3 mm. thick. |

B. Root-stock slender, scarcely tuberous-thickened: calyx-lobes 1.2-1.7
mm. broad: petals 2.3-3.5 mm. long: anthers 0.5-0.8 mm. long:

fruit unequally 2-celled, including the long trichomes 1.5-3 mm.

Aoo Oss e ater ree 2. C. canadensis.

B. Root-stock tuberous-thickened: calyx-lobes 0.8-1.2 mm. broad:
etals 1.2-2.5 (rarely 3) mm. long: anthers 0.2-0.3 mm. long:

ruit 1-celled, including the very short trichomes 1-1.5 mm. thick.

3. C. alpina.

C. LATIFOLIA Hill, Brit. Herb. 138 (1756); Fernald, RHODORA, xvii.
223 (1915). C. lutetiana of American authors, not L. C. lutetiana,
var. canadensis of early American authors, perhaps of L.. C. lutetiana,
var. quadrisuleata Maxim. Prim. Fl. Amur. 106 (1859). C. quadrisul-
cata (Maxim.) Franchet & Savatier, Enum. Pl. Jap. i. 169 (1875).
Rich, chiefly deciduous, woods, thickets and ravines, St. John valley,
southwestern New Brunswick, and central Maine to Minnesota,
south to North Carolina, Tennessee and Oklahoma; also eastern Asia.

C. CANADENSIS Hill, Veg. Syst. x. t. 21, fig. 2 (1765). C. intermedia
Ehrh. Beitr. iv. 42 (1789). Rich low woods, oftenest in alluvium,
Bonaventure County to Lake St. John, Quebec, south to Nova
Scotia, Cumberland County, Maine, Cheshire County, New Hamp-
shire, and Berkshire County, Massachusetts; also in Europe.

tL. Sp. PLi. 9 (1753).

88. Rhodora [May

C. ALPINA L. Sp. Pl. i. 9 (1753). Cool woods, wet mossy openings,
margins of streams, etc., southern Labrador to James Bay and north-
westward to Alaska, southward through Newfoundland, eastern
Canada, northern New England, northern New York, etc., and more
locally to southern New England, Georgia, the Great Lake states,
So. Dakota, etc.; also Eurasia.

Gray HERBARIUM.

IS ASTER TARDIFLORUS A HYBRID ?
ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE.

Durin the late summer of 1916, in the towns of Randolph, Gorham,
and Jefferson, New Hampshire, I was on more than half-a-dozen occa-
sions impressed by a blue-flowered Aster which I could not at once
name. Its inflorescence at times suggested A. cordifolius, but the
leaves were not cordate; the involucre was nearer to that of A. puni-
ceus, but again the shape of the leaves failed to match. It was worthy
of remark that the plant was in each instance solitary or appearing in
but two or three specimens, while in each case A. puniceus and A.
cordifolius were observed, usually in some abundance, near by. These
facts led to the suspicion that one of the numerous hybrids of the
genus had been found, and that A. puniceus and A. cordifolius, the
two commonest and most generally distributed blue-flowered Asters
of the region were its parents.'

But my interest was further aroused when the plants in question
proved, upon analysis, to match exactly the description in Gray’s
Manual of Aster tardiflorus L., and when subsequent comparison
at the Gray Herbarium confirmed this diagnosis. The query, then,
naturally arises whether A. tardiflorus is not a hybrid. Its intermedi-
ate characters can be more clearly indicated by the following résumé
(compiled from the Manual descriptions of the three species I have
mentioned ).?

! The only other blue-flowered Asters known in the region are A, macrophyllus L., A. radula
Ait., A. foliaceus Lindl., and A. novi-belgit L. The first two of these bear no resemblance to the
plants in question, and the last two are of very local distribution and unknown in the neighbor-
hood of most of the stations for the supposed hybrid.

? Points not noted in the Manual are enclosed in brackets.

1917] Pease,— Is Aster tardiflorus a Hybrid ? 89

i. Color of Stem.

ii. Pubescence of
Stem.

iii. Shape of
Leaves.

iv. Serration

v. Inflorescence.

vi. Height of In-
volucre.

vii. Involucral
Bracts.

viii. Color of
Rays.

ix. Length of
Rays.

cordifolius [green or purple.|
tardiflorus [green or purple.|
| puniceus usually purple below.

)

cordifolius nearly glabrous (but var. Furbishiae
Fernald densely villous).

fardiflorus glabrous or subpubescent (but var.
vestitus Fernald densely villous).

puniceus rough hairy in lines [but a variety from

| northern Maine densely villous].

cordifolius cordate, the lower on slender and
naked ciliate petioles.

tardiflorus ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, narrowed
at both ends, the lower to a winged
[often ciliate] petiole, not auriculate
or only obscurely so.

puniceus oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, not
narrowed or but slightly so to the
auricled base.

All three have leaves sharply serrate in the middle.
In all three paniculate.

cordifolius 4-6 mm.
tardiflorus 5-7 mm.
puniceus 7-12 mm.

cordifolius appressed, tipped with short green
points, obtuse or acutish [ca. 3-
seriate].

tardiflorus lax, linear or linear-subulate, subequal
or 2-3-seriate.

puniceus loose, thin, narrowly linear, attenuate,
subequal, in about 2 rows, the outer
sometimes foliaceous.

tardiflorus light blue.

| cordifolius pale blue or nearly white.
puniceus lilac-blue to white.

( cordifolius [rather short, for the genus. |
l tardiflorus [short to medium.]
puniceus long and showy.

90 Rhodora [May

x. Date of Flowering. All three: Aug.—Oct.

cordifolius E. Que.— Ia.— Ga.— Mo.
xi. Range. tardiflorus N. B. — Pa.
puniceus Nfd.— Man.— Ga.

To one who examines these points it will, I think, appear that a
plant more exactly intermediate between two quite distinct species
could hardly be found. And this would be even more apparent to one
who should examine in actual specimens the shape of the leaf of A.
tardiflorus, which is the only natural intermediate that one could
expect between a cordate petioled leaf and an oblong-lanceolate auri-
cled one. The supposed parent-species are abundant northeastward,
hence it is hardly surprising that this hybrid should have appeared at
various places. Material at the Gray Herbarium, however, does not
indicate commonness anywhere save perhaps in the vicinity of Lisbon,
New Hampshire, where it was rather often collected by the late Edwin
Faxon. But, as the last summer’s experience of the writer shows,
when once one has learned what this plant looks like he may see it in
a considerable number of places without finding anywhere more than
one or two plants in a station, so that the numerous collections by
Mr. Faxon need not indicate a degree of commonness that might lead
one to regard Aster tardiflorus as an established and stable species.

The writer would be glad to learn of the observations of others in
regard to this somewhat infrequently studied plant. Perhaps some-
one with facilities for the work might undertake to produce an arti-
ficial hybrid for comparison with A. tardiflorus.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

oper ae: Ors ae ha TO ge Ee

1917} Fernald,—A new Cardamine from southern Maine 91

A NEW CARDAMINE FROM SOUTHERN MAINE.
M. L. FERNALD.

CARDAMINE Longii, n. sp. Differt a C. pensylvanica: foliis simpli-
cibus reniformibus vel suborbicularibus 0.5-1.5 cm. longis petiolatis
basi cordatis vel rotundatis, rarissime inferioribus cum 2 foliolis latera-
libus parvis; floribus apetalis 0.7-1.2 mm. longis subsessilibus: sili-
quis subsessilibus patentibus vel adscendentibus subulatis 5-8 mm.
longis in stylum 0.5-1 mm. longum attenuatis; seminibus ovatis
flavis brunneo-marginatis 1.2 mm. longis 0.8 mm. latis.

Differing from C. pensylvanica in having the leaves simple, reni-
form or suborbicular, 0.5-1.5 cm. long, petioled, cordate or rounded
at base, very rarely the lower with 2 small lateral leaflets: flowers
apetalous, 0.7-1.2 mm. long, subsessile: siliques subsessile, spreading
or ascending, subulate, 5-8 mm. long, attenuate to a style 0.5-1 mm.
long: seeds ovate, yellow, brown-margined, 1.2 mm. long, 0.8 mm.
wide.— Marne: shaded rock-pockets and crevices covered at high
tide, Cathance River, Bowdoinham, September 14 and 19, 1916,
Fernald & Long, no. 13,698 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); also on tidal mud-
flats of Cathance River, Bowdoinham, no. 13,697.

A remarkable little plant with which it is a pleasure to associate
the name of Mr. Bayard Long, the writer’s companion on many col-
lecting trips. Differing at once from C. pensylvanica Muhl., C.
hirsuta. L., C. flexuosa With., C. parviflora L. and their allies in its
usually entire rounded or cordate leaves, its minute apetalous flowers
and its very short almost sessile capsules. In the type locality the
plant was in the shelter of an overhanging ledge and the carpet of
plants so strongly suggested Chrysosplenium that we at first thought
we had found a strange species of that genus.

On the tidal flats and rock-pockets along Cathance River, Carda-
mine Longii is associated with a remarkable colony of estuarine species:
Sagittaria heterophylla Pursh (first definite station in Maine); Eleo-
charis diandra C. Wright; Scirpus Smithii Gray, var. setosus Fernald;
S. fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray; Eriocaulon Parkeri Robinson (found also
on the flats of other tributaries of the Kennebec and on the tidal
reaches of the Penobscot); Nuphar advena (Ait.) Ait. f. (the first
known station for true N. advena east of New York); Tillaea aquatica
L.; Elatine americana (Pursh) Arn. (see RHODORA, xix. 10-13);
Samolus floribundus HBK. (here.as on the lower Penobscot delighting

92 Rhodora [May

in cool sheltered rock-pockets, thus suggesting Primula farinosa of
more northern regions); Bidens colpophila Fernald & St. John; and
B. Eatoni Fernald, var. kennebecensis Fernald (see Ruopora, xix. 76).
From this list of some of the characteristic associates of C. Longii
at the type locality it is evident not only that the plant has associated
itself with a peculiarly local series of estuary species, but that search
is likely to reveal it at other estuaries where some of these species occur.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

Note on NurnarRr.— In Ruopora xviii. 90, 1916, the Local Flora
Committee reported Nymphaea advena Ait. and N. variegata (Engelm.)
G. S. Miller as both occurring within the Boston district. The differ-
ences between these species have been clearly brought out by Miller &
Standley (Cont. U. S. National Herb. xvi. 3) and further discussed
by Fernald & St. John (RHopora xvi. 137-141, 1914). In the latter
article the validity of the specific name variegata is proved.

The consideration of these descriptions shows true N. advena to be
an estuarine plant. It has erect leaves usually borne above the surface
of the water, with lobes mostly triangular, and diverging about 80°.
The leaves are 13 to 33 cm. long and 14 to 25 cm. broad; sinus 4.5 to
10 cm. deep. An examination of the specimens in the Club Herba-
rium from the Boston District shows none of this plant, while N.
variegata is common.

Prof. Conard’s careful researches on nomenclature (RHODORA xviii.
161-4) show the validity of the generic name Nuphar for these yellow
cow-lilies. The plant found in our region should therefore be called
Nuphar variegatum Engelm.— CLARENCE H. Know ton, for the Local
Flora Committee.

The twenty-third annual FIELD MEETING OF THE JOSSELYN
BOTANICAL Socrety or Marne will be held at Greenville Junction,
July 31, 1917, with headquarters at the Piscataquis Exchange. An-
nouncements will be sent to members and to others on request two
weeks previous to the meeting. — Dana W. FELLOWS, Secretary, Port-
land, Maine.

Vol. 19, no. 220, including pages 61 to 76 and a portrait plate, was issued
17 April, 1917.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol.19. ~ June, 1917. No. 222.

A NEW SPECIES OF ERAGROSTIS OF THE OLD WORLD
AND NORTH AMERICA.

K. M. WIEGAND.

WHILE collecting in the railroad yards at Ithaca New York during
the summer of 1914 the writer noticed that the abundant material
of Eragrostis pilosa growing between the ties was not all uniform. A
casual examination showed that two strains, differing much in appear-
ance, existed side by side. Each strain was abundant, but the coarser
strain predominated in the proportion, roughly, of two to one. The
material collected at this time was laid aside and did not come to
notice again until recently. A more careful examination now shows
that the two strains differ materially in several respects.

After the resurrection of the material, it was taken, along with other
problems, to the Gray Herbarium for study. There it was soon
apparent that the coarser of the two strains was the common and
widely distributed Æ. pilosa of Europe and America. After a long
search, four specimens were found which matched the finer strain.
Three of these were from Europe and one only from America. All
three of the European specimens were indicated as weeds in gardens
or between paving stones, one coming from Warsaw, one from Karls-
ruhe and the third from Berlin. The American specimen was col-
lected by M. L. Fernald along a roadside at Alstead, New Hampshire.
Later, the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden was visited,
and a search there made for the plant. Three more specimens were
found; one from Japan, one from Mickleton, New Jersey, and the
other from Lancaster, Pennsylvania. These few specimens, it will
be seen, indicate a rather remarkable distribution, as the plant must

94 Rhodora [JUNE

be rare and local everywhere. Also, it has never as yet been found
in the indigenous state, but always as a weed; and its home country
is not yet known. At present it is a veritable “man without a coun-
try,” and we shall look with interest for the discovery of its native
haunts. v4

All of the specimens mentioned were extremely uniform, and
matched our Ithaca specimen perfectly. The Karlsruhe specimen
bore the name E. pilosa var. condensata Hackel, and was a portion of
the material on which this variety was based, it being a part of the
original material distributed by Kneucker. Our plant is therefore
the E. pilosa var. condensata of Hackel. However, the study of all
of the material mentioned has brought to light several other good
distinguishing characters besides those mentioned by Hackel, so that
in the judgment of the writer the plant is really a very good species,
and should be recognized as such. The name condensata is in use,
however, for another species, and therefore cannot be used. This
being so, the name peregrina may very appropriately be substituted.

This plant is not to be included in the question of the status of E.
Purshii. E. pilosa and E. Purshii are extremely close in relationship,
and there can be a legitimate doubt as to whether both are good
species, but our plant differs in several important respects from each.

Of our plant Hackel says, translated: — “The present plant is to
be distinguished from the typical form by: solitary branches of the
panicle without hairs in their axils (which however are sometimes
lacking in the typical form), the branches of the panicle are spikelet-
bearing to the base so that the panicle appears much denser. The
spikelets are short-pedicelled (the next to the last on each branch
possesses a pedicel about 1 mm. long). In the typical form the
branches of the panicle are in 2’s or 4’s and branched from the one-
third or one-half point upward, and loosely provided with spikelets
whose pedicels are at least 2 mm. long. The plant is closely related
to the E. Purshii (caroliniana) but is distinguished from it by the
absence of conspicuous lateral nerves on the flowering glume.”

The writer finds that the differences noted by Hackel hold fairly
well for all the other specimens examined. The branches of the
panicle however are sometimes solitary in smaller forms of E. pilosa
(including E. Purshii). Also, in smaller plants of the latter species
the spikelets extend sometimes far toward the base of the branches.
The spikelets are in the main shorter-pedicelled than in Æ.: pilosa.

1917] Wiegand,— A new Species of Eragrostis 95

The lateral nerves of the flowering glumes are always inconspicuous,
but there are occasional specimens of E. pilosa in which they are
equally indistinct. As an additional character may be mentioned
the smooth empty glumes, which in E. pilosa are usually, but not
always, scabrous on the keel. The florets are also somewhat smaller.
The two most constant differences, however, are the denser panicle,
which resembles that of Agrostis alba or Panicum agrostoides, and
especially the absence of the long pilose hairs on the auricles of the
sheath. The plant is much more constant in its characters than is
E. pilosa. It can be readily recognized by its general appearance.
The following is a more detailed description than is given by Hackel :

ERaAGROSTIS peregrina, sp.nov. (E. pilosa var. condensata Hackel,
Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. vii. 13 (1901), non Æ. condensata Steud.) Annua;
culmis pluribus ascendentibus vel erectis glabris basi aliquid genicu-
latis; foliis 2-6 em. longis raro longioribus 1-2.5 mm. latis glabris,
ligula e pilis tenuioribus 0.5 mm. longis vel brevioribus formata, vaginis
aliter summo nudis; panicula subdensa 5-12 cm. longa 2.5—4 cm.
diametro oblonga, ramis plerumque solitariis, longioribus 1—4 plerum-
que 2-3 cm. longis angulo 45° patentibus densius spiculiferis fere ad
basim; axillis glabris; . spiculis 6-10-floris 3-5 mm. longis 1-2 mm.
latis in pedicellis brevissimis 0.5-2.5 mm. longis, glumis vacuis parvis
lanceolato-ovatis acutissimis hyalinis inaequalibus, superiore glumis
florentibus duplo breviore, carina non scabra; gluma florente (lem-
mate) aliquanto divaricata ovata acuta 1.4 mm. longa tenui et mem-
branacea infra viride supra castaneo-rubra ad apicem palidiore, carina
apicem versus scabra, nervis lateralibus indistinctis, caryopsibus
3-6 mm. longis ovali-oblongis sucino-fuscis.

Annual; culms several, somewhat geniculate at the base, ascending
or erect, glabrous: leaves 2.6 cm. long, rarely longer, 1-2.5 mm. wide,
glabrous; ligule of fine hairs, 0.5 mm. long or less; sheaths otherwise
naked at the summit; panicle rather dense, 5-12 cm. long, 2.5—4 cm.
broad, oblong; branches mostly solitary, the longer 1—4 (mostly
2-3) cm. long, spreading at an angle of 45°, rather densely spikelet-
bearing to near the base; the axils glabrous: spikelets 6-10-flowered
3-5 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, on very short pedicels 0.5-2.5 mm. long;
empty glumes small, lance-ovate, very acute, hyaline, unequal, the `
upper about one half the length of the flowering glume; keel not
scabrous; flowering glume (lemma) somewhat spreading, ovate, acute,
1.4 mm. long, thin and membraneous, greenish below, chestnut-red
above, the tip paler; keel scabrous toward the apex; lateral nerves
indistinct; caryopsis 0.5-0.6 mm. long, oval-oblong, amber-brown.

Specimens examined: GERMANY: “Auf Gartenland im Gross-
herzoglichen Hofgarten, Karlsruhe, seit langen Jahren äusserst
lästiges und schwer zu beseitigendes Umkraut: sandiger humus.

96 Rhodora -Dow

Begleitpflanzen Euphorbia polygonifolia Jacq. Ca. 117 m. ü. d. M:
17 July, 1900,” A. Kneucker: Gramineae exsiccatae, no. 115. Type
collection of E. pilosa var. condensata Hackel; Botanic Garden,
Berlin, Aug. 2, 1877, P. Magnus. Pouanp: Between paving stones,
escaped, Warsaw, Sept., 1885, Przybulski. Japan: Plants of the Liu
Kiu Islands, collected for L. Boehmer & Co. in 1904, no. 174. New
HampsHIrE: Cheshire County; dry roadside, Alstead, Aug. 2, 1900,
M. L. Fernald, no. 360. New Jersey: Gloucester County; Mickle-
ton, Aug., 1887, B. Heritage. PENNSYLVANIA: Lancaster County;
Vicinity of Lancaster, Sept., 1889, J. K. Small. New York: Tomp-
kins County; in gravel and cinders between railroad ties, Ithaca,
Aug. 12, 1914, K. M. Wiegand, no. 1669.

CORNELL UNIvErsITy, Ithaca, New York.

RANGE OF CAREX NOVAE-ANGLIAE EXTENDED INTO
PENNSYLVANIA.

BAYARD LONG.

Since the appearance of Prof. T. C. Porter’s estimable Flora of
Pennsylvania in 1903, discoveries of indigenous species heretofore
unknown in the region have not been so overwhelmingly numerous
that they are without a certain interest. Some index of the almost
exhaustive exploration which Prof. Porter and his associates succeeded
in achieving over an area of really very considerable size and diversity
is shown by the fact that only about one in ten of the additions in
recent years is an indigenous species which was well known in Porter’s
day. For it will be remembered that in the numerical count of species
there are two main sources of so-called “additions” to the flora of
any well known area: new introductions and species due to work of
more recent revision and segregation. In these two categories are
unquestionably included the great majority of species (now known to
occur in the state) which are not recognized in Porter’s Flora.

As a further suggestion of the completeness of Porter’s Pennsyl-
vania collection may be noted the fact that it contains an excellent
representation of species recently described or ones only lately recog-
nized as elements of our flora. Thus, for example, there is ample
material from the state of Echinochloa muricata, Muhlenbergia foliosa,

1917] Long,— Carex novae-angliae in Pennsylvania 97

and Carex incomperta. There is a representation of Carex laevivaginata,
C. projecta, and Dioscorea glauca. Even some very rare Pennsylvania
plants had been obtained in several cases. Of that interesting sedge
known as Rynchospora Smallii Britton, thus far found at only four
localities in the state, the Pennsylvania assignment with the original
description is based upon material collected by Porter in Chester
County — a fact not very commonly known.

It may not even be asserted with confidence that all of the additional
native species, recognized in Porter’s time but not recorded by him
from Pennsylvania, were entirely unknown to him from this: area.
For, although he was one of the most acute and discriminating botan-
ists of his day, like any other student he was not completely clear on
every critical group. It is found, as a case in point, that although
Carex Bicknellii, as a name, was well known to him and that he had
excellent Pennsylvania material of it in his herbarium, it was confused
with other allies of C. straminea in his Flora. But it is fairly certain
that among real additions to the flora of the state, quite unknown to
Porter, may be numbered such plants as Sporobolus uniflorus' and
Rynchospora fusca! (discovered by Dr. Witmer Stone at Lake Bella
Sylva in Sullivan County, August 29, 1903), Eleocharis Robbinsii !
(found by the late Charles S. Williamson, also at Lake Bella Sylva,
August 18, 1908), Allium sibiricum? (apparently first detected by
Mr. Perey Wilson on the Palisades of the Delaware River, in Pike
County, opposite Sparrowbush, New York, May 30, 1902), Fim-
bristylis puberula è (collected by the late Joel J. Carter, in his energetic
explorations in Lancaster County, near Eldora Station, July 27, 1910).
To this group may be added Carex novae-angliae upon the basis of
several well authenticated stations in different portions of Penn-
sylvania.

For a Philadelphian, some of my most pleasant recollections, asso-
ciated with a delightful week in June, 1907, on the Pocono Plateau,
center about the finding of Labrador Tea, Twin-flower, Creeping
Snowberry, Small Cranberry, and the like, but they might well be
-coupled with a much more important discovery — had it been recog-
nized at the time. With Porter’s Flora of Pennsylvania as a guide |

1 These species are incidentally recorded, without comment, in the introductory matter of
Stone’s The Plants of Southern New Jersey (Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus., 1910, 110).

2 Taylor, Fl. Vic. N. Y. 233 (1915).

3 Small and Carter, Fl. Lancaster Co. 45 (1913).

98 Rhodora [JUNE

had found and distinguished Carex oligosperma at Long Pond, had
become acquainted with Carex filiformis and C. utriculata, as well as
a number of other northern species of interest in the state, but even
with a youthful enthusiasm I had been unable to fathom with more
than a modicum of success the intricacies of the more critical groups
in Carex. In the press of other interests the unnamed Carices from
this Pocono trip lay neglected for a long time — during which interval
some acquaintance was made with the Montanae, among other groups.
And when these plants came to be examined again it was with con-
siderable interest that, it was discovered that Carex novae-angliae had
been collected at Pocono Lake.

With the thought of other possible material from Pennsylvania,
the Academy collection was thoroughly overhauled. Careful in-
spection, in a large herbarium, of the material of a critical genus like
Carex is rarely unrequited by discoveries of interest, but seldom is a
specifically desired specimen found. A search among the copious
material, unnamed or awaiting examination before being distributed,
was rewarded by the finding of a sheet of Carex novae-angliae collected
by Mr. Stewardson Brown at Ganoga Lake in June, 1898. Mr.
Brown, when his attention was directed to this specimen, distinctly
recalled the circumstances of its collection, and was able to furnish
some data of interest. The station was remembered as in beech
woods which had been burned over, lying south of the Ganoga Hotel
and toward Lake Leigh. In moist depressions in this woods the
sedge was found growing very abundantly, occurring in large patches
of lush growth — practically the dominant species of the woodland floor.

In correspondence concerning the southernmost authentic stations
previously known, Prof. Fernald’s interest was incited and he wrote
of having the impression that Judge Churchill had obtained the
species in northwestern Pennsylvania. Material was not to be found
in the Gray Herbarium and Judge Churchill wrote that he did not
have it in his own collection. To Prof. Fernald’s continued interest
is due the final discovery of the material in the large herbarium of
Mr. Walter Deane of Cambridge, Massachusetts. The specimen,
critically examined by Prof. Fernald, was collected by J. R. Churchill
at Corry, Pennsylvania, June 1, 1893.

Among material recently collected on the Pocono Plateau by Mr.
Harold W. Pretz and contributed to the Academy Herbarium an
additional station for Carex novae-angliae was brought to my attention.

1917] Long,— Carex novae-angliae in Pennsylvania 99

This is at Long Pond in Monroe County. Excellent specimens were
obtained July 2, 1916. Mr. Pretz’s station lies at the foot of Long
Pond near the outlet stream. He writes, in further detail: “The
sedge was found on a slight rise in the strip of low ground lying be-
tween the stream and the more elevated and drier plateau. Marshy
ground lay within a few feet. The spot was comparatively free from
underbrush, grassy, and lightly shaded. The plant grew in soft mats
under a group of Pitch Pines, often quite near to the trunks.”

These four stations all lie in the northern half of Pennsylvania
over an approximately east and west line of about two hundred and
thirty miles. Those at Pocono Lake and Long Pond are on the
Pocono Plateau, within a comparatively short distance of each other,
and in the same geographic area. That at Ganoga Lake lies some
fifty miles west, in general, of the Pocono stations, well up on the
main ridge of the Alleghanies. These localities are in the north-
eastern part of the state but that at Corry is in the elevated portion
of northwestern Pennsylvania. Although in three somewhat differ-
ent areas, the stations all lie at altitudes of between one thousand and
two thousand feet, where the flora shows a rather distinctive Canadian
element.

The nearest, previously known and formerly southernmost, stations
for Carex novac-angliae, I learn from Prof. Fernald and Mr. Mackenzie,
are in Norfolk, Connecticut ! (the northwestern corner of the state,
in Litchfield County) and at East Windham, New York? (in the
Catskills). The important record by Hoysradt of the plant on Little
Stissing Mountain, near Pine Plains, Dutchess County, New York ê
is in all probability quite correct. In his Catalogue he states that
his Carices were critically examined by William Boott, and further-
more this locality is not far distant from either the Norfolk or the East
Windham stations. I am indebted to Prof. Fernald for verifying
the Norfolk plant and to Mr. Mackenzie, the East Windham specimen.

For more concise reference these new records for Carex novae-
angliae may be briefly summarized.

PENNSYLVANIA: Pocono Lake, Monroe County, June 18-21, 1907,
B. Long; Long Pond, Monroe County, July 2, 1916, H. W. Pretz 8242;

1 Bissell, Ruopora, xiii. 30 (1911).
2 Mackenzie in Taylor, Fl. Vic. N. Y. 195 (1915).
3 Hoysradt, Cat. Pl. Pine Plains, N. Y., page xxvii (1875-79). Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vi. Sup-

plement.

100 Rhodora [JUNE

Ganoga Lake [Sullivan County|, June, 1898, S. Brown; Corry
[Erie County], June 1, 1893, J. R. Churchill.

Specimens of these collections, except the last cited, are in the
Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences and have received
critical examination by Mr. Mackenzie.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ANDROPOGON SCOPARIUS IN THE UNITED STATES AND
CANADA.

F. Tracy HUBBARD.

Tue marked variability of Andropogon scoparius is known to most
collectors and different authors have described varieties and forms
of the species, some of which have been raised to specific rank. With
a view to classifying these variants a careful study of the species was
undertaken at the suggestion of Prof. M. L. Fernald who has kindly
given me his advice on numerous points. I am also indebted to Mr.
Bayard Long for the loan of the material in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and to Miss K. D.
Kimball of the New York Botanical Garden for notes on the type of
Andropogon littoralis.

Many of the characters which have been used for separation of
varieties or species do not prove constant enough, to have value in
classification. This is the case with such features as the color of plant,
length of sessile spikelet, villousness of sheaths and leaves, compres-
sion of sheaths and length of hairs at the apex of the internodes of the
rhachis. Hackel in DC. Monogr. Phan. 6: 384 (1889) describes six
forms or subvarieties (along some of these lines) which are scarcely
determinable except in their extreme development. The species,
however, seems to divide into three reasonably marked varieties: the
common widespread form with glabrous sheaths and open, elongated
inflorescence which intergrades with the other two forms; the second
or typical form also with an open, elongated inflorescence, described
by Michaux FI. Bor. Am. 1: 57 (1803) “A vaginis villosis,” and thus
at once recognizable as the villous-sheathed form; the third form

1917] Hubbard,— Andropogon in United States and Canada 101

with glabrous sheaths, but a many-branched, flabellate inflorescence.
The last two forms also have fairly well marked geographic ranges.

ANDROPOGON SCOPARIUS Michx. [sensu ampliore]. Schizachyrium
scoparius (Michx.) Nash in Small FI. S. E. U. S. 59 (1903). Extremely
variable, commonly strongly cespitose and with fibrous roots, but
occasionally in sandy localities rather loosely tufted with an apparent
vertical rootstock up to 5 cm. long. Color of plant green, purplish
or strongly glaucous. Culms terete to rather strongly compressed,
of very variable height and usually with only a few widely separated
nodes, but in the sand form with the basal nodes close together and
the extreme base of the culm rather indurated. Sheaths convex to
strongly flattened and almost plicate, glabrous to strongly villous, the
basal ones all arising from very close to the base of the culm or in the
sand form from a series of closely situated nodes and apt to be
strongly equitant and rather fan-spreading. Leaves variable in
length and breadth, flat to frequently plicate, the mid-rib usually
prominent below, glabrous on both surfaces to rather strongly vil-
lous on one or both surfaces. Inflorescence in the commoner form
open and elongated with relatively few branches varying to rather
dense and flabellate with many branches in var. polyclados. Bract-
like sheaths subtending the racemes inconspicuous to rather large and
spathe-like. Rachis of the raceme nearly straight to very flexuous,
more or less hairy, the hairs at the top of the internodes varying from
1 to 5 mm. long. Pedicels of the sterile spikelets variable in length,
erect to more or less recurved and varying in the density and length
of the marginal ciliation. Sessile spikelets 4.5-11.5 mm. long with a
geniculate awn 4-15 mm. long; pedicellate spikelets composed of one
or less often of two empty glumes, 1-7 mm. long, awnless or terminated
by an awn which may reach a length of 4 mm.

Var. VILLOSISSIMUS Kearney ex Scribn. & Ball in Bull. U. S. Div.
Agrost. 24: 41 (1900). A. scoparius Michx. [sensu stricto] Fl. Bor.
Am. 1: 57 (1803). Schizachyrium villosissimum (Kearney) Nash in
Small Fl. S. E. U. S. 59 (1903). Sheaths more or less densely villous.
Blades sometimes more or less villous on the lower surface, the upper
surface usually villous at least near the sheath. Inflorescence open
and elongated. MassacmuserTS: Sesachacha River, Nantucket
Island, July 26, 1911, E. F. Williams (N. E.) t; Sankaty Head, Nan-
tucket Island, July 29, 1911, E. F. Williams (N. E.); Nantucket,
August 18, 1878, E. & C. E. Fazon (Gr., N. E.). NEW JERSEY:
sandy barrens near Homerstown (New Egypt), Ocean Co., September
22, 1906, J. H. Grove, no. 403 (Ph.); common in old barren fields ete.,
Brindletown, Ocean Co., August 22, 1905, J. H. Grove (Ph.); margin

1 In listing herbaria the following abbreviations are used: Gr., Gray; N. E., New England
Botanical Club; N. Y., New York Botanical Garden; C., Columbia College, deposited at the
New York Botanical Garden; Ph., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, including the
Philadelphia Botanical Club collection.

102 Rhodora [JUNE

of dry sandy woods south of station on Salem Branch of W. G. &
S. R. R., Tomlin, Gloucester Co., September 9, 1911, Bayard Long,
no. 6797 (Ph.); Swedesboro, August 5, 1893, Charles D. Lippencott
(Ph.). PENNSYLVANIA: Wilt’s Mill Meadows along Trout creek E.
of 12th Ward, vicinity of Allentown, Lehigh Co., Harold W. Pretz,
no. 6099 (Ph.); meadows along N. side P. R. R. mile S. W. of Emaus
P. O., vicinity of the South Mountains, Lehigh Co., August 2, 1913,
Harold W. Pretz, no. 5994 (Ph.), August 2, 1913, Harold W. Pretz,
no. 5995 (Ph.); woods beside road about 24 miles S. W. of Locust
Valley P. O., Lehigh Co., October 3, 1915, Harold W. Pretz, no. 7977
(Ph.); vicinity of marshy meadows along Indian creek $ mile N. by
N. E. of Sigmund, Lehigh Co., August 23, 1914, Harold W. Pretz,
no. 7183; on serpentine, Fern Hill, Chester Co., September 7, 1908,
E. B. Bartram (Ph.). Detaware: dry soil Talleyville, August 31,
1897, A. Commons, no. 107 (Ph.). Districr of CoLumBIA: sterile
knoll of clay and sand, Deanwood, September 9, 1905, A. S. Hitchcock,
Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 268 (Gr.). NorrH CAROLINA: moist,
sandy soil, Clarkton, Bladen Co., October 7, 1897, Biltmore Herbarium,
no. 20° (Gr.); a very glaucous form found growing along the French
Broad River near Biltmore, Buncombe Co., September 13, 1898,
Biltmore Herbarium, no. 20° (Gr.). SourH CaroLina: damp Pine
land, Santee Canal, October, H. W. Ravenel (Gr.). Grorata: rather
dry pine-barrens near Brookfield, Berrien Co., September 27, 1902,
Roland M. Harper, no. 1684 (Gr.). Fiortmpa: Tampa, 1898, Robert
Combs, no. 1348 (Gr.); Braidentown, September 19, 1900, S. M. Tracy,
no. 7092 (Gr.); no locality, Chapman (Gr.). ALABAMA: Gateswood,
October 30, 1903, S. M. Tracy, no. 8393 (Gr.). Musstsstprr: Biloxi,
Harrison Co., September 15, 1893, S. M. Tracy, no. 1397 (Gr.).
Louisiana: Jacksonville, J. C. (Gr.). Missourt: near Sulphur
Springs, August 14, 1910, Earl E. Sherf, no. 1052 (Gr.). ILLINOIS:
dry gravel hillside near Wady Petra, Stark Co., September 17, 1897,
Virginius H. Chase, no. 126 (Ph.); Black-jack oak association, Bath,
August 17, 1903, H. A. Gleason (Gr.). Inpiana: sand, Dune Park,
September 6, 1897, Agnes Chase, no. 622 (Ph.). Iowa: Carnarvon,
August 29, 1896, L. H. Pammel, no. 294 (Gr.); Winterset, September
1895, G. W. Carver, no. 266 (Gr.).

Variety villosissimus is essentially a plant of costal plain distribu-
tion along the Atlantic coast running up into Lehigh County, Penn-
sylvania, the mountains of North Carolina and Georgia in isolated
localities and also occurring in the Mississippi basin as far north as
Illinois with two rather remote stations in Iowa. As a whole the more
pronounced specimens are confined to the Atlantic seaboard whereas
those from the Mississippi basin usually show only slight villosity.
The following specimens listed above approach var. frequens very
closely only a few hairs being noted on one or two sheaths. NEw
JERSEY: Brindletown, J. H. Grove. PENNSYLVANIA: N. E. of Sig-
mund, H. W. Pretz, no. 7183. DELAWARE: Talleyville, A4, Commons,

1917] Hubbard,— Andropogon in United States and Canada 103

no. 107. Firortpa: Tampa, R. Combs, no. 1348. Inpiana: Dune
Park, Agnes Chase, no. 622. ILLINoIs: Bath, H. A. Gleason. Iowa:
Carnarvon, L. H. Pammel, no. 294; Winterset, G. W. Carver, no. 266.
The inflorescence of two specimens shows a marked tendency toward
var. polyclados. Fiortpa: Braidentown, S. M. Tracy, no. 7092.
Mississippi: Biloxi, S. M. Tracy, no. 1397 [only the upper portion of
the plant, which also has sparsely villous sheaths]. There is also one
specimen in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
Massacuuserts: gravelly pasture, Concord, September, Edward S.
Hoar, which belongs in this variety, but the certainty of its being from
Concord is open to some question and consequently it was omitted
from the general citation of specimens.

Var. frequens Hubb., var. nov.! Plerumque dense caespitosa;
vaginis foliisque glabris (laminis supra basin versus interdum paullo
villosis); inflorescentia elongata simplice laxa.

Usually densely cespitose with glabrous sheaths and leaves (some-
times the base of the blade somewhat villous on the upper surface)
and with an elongated, simple, open inflorescence. RHODE ISLAND:
dry open fields and hillsides near Dickens Point, Block Island, New-
port Co., September 15, 1913, M. L. Fernald, Bayard Long and G. S.
Torrey, no. 8476 (TYPE in Gray Herb., N. E., Ph.). General distri-
bution New Brunswick to Saskatchewan and Montana south to
Georgia, Texas and eastern Arizona. The species is also reported
from Washington [Nash in N. Am. Fl. 17: 106 (1912)], but I have seen
no specimens and can find no other reference to it in that state, nor
have I seen specimens of this variety from Florida.

Variety frequens is the common form of the species showing a wide
range of variation, but no constant grouping of characters which would
justify subdivision. Certain specimens growing in sandy locations
or in railroad ballast show more nodes at the base of the culm, more
compression of the basal sheaths and a tendency to produce vertical
rootstocks, but these characters are variable and not always combined.
The following specimens show a strong tendency toward var. poly-
clados. PENNSYLVANIA: serpentine barrens, Mineral Hill, Delaware
Co., September 6, 1908, Francis W. Pennell. no. 597 (Ph.). Missouri:
fields, Hannibal, October 26, 1911, John Davis, no. 1425 (Gr.).

Var. POLYCLADOS Scribn. & Ball in Bull. U. S. Div. Agrost. 24:
40 (1900). A. littoralis Nash in Britton Man. 69 (1901). A. sco-
parius var. littoralis (Nash) Hitche. in Ruopora 8: 205 (1906).
Schizachyrium littorale (Nash) Bicknell in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 35:
182 (1908). Sometimes densely tufted, with more or less strongly
flattened, glabrous sheaths. Leaves glabrous on the lower surface,
glabrous or more or less villous above especially toward the base.
Inflorescence many branched above and more or less densely flabellate.

.
1 A. purpurascens Muhl..ex Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 913 (1806) and A. flexilis Bosc ex Poir. in Lam,
Encycl. Suppl. 1: 583 (1810) probably belong here.

104 . Rhodora- [JUNE

MASSACHUSETTS: gravelly soil, Cambridge, October 16, 1908, A. S.
Pease, no. 11834 (N. E.); Chilmark, Dukes Co., Marthas Vineyard,
August 19, 1895, Sydney Harris (N. E.), pasture land, farm, August 19,
1895, Sydney Harris (N. E.); sandy soil, Tea Lane, Chilmark, Dukes
Co., Marthas Vineyard, September 21, 1916, F. C. Seymour (Gr.).
New York: Long Beach, Nassau Co., Long Island, September 2,
1906, R. M. Harper (N. Y.); Rockaway Point, Long Island, October
22, 1908, E. P. Bicknell (N. Y.);! along seashore at Staten Island,
October, 1894, Geo. V. Nash (TYPE of A. littoralis, N. Y.). New
JERSEY: Seaside Park, Ocean Co., August 30, 1908, E. B. Bartram
(Ph.), September 27, 1908, R. B. Bartram (Ph.); Clementon, Septem-
ber 3, 1898, Alexander MacElwee, Jr. (Ph.); marshes at Atlantic
City, 1884, Vasey (Gr.); Ocean City, September 4, 1912, C. D. Fretz
(Ph.); Wildwood, September 20, 1902, Albrecht Jahn; dry sand dunes,
Five-mile Beach, Cape May Co., October 3, 1899, Alexander MacElwee
(Ph.), on sand dunes, September 25, 1900, Alexander MacElwee, no.
2024 (Ph.) [exceptional, approaching var. villosissimus as several of
the sheaths are villous]; East Cape May, Cape May Co., September
20, 1911, O. H. Brown (Ph.); Cape May, October 9, 1881, no collector
given (Ph.); Cape May Point, Cape May Co., September 16, 1906,
S. S. Van Pelt (Ph.). PenNsyivanta: dry gravelly soil, Betzwood,
Montgomery Co., October 16, 1900, Alexander MacElwee, no. 2121
(Ph.); East Park, Philadelphia, September 18, 1898, 4. F. K. Krout
(Ph.); Philadelphia, Conard (Ph.); Williamson School, Delaware Co.,
September, 1896, Alexander MacElwee, Jr. (Ph.); on serpentine,
Goshenville, Chester Co., September 25, 1910, £. B. Bartram, no. 1207
(Ph.). Deraware: Centreville, New Castle Co., September, 1863,
A. Commons (Ph.), dry soil, September 6, 1878, A. Commons, no. 106
(Ph.); sandy soil, Cedar Neck, Sussex Co., September 10, 1875, A.
Commons, no. 108 (Ph.). Grorata: on the slopes and summit of
Stone Mountain, De Kalb Co., altitude 1000-1686 feet, September
6-12, 1894, John K. Small (N. Y., C., Ph.). Musstsstper: Biloxi,
August 22, 1900, S. M. Tracy, no. 4760 (Gr.); Bayou Porto, October
14, 1897, no. 3795 (Gr.). Texas: prairies, Dallas, August 30, 1900,
G. Reverchon, no. 1164 (Gr.); common prairie grass, covering extensive
surfaces, Comanche Spring, September 1849, F. Lindheimer, no. 166
(Gr.), September 1849, F. Lindheimer, no. 1247 (Gr., Ph.); Rio Grande,
without date, Schott (Gr.); Liano, October, 1847 [F. Lindheimer fide
Dr. Robinson], no. 3 (Gr.). OKLAHOMA: Sapulpa, Creek Co., August
24, 1895, J. W. Blankinship (Gr.). Missouri: common, dry ground,
Jackson Co., September 26, 1893, B. F. Bush, no. 382 (Gr.). KANSAS:
prairie, Riley Co., September 18, 1895, G. B. Norton, no. 582 (Gr.).
NEBRASKA’: Republican Fork, 1856, H. Engelmann (Gr.). Iowa:
Sioux City, August 29, 1896, L. H. Pammcel, no. 107 (Gr.); without
location, 1876, M. E. Jones, no. 5 (Gr.).

1 Another specimen which I believe to be from Long Island is Long Point, October 15, 1905,
E. P. Bicknell (N. Y.).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 105

The distribution of var. polyclados is essentially that of the coast plain
along the Atlantic seaboard and inland up the Mississippi basin with its
most marked development along the Atlantic seaboard from Marthas
Vineyard southward where it was segregated as A. littoralis. A study
of the type of A. littoralis Nash and of other specimens so determined
by Mr. Nash fails to show any satisfactory combination of characters.
It is true that these specimens usually show a tendency to have
several nodes close together at the base of the culm and a marked
tendency toward a vertical rootstock, but I believe these are ecological
characters due to the sandy soil as gradations are common and simi-
lar tendencies were noted in var. frequens. The compression of the
sheaths also seems too instable to carry weight and the glaucousness
of the plant and the longer hairs at the apex of the internodes [this
character was used by Nash to key out A. littoralis] do not couple
with other characters. The flabellate character of the inflorescence
seems reasonably constant and coupled with a definite geographic
range, but intergrades with var. frequens and hence I believe is better
considered a variety than a species. A single marked exception occurs
linking this variety to var. villosissimus [one or two specimens of var.
villosissimus are however noted as approaching var. polyclados].
New Jersey: Five-mile Beach, MacElwee, no. 2024. The following
specimens, listed above approach var. frequens in a greater or less
degree, but all show a noticeably flabellate tendency in the inflores-
cenee. Muississipp1: Bayou Porto, Tracy, no. 3795. Kansas: Riley
Co., Norton, no. 582. Nesraska?: Republican Fork, Englemann
and Iowa: Sioux City, Pammel, no. 107.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT.

Since the publication in 1910 of the Catalogue of Flowering Plants
and Ferns of Connecticut,! a large amount of exploration has been
done in the state and several previously unknown or inaccessible col-
lections have been examined. The present article is an attempt to
put the more important results of this work on record.’ It includes
reports of 88 indigenous and of 72 introduced species, varieties and
named forms not included in the former publication. These have
been marked, the native plants with an asterisk and the introduced
plants with a dagger, in the following list.

1 Bulletin no. 14 of the State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut.

2In the case of records not here published for the first time, reference has been made
in parenthesis to the original publication.

106 Rhodora [JUNE

In addition there have been included a large number of new stations
for the rarer species and extensions of range for those reported from
restricted areas. Of such data, a considerable quantity which does
not markedly modify the statements of the Catalogue has been
excluded, because it seemed best to keep within reasonable limits of
space. But it has been the intention to include all significant new
information.

An attempt has been made to give the distribution of segregates
published since 1910; but further study is likely to modify some of
the conclusions here expressed.

ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES R. R. Scott. On ledges of shale, Berlin
and Southington (H. C. Bigelow).

ASPLENIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Hartland (E. J. Winslow).
Previously reported only from the trap hills of the central part of the
state and from a single station in the calcareous region of the north-
western part.

DryopTeris GoLpIANA (Hook.) Gray. Aspidium Goldianum Hook.
Hartland (Bissell & Weatherby), North Canaan (Bissell), Danbury
(E. J. Winslow, Weatherby). Previously reported only from the tri-
assic region of central Connecticut.

The following hybrids in the genus Dryopteris have been recognized
as occurring in the state.

D. cristata X GOLpIANA. Plainville.

D. CRISTATA X MARGINALIS. Occasional throughout.

D. CRISTATA X SPINULOSA. Manchester, South Windsor, Windsor,
Plainville, Southington, Plymouth.

D. CRISTATA, var. CLINTONIANA X GOLDIANA. Plainville, Hartland.

D. CRISTATA, var. CLINTONIANA X MARGINALIS. Manchester, Crom-
well, Plainville.

D. CRISTATA, var. CLINTONIANA X SPINULOSA. . Manchester, Wind-
sor, Plainville, Southington, Cornwall.

D. CRISTATA, var. CLINTONIANA X SPINULOSA, var. INTERMEDIA.
Manchester, Windsor, Plainville, Southington.

D. GOLDIANA X MARGINALIS. Southington, Plainville, Hartland.

D. GOLDIANA X SPINULOSA. Plainville.

D. MARGINALIS X SPINULOSA. South Windsor, Berlin, Plainville.

D. MARGINALIS X SPINULOSA, var. INTERMEDIA. Berlin, Man-
chester, Bristol, North Canaan.

* OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L., f. PsEUDOPODUM Blake. RHODORA,
xv. 87 (1913). Manchester (A. W. Driggs).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 107

EQUISETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps, RĦo-
DORA, xvi. 96). Not previously reported from Litchfield Co.

* LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM L., var. ACRIFOLIUM Fernald. RHODORA,
xvii. 124 (1915). Rare. Damp cold woods: Winchester (Bissell),
Norfolk (J. H. Barbour), Colebrook (M. L. Fernald).

This variety, characterized by its firm, almost entire leaves, occurs
as above. The other stations cited in the Catalogue are of true
L. annotinum.

L. CLAVATUM, Var. MEGASTACHYON Fernald & Bissell. R#opora, xii.
53 (1910). ZL. clavatum, var. monostachyon of the Catalogue. Hunt-
ington (Eames). Not previously reported from Fairfield Co.

JUNIPERUS communis L. Columbia, Southington and Hartland
(Bissell & Weatherby), Mansfield (A. F. Greene), Guilford (W. R.
Dudley). In the Catalogue reported only from Norwich.

SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM Nutt. Plymouth (A. E. Blewitt).
Occasional throughout the southwestern part of the state. In the
Catalogue reported only from eastern Connecticut.

S. LUCIDUM Fernald & Eames. Border of Alexander Pond, Killingly
(Harger). Previously reported only from Hartford.

POTAMOGETON PULCHER Tuckerm. Local in ponds and slow streams
near the coast.

P. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Berchtold & Presl. In the Housatonic River at
Salisbury and Canaan (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), and at Kent and New
Milford (Eames). In the Catalogue reported only from Oxford.

* P, CONFERVOIDES Reichenb. Rare. In ponds: Voluntown
(Harger, G. E. Nichols).

RUPPIA MARITIMA L., var. ROSTRATA Agardh. Few collections of
Ruppia with mature fruit have been examined, but most of the Con-
necticut material appears to be of this variety.

* R. MARITIMA L., var. SUBCAPITATA Fernald & Wiegand. RHno-
DORA, xvi. 126 (1914). Madison (F. W. Hall, 1874; specimen in
Herb. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.).

SCHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS L. Voluntown (Harger). Not previ-
ously reported east of the Connecticut valley.

SAGITTARIA ENGELMANNIANA J. G. Smith. Thompson (Weatherby).
Previously reported only from southern New London Co.

ELODEA CANADENSIS Michx. The typical form of this plant, with
ovate leaves, is occasional or locally abundant through the western
part of the state. Narrow-leaved plants are rather common through-
out the state and seem to fall into two series, of which the more lax

108 Rhodora [JUNE

and narrower-leaved extreme is probably Philotria angustifolia (Muhl.)
Britton.

* PASPALUM PUBESCENS Muhl. Rare. Sandy soil in the flood-plain
of the Connecticut River, Hartford (Bissell & Weatherby).

Panicum vircatuM L. The form “with two to several staminate
or abortive florets to a spikelet,” said to be caused by a smut (Contr.
Nat. Herb., xv. 89), is often observed and sometimes abundant in
certain localities (Eames).

* P, VIRGATUM L., var. CUBENSE Griseb. Groton (Graves). A
somewhat intermediate form, referred to this variety by Hitchcock
and Chase (Contr. Nat. Herb. xv. 92).

P. tonatrotium Torr. Killingworth (Weatherby).

P. spretuM Schultes. Killingworth (Weatherby), Woodstock
(Harger), South Windsor (Weatherby & C. W. Vibert). Extensions
of range north and west.

P. orcota Hitche. & Chase. Locally abundant on the coast in
Fairfield Co. (Eames). In the Catalogue definitely reported only from
Waterford. | k

P. ALBEMARLENSE Ashe. Southington (Andrews). In the Cata-
logue reported only from Waterford.

P. scoparioIDEs Ashe. Southbury (Harger, Ruopora, xv. 66).
In the Catalogue reported only from Southington.

P. Commonstanum Ashe. Sand-plains, North Haven (Andrews ex
Hitchcock & Chase, Contr. Nat. Herb., xv. 92).

P. XANTHOPHYSUM Gray. Sandy soil, North Canaan (A. E. Blewitt).
Rocky summit, Salisbury (W. R. Dudley; specimen in Herb. Yale Uni-
versity). Previously reported only from north-central Connecticut.

* P. ACULEATUM Hitchc. & Chase. Alluvial soil, Stafford (Bissell &
R. W. Woodward).

* ECHINOCHLOA MURICATA (Michx.) Fernald. Ruopora, xvii. 105
(1915). Rare. Pond-margins and fields: Pomfret (Weatherby),
Berlin (J. N. Bishop, Ruopora, |. c.), Killingworth (F. W. Hall;
specimen.in Herb. Yale University), Bridgeport (Eames, RHODORA,
l. c.).

* SETARIA IMBERBIS R. &S. Rare. Wet fields: Branford (Harger),
Fairfield (Eames).

{ ZIZANIA PALUSTRIS L. Indian Rice. Rare. Streams flowing into
Lake Congamond, Suffield (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), where it has
spread from plants introduced into the lake many years ago.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 109

* LEERSIA ORYZOIDES (L.) Sw., forma CLANDESTINA Eames. Ruo-
DORA, xviii. 239 (1916). Rare. Stratford (Eames, |. ¢.). Distin-
guished from the typical form by having the terminal as well as the
lateral panicles included in the sheaths.

HIEROoCHLOË oporata (L.) Wahlenb. A form with very large
spreading panicles occurs at Fairfield (Eames).

* Mitium errusum L. Millet Grass. Rare. Rich, rocky woods,
Hartland (Bissell & Weatherby).

Oryzopsis PUNGENS (Torr.) Hitche. Suffield and Simsbury
(Weatherby), Morris (J. P. Brace about 1820; specimen in Herb.
Williams College. Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. 1, iv. 73; Ropora, xvi. 90).
In the Catalogue not reported from west of the Connecticut River.

In the Catalogue the ranges of three species of Muhlenbergia of the
mexicana group were necessarily left somewhat indefinite because of
lack of data. It is now possible to make a more definite statement, as
follows :—

-MUHLENBERGIA SYLVATICA Torr. Occasional. Woods, borders of
thickets and banks of streams.

M. routosa (R. & S.) Trin. Open bogs, wet woods, or rarely in
drier ground. Frequent in the northern part of the state, becoming
occasional near the coast.

The awned form has been collected at Guilford (W. R. Dudley,
1872; specimen in Herb. Yale University).

M. mexicana (L.) Trin. Fields, dooryards, roadsides and waste
places, preferring moist, rich soil: Scotland (Weatherby), Litchfield
(J. P. Brace about 1820; specimen in Herb. Williams College: R#o-
DORA, xvi. 90), New Milford (Eames) and frequent or locally common
in the central and southern parts of the state. Not reported from
Tolland Co.

The awned form occurs with the typical form, but less commonly.

These three species, though offering, as defined by Prof. Scribner,
a much more natural classification than the old one based on the
presence or absence of the awn, are closely related, variable and not
always easy to distinguish clearly. As between M. mexicana and the
other two, a serviceable and constant character is found in the culm,
which in the former, is glabrous throughout and in the two latter,
minutely puberulent below the nodes.— C. A. WEATHERBY.

M. CAPILLARIS (Lam.) Trin. Cheshire (A. E. Blewitt). Otherwise
known only from New Haven.

110 Rhodora [JUNE

SPOROBOLUS NEGLECTUS Nash. Kent (Weatherby).
S. UNIFLORUS (Muhl.) Seribn. & Merr. Fairfield and Easton
(Eames). In the Catalogue not reported from Fairfield Co.

(To be continued.)
E. B. HARGER,
C. B. GRAVEs,
E. H. Eames,
C. H. Bissett,
L. ANDREWS,
C.. A. WEATHERBY.

CAREX GYNOCRATES IN PENNSYLVANIA.— In Mr. Long’s article
on the occurrence of Carex novae-angliae in Pennsylvania he speaks
of the fact that numerous other Canadian plants are being found in
the upland region of the state, and it may be of interest to Pennsyl-
vania botanists to know of an actual specimen of Carex gynocrates
from Pennsylvania. In Porter’s Flora the species is included (as C.
Redowskyana) but without definite citation of locality or county. In
the Gray Herbarium there is an excellent specimen which was collected
by Goldie at Pittsburg and received from Hooker. This station is
presumably now obliterated, but it is so near the stations in the upland
region of central and western New York where C. gynocrates has long
been known that search in the Alleghanian region of Pennsylvania
may yet reveal the plant. In Newfoundland, southeastern Canada,
and northern New England and New York the plant is found exclu-
sively in calcareous bogs and swamps: in northern Maine, almost
exclusively in arbor-vitae swamps where it forms close turf on knolls
or decaying logs; but in Newfoundland, where arbor-vitae is un-
known, the species is characteristic of the more caleareous swamps
which are wooded with Picia mariana and Larix laricina.— M. L.
FERNALD.

OENOTHERA PUMILA L. var. rectipilis, var. nov.— Formae typicae
omnino similis, pilis caulis foliorumque recte patentibus exceptis.—
New Brunswick: dryish rocky ground, Petit Rocher, Gloucester
Co., 21 Aug. 1913, Blake 5513 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); recent clearing,
Bathurst, 25 July 1902, Williams & Fernald. ONTARIO: Queenston
Heights, 6 July 1901, J. Macoun, 44,466 in part. New York (?):
Niagara Falls, Asa Gray.

1917] Pease,— Taraxacum ceratophorum in New England 111

In our current manuals Oenothera pumila is somewhat ambiguously
described as “puberulent”’ or “sometimes finely puberulent.” The
extensive series in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club, with the exception of the above cited
specimens, is invariably strigillose or puberulous with appressed or
sometimes merely incurved hairs, generally dense but sometimes sparse
in age (although never quite lacking), and is at once distinguishable
from var. rectipilis. The latter is probably the only form occurring
on the southern shore of the Baie des Chaleurs in New Brunswick;
the two collections from that region are the only specimens of either
form of the species from New Brunswick which I have examined.
At the Ontario locality var. rectipilis apparently occurs with the typi-
cal form, since one of the four specimens representing Macoun 44,466
in the Gray Herbarium is clearly referable to true O. pumila. In all
features but pubescence var. rectipilis seems quite indistinguishable
from ordinary 0. pumila L.— S. F. BLAKE, Stoughton, Massachusetts.

A Dtacnostic CHARACTER OF NUPHAR MICROPHYLLUM.— The
writer has often noticed in collecting Nuphar microphyllum ' that the
fruit is quite naked at base, that is, without the rings of partly decayed
filaments which abound at the, base of the fruit in all our other species
of the genus. This character, which apparently is not recorded in the
descriptions of the species, is of great diagnostic value, especially
in separating N. microphyllum from small forms of N. rubrodiscum.
The character, although not mentioned in the description, is well
brought out in the photograph of fruit of N. microphyllum in Miller &
Standley’s paper on “The North American Species of Nymphaea.” ? —
M. L. Fernaup, Gray Herbarium.

TARAXACUM CERATOPHORUM IN NEw ENGLAND.— On 27 July, 1909,
a single plant of a Taraxacum clearly differing in appearance from the
familiar New England species was collected by the writer in a moist
gully (at an elevation of about 4500 feet) in King’s Ravine, Mt. Adams,

1 Nupwar microphyllum (Pers.), n. comb. Nymphaea microphylla Pers. Syn. ii. 63 (1807).
Nymphaea lutea, B Kalmiana Michx. F1. Bor.-Am. i. 311 (1803). Nuphar Kalmiana Ait. Hort. i
Kew. ed. 2. iii. 295 (1811).

2 Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. pt. 3. t. 35.

112 Rhodora [JUNE

New Hampshire. A study of the plant made at the Gray Herbarium
not long after its collection seemed to indicate its identity with 7’. cera-
tophorum (Ledeb.) DC., but since the specimen was barely in flower it
seemed desirable to wait until fruit might be obtained. In spite of
several searches made since that time no more plants have been dis-
covered, but recently a second and more careful comparison of the
same specimen has been made, with the kind help of Professor Fernald,
and there seems no room for doubt that the former identification was
correct. Taraxacum ceratophorum is represented in the Gray Herba-
rium by specimens from similar situations in the Shickshock Mountains
and from the cliffs at Bic, Quebec, as well as from further west. The
station at Bic, which is about 250 miles distant, is the nearest yet
known to that on Mt. Adams. It is to be hoped that other gullies on
the Presidential Range may reveal the same species, which forms an
interesting addition to the slowly increasing alpine flora of the White
Mountains. The specimen here discussed has been deposited in the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.— ARTHUR STANLEY
Prase, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vol. 19, no. 221, including pages 77 to 92, was issued 1 May, 1917.

‘IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. © July, 1917. No. 223.

A NEW RUDBECKIA FROM INDIANA.
S. F. BLAKE.

IN an interesting collection of Indiana plants recently sent to the
Gray Herbarium by Mr. Charles C. Deam were several specimens of
a Cone-flower of the Rudbeckia speciosa group which Mr. Deam sus-
pected might prove to be new. The plant, although rather closely
allied to R. speciosa Wenderoth and its var. Sullivantit (Boynton &
Beadle) Robinson — the latter of which was collected by Mr. Deam
in the same general region — proves in fact to be undescribed, and
may be called, in recognition of the careful and extensive collecting:
done by its discoverer in various parts of the United States and in:
Central America,

Ruppeckia Deamii, sp. nov. Perennis stolonifera stolonibus-
brevibus apice foliatis. Caulis simplex subtenuis erectus ad 6 dm.
altus striatus dense hirsutus pilis albidis retrorsis ad apicem caulis
adscendentibus. Folia stolonum ovata vel ovali-ovata acuta basi
subabrupte contracta deinde acute cuneata tenuia membranacea
triplinervia vel subquintuplinervia supra subdense sed vix aspere:
hirsuto-pilosa pilis adscendentibus vel subappressis basi vix dilatatis
subtus paullulo pallidiora similiter pubescentia crenato-serrata denti-
bus ca. 6-jugis depressis mucronulatis 7-10(-13.5) em. longa 3.5-5.2;
(-6) cm. lata, in petiolis retrorse hirsutis vix marginatis 5-9 cm.
longis; folia caulina 10-11 (supremis 1-2 bracteiformibus lanceolatis
integris 2—4 cm. longis exclusis), 2-3 infima eis stolonum similia;
media et superiora ovata acuminata basi cuneata sessilia subamplec-
tentia 7.5-15.5 cm. longa 2.8-5 cm. lata. Capitula 1-2(-4) caulem
et ramum axillarem terminantia 4.5-6 cm. lata; pedunculi sulcati
hispido-pilosi pilis adscendentibus vel subappressis 9.5-13.5 em. longi;
discus late conicus obtusus 1.1 cm. altus 1.3 cm. crassus. Involucri

114 Rhodora [JULY

2(-3)-seriati reflexi 1.2-1.5 cm. longi phyllaria extima herbacea in-
aequalia lanceolata acuta mucronulata ciliata et utroque hispido-
pilosa 2.5-4 mm. lata; interiora 1(-2)-seriata anguste lanceolata
acuminata basi paullum indurata et pallida ceterum herbacea ciliata
et extus breviter hispido-pilosa intus glabra vel subglabrå extimis
duplo breviora. Radii 12-14 lineari-cuneati valde bidentati supra
aurantiaco-flavi (colore basi vix saturatiore) subtus dorso appresso-
pilosuli (1.6-)2.2-2.5 cm. longi (4-)5-6 mm. lati; corollae disci fusco-
purpureae glabrae 4 mm. longae (tubo indistincto 0.7 mm., dentibus
lanceolato-triangularibus 0.8 mm.). Paleae acutae ad apicem sub-
scariosae et erosulae glabrae vel in carina sparsissime pilosae 5 mm.
longae. Achaenia nigra glabra quadrangularia 2.5 mm. longa (pappo
coroniforme brevissimo paullum eroso in angulis achaenii non producto
incluso). Antherae basi valde sagittatae. Styli rami apice subtrun-
cati hispidi.

Stem simple, slender, erect, about 6 dm. high, densely retrorse-
hirsute, appressed-hairy above, with short leafy off-shoots. Leaves
of the stolons ovate or oval-ovate, acute, at base rather abruptly
contracted, then cuneately narrowed into the petiole, thin, tripli-
or quintuplinerved, crenate-serrate (teeth about 6 pairs, depressed,
mucronulate), hirsute-pilose both sides with ascending or subappressed
hairs, slightly paler beneath, 7-10 cm. long, 3.5-5.2 em. wide; stem-
leaves 10-11 (with 1-2 additional lanceolate entire bracts 2—4 cm.
long above), the 2-3 lowest similar to those of the stolons, the
others ovate, acuminate, cuneate to base, subamplexicaul, 7.5-15.5 em.
long, 2.8-5 em. wide. Heads 1-2(-4), terminating the stem and an
axillary branch, 4.5-6 cm. wide; peduncles sulcate, hispid-pilose with
ascending or subappressed hairs, 9.5-13.5 cm. long; disk broadly
conic, obtuse, 1.1 cm. high, 1.3 cm. thick. Involucre 2(-3)-seriate,
reflexed, 1.2-1.5 em. high, the outermost phyllaries unequal, her-
baceous, lanceolate, mucronulate, acute, ciliate, hispid-pilose both
sides, 2.5-4 mm. wide; the inner 1(—2)-seriate, narrowly lanceolate,
acuminate, at base slightly indurated and pale, otherwise herbaceous,
ciliate, on the outer face shortly hispid-pilose, on the inner glabrous
or subglabrous, half as long as the outer phyllaries. Rays 12-14,
linear-cuneate, strongly bidentate, orange-yellow scarcely deeper at
base, on back appressed-pilosulous, 2.5 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide;
corollas of disk deep purple, glabrous, 4 mm. long (the indistinct tube
0.7 mm., the lance-triangular teeth 0.8 mm. long). Pales acute, at
apex subscarious and finely erose, more or less colorate, glabrous or
with a few hairs along the keel, 5 mm. long. Achenes black, glabrous,
quadrangular, 2.5 mm. long (including the very short coroniform
slightly erose pappus, which is not produced over the angles). Anthers
strongly sagittate. Style-branches subtruncate, hispid at apex.

INDIANA: a single colony in dry, black, friable soil along Wild Cat
Creek, Carroll Co., 2 Sept., 1916, Charles C. Deam 21,674 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

1917] Weatherby,— Color Forms of Impatiens biflora 115

Most nearly related to R. speciosa Wenderoth, from which it differs
in its dense retrorse pubescence, its much broader and thinner stem-
leaves (practically uniform in size and shape with these of the stolons,
instead of much narrower and longer as in R. speciosa), and its outer
phyllaries which are rather densely pubescent on the inner as well as
outer face. Also close to R. speciosa var. Sullivantii (Boynton &
Beadle) Robinson, which however has a sparse harsh pubescence if
any on the stem, thick leaves, thick blunt phyllaries scarcely pubes-
cent on the upper side, and always apically ciliate pales.

Gray HERBARIUM.

COLOR FORMS OF IMPATIENS BIFLORA.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

THE common jewel-weed produces an unusually interesting series
of color variations. In their range of hues they are very similar to
those of the garden “nasturtium” (Tropaeolum majus L.) and, were
it worth while, could doubtless be made to develop, under cultivation,
as many shades and gradations of color. Indeed, Professor Fernald
tells me of one locality where, possibly through the juxtaposition and
crossing of several forms, something of the sort has already happened
in the wild. The forms known to the writer and described below
appear, however, to represent the main lines of variation. The
flowers, in the dried specimens cited, have in most cases lost all their
color, but the collectors’ notes give the needed information.

IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt. Perianth orange, with more or less
numerous, usually crimson spots. The typical and common form.

Forma citrina, f. nov. Perianthiis flavis modo Citri Lamonum
fructus, coccineo-maculatis. Perianth lemon-yellow, with crimson
spots. Connecticut: Moist thicket, Thompson, Sept. 7, 1908,
Bissell & Weatherby (TYPE, in Gray Herb.).

Forma albiflora (Rand & Redfield), comb. nov. I. fulva, f. albiflora
Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mt. Desert 88 (1894). “Flowers white or cream-
color,” the spots often paler than in the typical form, then pink or
brownish red. Maine: Southwest Harbor, Rand; Farmington,
Aug. 15, 1894, Fernald, “white with pink spots.” MASSACHUSETTS:

116 Rhodora [Jury

Edge of pool, Billerica, Aug. 12, 1911, Weatherby, “petals white, the
spur cream-color’”’; Eat-fire Spring, Nantucket, Aug., 1896, L. L.
Dame, “flowers cream-color.” Minnesota: Tower, Aug., 1889,
E. J. Hill, “nearly white, spotted with red.” Britton (Cat. Pl. N. J.
74 (1889)) reports “a form with white flowers” at Toms River, N. J.,
on the authority of Dr. Knieskern.

I have not seen a pure albino form nor have I found an altogether
certain, first-hand report of one. In the palest flowers seen by me,
at least the saccate sepal is cream-color, the color being strongest in
the spur. I am therefore leaving f. albiflora for the present, as defined
by Rand & Redfield, to cover both cream-colored and reported white
flowers. The pure albino, if it occurs, will probably prove to be a
distinct strain, making, with f. citrina and the cream-colored element
of f. albiflora, a series— pure yellow, pale yellow, white — such as is
known to exist in Gratiola aurea.! Mr. Rand writes me as follows in
regard to the type of f. albiflora:

“T fear that the ‘forma albiflora’ mentioned in the Mt. Desert
Flora was in reality the form with cream-colored flowers. I know just

` where the plant grew that I had in mind, and it may grow there yet.
Plants with flowers of a purer white have been observed, but I... did
not regard them as distinct.”

Forma albiflora, then, was founded on a plant with cream-colored
flowers and the name, though inappropriate, will have to be retained
for the cream-colored form, should the two strains prove distinct.

Forma Peasei A. H. Moore, f. nov.? Perianthiis roseis, rubro-
maculatis. Perianth pink, spotted with deeper red. Marine: Hart-
ford, 1886, Parlin. New Hampsuire: Damp roadside, Whitefield,
Sept. 2, 1913, A. S. Pease, no. 14,506 (TYPE, in Herb. N. E. Bot. Club),
“flowers pink”; Jefferson, Aug. 26, 1901, Edith Cook; Aug. 26, 1907,
A. S. Pease, no. 10,741; Jackson, Aug. 22, 1909, Harold St. John,
“roseate form.” New York: Downsville, Delaware Co., 1891,
Miss C. G. Orton. A specimen from Oxford, Connecticut, Sept. 10,
1903, E. B. Harger, no. 4344, described by the collector as having
flowers “pale flesh-color to salmon-pink,” may represent another
strain.

In all of the above forms the spots are present, as in the typical

1See Ruopora, ix. 123 (1907). Cream-colored or pale yellow variants of several yellow
flowers are known to occur. Impatiens pallida, Potentilla pumila, Hypericum punctatum, and
Rudbeckia hirta are cases in point. In I. pallida an albino form has been reported by Clute.

2 Named for Professor A. S. Pease, as a small recognition of his untiring work in the study of
the flora of Coés County, New Hampshire.

| 1917] | Weatherby,— Color Forms of Impatiens biflora 117

form. According to collectors’ notes and what I have seen myself,
they vary somewhat in color, from crimson to pink and brownish red, |
and very much in number. In some individuals they are few and
scattered and in others so numerous as to coalesce in an irregular
crimson spot on the lower spreading petal. But in all these forms
they exist without essential change of hue, quite independently of the
variations of the body-color of the perianth. In a fifth form, however,
the perianth is orange, as in the typical form, but the spots are en-
tirely absent. Rough tests of the pigment of these spotless flowers
gave different results from the same tests applied to flowers of two
spotted forms, of which fresh material was available at the time.
This form may be called

Forma immaculata, f. nov. Perianthiis aurantiacis, sine maculis.
Perianth orange, without spots. Marne: Springy woods, St. Francis,
Aug. 16, 1893, Fernald, no. 21a (TYPE, in Herb. Gray); Bar Harbor,
Aug. 31 (no year given), Kate Furbish. Vermont: Mt. Mansfield,
Aug., 1877, Faron. Munnesora: Lac qui Parle (no date or collector),
“without spots.”

Certain facts about these forms may be worth noting. As might
be expected in a species producing cleistogamous flowers, they show
abundant ability to maintain themselves. Forma Peasei was col-
lected at the same station in Jefferson, New Hampshire, in 1901 and
1907. Forma albiflora at the Billerica station, where conditions are
unfavorable for its spreading, was present in about the same quan-
tity in 1914 as when I first saw it there in 1911. Forma citrina at
Thompson, where conditions were more favorable, increased consid-
erably between 1908 and 1914, though the station is now likely to be
exterminated by the building of a state road. That is, these forms
are apparently not recurrent but unstable variations, like, for in-
stance, Viola pedata, f. rosea,! but, once established, tend to remain as
fixed and genetically constant lines.

At the Billerica and Thompson stations the forms occur in pure
colonies, associated with, even mingled with, the typical form, but
not grading into it nor into any of the other variant forms. That is,
at Billerica, all the variant plants are f. albiflora, at Thompson,
practically all f. citrina. At the latter place, out of scores of plants,
two exceptions were noted in which the color was somewhat inter-
mediate between f. citrina and typical I. biflora. These, however,

1 See Ruopora, xiv. 22 (1912).

118 Rhodora [JULY

were very probably due to crossing. Many bees were at work on the
flowers and appeared to visit both forms indiscriminately.'

The colors developed in these variants occur normally in other
species of the genus. I. racemosa DC., I. Dalzellii H. f. & T., I. repens
Moore, etc. are yellow; I. porrecta Wall., I. laevigata Wall., I. longipes
H. f. & T. and others are cream-color; J. capensis Thunb., I. modesta
Wight, and J. diversifolia Wall., pink. We have here, as in Gratiola
aurea, a series of variants correlated with ancestral tendencies in the
genus, and perhaps arising from the loss of elements present in the
typical form. z

Water-color drawings of formae albiflora and citrina have been
kindly made for me by Miss Una L. Foster and are deposited in the
Gray Herbarium. It is hoped to complete the series of drawings as
opportunity offers to get fresh material.

East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

1 Both honey-bees and a small species of humble-bee visited the flowers. The honey-bees
invariably plunged into them in the fashion needed for effecting pollination, pushing their way
into the sac until only their “business ends” were visible. The humble-bees, on the other hand,
alighted in the same position as the honey-bees, but instantly and with entire unanimity,
turned over, hung upside down beneath the flower and tried to pierce the spur and extract the
nectar from the outside. So far as I could judge, the swaying of the flower and the elasticity
of the spur, frequently defeated this attempt. Some insect rifles the nectaries of Habenaria
blephariglottis after the same fashion and with better success. In some dozens of spikes of
this species which I examined last summer, nearly all the spurs were punctured, but I could not
catch the burglar at work.

1917} Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 119

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT.
(Continued from page 110.)

AGROSTIS ALBA L. The teratological form known as A. sylvatica
L. is plentiful at one locality in Stratford (Eames).

A. ALBA L., var. ARISTATA Gray. Seymour (Harger). Occasional
in the southwestern part of the state where, however, it constantly
intergrades with the typical form.

A. PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm. The weak or decumbent form
with looser panicles and lax blades, which has been separated as A.
Schweinitzii Torr. is occasional in moist woods throughout.

-A.cantna L. Franklin (R. W. Woodward). In the Catalogue not
reported east of the Connecticut valley. A peculiar autumnal form
producing tufts of leaves from the nodes occurs at Sharon (Bissell,
R. W. Woodward and Weatherby, RHopora, xiii. 30).

+ APERA SPICA-VENTI (L.) Beauv. Roadside, Bridgeport (Eames).
Adventive from Europe.

CINNA LATIFOLIA (Trev.) Griseb. Pistapaug Mt., Durham (Bissell).
Previously known only from the northwestern part of the state.

+ Avena FATUA L. Two or three clumps in newly-seeded grass-
land, East Windsor (Bissell), Bridgeport (Eames).

f A. puBEscens Huds. Plentiful at one station, Woodbury (Harger).
Fugitive or adventive from Europe. |

Spartina MicHaux1aNa Hitche. South Windsor (Bissell), New
Hartford and Newtown (A. E. Blewitt). Extensions of range north-
ward.

PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin. Oxford (Harger).

* ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Michx.) Steud., var. SPECTABILIS Gray.
Sandy wastes on the coast: Bridgeport (C. K. Averill, Eames).
Probably not rare.

MELICA STRIATA (Michx.) Hitche. Winchester (A. E. Blewitt).

Briza MEDIA L. Old Lyme (A. E. Blewitt).

Cynosurus CRISTATUS L. Hartford (J. P. Brace, 1861; specimen
in Herb. Williams College: Ruopora, xvi. 87). Well established in
grass-land: Branford and Fairfield, not rare in newly seeded lawns,
whence it readily spreads (Eames).

* GLYCERIA FERNALDII (Hitche.) St. John. RHODORA, xix. 75
(1917). G. pallida (Torr.) Trin., var. Fernaldi Hitchc. Ruopora,

120 Rhodora [JULY

viii. 211 (1906). Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in Herb. Yale

University), East Hartford (Weatherby).

PUCCINELLIA FASCICULATA (Torr.) Bickn. P. Borreri (Bab.) Hitchc.
Along the coast: rare eastward, becoming occasional westward.

P. pistans (L.) Parl. Rare. Sea beaches and borders of salt
marshes: East Haven (Harger), Orange (Bissell), Bridgeport (Eames).

P. paupercuLA (Holm) Fernald & Weatherby, var. ALASKANA
(Scribn. & Merr.) Fernald & Weatherby. Ruopora, xviii. 18 (1916).
P. angustata Rand & Redfield, not Poa angustata R. Br. Rare. Shore
of Blackhall River, Old Lyme (Graves).

The genus Puccinellia is here treated according to the revision by
Fernald & Weatherby (Ruopora, xviii. 1-22), much of the material
referred in the Catalogue to P. distans being here included under
P. fasciculata (P. Borreri of the Catalogue).

Our species as recognized here may be distinguished by the following
key (adapted from Fernald & Weatherby) :—

A. Lower branches of the comparatively short panicle (0.2-1.6 dm. long)
densely flowered nearly to the base or at least below the middle; lem-
mas thick and coriaceous, without a broad hyaline tip; the midnerve
reaching the apex of the lemma, often excurrent as a very short mucro

P. fasciculata

A. Lower branches of the panicle floriferous chiefly above the middle; lem-
mas thin and membranaceous in texture, or at least with a broad hya-
line tip; the midnerve not excurrent. B.

B. Lemmas erose-ciliolate or serrulate under a lens........ P. distans
B. Lemmas essentially entire............ P. paupercula, var. alaskana

* FESTUCA RUBRA, var. SUBVILLOSA Mert. & Koch. Dry, rather
barren hillside pastures and in a lawn: Franklin (R. W. Woodward,
Ruaoponra, xiii. 70).

+ Festuca ovina L., var. purtuscuLA (L.) Koch. Established in
grass-land about an old house at Branford (Eames), East Haven and
Southington (Andrews).

Bromus HORDEACEUS L. Grass-land and about lawns in Bridge-
port and Fairfield (Eames).

+ B. HorDEACEUS L., var. LEPTOSTACHYS (Pers.) Beck. Bridgeport
and Fairfield, growing with the species in about equal numbers.
Apparently introduced in grass-seed (Eames).

B. commutatus L. New London (Graves), New Haven (Harger), |
Waterbury and Woodbury (A. E. Blewitt). Occasional in south-
western Connecticut (Eames).

+ B. arvensis L. Well established in several dry fields, roadsides
and wastes: Bridgeport (Fames). Introduced from Europe.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 121

+B. gapontcus Thunb. Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt). Fugitive
from Eurasia.

B. incanus (Shear) Hitche. Willimantic (G. E. Nichols), Col-
chester, Southbury and Oxford (Harger), Windsor (Weatherby),
Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

B. 1nERMIs Leyss. Bridgeport (Eames).

+ B. INERMIS Leyss., var. ARISTATUS Schur. Winchester (A. E.
Blewitt), Bridgeport (Eames).

+ B. MARGINATUS Nees. Waste ground, Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt).
Fugitive from the northwestern United States.

LOLIUM MULTIFLORUM Lam. Bridgeport (Eames).

f L. MULTIFLORUM Lam., var. DIMINUTUM Mutel, Fl. France, iv. 139
(1837). L. Boucheanum Kunth. Fields and roadsides: East Haven
(Bissell), Bridgeport (Eames), Greenwich (Bissell & Weatherby).
This has been confused with L. perenne. Forms intermediate between
this and the typical form occur at Fairfield and Bridgeport (Eames).

The above forms are difficult to distinguish in herbarium material
by any clear characters, but are kept apart as sub-species or even as
species by practically all recent European authors on the ground that
one is annual and the other perennial. The specimens cited under the
variety, except that from Greenwich, were referred to L. perenne in the
Catalogue.

The following key may help to distinguish these plants :—

A. Unexpanded leaves folded; rachis usually smooth except on the angles;
glumes of the upper spikelets exceeding the contiguous floret, usually
more than half the length of the spikelet................. L. perenne

A. Unexpanded leaves rolled in from each margin toward the mid-vein;
rachis usually roughened; glumes of the upper spikelets not exceeding

the contiguous spikelet. :
B. Annual; spikelets 10-20-flowered; glumes of the lowest spikelets

often exceeding the contiguous floret.......... L. multiflorum
B. Perennial; spikelets 5-8(9)-flowered; none of the glumes exceeding
the contiguous floret............ L. multiflorum, var. diminutum

+ L. TEMULENTUM L., var. LEPTOCHAETON A. Br. Associated with
the typical form, Bridgeport (Eames).

+ HORDEUM TRIFURCATUM Jacq. Rare. Waste ground and fence-
rows: Berlin and Southington (Andrews).
_ İH. Caput-Mepusar (L.) Cosson. Formerly abundant along a
roadside at Bridgeport, but the station has since been destroyed
(Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

+H. murinum L. Wall Barley. Way Bent. Waste ground:

122 _ Rhodora [JuLy

Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt, Ruopora, xiv, 163). Fugitive from
Europe.

* ELYMUS HALOPHILUS Bickn. Occasional or frequent along the
coast in various moist or dry situations (Eames).

E. AUSTRALIS Scribn. & Ball. Thompson (Weatherby). Pre-
viously reported only from New Haven.

ELEOCHARIS TUBERCULOSA (Michx.) R. & S. Killingworth (Weath-
erby), Ellington (Harger), South Windsor (C. W. Vibert & Weatherby).
Extension of range northwestwardly.

* Scirpus Siri Gray, var. seTosus Fernald. Wet alluvial soil,
Voluntown (Bissell, RHopora, xiii. 30).

S. Torreyt Olney. South Windsor (C. W. Vibert), Waterbury
(A. E. Blewitt). In the Catalogue reported only from Lyme.

* S. OCCIDENTALIS (Watson) Chase. Borders of ponds and slow
streams: Hartford (Chas. Wright; specimen in Herb. New England
Bot. Club), Goshen (Bissell & Weatherby), Sharon and Salisbury
(Eames & C. C. Godfrey, Ruopora, xvi. 19). At the Goshen station
occur both forms mentioned by Mrs. Chase in her description.

* S. RUBROTINCTUS Fernald, var. CONFERTUS Fernald. Wet mead-
ows: Southington (Bissell, RHopora, xiii. 55), Waterbury and Bark-
hamsted (A. E. Blewitt).

S. ATROVIRENS Muhl. Occasional in western Connecticut.

*S. Peckxu Britton. Low, moist meadows: Barkhamsted and
Winchester (A. E. Blewitt, RHopora, xv. 98).

S. PEDICELLATUS Fernald, var. puLLUs Fernald. Bank of Farming-
ton River at New Hartford (A. E. Blewitt).

* S. Loncir Fernald. Ruopora, xiii. 6 (1911). Borders of sloughs
in sand-plain: South Windsor (C. W. Vibert).

Ryncuospora Fusca (L.) Ait. f. Killingworth (W. R. Dudley),
Haddam (F. W. Hall), South Windsor (Weatherby), Norfolk (J. P.
Brace; specimen in Herb. Williams College: Ruopora, xvi. 86).
The last station a northwesterly extension of range.

R. CAPILLACEA Torr. Open, grassy pond-margin, Salisbury (Mrs.
C. S. Phelps, Raopora, xiii. 30).

* C. scoparia Schkuhr, var. supruRBINATA Fernald & Wiegand.
Ruopora, xiv. 116 (1912). Dry or damp sandy soil: New London
and Franklin (Graves). The perigynia in these specimens are shorter
than is usual in C. scoparia.

C. CRISTATA Schwein. North Canaan (A. E. Blewitt), Greenwich

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 123

(Bissell & Weatherby), Bridgeport (Eames). In the Catalogue not
reported south of Huntington.

C. ALBOLUTESCENS Schwein. South Windsor (A. E. Blewitt),
Bridgeport and Fairfield (Eames). In the Catalogue reported only
from New London and Tolland Counties.

* C. sTRAMINEA Willd., var. ECHINODES Fernald. Rich, open
ground, Beacon Falls (A. E. Blewitt).

C. Bicknetiu Britton. Apparently occasional throughout the
state, but usually in small quantity at any place.

* C. FESTUCACEA Schkuhr. Rare. Dry fields: Southington (An-
drews), Thomaston and Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

C. Bessi Olney. Canaan (R. W. Woodward), Sharon (H. S.
Clark), New Fairfield (Harger) North Canaan, Newtown, and Brook-
field (A. E. Blewitt), Greenwich (Bissell & Weatherby). In the Cata-
logue reported only from Salisbury.

C. BRUNNESCENS Poir. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt), Stafford (A. W.
Driggs). Not previously reported east of the Connecticut River.

C. DeEwEYANa Schwein. Durham (Weatherby, Eames & C. C.
Godfrey), Guilford (Eames & C. C. Godfrey). An extension of range
southeastward.

C. TRISPERMA Dewey, var. Bittincstt Knight. Much more com-
mon than was supposed at the time of publication of the Catalogue.
It is a characteristic plant of cold sphagnum bogs where it takes the
place of the typical form, which prefers swampy, but less sphagnous
woods. Occasionally,.however, the two grow together, showing that
the variety is not merely an ecological state.

+ C. murtcata L. Waste ground, Bridgeport (Eames). Introduced
from Europe.
C. TENELLA Schkuhr. Waterbury and Danbury (A. E. Blewitt).

* C. ALOPECOIDEA Tuckerm. Border of swale, North Canaan
(Harger).

C. DIANDRA Schrank. Open swamps: Suffield and Sharon (Harger),
Granby (Weatherby). Previously reported only from Salisbury.

C. DIANDRaA Schrank, var. RAMOSA (Boott) Fernald. Abundant in a
boggy pasture, North Canaan (A. E. Blewitt). Previously reported
only from Salisbury.

* C. LAEVIVAGINATA (Kiikenth.) Mackenzie in Britton & Brown, Ill.
Fl. Ed. 2, i. 371 (1913). Open marshes and meadows: “ Connecti-
cut” (Chas. Wright, 1878, the exact locality uncertain), Durham

124 Rhodora [JULY

and Guilford (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), Cromwell and Salisbury
(Weatherby), Sharon (Harger), Danbury (A. E. Blewitt) and frequent
or locally common in southwestern Connecticut. An Alleghenian
species closely related to, and previously confounded with, C. stipata,
from which it differs in having the hyaline band of the sheaths smooth,
not puckered, and with a conspicuous cartilaginous apex, which is
yellow after drying, and in its longer perigynia with beak equalling
or longer than the body.

C. aquatitis Wahlenb. Middlebury (Harger).

C. stricta Lam., var. curTIssIMA Peck. Middletown (Joseph
Barratt; specimen in Herb. Wesleyan University).

C. stricta Lam., var. DECORA Bailey. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).
An extension of range westward.

C. POLYGAMA Schkuhr. Waterbury (H. J. Bassett, 1862), Fairfield
(Eames).

* C. Busa Mackenzie. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvii. 241 (1910).
Rare. Dry fields: Milford and Bridgeport (Eames).

C. UMBELLATA Schkuhr. Common or frequent over most of the
state in dry fields or open woods.

C. UMBELLATA Schkuhr, var. ronsa Fernald. Old Lyme (Bissell &
Weatherby), Middletown (Weatherby). In the Catalogue reported
from a single station in North Stonington.

C. UMBELLATA Schkuhr, var. BREVIROSTRIS Boott. Ledyard
(Graves), Old Lyme (Bissell & Weatherby), Franklin, New Haven
and “towns west” (R. W. Woodward, RĦopoara, xiii. 68; xv. 95),
Roxbury (Weatherby). In the Catalogue reported only from
Cheshire.

* C. NOVAE-ANGLIAE Schwein. Rocky hillside woods, Norfolk
(Bissell & R. W. Woodward, Ruopora, xiii. 30).

C.umosa L. Suffield (G. E. Nichols).

C. PTYCHOCARPA Steud. Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in
Herb. Yale University). Previously reported only from Waterford.

C. LAXIFLORA Lam., var. GRACILLIMA Boott. Farmington (Chas.
Wright; specimen in Herb. New England Bot. Club). In the Cata-
logue reported only from western Connecticut. ,

C. LEPTONERVIA Fernald. Ruopora, xiv. 214 (1914). C. laxiflora
Lam., var. leptonervia Fernald. Cheshire and Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt).

C. HırcmcocKIana Dewey. Cheshire and Woodbury (A. E.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 125

Blewitt), Hartland (Bissell & Weatherby). Previously reported only
from the trap ridges of central Connecticut.

C. GLAUCODEA Tuckerm. Hamden (A. E. Blewitt), Guilford
(Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

C. GRANULARIS Muhl. Stratford (Eames), Greenwich (Bissell &
Weatherby). Southwestern extensions of range.

C. ruava L. Killingworth (G. H. Bartlett), North Branford
(Harger), Greenwich (Bissell & Weatherby). Extensions of range to
the east and south.

C. FLAVA L., var. RECTIROSTRA Gaudin. Margins of Blakeley’s
Pond, Norfolk (A. E. Blewitt), and Dog Pond, Goshen (Bissell &
Weatherby). Not previously reported west of the Connecticut River.
At Dog Pond it fruits notably later than the typical form, with which
it grows.

C. DEBILIS, var. RUDGEI X viRESCENS. Franklin (R. W. Wood-
ward, Ruopora, xiii. 69).

C. DEBILIS Michx., var. INTERJECTA Bailey. Guilford (W. R. Dud-
ley; specimen in Herb. Yale University). In the Catalogue reported
only from Southington.

C. TRICHOCARPA Muhl. Middletown (Joseph Barratt, 1833;
specimen in Herb. Wesleyan University), Southbury (Harger, RHno-
DORA, xv. 66), Newtown (A. E. Blewitt), Oxford (Harger). Exten-
sions of range to the east and south.

C. SQUARROSA L. Sharon (H. S. Clark), Greenwich (Eames & W. H.
Hoyt). In the Catalogue not reported from Litchfield or Fairfield
Counties.

C. TypHINa Michx. Fairfield (Eames). Previously reported only
from the central lowland.

* C. SUBULATA Michx. Sphagnous swamp in partial shade, Crom-
well (Dr. E. J. Thompson, Ruopora, xiii. 78).

C. BULLATA Schkuhr, var. GREENEI (Boeckl.) Fernald. North
Canaan (A. E. Blewitt). Previously known only from east of the
Connecticut River.

ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM (L.) Schott. The form with the lateral
leaflets lobed occurs at Cromwell (Dr. E. J. Thompson, RHODORA,
xiii. 78), Oxford (Harger) and Salisbury (Weatherby).

The form described as var. pusillum Peck occurs at Middlefield and
Windsor (Weatherby) and is occasional in the western part of the
state.

126 Rhodora [JULY

The form described as A. Stewardsonii Britton occurs on shaded
river-banks and in wet woods at South Windsor (C. W. Vibert),
Watertown (Harger, Weatherby), Wilton (G. P. Ells), Salisbury
(Weatherby).

* ERIOCAULON PARKERI Robinson. Rare. Tidal flats of Mill
River, New Haven and Hamden (Eames, 1899) and similar situations
along the Housatonic River, Stratford (Eames). Previous to its rec-
ognition at these stations known only from the estuaries of the lower
Delaware River and Chesapeake Bay. No admixture with E. septan-
gulare has been observed, the latter appearing to be confined to fresh-
water shores beyond tidal influence.— E. H. Eames.

Xyris FLExuOSA Muhl. Change the statement of range in the
Catalogue to read:— Occasional in New London Co. and on the sand-
plains of central Connecticut; rare elsewhere, reaching Union (Bissell),
Killingworth (Harger et al.), Ellington (Harger).

X. SMALLIANA Nash. Voluntown (Graves), Haddam (W. R. Dud-
ley; specimen in Herb. Yale University).

t TRADESCANTIA REFLEXA Raf. Waste ground, Naugatuck (A. E.
Blewitt, Ruopora, xiv. 163). Fugitive from the southwestern
United States.

PONTEDERIA CORDATA L., var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Torr. East Lyme
(Bissell), Groton (Harger), Suffield (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

JUNCUS TENUIS L., var. ANTHELATUS Wiegand. Franklin (R. W.
Woodward), New Fairfield (Harger). Occasional near the coast in
southwestern Connecticut.

J. picHoTtomus Ell. Fairfield (Eames).

JUNCUS DICHOTOMUS Ell., var. PLATYPHYLLUS Wiegand. Fairfield
(Eames). Previously reported only from Groton.

* J. EFFUSUS L., var. CONGLOMERATUS Engelm. Gray Man. Ed. 5.
537 (1867). Ropora, xii. 85. Rare. Sphagnous meadows: Volun-
town (Bissell, RHopora, xiii. 31), Franklin (R. W. Woodward, Ruo-
DORA, xii. 86).

*J. EFFUSUS L., var. DECIPIENS Buchenau. Rare. Moist grassy
roadside, Madison (Weatherby).

J. BRACHYCEPHALUS (Engelm.) Buchenau. In moist or dry calca-
reous soils southward in the Housatonic valley to New Milford and
Sherman (Eames).

J. CANADENSIS J. Gay, var. suBpcaupatus Engelm. Ledyard
(Graves), Killingly (Bissell & Weatherby), Colebrook (M. L. Fernald).
Eastern and western extensions of range.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 127

* UVULARIA GRANDIFLORA Smith. Rare. Low, rich woods, Salis-
bury (Mrs. J. R. Hubbard).

f ALLIUM SCHOENOPRASUM L. Chives. Rather freely spontaneous
in waste ground near a garden, Middlebury (Harger). Fugitive from
Europe.

Hosta Japonica (Thunb.) Aschers. Bridgeport (Eames).

HeMEROCALLIS FLAVA L. Newtown and Danbury (Harger) and
rare to occasional throughout southwestern Connecticut.

LILIUM SUPERBUM L. Plainfield (Harger), Voluntown (Harger et.
al.) and frequent southerly along the Quinebaug River.

STREPTOPUS ROSEUS Michx. Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in
Herb. Yale University). Extension of range southeastward.

* DIOSCOREA PANICULATA Michx., var. GLABRIFOLIA Bartlett. Bur.
Pl. Industr. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. clxxxix. 17 (1910). “Middlesex
Co.” (S. B. Buckley, 1835), “ New Haven Co.” (Robbins). This va-
riety, recently described as distinguishable from D. paniculata Michx.
(D. villosa L.), differs only in having the leaves entirely glabrous.

+ GYMNADENIA CONOPSEA R. Br. Litchfield (Miss Anna M. Vail,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvii. 432). A single specimen in the Her-
barium of the Torrey Botanical Club — the only known collection from
North America. Miss Vail does not now remember just when nor
where it was found. It may possibly have been introduced by some
lover of flowers; and collectors should be on the lookout for it about
Litchfield, that it may be, if possible, rediscovered and its status
definitely made out.

HABENARIA MACROPHYLLA Goldie. Colebrook (G. E. Nichols).

H. BLEPHARIGLOTTIS (Willd.) Torr. East Windsor (J. W. Robbins,
1825; specimen in Herb. Yale University), South Windsor, in great
quantity in 1916 (C. W. Vibert), Suffield (Eames & C. C. Godfrey,
C. W. Vibert).

Poconta AFFINIS Austin. Waterford (Miss Florence Griswold),
Middletown (Miss G. H. Miner).

SPIRANTHES LUCIDA (H. H. Eaton) Ames. Extends southward to
Huntington on tidewater. (Eames) and Wilton (G. P. Ells).

S. Becxu X eracus. Bridgeport (J. F. Moore. E. H. Eames,
RwHoporRA, xviii. 239).

EPIPACTIS REPENS (L.) Crantz, var. OPHIOIDES (Fernald) A. A.
Eaton. Guilford (W. R. Dudley, 1904; specimen in Herb. Yale
University). Not previously reported south of Southington.

128 Rhodora [JuLy

E. TESSELATA (Lodd.) A. A. Eaton. Barkhamsted and Beacon Falls
(A. E. Blewitt). The latter station a southward extension of range.

SALIX PENTANDRA L. Bridgeport (Eames), New Haven (A. E.
Blewitt). 1

S. SERISSIMA (Bailey) Fernald. New Haven (J. A. Allen; specimen
in Herb. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Ruopora, xiv. 80). In the Catalogue
reported only from the northwestern part of the state.

S. SUBSERICEA (Anders.) Schneider. Hartland (Bissell &
Weatherby).

* S. RosTRATA Richards., var. CAPREIFOLIA Fernald. RHODORA,
xvi. 177 (1914). By a woodland path in rather wet ground, Barkham-
sted (A. E. Blewitt).

*Myrica GALE L., var. sUBGLABRA (Chevalier) Fernald. Ruo-
DORA, xvi. 167 (1914). This variety with the leaves glabrous or glab-
rate beneath is now known from Norwich (W. A. Setchell) and
Salisbury (Weatherby), and probably occurs elsewhere.

Betuta Lenta L. A form which is somewhat intermediate between
and possibly a hybrid of, this species and B. lutea has been described —
as B. allegheniensis Britton and is rare in the western part of the state
(Eames).

t B. ntagra L. Several young trees on reclaimed land at Bridgeport,
where probably introduced (Eames).

Quercus MuHLENBERGII Engelm. Rocky hillside in Wilton (W. J.
Comstock, G. P. Ells and H. W. Beers). °

Q. RUBRA L., var. AMBIGUA (Michx.) Fernald. Oxford and Seymour
(Harger), Cornwall (R. C. Benedict; specimen in Herb. N. Y. Bot.
Gard.). Probably of wider distribution.

BROUSSONETIA PAPYRIFERA (L.) Vent. An additional station in
Norwalk (Eames). Roadsides: Stamford and Greenwich (W. H.
Hoyt).

RUMEX MEXICANUS Meisn. Old Lyme (Graves, A. E. Blewitt),
Cheshire and Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt), Salisbury (Mrs. C. S.
Phelps, Ruopora, xvi. 96). Occasional in the southwestern part of
the state (Eames).

R. atisstuus Wood. In the fresh green state the fruiting calyx
commonly bears a uniformly large tubercle on each lobe; two of
them shrinking but little more than the other until full maturity —
a fact that has given cause for some confusion in field studies of this
species. Occasional on banks and shores along tidewater of the
Housatonic River (Eames).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 129

POLYGONUM LAPHATHIFOLIUM L., var. NoposuM Meisn. Rare.
Waste ground, Bridgeport (Eames).
= P. acre, HBK., var. LeprostacHyuM Meisn. Kent and New Mil-
ford (Eames). Frequent at Oxford (Harger).

* P, HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx., var. sTRIGOSUM Small. Rare.
Border of Ponds: Voluntown (R. W. Woodward), Hartford (A. W.
Driggs), Huntington (Harger).

P. DUMETORUM L. Reported from many stations and probably
occasional in dry, rocky woods over much of the state.

CHENOPODIUM GLAUCUM L. Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt), Danbury
(Harger), North Canaan (M: L. Fernald), Salisbury (Eames & C. C.
Godfrey). Occasional in southwestern Connecticut (Eames). Pre-
viously reported only from Bridgeport.

C. Boscranum Moq. Scotland and Salisbury (Weatherby).

C. LEPTOPHYLLUM Nutt. Haddam (C. M. Child; specimen in
Herb. Wesleyan University). Waste ground, Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt).

f SPINACIA OLERACEA Mill. Spinach. Rare in waste grounds:
Stratford and Fairfield (Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

* ATRIPLEX PATULA L., var. LITTORALIS (L.) Gray. Sea-beaches:
occasional in southeastern Connecticut (Graves), Fairfield (H. S.
Clark), South Norwalk (Bissell), Greenwich (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).
In the Catalogue included under typical A. patula.

AMARANTHUS SPINOSUS L. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

ACNIDA TUBERCULATA Moq. Groton (Graves), Naugatuck (A. E.
Blewitt), Bridgeport and Norwalk (Eames).

+ Cerosra cristata L. Rare in waste ground at Fairfield (Eames).
Fugitive from the tropics.

OXYBAPHUS NYCTAGINEUS (Michx.) Sweet. Naugatuck and Water-
bury (A. E. Blewitt). Well established in vacant lots at West Haven,
Orange (Harger, Mrs. C. H. Lyman). Previously reported only from
Granby.

O. utrsutus (Pursh) Sweet. Milford (Eames).

* ANYCHIA POLYGONOIDES Raf. Rare. Grass-land, East Hartford
(C. C. Hanmer). West Peak, Meriden (Miss Celia A. Shepard;
specimen in Herb. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.).

* SPERGULARIA CANADENSIS (Pers.) G. Don. Groton (Bissell,
Ruopora, xii. 162).

* S. SALINA J. & C. Presl. Groton (Bissell, l. c.).

S. LEIOSPERMA (Kindberg) F. Schmidt. Common in saline soil along

130 Rhodora [JULY

the coast. Discussion of this and the two preceding species will be
found in Ruopora, xii. 157-162.

SAGINA DECUMBENS (EIl.) Torr. & Gray. Portland (A. E. Blewitt).

* STELLARIA BOREALIS Bigel., var. ISOPHYLLA Fernald. RHODORA,
xvi. 150 (1914). Cromwell and Winchester (Bissell), Guilford (G. H.
Bartlett & Harger), Southington (Andrews), Oxford (Harger).

S. BOREALIS Bigel., var. FLORIBUNDA Fernald. Raopora, xvi. 151
(1914). Orange (Weatherby), Oxford (Harger).

TS.. GRAMINEA L., var. LATIFOLIA Peterm. East Hartford
(Weatherby), Southington (Andrews), Salisbury (Bissell), Milford
and Bridgeport (Eames). Introduced from Europe.

7S. aquatica L. Rare. Moist banks of the Housatonic River
below highwater mark, sparingly at two stations (Harger). Fugitive
or adventive from Europe.

* SILENE ANTIRRHINA L., forma DEANEANA Fernald. RHODORA,
xvii. 96 (1915). Occasional in dry soil. Differs from the typical
form in the entire absence of the glutinous band on the internodes.

+S. GALLICA L., var. QUINQUEVULNERA Koch. Rare. Cultivated
fields, Southington (Andrews). Fugitive from Europe.

GYPSOPHILA MURALIS L. Roadside, Chester (Graves).

NupHar ADVENA (Ait.) R. Br. Occasional in the coastal region of
southwestern Connecticut (Eames).

N. vaRIEGATUM Engelm. Common or occasional throughout.
Recent studies have shown that the name Nuphar advena should
be restricted to the larger plant having mostly emersed leaves with
open sinus.

N. MICROPHYLLUM (Pers.) Fernald. Ruopora, xix. 111 (1917).
Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in Herb. Yale University), Ply-
mouth (H. J. Bassett, 1861), Stamford (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).
In the Catalogue not reported from Fairfield Co.

NYMPHAEA TUBEROSA Paine. Rogers Pond, Old Lyme (Graves).

(To be continued.)
E. B. HARGER,
C. B. GRAVES:
E. H. Eames,
C. H. BrssDLI;
L. ANDREWS,
C. A. WEATHERBY.

1917) | May,—Orchids of the Region of Asquam Lake 131

FURTHER NOTES ON THE ORCHIDS OF THE REGION OF
ASQUAM LAKE.

JOHN B. May, M. D.

I was very much interested in Mr. Lowenstein’s paper in a recent
Ruopora, on the Orchids of the Asquam Lake Region. I have spent
five summers in that region, one year as a councillor at Camp Algon-
quin, the last three as the Director of Camp Winnetaska, a girls’ camp
on Little Squam Lake. While my particular interest has been orni-
thological rather than botanical, I have kept a careful list of the
Orchids found in the region, and therefore submit the following notes.

Cypripedium parviflorum, two colonies, about. twenty-five plants.

Habenaria dilatata, abundant in at least one station; probably two
hundred plants in swamp near Red Hill.

H. macrophylla, two plants at Camp Winnetaska, 1915.

H. blephariglottis, one station in 1903, since drained and cultivated.

Pogonia ophioglossoides, abundant in several swamps.

Arethusa bulbosa, abundant in one swamp near Red Hill, brought
to me by Mrs. Frank Low of Worcester, Mass.

Liparis Loeselii; this I believe is an incorrect record. I found a
small colony beside the Winnepesaukee River in Tilton, N. H., in
1913, while on a canoe trip with Algonquin boys. It was credited
to the Algonquin list, but was well outside the Asquam Lake Region.
I know of no other records.

Orchis spectabilis, a small colony near Little Squam in 1914. Seven
plants flowered, 1916.

Microstylis unifolia, no records, 1913, 1914. Several, 1915, com-
mon, 1916. This I believe due to the peculiar weather conditions the
last two summers, rather than more careful observation, as I was
looking for this plant especially, if 1913.

I agree with Mr. Lowenstein’s notes of the remaining species, all of
which I have found with the exception of Listera cordata. The
abundance of Pogonia trianthophora in 1916 is most unusual, I believe,
the plants being very locally found, near Camp Algonquin.

CoHASSET, MASSACHUSETTS.

132 Rhodora [JULY

TIARELLA CORDIFOLIA L., forma parviflora, n. f., a forma typica
recedit petalis 2-3 mm. longis lineari-lanceolatis vel anguste oblanceo-
latis; filamentis maturis 1.5-3 mm. longis.

Differing from the typical form in having the linear-lanceolate or
narrowly oblanceolate petals 2-3 mm. long, and the mature filaments
1.5-3 mm. long.— Massacnuserts: forming a large colony on the
wooded bank of the Boston and Albany Railroad, east of the station,
Becket, May 31, 1915, M. L. Fernald, no. 15,172 (type in Gray Herb.).

Very obvious in the field on account of its small flowers; typical
T. cordifolia having the broader petals 4-6 mm. long and the mature
filaments 4-7 mm. long. In all other respects the Becket colony of
forma parviflora is like the abundant large-flowered plant of the
region: the petals are entire and there is no indication that it belongs
in the series of specimens which seem to be hybrids between Mitella
diphylla and Tiarella cordifolia, in which the petals are usually
toothed.! — M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

SOME FURTHER PLANTS FOUND ON WooLwasTE AT WESTFORD,
Massacuusetts.— During the past summer I have continued to note
the unusual plants that have sprung up on land at Westford which
has been fertilized with a dressing of woolwaste. Four, which were
unfamiliar, have been found and taken to the Gray Herbarium,
where they have been identified for me by Dr. Robinson, Dr. S. F.
Blake, and Mr. J. F. Macbride. They have been as follows: Sida
spinosa L. and Erodium moschatum (L.) L’Hér., both of which I am
told are not infrequent as casual introductions in waste places and
dumping grounds about cities. Malvastrum coromandelianum (L.)
Garcke, generally known as M. tricuspidatum Gray, a plant of our
southern states and occasionally found as a ballast weed in the middle
Atlantic states, though not recorded north of New Jersey. And
Erodium Stephanianum Willd., an Asiatic species, rather widely
distributed from the Caucasus region to southern China, but not
hitherto reported in America even as an introduction.— EMILY F.
FLETCHER, Westford, Massachusetts.

1 See Ruopora, viii. 91 (1906).

Vol. 19, no. 222, including pages 93 to 112, was issued 5 June, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. August, 1917. No. 224.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. L.

M. L. FERNALD.

I. SOME POLYGONUMS NEW TO NORTH AMERICA.

POLYGONUM LAXIFLORUM Weihe. In September, 1916, Mr. Bayard
Long and the writer noticed in a roadside ditch at Bowdoinham,
Maine, a Polygonum which had much the habit of P. Hydropiper L.,
with which it was growing, but which differed at first glance in its
much deeper rose-colored or crimson flowers and somewhat broader
leaves. Specimens were collected and upon study the plant proves
to be P. laxiflorum Weihe, Flora, ix. 746 (1826), the plant which is
frequently found in herbaria under the name P. mite Schrank. P. mite,
however, according to Moss! is synonymous with P. minus Huds.
So far as the writer can determine by close examination of all the
material in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club, P. laxiflorum has not heretofore been collected
in America, but its abundance in the ditch at Bowdoinham indicates
its thorough establishment there and the likelihood that, with atten-
tion especially directed to the plant, it will soon be found to be some-
what widely distributed with us. The plant, as above stated,
resembles P. Hydropiper but has deeper-colored flowers; and it is
at once separated by the fact that its perianth is strictly glandless and
its achene smooth and lustrous, the perianth of P. Hydropiper being
glandular-dotted and the achene punctate and opaque or dull.

1 Moss, Camb. Brit. Fl. ii. 121 (1914).

134 Rhodora [AvGusT

Potyconum minus Huds. Fl. Angl. 148 (1762). This delicate
species, closely related to P. laxiflorum above discussed, is not gener-
ally recognized as a North American plant but in the Gray Herbarium
are two sheets from Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, which are
clearly referable to it. The first collection was made on October 31,
1891, by Heller & Small in Smithville Swamp No. 2 and distributed by
Heller as no. 652, P. acre HBK. The other collection was made by
Mr. Heller on September 23, 1901, in a swamp two miles south of
Refton and distributed as P. punctatum, var. leptostachyum (Meisner)
Small. P. minus is a very slender species with glabrous perianths and
lustrous achenes, much as in P. laxiflorum but very much smaller,
the achenes only 1.5 mm. long, those of P. laxiflorum being 3 mm. long.
The Lancaster County material exactly matches the plate in the
Moss’s Cambridge British Flora designated P. minus, var. subconti-
guum, which is there ascribed to Wallich, PI. Asiat. Rar. iii. 57 (1832).
But Wallich neither published the plant under P. minus nor as var.
subcontiguum, and in fact the treatment in Wallich’s work was by
Meisner. The variety was published as P. strictum All., var. sub-
continuum. As a variety of P. minus it should be called

Potyconum MINUS Huds., var. subcontinuum (Meisn.), n. comb.
P. strictum, var. subcontinuum Meisn. in Wallich, PI. Asiat. Rar. iii.
57 (1832). P. mite * strictum, b. pusillum Fries, Fl. Suec. Mant. ii, 32
(1839). P. minus, var. subcontiguum Rouy, Fl. Fr. xii. 102 (1910.)—
In this variety the spikes are very straight (not curving or drooping)
and closely flowered, ranging in length from 1-2 cm.

POLYGONUM SAGITTATUM L., forma chloranthum, n. f.— perianthiis
viridibus.

Perianths green.— Marne: tidal mud-flats of Cathance River,
Bowdoinham, September 14 & 19, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,559
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Throughout its range both in America and in Asia P. sagittatum
normally has the flowers pink,— either deep rose-color or pale pink —
or sometimes nearly white, but on the tidal flats of Cathance River
the green-flowered form is very abundant and so uniform as to give
a distinctive color to large areas of the flats. The plant is there so
constantly green-flowered that it deserves at least formal recognition.
The material gathered on September 19 was still in young flowering
condition and in only a few heads are the achenes well formed. It is
possible that the plant growing in this estuary, subject to regular

1917] Fernald,— New or critical Ranunculi 135

inundations, may be much less fertile than the ordinary pink-flowered
plant of less inundated situations. That it has not completely lost its
fertility, however, is shown by good achenes which are found in a
few heads.

II. NEW OR CRITICAL SPECIES OR VARIETIES OF
RANUNCULUS.

Ranuncuuus Purs Richardson, var. prolificus, n. var., ramis
valde adscendentibus 7-50-floris; foliis bracteiformibus simplicibus
vel subsimplicibus numerosissimis, inferioribus 1-4 em. longis.

Branches strongly ascending, 7-50-flowered: the simple or sub-
simple bracteal leaves numerous; the lower 1—4 cm. long.— MAGDA-
LEN ISLANDS: wet meadow, Grindstone, July 22, 1912, Fernald,
Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7482 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Similar specimens referred in the herbarium sometimes to R. Purshit,
sometimes to R. sceleratus, and by some collectors suggested as a
hybrid of these two species, have been examined from Michigan and
Montana. On the Magdalen Islands, where this plant forms a char-
acteristic large colony in a meadow, no R. sceleratus has been found;
and the plant there seems to be a definite, though extreme, variation
from R. Purshii. In the typical form of the species the branches are
prostrate or only slightly ascending and bear only 1-4 flowers, and
the simple or subsimple bracteal leaves, when present, are rarely more
than one or two in number and very small.

RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA AND R. REPTANS IN NORTH AMERICA.—
Although often treated as a variety of Ranunculus Flammula L., R.
reptans L. seems to merit recognition as a species. It is of general
distribution in boreal regions, while R. Flammula of temperate Eurasia
is known in North America only from southeastern Newfoundland,
where it is associated with many other typical western European
species unknown elsewhere in North America, and on the Pacific slope
from southern British Columbia to California. Slender extremes of
R. Flammula and the coarsest extremes of R. reptans somewhat simu-
late one another but all so-called transitional material seen by the
writer is definitely referable to one or the other species in its floral
characters and entirely consistent in geographic range. The usually
stout ascending or merely trailing R. Flammula of Europe, Newfound-

136 Rhodora [AuGusT

land, and Pacific North America has the inflorescence, when well
developed, a loose corymbose cyme with 2-30 flowers; the sepals are
3-4 mm. long; the broadly obovate or roundish petals 4-7 mm. long,
4-7 mm. broad, sessile or nearly so, 9-13-nerved; stamens 25-50;
carpels 25-50, forming globose fruiting heads 3.5-5 mm. long; and
the achenes are merely short-tipped. The slender, ordinarily filiform
and repent branches of R. reptans, on the other hand, bear solitary
flowers; the sepals are 2-2.8 mm. long; the petals narrowly obovate
to oblong, 2.5-5 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, usually with a definite
claw, 3-9-nerved; stamens 10-20; carpels 15-20, forming a hemi-
spherical or spherical fruiting head 1.5-3 mm. long; and the achenes
are distinctly beaked.

R. Flammula, var. intermedius Hook. has long passed as a plant tran-
sitional between R. Flammula and R. reptans, and in recent years it
has been made to include very diverse elements. Thus, in the Synop-
tical Flora it is said to be the same as R. Flammula, var. unalaschcensis
Ledeb., to have “akenes of the type or more beaked,” and to occur
from “Shore of Lake Ontario! to California and Oregon and north-
ward. (N. Asia, Eu.) Largest forms from western coast, nearly
approaching the type; very slender and linear-leaved as well as small
broader-leaved forms pass into Var. reptans, E. Meyer.” 2 Examina-
tion of the material upon which this statement was based shows that
the Lake Ontario plant, the “very slender and linear-leaved” form,
has the floral and achenial characters of R. reptans; the Newfoundland
plant of Robinson & Schrenk is typical R. Flammula; and the Cali-
fornia and Oregon material examined by Gray, the “largest forms from
western coast”, has the flowers and fruit, likewise, of R. Flammula.
This variety, thus made up of elements belonging on the one hand
to R. Flammula, on the other to R. reptans, was naturally described by
Gray, as having “akenes of the type or more beaked.” The status
of this very mixed variety was well characterized in the 7th edition of
Gray’s Manual, where R. Flammula was said to pass “through an
undefinable var. INTERMEDIUS Hook., into var. reptans.” 3

It is quite certain that, when he published his R. Flammula, var.
intermedius [published as intermedia], Hooker had no thought of includ-
ing the R. Flammula of the Pacific slope, for he distinctly wrote: “It
does not appear that any of the varieties are found on the Rocky

“1 Eastward to St. John’s, Newfoundland, Robinson & Schrenk,”’ etc.

2 Gray, Syn. FI. 1. pt. 1, 26, 27 (1895).
3 Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 395 (1908).

1917] Fernald,—:New or critical Ranunculi 137

Mountains, nor to the westward of them.” ! Hooker had three varie-
ties of R. Flammula: a major which is the endemic American R. lazi-
caulis (T. & G.) Darby; “8. intermedia; caule repente gracili, foliis
anguste lanceolatis superioribus linearibus integerrimis”; and y fili-
formis, which was typical R. reptans L. The two latter, vars. inter-
medius and filiformis, he had from “gravelly banks of rivers from
Canada to lat. 69°.” Thus it is clear that Hooker was merely separat-
ing from the true slender-leaved R. reptans (his R. Flammula y fili-
formis) a broader-leaved but repent slender plant of Canadian river
banks, a plant scarcely separable from R. reptans, but somewhat
broader-leaved than the typical form of the species.

Similarly the name R. Flammula, var. unalaschcensis (Bess.) Ledeb.
has been taken up for the western form of R. Flammula, but in the
Gray Herbarium, where there are several sheets from the Aleutian
Islands, there is none which is not clearly referable to R. reptans,
either narrow- or broad-leaved. The only description of var. wnalasch-
censis was in Flora Rossica and there is nothing in it to indicate that
it is more than an extreme of R. reptans. Ledebour recognized true
R. reptans with filiform or filiform-linear leaves as R. Flammula y
and contrasted with it a var. “8. caule prostrato radicante, foliis
latioribus integerrimis, rarius unidentalis” which included “ R. una-
laschcensis, Besser in herb. Zeyheri.” ? This, judging from various
specimens from Unalaska and the other Aleutian Islands, was, then,
a form of R. reptans. This broad-leaved extreme of R. reptans is

R. REPTANS, var. OVALIS (Bigel.) T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. 16 (1838).
R. filiformis; var. B. ovalis Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 224 (1824). R.
unalaschcensis Bess. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 32, as syn. (1841). R.
Flammula, var. unalaschcensis (Bess.) Ledeb. acc. to Regel, Bull. Soc.
Nat. Mosc. xxxiv. pt. 2, 41 (1861). R. reptans, var. strigulosus Freyn,:
Deutsche Bot. Monatschr. viii. 181 (1890).

RANUNCULUS PYGMAEUS Wahlenb., var. petiolulatus, n. var., foliis
radicalibus pedatim divisis, foliolis 3 petiolulatis rhomboideo-obovatis
palmatis laciniis 3-5 oblongis vel valde divisis; capitulis fructiferis
5-7.5 mm. longis.

Radical leaves pedately divided; the 3 leaflets petiolulate, rhombic-
obovate, palmate, with 3-5 oblong lobes or deeply divided: fruiting
heads 5-7.5 mm. long.— QuEeBEc: damp mossy hollows in shade of
amphibolite rocks, altitude 950-1000 m., Mt. Albert, Gaspé County,
August 8 & 10, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 82 in large part (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 11 (1829).
2 Ledeb. Fl. Ross, i. 32 (1842).

138 Rhodora [AuGuUST

Typical R. pygmaeus of the Arctic regions, Labrador and the Can-
adian Rocky Mountains has the basal leaves merely lobed, not divided
to the base, and the fruiting heads are 3-5 mm. long. In its basal
leaves var. petiolulatus is quite like the rare Rocky Mountain species,
R. Grayi Britton, but it has the small petals and achenes of R. pygmaeus.
On Mt. Albert collections were made on two days at different points
and all the material distributed under one number. The full sheet
retained at the Gray Herbarium contains a few plants of true R.
pygmaeus, but most of the specimens (presumably from a different
station) are the variety.

RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS J. E. Sm., var. leiocarpus (Trautv.),
n.comb. R. affinis R. Br. in Parry, 1st Voy. Suppl. App. 265 (1824).
R. affinis, var. leiocarpa Trautv. in Middendorf, Reise in Sibir. i. 62
(1847).

All the material seen by the writer from Arctic America, the Labra-
dor Peninsula, and the Hudson Bay region, including a duplicate type
of R. affinis from Melville Island, has glabrous achenes and character-
istic pedately many-cleft basal leaves. In the Rocky Mountain
region this plant is rare, the common plants there being true R. peda-
tifidus, with pedately cleft basal leaves and pubescent achenes, and
var. cardiophyllus (Hook) Britton,! with the basal leaves mostly
uncleft and merely crenate or dentate. In Siberia, too, there are
apparently large areas where only the glabrous-fruited variety is
found. This, at least, is indicated by Trautvetter’s note: “In speci-
minibus taimyrensibus omnibus Ranunculi affinis R. Br. ovaria prorsus
glabra sunt; attamen in herbario horti botanici Petropolitani inter
specimina daurica ejusdem speciei nonnulla inveni, in quibus carpella
aeque pilis prorsus carent.”

RANUNCULUS REPENS L., var. pleniflorus, n. var., foliis basilaribus
ternatis, foliolis suborbicularibus basi rotundatis vel subcordatis
margine crenatis vel late obtuseque dentatis; foribus plenis.

Basal leaves ternate; the suborbicular leaflets rounded or sub-
cordate at base, the margin crenate or with broad obtuse teeth:
flowers double.— Frequent in old gardens, and tending to become
naturalized in meadows, roadside-ditches, etc. Type: well estab-
lished in meadows and along roadsides, Oneida, Herkimer County,
New York, May 30, 1900, J. V. Haberer, no. 1530 in Gray Herb.

1 Records of this plant from Quebec and Labrador seem to have been based on R. Allenii
Robinson, Ruopora, vii. 220 (1905).

1917] Fernald,— Color Forms of Anemones 139

This plant is generally called in horticulture R. repens, var. flore-
pleno but the latter name (if it can be accepted as a valid name)
belongs to the double-flowered European form of R. repens with the
bases of the leaflets cuneate to subtruncate, as in true R. repens, and
the teeth and segments elongate and subacute to acuminate. The
history of var. pleniflorus is obscure. It is found in old gardens and
as a somewhat naturalized weed in eastern America; but such illus-
trations of the double-flowered R. repens of Europe as the writer has
seen, as far back as Gerard’s Herball (ed Johnson, 1633), where the
plant is figured as Ranunculus dulcis, multiplex,.and Besler’s Hortus
Eystettensis (1613) where it is called Ranunculus hortensis, multiflorus,
show the characteristically cuneate-based leaflets of R. repens.

III. SOME COLOR FORMS OF AMERICAN ANEMONES.

ANEMONE RIPARIA Fernald. This northern riverbank and shore
species differs constantly from the more southern A. virginiana in
several characters as well as its northern range and very early flowering
season (from May to July). Contrasted with A. virginiana it has the
leaf-segments usually more cuneate at base, although this character
is by no means absolute; anthers 0.7-1.2 mm. long, those of the more
southern A. virginiana running from 1.2-1.6 mm. long; its fruiting
head 7-11 mm. thick, as contrasted with A. virginiana in which the
heads are 1.2-1.5 cm. thick; and the subulate pale styles ascending
or subascending in fruit, as contrasted with the firmer, more divergent
styles of A. virginiana. The two species are sometimes confused in
flower owing to the fact that each presents a distinctly sepaloid or a
pronouncedly petaloid perianth. A. riparia, in fact, appears in three
well pronounced forms as follows:

A. RIPARIA Fernald, Ruopora, i. 51, t. 3. (1899), typical form.—
Sepals petaloid, white; at least the inner broadly oblong to oval, with
rounded tips, 1.3-2 cm. long, 0.8-1.5 cm. broad.— Caleareous or
slaty ledges, rarely in swamps, Gaspé County, Quebec, to British
Columbia, south to Cape Breton and Pictou County, Nova Scotia,
King’s County, New Brunswick, central Maine, Franklin County,
Massachusetts, northern Fairfield County, Connecticut, Sullivan and
Tompkins Counties, New York, northern Illinois, Minnesota, ete.—
Flowers late May to July.

Forma rhodantha, sepalis rubris.

140 Rhodora [AuGcusT

Sepals bright red.— QuEBEc: gravelly banks of the Grand River,
Gaspé County, July, 1902, George H. Richards (rype in Gray Herb.).

Forma inconspicua, n. f., sepalis crassis coreaceis viridescentibus
vel ochroleucis oblongo-acuminatis 0.7-1.3 cm. longis 2.5-5 mm.
latis.

Sepals thick and leathery, greenish or greenish-white, oblong-
acuminate, 0.7-1.3 cm. long, 2.5-5 mm. broad.— Range of the species,
less common. As TYPE may be cited the sheet in the Gray Herbarium
collected on cold walls of Percé Mountain, Percé, Gaspé County,
Quebec, July 25, 1905, by Williams, Collins & Fernald.

ANEMONE VIRGINIANA L. As stated in the discussion of A. riparia,
that species and A. virginiana are often confused through the fact that
in both species either leathery greenish sepals or thin petaloid white
sepals occur. In typical A. virginiana the sepals are.leathery and
greenish, the form with thin petaloid white sepals being compara-
tively rare. These two forms may be separated as follows:

A. VIRGINIANA L. Sp. Pl. i. 540 (1753), typical form.— Sepals
leathery, greenish or greenish-yellow, very pubescent on the back,
narrowly oblong, acuminate, 0.7-1.3 cm. long.— Dry slopes, dry or
rocky open woods, or occasionally in meadows, common in the south-
eastern United States extending northward to Lakes Erie and Ontario
and the lower Ottawa River, Ontario, Hochelaga County and Lake
Memphremagog, Quebec, southern Coös County, New Hampshire,
and Oxford and southern Penobscot Counties, Maine.— Flowers late
June to late August.

Forma leucosepala, n. f., sepalis tenuibus albis petaloideis, majori-
bus vix pubescentibus obovatis apice rotundatis 1.2-1.7 cm. longis.

Sepals thinnish and petaloid, white; the larger ones scarcely pubes-
cent on the back, obovate, rounded above, 1.2-1.7 cm. long.— Less
common than the typical form. As TYPE specimen may be designated
the plant collected on the north bank of the Swannanoa River near
Biltmore, North Carolina, June 28 and August 9, 1897, and dis-
tributed from the Biltmore Herbarium as no. 54b (in Gray Herb.).

ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poir. Anemone multifida as it occurs in North
America seems to be conspecific but not strictly identical in all details
with the Patagonian and Chilean type of the species, although some
Rocky Mountain specimens seem scarcely separable from the South
American. The plant in eastern America is extremely variable and
falls rather clearly into two pronounced varieties, each of which pre-
sents noteworthy forms. These eastern American variants of the
species may be separated as follows:

1917] Fernald,— New Saxifragas 141

Sepals 5-10 mm. long: flowering stem 0.5-3 dm. high, 1-3-flowered.
Sepals yellowish-white within, yellowish, greenish or dull purplish outside,

ES EC rr var. hudsoniana.
Sepals bright-red.

ss a sy oka a eae forma sanguinea.

Sepals very numerous (14-16)...................-. forma polysepala.

Sepals 1.1-1.7 cm. long, usually 5 in number: flowering stem (1.5-) 3-7
dm. high, 1—5-flowered.

ne NT raeno a var. Richardsiana.

RUE SE WILO. wc cee bee ee eee forma leucantha.

Var. HUDSONIANA DC. Syst. i. 209 (18177). A. Hudsoniana Rich-
ardson in Franklin’s Journ. 741 (1823).— Dryish slaty or calcareous
ridges and gravel, local, eastern Newfoundland and Anticosti Island to
the shores of Hudson Bay and westward, locally southward to Baie
des Chaleurs, Quebec, Restigouche River, New Brunswick, St. John
River and tributaries, New Brunswick and Maine, and Winooski
River, Vermont.

Var. HUDSONIANA, forma sanguinea (Pursh),n.comb. A. Hudson-
iana B. Sanguinea Richardson in Franklin’s Journ. 741 (1823) based
upon A. sanguinea Pursh ined. in herb. Lamb.— Of similar range,
often more common.

Var. HUDSONIANA, forma polysepala, n. f., sepalis 14-16 — QUEBEC:
banks of the Grand River, Gaspé County, June 20-July 10, 1903,
George H. Richards (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Var. Richardsiana, n. var., sepalis 1.1-1.7 cm. longis rubris saepis-
sime 5; caulibus floriferis 3-7 dm. altis 1-5-floris.— QUEBEC: gravelly
banks of the Grand River, Gaspé County, June 20-July 10, 1903,
George H. Richards (tyPE in Gray Herb.), June 30-July 3, 1904,
M. L. Fernald; banks of Restigouche River, Matapedia, June 28,
1904, M. L. Fernald.

Var. RICHARDSIANA, forma leucantha, n. f., sepalis lacteis.—
QvuEBEC: with the typical form, banks of the Grand River, Gaspé
County, June 30-July 3, 1904, M. L. Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

IV. NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND FORMS OF SAXIFRAGA.

Saxifraga gaspensis, n. sp. S. nivalem simulans, differt foliis
basilaribus angustioribus cuneato-obovatis basi angustatis subpetiola-
tis, apice acutis acute dentatis, 1.5-3 cm. longis 5-9 mm. latis; scapo
gracile 1-7 cm. alto minute glanduloso-piloso; inflorescentia spicato-
racemosa maturitate 1-2.7 cm. longa 3-5-flora; bracteis inferioribus
oblongis vel ovatis acutis 5-8 mm. longis flores superantibus;
pedicellis 2-3 mm. longis pilosis; tubo calycis viride hemisphaerico
1.5-2.5 mm. alto, lobis calycis oblongis vel anguste deltoideis fruc-
tu reflexis 1.8-2 mm. longis; petalis albis lanceolatis vel anguste
ellipticis acutis vel subacutis 1.5-2 mm. longis 0.5-0.8 mm. latis;
filamentis filiformibus subulatis purpurascentibus 1-1.2 mm. longis;

142 Rhodora [AuausT

capsulis viridescentibus vel pallide brunneis 4 mm. longis, rostris
foliculorum perbrevibus divergentibus.

Resembling S. nivalis, but the rosette-leaves more narrowly cune-
ate-obovate and more gradually narrowed to the broad petiolar base,
acute at summit, 1.5-3 em. long, 5-9 mm. broad, acutely dentate
above the long-cuneate base: scape solitary, slender, 1-7 cm. high,
minutely glandular-pilose: inflorescence spicate-racemose, in fruit
1-2.7 em. long, 3-5-flowered: lower bracts oblong or ovate, acute,
5-8 mm. long, exceeding the flowers: pedicels 2-3 mm. long, pilose:
ealyx-tube green, hemispherical, 1.5-2.5 mm. high; calyx-lobes
oblong or narrowly deltoid, reflexed in fruit, 1.8-2 mm. long; petals
white, lanceolate or narrowly elliptical, acute or subacute, 1.5-2 mm.
long, 0.5-0.8 mm. wide: filaments filiform-subulate, purplish, 1-1.2
mm. long: capsules greenish or pale-brown, 4 mm. long; the follicles
with very short divergent beaks.— QueBEc: very local, in sheltered
pockets on abrupt western calcareous slopes, altitude 1000-1100
meters, Table-top Mountain, Gaspé County, August 5 and 12, 1906,
Fernald & Collins, no. 600 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Distributed as S. nivalis, from which it differs in many characters;
S. nivalis having the leaves more rounded-oblong to round-obovate
and narrowed to a more definite petiole and commonly much broader
(0.7-3 cm.). The inflorescence of S. nivalis is usually more numerously
flowered, varying from spiciform to corymbiform; its calyx-lobes are
from 2-3 mm. long, spreading in fruit; its oblong petals are rounded at
summit and 1.5-2.3 mm. wide; and its capsule is much larger, 5-7.5
mm. long. On Table-top Mountain the extremely local S. gaspensis
was growing with other very localized species, Carex rupestris Allioni,
Pyrola grandiflora Radius, Pedicularis flammea L., Campanula uni-
flora L. and Senecio pauciflorus Pursh.

SAXIFRAGA NIVALIS L., var. labradorica, n. var., panicula corym-
biformi laxa; floribus plerumque graciliter pedicellatis, pedicellis 3-10
mm. longis.

Panicle loosely corymbiform; the flowers mostly on slender pedicels
3-10 mm. long— LABRADOR: Rama, August 20-24, 1897, J. D.
Sornborger, no. 57 in part (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

This is apparently the plant intended by Small in the North A meri-
can Flora as Micranthes tenuis,! based upon Saxifraga nivalis B. tenuis
Wahlenb. Fl. Lap. 114 (1812). Wahlenberg’s variety went back to
earlier species of Rottboel and of Martens which prove to be merely
forms of S. nivalis in which the lower branch of the inflorescence is

1 Small, N. A. Fl. xxii. 136 (1905).

1917] Fernald,— New Saxifragas 143

slightly elongate, but the flowers, as in S. nivalis, are sessile or subsessile
in glomerules and not slenderly pedicelled as in var. labradorica.

SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx. In Essex County, Massachusetts,
this species seems peculiarly subject to minor variations, four fairly
distinguishable forms of the species there being found. In typical
S. virginiensis the petals are white and the flowers and fruits pedicelled,
the cymose branches of the panicle elongating in fruit. In the town
of Andover, however, a singular form of the plant occurs; in fact, the
only collections (3 in number) seen from Andover all belong to this
peculiar form which may be called

S. VIRGINIENSIS, forma glomerulata, n. f., floribus sessilibus in
glomerulis dispositis.

Flowers sessile in glomerules at tips of the branches.— Massacuu-
seTTs: Andover, 1901, A. S. Pease, no. 672; ledges, Rabbit Rock
Pond, Andover, April 27, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 673; Prospect Hill,
Andover, May 24, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 671 (TYPE in Herb. New
England Botanical Club).

In its sessile flowers borne in glomerules at the tips of the branches
this singular form from Andover strongly suggests S. nivalis and by
ordinary treatments of the genus in which S. nivalis is separated
chiefly by its sessile flowers the Andover plant would fall readily into
that species. 8S. virginiensis is distinguished, however, from S. nivalis
by a number of characters which have not always been clearly recog-
nized. In S. nivalis the bracts are from one-half to fully as long as
the branches of the inflorescence; the calyx-lobes spreading in fruit;
the petals 1.5-3.5 mm. long, about equaling or only slightly exceeding
the calyx-lobes. In S. virginiensis, on the other hand, the bracts are
many times shorter than the branches of the inflorescences; the
calyx-lobes ascend in fruit; and the petals in the normal forms of the
species are 4-5.5 mm. long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx-lobes.

Some aberrant forms of S. virginiensis, however, occur with the
petals very small or wanting. These plants, of which two have been
described as varieties, are not, however, varietal in character, seeming
to occur merely as aberrant colonies within the range of the typical
S. virginiensis and they should be treated rather as forms. The first
is

S. VIRGINIENSIS, forma chlorantha (Oakes), n. comb. S. vir-

giniensis, var. chlorantha Oakes in Hovey’s Mag. xiii. 218 (1847),
described as follows: “ Petals pale green, instead of snow white, as in

144 Rhodora [AuGcusT

the common variety. The margins and backs of the petals are also
sprinkled with short hairs like those of the rest of the plant, but
paler, and not so uniformly glandular. Topsfield, Mass., 1842.”

The other variation was described from Manhattan Island, New
York, but has been collected by the late J. H. Sears in Essex County,
Massachusetts, at a station where the plant is said to be abundant.
This is :

S. VIRGINIENSIS, forma pentadecandra (Sterns), n. comb. S. vir-
giniensis, var. pentadecandra Sterns, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiv. 124
(1887) and xv. 166 (1888).— Petals replaced by stamens; the latter
15.— Originally described from Manhattan Island, New York, where
the plant was extremely scarce; found in profusion on garnet slate

rock between White’s and Perkins’s Hills, Essex County, Massachu-
setts, by J. H. Sears, May, 1898.

SAXIFRAGA PENSYLVANICA L., forma fultior, n. f., bracteis inferi-
oribus dilatatis ovalibus 7-10 cm. longis 4-5.7 cm. latis.

Lower bracts dilated, oval, 7-12 cm. long, 4-5.7 em. wide.— NEw
HAMPSHIRE: bog on Gap Mountain road, Jaffrey, May 30, 1899,
E. F. Williams (ryper in Herb. New England Botanical Club); brook-
side, Fitzwilliam road, Jaffrey, May 30, 1899, Rand & Robinson,
no. 826.

In typical S. pensylvanica the lower bracts are slender and many
times shorter than the mature branches of the panicle, but in this
extreme form from Jaffrey these dilated oval bracts are from one-half
to two-thirds as long as the mature branches of the panicle and render
the plant quite different in appearance from the typical almost naked-
stemmed form.

V. A NEW VITIS FROM NEW ENGLAND.

For many years the writer has been familiar with a wild grape of the
Penobscot Valley in Maine which it has been impossible satisfactorily
to place with any of the defined species. An entirely similar vine
from various other river valleys of northern and western New England
has been collected and deposited in either the Gray Herbarium or the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club and from time to time
these plants have been labeled by the great specialist upon American
grapes, the late T. V. Munson, or by Prof. L. H. Bailey as Vitis
Labrusca X vulpina. The vines in many ways are quite intermediate
between the two species, V. Labrusca L. and V. vulpina L., having

1917] Fernald,— A new Vitis from New England 145

the green foliage of the latter, the leaf-contour nearly of the former,
the tendrils and inflorescences often continuous (that is, several in
succession before an interruption) as in V. Labrusca, the grapes large
as in the latter species but with the clear acid flavor without “ muski-
ness” as in V. vulpina. The seed of this grape. is quite as large as in
V. Labrusca but somewhat more slender.

The disposition of this plant as a hybrid between V. vulpina and
V. Labrusca has never been satisfactory to the present writer for the
very practical reason that the intermediate vine occurs in great pro-
fusion as a river-thicket vine, climbing high over the trees of the
alluvial banks, in river valleys where no plants of either of the sup-
posed parent have ever been detected. In Maine V. Labrusca is
confined to the coastal strip eastward to Penobscot Bay (and there
very rare and local), extending inland to the Saco and lower Andros-
coggin Valleys. V. vulpina, on the other hand, is an extremely rare
vine in Maine. It occurs from the mouth of the Aroostook River
southward along the St. John in New Brunswick and is presumably
found along the Aroostook River across the border in Maine. It is
found in the valley of the Piscataquis (southeast of Moosehead Lake),
in the valley of the Sandy River (southeast of the Rangely Lakes)
and locally in the Androscoggin Valley and southward into York
County. North of Maine it extends to Lake St. John and thence
westward to the Rocky Mountains and it is broadly distributed from
western New England southwestward.

The intermediate vine, as demonstrated by careful botanizing in
the valleys of the St. John, Penobscot, Kennebec and some of the
minor rivers of Maine during the summer of 1916 by Mr. Long
and the writer, is the characteristic grape-vine in alluvial thickets
throughout central and west-central Maine where no V. Labrusca is
found and where no V. vulpina has been observed. It is a locally
abundant vine along the main Penobscot northward as far as northern
Penobscot County, along the Kennebec northward nearly to Moose-
head Lake, along the Androscoggin into Coés County, New Hampshire,
where, I am informed by Dr. A. S. Pease, no V. Labrusca is known;
and the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club show characteristic specimens from southwestern
Maine and northeastern Massachusetts and from the Connecticut
Valley of New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and northern Connecticut.

Only in this latter valley and in the region from southern Maine

146 Rhodora [AUGUST

to eastern Massachusetts do all three species generally occur and it is
quite possible that here the intermediate plant is of hybrid origin;
but the specimens cited below from these regions are so exactly like
those from central Maine, where the plant is the one wild grape of the
river valleys and where it cannot readily be accounted for as a hybrid
at least of recent origin, that the writer feels that the intermediate
plant should be given specific recognition. Even though it may have
been of hybrid origin in the long-distant past it has now become a
thoroughly fixed and constant vine through a considerable area and
demands the same recognition that is given other species of similarly
intermediate characters but distinct ranges, such for instance as V.
Treleasei Munson. The vine may be appropriately called

Vitis novae-angliae, n. sp., ab V. vulpina differt foliis rotundatis
vel reniformi-ovatis obsolete 3-lobatis (dentibus late deltoideis vix
prolongatis) subtus pilosis vel arachnoideis subglabratis vel ad nervos
pilosis vel arachnoideis junioribus tomentosis tomento plus minusve
rufescento; pampinis thyrsisque 2-8 continuis vel interruptis; baccis
oblatis maturitate atropurpureis glaucis 1.2-1.7 cm. diametro; semi-
nibus 6-7 mm. longis.

Differing from V. vulpina in having the leaves round or reniform-
ovate, obscurely 3-lobed and with broad scarcely prolonged deltoid
teeth, pilose, arachnoid or subglabrate beneath or with some pubes-
cence persistent along the nerves; the young more or less rufescent-
tomentose: tendrils and inflorescences 2-8, continuous or interrupted:
berries oblate, in maturity black-purple, glaucous, 1.2-1.7 cm. in
diameter: seeds 6-7 mm. long.— Alluvial or rich thickets, Maine
and New Hampshire to Connecticut. Types collected in river-
thicket by the Penobscot, Orono, Maine, June 27, 1906, in flower,
M. L. Fernald; August 17, 1908, in well grown fruit, M. L. Fernald;
and in late September, 1908, mature fruit, Margaret Fernald Pierce
(all in Gray Herb.). Other specimens examined. MAINE: margin
of the Penobscot River, Winn, July 10, 1916, Fernald & Long, no.
14,063; river-thicket by the Penobscot, Orono, July 5, 1890, M. L.
Fernald, 1891, Kate Furbish; low woods by Hermon Pond, Hermon,
July 8, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,062; alluvial thicket by Marsh
Stream, Frankfort, July 21, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,065; along
the Kennebec, Carrying Place, Somerset County, July 29, 1892,
M. L. Fernald; alluvial thickets by the Kennebec, Fairfield, July 24,
1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,066; by Sebasticook River, Clinton,
June 27, 1911, R. C. Bean; alluvial woods by the Kennebec, Vassal-
boro, July 6, 1916, M. L. Fernald, no. 14,061; steep bank by the sea,
Rockland, August 22, 1909, M. L. Fernald; river-thicket, Sandy River,
Farmington, September, 1892, and September, 1902, C. H. Knowlton;
banks of Androscoggin River, Gilead, 1897, Kate Furbish; forming an
extensive tangle, inner side of gravelly barrier bar, Gerrish Island,

1917] Fernald,— Gentiana clausa 147

Kittery, August 11, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,068. New Hamr-
SHIRE: Androscoggin River, Shelburne, July 11, 1882, Walter Deane;
roadside west of Gates Cottage, Shelburne, September 12, 1907,
A. S. Pease, no. 10,798; climbing high over trees by the Androscoggin,
Shelburne, September 27, 1916, A. S. Pease, no. 16,908; near Mas-
comp Lake, Enfield, August 22, 1878, H. G. Jesup. MASSACHUSETTS:
Georgetown, August 9, 1907, E. F. W illiams; Sudbury, September 2,
1885, C. W. Swan; roadside, North Wilbraham, May 16 & 18, 1913,
M. L. Fernald & F. W. Hunnewell, 2nd; banks of Connecticut River,
Hadley, July 1, 1874, H. G. Jesup. Connecticut: banks of Con-
necticut River, South Windsor, October 8, 1890, E. Watson.

Although resembling V. Labrusca in its usually continuous tendrils
and inflorescences, in the contour of the leaf as well as in the rufescent
tomentum of the very young leaves, and in its large fruits and seeds,
V. novae-angliae in no material examined shows any tendency to retain
the tomentum as does V. Labrusca, except as an insignificant vestige
along the nerves on the lower side of the leaves. Its fruit has a clear,
sharp acid flavor and quite lacks any suggestion of the “muskiness”’
so characteristic of V. Labrusca. If the species were a hybrid of V.
vulpina and V. Labrusca it is almost inconceivable that this peculiar
flavor so characteristic of V. Labrusca should not appear in V. novae-
angliae.

V. vulpina, which V. novae-angliae resembles in its green foliage
and in its habitat in rich river-alluvium, has the more elongate leaves
jagged-dentate with prolonged teeth; the young growth not rufescent;
the tendrils and inflorescences with much more interrupted distribu-
tion; and the berries and seeds decidedly smaller.

VI. GENTIANA CLAUSA A VALID SPECIES.

In the Synoptical Flora of North America Gray clearly defined the
corolla-characters separating Gentiana Saponaria L. and G. Andrewsii
Griseb. In the former species, as stated by Gray, the corolla is “light
blue, an inch or more long, its broad and roundish short lobes erect,
little and often not at all longer than the 2-cleft and many-toothed
intervening appendages”; while in G. Andrewsii the corolla is “as
the preceding but more oblong and the lobes obliterated or obsolete,
the truncate and usually almost closed border mainly consisting of the

prominent fimbriate-dentate intervening appendages.” !

Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 122 (1878).

148 Rhodora [AVGUST

That Gray clearly understood the two species is shown not only
by his treatment in the Synoptical Flora but by the specimens which
bear the labels inserted by him at that time. Subsequently, however,
it has become a quite general practise to treat essentially all the large-
leaved Closed Gentians of New England, northern and central New
York and adjacent Canada as G. Andrewsii, presumably because of
their very definitely “closed” corolla, although a few specimens from
the northern states have been called G. Saponaria. A study of the
northern material shows, however, that the common plant of New
England and of many parts of the northern states and adjacent
Canada is neither G. Andrewsii nor G. Saponaria, but is a distinct
species combining the foliage-characters of G. Andrewsii with the
corolla-characters nearly of G. Saponaria. This plant, which is appar-
ently rare south of the northern states, extends along the mountains
somewhat locally to North Carolina, occurring there only at the higher
altitudes (Roan Mountain, etc.). This is the species which was well
characterized (as Rafinesque’s descriptions go) by Rafinesque as G.
clausa.! Rafinesque’s description was as follows:

“5. G. Clausa Raf. Closed Gentian. Stem round smooth, leaves
ovate lanceolate, acuminate, subtrinerve: flowers verticillate, sessile;
calix four to six cleft angular, segments foliaceous short: Corolla
clavate, short, closed 8-10 teeth, internal teeth equally bilobe. On
the Taconick and Green mountains, flowers blue, half the size of G.
Saponaria and quite shut. Variety with ternate lanceolate leaves.”

As above implied G. Andrewsii is a less common plant in New
England than G. clausa; in fact, its representation in the Gray Her-
barium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
indicates that it is extremely local, the only New England material
found in these herbaria coming from eastern Massachusetts. Whether
the plant is as local as this herbarium-representation implies of course
can be determined only by further field-study, but it is significant
that among the scores of herbarium sheets which have accumulated
from the New England region practically all should prove to be
G. clausa rather than G. Andrewsii.

G. Saponaria has been included in many New England lists but so
far as the writer can determine this species is essentially a coastal plain
plant extending northward along the coastal plain to Staten Island

1 Raf. Med. FI. i. 210 (1828).

1917] Fernald,— Forms of American Gentians 149

and Long Island and occurring very locally in central New York. No
New England material of it has been observed.

To summarize, the three plants which have been so generally con-
fused in northeastern floras may be distinguished by the following key:

Corolla with nearly truncate summit; the firm true lobes nearly obsolete,
narrowed at summit; the broader intervening thin prolongations of the
membranous bands forming a fimbriate-dentate border. .. . . G. Andrewsit.

Corolla with the broad rounded lobes 2-8 mm. long, as broad as or broader
than the intervening 2-3-cleft appendages.

Leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: involucre of 4-6 leaves;
the 2—4 outer (except in dwarf specimens) subequal, 5-10 cm. long,
2—4 cm. broad: calyx-lobes herbaceous, oblong to obovate, finally spread-
ing: corolla 2.5—4 cm. long, scarcely opening; the rounded lobes slightly
es ics ok cbc a rescs asses yd hae G. clausa.

Leaves oblong to elliptic, acute or obtuse, not acuminate: involucre of 2—4
leaves, the outer 3-6.5 cm. long, 0.7-2 cm. broad: calyx-lobes firm,
linear to oblanceolate, ascending: corolla 3-5 cm. long, distinctly open;
the rounded to subacute lobes erect.................-5 G. Saponaria.

Further observation of the plants is required before the exact
distribution in the northeast is known, but at present it may be stated
as follows:

GENTIANA ANDREWsII Griseb.— Meadows, prairies, low thickets,
banks of streams, ete., frequent in the southeastern states, extending
locally northward and eastward to York, Frontenac and Carleton
Counties, Ontario, Ottawa and Hochelaga Counties, Quebec, and
eastern Massachusetts. `

G. cuausa Raf.— Borders of rich woods and thickets, banks of
streams, meadows, etc., locally abundant from Kennebec County,
Maine, to Lake Champlain, New York, and westward to western New
York, southward to Bristol County, Massachusetts, Providence
County, Rhode Island, southern Connecticut, and locally along the
mountains to North Carolina.

G. Saponarta L.— Glades and sandy swamps of the coastal plain
and piedmont regions north to Staten Island and Long Island, and very
locally inland to Yates County, New York (Sartwell).

The writer has not seen fresh flowers of either G. Andrewsvi or G.
Saponaria but the fresh flowers of G. clausa are of a decided porcelain-
blue color quickly changing in age or in drying to a rich blue-violet.

VII. SOME FORMS OF AMERICAN GENTIANS.

GENTIANA AMARELLA L. Sp. PI. i. 230 (1753). G. acuta Michx. FI.
Bor.-Am. i. 177 (1803). G. plebeja Cham. ex Bunge, Moscou Soc.
Nat. Hist. Nouv. Mém. i. 250, t. 9, fig. 5 (1824). G. Amarella, var.

150 Rhodora [Aueust

acuta (Michx.) Herder, Act. Hort. Petrop. i. 428 (1872). Amarella
acuta (Michx.) Raf. Fl. Tellur. iii. 21 (1836). A. plebeia (Cham.)
Greene, Leaflets, i. 53 (1904). A. Amarella (L.) Cockerell, Am. Nat.
xl. 871 (1906).— I am unable to discern any constant differences
between the American and the European plant. The differences
maintained by Grisebach all fail in a good series of specimens. Grise-
bach’s statement, under G. acuta, was as follows:

“This species is extremely like our G. Amarella; it seems, however,
to differ constantly in the way the leaves embrace the stem. In
G. Amarella the lamina of the two leaves ends at that point where they
are affixed to the stem, so that they are separated from each other
by an interstice formed by the stem; while in G. acuta the bases of
both leaves touch each other without any interstice, so that the sub-
stance of the leaves itself is somewhat connate: this character seems
to be invariable throughout all those numerous forms in which these
species are so rich; the upper leaves of G. acuta are, besides, always
longer and more acute, and the leaves near the root are more or less
spathulate, while in G. Amarella the leaves are always more equal in
the same individual; the beard of G. acuta is longer and thinner, so as
to disappear almost wholly here and there; the flowers are somewhat
smaller; the calyx is shorter and more unequal; the stem more angular,
and commonly almost winged. Besides, most of its forms are much
stiffer, taller, and more branched; the stem often produces such
slender and numerous branchlets from the under axillae as has been
mentioned above of G. propinqua.” !

As stated, every one of these points urged by Grisebach fails, and
many American specimens are closely matched in all details by Euro-
pean specimens.

Gray stated that var. acuta has the “crown usually of fewer and
sometimes very few setae,” ? and Engelmann that it has 5-parted
flowers while “The true European G. Amarella has usually 4-parted
flowers”; but examination of plates of the European plant, if speci-
mens are not available, quickly disposes of the latter point, for the
European, like the American, has frequently 5-merous flowers. And
the crown of nearly all American material is quite as fully developed
as in the European; in fact most specimens have essentially identical
crowns.

‘

1 Grisebach in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 64 (1838).
2 Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 118 (1878).
3 Engelm. in Wheeler Exped. Rep. vi. Bot. 195 (1879).

1917] Fernald,— Forms of American Gentians 151

Attempts have been made to distinguish the American from the
Old World plant by the more acute corolla-lobes and smaller seeds,
but abundant specimens show these characters to fail and this was
realized as early as 1862 by Engelmann when he wrote: “G. acuta is
evidently but a form, a geographical variety of G. Amarella, as Dr.
Hooker has indicated, and which is confirmed by our dwarf variety
and other forms collected in Colorado....; the characters of acutish
lobes of the corolla and small seeds do not hold good; Dr. Parry’s
No. 307 has seeds as large as G. Amarella from Prussia, and several
forms have quite obtuse lobes.” !

Nearly all authors have agreed that G. acuta and G. plebeja are
identical and in view of this fact it is worthy of note that Chamisso
himself did not publish G. plebeja. It was published by Bunge in
1824 as “G. plebeja Chamisso in litteris”; but promptly, in 1826,
Chamisso & Schlechtendal repudiated the species, placing it unequiv-
ocally under G. Amarella and saying: “Huic speciei addinus Gentia-
nam in herbosis insulae Unalaschka lectam olinque sub nomine
G. plebejae a Chamissone cum amicis communicatam.” ?

Although G. acuta does not differ even varietally from G. Amarella
it is noteworthy that Michaux’s type material collected at Tadousac
in eastern Quebec was not the common lilac-flowered form of the
plant but a somewhat unusual form with the flowers creamy-white
or yellowish, or, as described by Michaux “viridi-lutei.” This
ochroleucous form is occasional about the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
sometimes occupying habitats by itself, sometimes with the more
common lilac-flowered G. Amarella. It is a striking color-variation
but, in view of the fact that the name G. acuta has been so generally
used in the specific or varietal sense, it would be highly misleading
to perpetuate the descriptive name acuta for a form which is char-
acterized only by its yellowish flowers and not by any other differ-
ences. This ochroleucous form may, therefore, be designated

G. AMARELLA L., forma Michauxiana, n. nom. G. acuta Michx.
Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 177 (1803), in the strict sense.— Corolla ochroleucous.

G. QUINQUEFOLIA L., forma lutescens, n. f., lobis corollae ochro-
leucis.

Corolla-lobes ochroleucous.— Occasional in the range of the
typical lilac-flowered form. As TYPE may be designated material in

1 Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. ii. 214 (1862).
2 Cham. & Schl. Linnaea, i. 181 (1826).

152 Rhodora [AVGUST

the Gray Herbarium, collected in Chester County, Pennsylvania, by
T. C. Porter, November 2, 1886.

G. crinita Froel., forma albina, n. f., lobis corollae albis.

Corolla-lobes white.— Occasional with the typical blue-flowered
form. Tyre: Waverley, Massachusetts, September, 1894, T. D.
Bergen (in Gray Herb.).

G. LINEARIS Froel., forma Blanchardii, n. f., lobis corollae albis.

Corolla-lobes white.— Occasional in the range of the species.
Tyre in Gray Herbarium, collected on open roadside, Woodford,
Vermont, August 15, 1902, W. H. Blanchard.

White-flowered forms of the other closed Gentians undoubtedly
occur but so far as the writer has seen they have been collected only
in this species and in G. Andrewsii (forma albiflora Britton).

VIII. SOME NEW OR CRITICAL PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

HreRocHiLoa oporata (L.) Wahl., var. FRAGRANS (Willd.) Richter,
forma Eamesii, n. f., panicula elongata 2—4 dm. longa, ramis paucis
remotis.

Panicle elongate, 2—4 dm. long, with few elongate branches.— Con-
NECTICUT: border of cultivated field beside salt-marsh, Fairfield,
May 13, 1910, E. H. Eames, no. 8339; field bordering salt-meadows
in rich soil, May 27, 1914, E. H. Eames, no. 8734 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

The common plant of boreal North America and the northeastern
coast is not true H. odorata of the Old World and of the Rocky Moun-
tain region, but is a pronounced variety, so well marked that by
Willdenow, Pursh, Roemer & Schultes and other authors early in the
19th century it was considered a distinct species: Holcus fragrans
Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 936 (1805), Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 78 (1814); Hiero-
chloa fragrans (Willd.) R. & S. Syst. ii. 514 (1817). Willdenow,
however, surmised that it might be a variety, saying: “ Simillimus
praecedenti [Holcus odoratus) differre tamen videtur, calyce floribus multo
longiore, corollis margine non villoso-ciliatis et flore hermaphrodito apice
laevi. An varietas ? W.” In western North America where true
Hierochloa odorata abounds the two varieties clearly intergrade as
they do in northern Europe.

Dr. Eames’s extreme form of var. fragrans was distributed as

1917] Fernald,—New or critical Plants from eastern N. America 153

Savastana Nash Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 104, t. 328 (1898),
subsequently transferred to Hierochloa as H. Nashii (Bicknell) Kacz-
marek, Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 198 (1914);! but the Eames material is
clearly an extreme development of H. odorata, var. fragrans rather
than the beautifully distinct H. Nash. The latter species has very
elongate firm and enduring cauline leaves and flowers in July and
August. H. odorata, on the other hand, flowers in the eastern states
in May and June and by July the short lanceolate soft cauline leaves
as well as the culms are quite shriveled and brown.

CYPERUS FILICINUS Vahl, var. microdontus (Torr.),n. comb. C.
microdontus Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. 255 (1836).

C. filicinus Vahl (1806) must displace C. Nuttallii Eddy (1820).
But the writer is unable to find any absolute character by which to
separate C. microdontus specifically from it. Typical C. filicinus has
the scales of the spikelets 2.5-3.5 mm. long, while C. microdontus has
them only 2 mm. long, but occasionally colonies show scales inter-
mediate in length and clearly bridging the gap between the two.
In general, C. filicinus prefers saline or brackish habitats but is occa-
sionally found in dune-hollows and other nearly fresh situations. In
southeastern Massachusetts, at least, var. microdontus seems to be
characteristic of fresh sandy pond-shores.

STENOPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britton. S. capillaris presents two
strikingly different variations which do not seem to have been recog-
nized. In the typical form of the species the spikelets are 5-10 (rarely
—20)-flowered, 2.5-7 mm. long, commonly ferruginous, occasionally
blackish; all but the central (except in dwarfed plants with reduced
inflorescences) commonly on slender pedicels up to 1.5 em. long; and
basal inflorescences are wanting or few and mostly on definite culms.
This plant is common in the southern states and extends northward
to Schenectady County, New York, northern Vermont, Coés County,
New Hampshire, and Kennebec and southern Penobscot Counties,
Maine. In the northern half of the range, from Missouri and Virginia
northward, there often occurs a plant which in its well developed

1 Kaczmarek makes the point that, if the American Code throws aside the generic names
Gillenia Moench, Meth. Suppl. 286 (1802) and Elodea Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 20 (1803) on ac-
count of the earlier Gillena Adans. Fam. ii. 166 (1763) and Elodes Adans. l. c. 444 (1763),
followers of that code should also discard the name Savastana Schrank, Baier. Fl. i. 100, 337
(1789) because of the earlier Savastania Scopoli, Introd. 213 (1777).

154 Rhodora [AUGUST

extreme appears quite distinct but which clearly passes into typical S.
capillaris. This is

STENOPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britton, var. cryptostachys, n. var.,
spiculis 12-56-floris 4-10 mm. longis plerumque nigrescentibus vel
pullis sessilibusque; inflorescentiis basilaribus confertis sessilibus.

Spikelets 12-56-flowered, 4-10 mm. long, commonly blackish or
dark-brown and sessile (or only 1 or 2 on short rays): basal inflores-
cences crowded, closely sessile-— Missouri and Virginia north to Ohio
and New England. Tyre: sandy woods, Monteer, Missouri, October
9, 1910, B. F. Bush, no. 6398c (in Gray Herb.).

CAREX ECHINATA Murr. Prodr. Fl. Goth. 76 (1770); Britten, Journ.
Bot. xlv. 163 (1907); Briq. Prodr. Fl. Corse, i. 199 (1910); not Murr.
herb. nor Kükenthal and others. C. Leersii Willd. Fl. Berol. Prodr.
28 (1787). C. stellulata Good. Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 144 (1794).— The
nomenclature of this species has been most distressingly confused and
it is apparent that many botanists have not seen or interpreted in
their full significance the above cited notes by Messrs. James Britten
and Jean Briquet. Murray, in publishing C. echinata, gave abso-
lutely no original description but cited a description of Haller’s and a
plate in Flora Danica, both of which are unquestionably the plant
which was later called C. Leersii Willd. or C. stellulata Good. Murray’s
treatment was as follows: “Carex echinata mii f. Car. spicis ternis
echinatis glumis lanceolatis, capsulae mucrone simplici HALL. Hist. n.
1366. Orp. Dan T. 284.” As distinctly pointed out by James Britten
(l. c.), and again by Briquet (l. c.), the fact, that Murray had speci-
mens as C. echinata which are not the species described by him under
that name, in no way invalidates the use of the name for the plant
actually described.

DECODON VERTICILLATUS (L.) Ell., var. LAEVIGATUS Torr. & Gray,
Fl. i. 483 (1840), described as “glabrous; leaves bright green” as
contrasted with var. pubescens Torr. & Gray, l. c. with “stem and
lower surface of the leaves more or less tomentose-pubescent,” is a
well marked geographic variety. Var. pubescens shows a strong
inclination to follow the coastal plain and related areas, while var.
laevigatus is rare or local in the coastal plain region but more general
inland. As represented in the Gray Herbarium the two varieties have
the following ranges.

Var. PUBESCENS.— Florida to Maine, chiefly on the coastal plain
or on the outwash plains of southern New England, extending inland
to northwestern Georgia, and in New England to Hampden County,

1917] Fernald,—New or critical Plants from eastern N. America 155

Massachusetts, and southern Kennebec and southern Penobscot
Counties, Maine; also St. Clair County, Illinois to northeastern
Illinois, northern Indiana, and southwestern Ontario.

Var. LAEVIGATUS.— Central Illinois and the upland of Tennessee
and southwestern Virginia, north to central Wisconsin, western and
northern New York, northern Vermont, Grafton County, New
Hampshire, and Franklin County, Maine.

ASTER CoRDIFOLIUS L., var. racemiflorus, n. var., a forma typica
recedit foliis cordatis argute dentatis sinu clauso; capitulis valde
racemosis, racemis lateralibus divergentibus vel flexuoso-recurvatis.

Differing from the typical form of the species in having the cordate
leaves coarsely dentate, and the sinus closed: heads conspicuously
racemose; the lateral racemes divergent or flexuous-recurved.— PRINCE
Epwarp IsLAND: roadside-thickets and borders of dry woods, Mal-
peque, August 29, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8135 (TYPE
in Gray Herb.).

In typical Aster cordifolius the cordate leaves are serrate and with
an open sinus, and the inflorescence is definitely paniculate, the ascend-
ing or spreading branches paniculate-forking.

SENECIO FERNALDII Greenman, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 90 (1916).
This little species of the limestone barrens of Table Mountain, Port
à Port Bay, Newfoundland, was based by Greenman upon a single
specimen. Further material collected by Dr. St. John and the writer
in July, 1914 (no. 10,873) shows the species to range from 5-13 cm.
in height; the blades of the coriaceous mostly purple-tinged basal
leaves to range from narrowly cuneate-obovate to reniform and 0.3-2
em. long, 0.5-1.5 em. broad, and to have rounded or acute dentations
or even to be lyrate-pinnatifid. The corollas, undescribed by Green-
man, have a deep-orange to almost scarlet limb; the tube bears 5
dark stripes up to the sinuses and the lobes are bordered by a similar
dark line, and in the expanded flowers the anthers are conspicuously
exserted.

Like most of the other species of Senecio with discoid heads S.
Fernaldii has a form with well developed rays, in this case the ligules
being broadly oblong, 6 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. broad, with 3 rounded
terminal teeth and 4 dark longitudinal lines. This form may be called

Senecio FERNALDII Greenman, forma lingulatus, n. f., lingulis
oblongis 6 mm. longis 3-3.5 mm. latis longitudinaliter 4-lineatis apice
3-dentatis dentibus rotundatis— NEWFOUNDLAND: very scarce,
with the typical discoid form of the species, dry exposed ledges and
shingle on the limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Moun-
tain, Port à Port Bay, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,873a (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

156 Rhodora [August

STUDIES IN CERTAIN NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
LATHYRUS.

FREDERIC K. BUTTERS anp Harop St. JoHn.

LartayRus venosus Muhl. is a strictly North American species
which is nearly confined to the eastern half of the continent, as all
the records by early botanists crediting it to the Rocky Mountains
or the Pacific Slope have proved to be founded on misconceptions.
As the species ranges from Georgia to Saskatchewan, it is not surpris-
ing that it shows considerable variation, and collectors have some-
times noted a certain discrepancy between their different collections,
and have commented on it on their labels. Thus we find T. C. Porter
saying of a certain specimen, “The large stipules puzzle me!” In
spite of such hints, the writers and compilers of floras generally have
not recognized or discussed the variability which exists in the size and
shape of the stipules, the shape of the leaflets, and the character of
the pubescence. The only exception to this is the treatment by
Torrey and Gray,' who give a general description covering the species
and all its variations, and then under this describe two varieties,
Bandy. Var. £ is said to have “larger oblong-ovate leaflets; stipules
linear-lanceolate,” and its range is given, “Georgia, Dr. Boykin.”
We now know this variety from several stations from North Carolina
to Texas. It has ovate leaflets, linear-lanceolate stipules, slightly
pilose calyx-tubes, and often a little puberulence on the stems and
leaflets. i

The variety y of Torrey and Gray is described as being “ minutely
downy-pubescent; ....stipules linear lanceolate, . . . .calyx and pedi-
cels densely pubescent,” and as growing from Saskatchewan to the
shore of Lake Superior and Illinois, “also N. W. Coast and California,
ex Hooker.” The record taken from Hooker, crediting this variety
to California and the Northwest Coast should plainly be excluded as
belonging to some one, or more than one, of the large purple-flowered
species of the Pacific slope, which resemble L. venosus, but which are
amply distinct from that species. After eliminating this western
element, we can say that we know the variety with linear-lanceolate

1 Torrey and Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 274-5 (1838).

1917] Butters & St. John,— North American Lathyrus 157

stipules and a dense puberulence on the calyx and pedicels, and in
fact throughout the plant, from West Virginia and Tennessee, north
to Ontario, and west to Saskatchewan.

Variety a of Torrey and Gray is by inference L. venosus of Muhlen-
berg, but it is not described by Torrey and Gray, nor is any statement
of its range given except in the general description and the general
range of the species, which are so framed as to include all the varieties.
L. venosus of Muhlenberg was, however, originally described as a
glabrous plant with ovate obtuse leaflets, and large ovate semi-sagit-
tate stipules. A plant corresponding entirely to this description grows
from northern New Jersey to Virginia.

It can be seen that these varieties of Torrey and Gray are perfectly
. distinct entities, with a series of correlated characters, and with definite
geographical ranges. There are in the Gray Herbarium, however,
half a dozen specimens which grow within the range of some one of
these entities, but which have a greater or less admixture of characters.
Such a specimen is one collected by Frank C. Gates, no. 1682.5, June 22,
1907, in an open grassy thicket, Winnetka, Illinois. Growing within
the range of var. y of Torrey and Gray, it has the heavy uniformly
distributed hirtellous pubescence of that variety, the broadly ovate
leaflets of their var. 8 and the broad ovate-lanceolate stipules of L.
venosus of Muhlenberg sensu stricto. The existence of such specimens
as this has convinced the authors that the entities noted above,
though for the most part easily recognizable, and possessing definite
geographical ranges, should be treated as varieties rather than as
species. In the following synopsis we have indicated the characters
of the species and of each of the varieties, and have assigned names
to the latter.

LATHYRUS VENOSUS Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. pt. 2, 1092 (1803);
Orobus Miihlenbergii Alefeld, Bonplandia, ix. 146 (1861). Plant
nearly glabrous: stems stout, 4-angled, ridged and striate, but not
winged, climbing, attaining a length of about 1 m.: stipules ovate-
lanceolate, semi-sagittate; those of the lower nodes 2-3.5 cm. long,
4-10 mm. broad; leaflets 10-12, elliptic or ovate-elliptic, mucronate,
dark green above, paler beneath, with the veins prominent, 1.5-6.5
cm. long, 1-2.8 cm. wide, opposite or sub-alternate: peduncles one
half to two thirds the length of the subtending leaves, 5-10-flowered:
flowers 15-20 mm. long; calyx glabrous except for the ciliation on
the sepals; the two upper sepals short and convergent, the three

lower, linear-lanceolate; corolla purplish.
Type COLLECTION: “in Pensylvania, Muhlenberg.”

158 Rhodora [AuGusT

Specimens examined: New Jersey: rocky banks of the Delaware
River, Phillipsburg, Warren Co., June 5, 1910, K. K. Mackenzie,
no. 4585 A; banks of the Delaware River in Warren and Hunterdon
Cos., June and July 1882, Thos. C. Porter. PENNSYLVANIA: Bethle-
hem, June 8, 1873, Thos. C. Porter; banks of the Lehigh River,
Lehigh Co., 1865, A. P. Garber. MARYLAND: on rocks at Great Falls
of the Potomac, May 10, 1899, Th. Holm. District or COLUMBIA:
alluvial ground, vicinity of Washington, May 6, 1896, Æ. S. Steele.
VirGcInia: Glasgow, May 29, 1909, Edwin B. Bartram.

Var. meridionalis, n. var., var. 8 of Torrey and Gray, Fl. N. Am. i.
274 (1838), a specie differt caule paulo hirtello; stipulis minoribus
lineari-lanceolatis semi-sagittatis ad nodos inferiores 1-1.5 cm. longis
1.5-3 mm. latis, ad nodos superiores minimis; foliolis late ovatis
obtusis hirtellis vel glabratis; pedunculis 5-18-floriferis; calyce paulo
hirtello vel glabrato.

This variety differs from the species in having the stem lightly
hirtellous; the stipules smaller, linear-lanceolate and semi-sagittate,
those of the lower nodes 1-1.5 cm. long, 1.5-3 mm. wide, those of the
upper nodes very minute; the leaflets broadly ovate, obtuse, hirtel-
lous or glabrate; peduncles 5-18-flowered; the calyx lightly hirtellous
or glabrate.

Specimens examined: NortH CaroLina: wooded slopes of Pisgah
Mountain, June 16, 1897, Biltmore Herbarium, no. 1222 b; mountains,
Hot Springs, June 3, 1899, J. R. Churchill. Groreata: S. Boykin
(TYPE in Gray Herb.); Nuttall. Lovutstana: banks of streams, Shreve-
port, April 20, 1901, Wm. M. Canby. Texas: Wright. Also speci-
mens grown in the Harvard Botanical Garden, from seed collected
near the French Broad River, Tennessee.

Var. intonsus, n. var., var. y of Torrey and Gray, Fl. N. Am., i.
274 (1838); L. multiflorus Nutt. ex Torrey and Gray, loc. cit.; L.
decaphyllus Hooker, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 159 (1840); probably also L.
decaphyllus Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 471 (1814), a specie differt planta
tota hirtella; stipulis minoribus, lineari-lanceolatis semi-sagittatis ad
nodos inferiores 1.2-2 cm. longis, 2.5-5 mm. latis, ad nodos superiores
angustissimis; foliolis ellipticis; pedunculis 6-18-floriferis.

This variety differs from the species in being hirtellous throughout;
in attaining the height of 2 m.; in having smaller stipules, which are
linear-lanceolate and semisagittate, those of the lower nodes 1.2-2 cm.
long, 2.5-5 mm. wide, those of the upper nodes very narrow; and in
the 6-18-flowered peduncles. It differs from the var. meridionalis in
its greater pubescence, its somewhat larger stipules, and especially
in the form of the leaflets, which are elliptic instead of broadly ovate.

Specimens examined: West VireGinta: altitude 2500-3400 ft.,
Kates Mountain, Greenbrier Co., May 17, 1893, A. A. Heller. TEN-
NESSEE: shady bank, Lookout Mountain near Chattanooga, May 18,
1911, J. R. Churchill. Ontario: hillside near Galt, June 6, 1905,
Geo. Prescott; Point Edward, Lake Huron, June 19, 1901, John

1917] Butters & St. John,— North American Lathyrus 159

Macoun, Can. Geol. Surv. no. 34,218; twenty miles up the Kaminis-
tiqua, Lake Superior, July 12, 1869, John Macoun no. 20. Wisconsin:
Green Bay, June 9, 1898, J. H. Schuette; Despere Ledge, June 30,
1882, J. H. Schuette (rype in Hb. Gray). Minnesota: Nicollet,
June, 1892, C. A. Ballard; Lake City, June 25, 1883, W. H. Manning.
Manirospa: Lake Winnepeg Valley, 1857, Bourgeau. Nortu
Dakota: thickets in Turtle Mountains, July 24, 1902, J. Lumell.
SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, E. Bourgeau; Cypress Hills, June 27, 1894,
John Macoun.

In the study of the varieties of Lathyrus venosus described above, it
has become evident that there has been much confusion in the nomen-
clature of certain western species of this genus. This confusion has
arisen chiefly from varying interpretations of L. decaphyllus and
Vicia stipulacea of Pursh, and L. polymorphus of Nuttall.

Lathyrus decaphyllus Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 471 (1814), is described
as follows: “L. caule tetragono, stipulis semisagittatis linearibus,
foliis 5-jugis: foliolis oblongo-ellipticis mucronatis, pedunculis 3-4
floris. On the banks of the Missouri. 2. v. s. Flowers purple,
large; pods large.” The plants which Pursh described in the body
of his flora as from “the banks of the Missouri” were mainly those
collected by Lewis and Clark on their exploring expedition, but this
species is not mentioned in any of the recent editions of their Journals
nor is it among the Lewis and Clark plants now deposited in the
herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. A
manuscript note of Dr. Gray’s shows that the type specimen was not
among the Pursh plants in the Lambert Herbarium, when he exam-
ined them. It is therefore exceedingly improbable that the type of
this species is now in existence, and consequently the interpretation
of it must rest entirely upon the description in Pursh’s Flora. In
1818 Nuttall ! interpreted L. decaphyllus Pursh as identical with Vicia
stipulacea Pursh. There seems to be little justification for this, as
the latter species has narrowly linear-lanceolate leaflets, instead of
the oblong-elliptic ones attributed to L. decaphyllus. Following Prof.
N. L. Britton,? recent American authors have applied the name
L. decaphyllus to a low, large-flowered species of the Rocky Moun-
tains of Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona. This species is said to
occur as far north as southern Idaho, but even granting the correct-
ness of this report, it still fails by three hundred miles to reach the

1 Nuttall, T., Genera of N. Am. PL. ii. 97 (1818).
2 Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, v. 207 (1894).

160 Rhodora AUGUST

“banks of the Missouri,” which is the type location of Pursh’s species.
Besides the discrepancy of range, this Rocky Mountain species differs
from L. decaphyllus as characterized by Pursh, in having elliptic-
lanceolate instead of oblong-elliptic leaflets, and in very rarely pos-
sessing five pairs of leaflets. Although Pursh described his species as
having only 3—4 flowers, the authors feel, on account of the other
characters, — the semi-sagittate linear stipules and the five pairs of
oblong-elliptic mucronate leaflets, — and on account of the type local-
ity, that L. decaphyllus Pursh was in all probability identical with the
plant above described as L. venosus var. intonsus. It may be noted
that Hooker ! made a similar interpretation of Pursh’s species, although
he failed to recognize its specific identity with the eastern form of
L. venosus.

The only other name which has been used for the Rocky Mountain
species which we have deprived of the name L. decaphyllus, is L. poly-
morphus Nutt.2 In the original publication of this name, after the
technical description, Nuttall adds, “Has. On the grassy alluvial
plains of the Missouri, from its confluence to its sources? Flowers as
large as those of Pisum maritimum, and of a fine purple, variable
however in size as well as the leaves, hence it appears to be L. deca-
phyllus Pu 2. p. 471, and Vicia stipulacea of the same, 2. p. 739. as
both these specific names are inexpressive and deceptive, I could not
in candour do otherwise than reject them.” Now, we have already
shown that Lathyrus decaphyllus Pursh, and Vicia stipulacea Pursh
are not identical. Excluding, then, Nuttall’s synonym, L. decaphyl-
lus, his description of L. polymorphus, in greater part at least, is applic-
able to Vicia stipulacea of Pursh, and we would, accordingly relegate
it to the synonymy of the latter species, since we cannot reject an
older specific name as “inexpressive and deceptive.” As will appear
below, Pursh’s Vicia stipulacea is not the Rocky Mountain species
now under discussion. It is possible that even more than two species
entered into Nuttall’s conception of L. polymorphus, but if so, we are
unable to identify them, and the range given seems to preclude entirely
the application of this name to the Rocky Mountain species discussed
above. We are, therefore constrained to describe this well known
plant as a new species.

LaTHYRUS eucosmus, n. sp. — L. polymorphus of Torrey and Gray
in part, and of later American authors, not of Nuttall; L. decaphyllus

1 Hooker, W. J., Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 159-60 (1839).
3 Nuttall, T., Genera of N. Am. PI. ii. 96-7 (1818).

1917] Butters & St. John,— North American Lathyrus 161

of Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. v. 207 (1894), not of Pursh or
Hooker — humilis, ramosus saepe decumbens pilosus vel saepius basim
versus glabratus, 1.5-3.5 dm. altus; caule 1-3 mm. crasso striato
4-angulato haud alato; stipulis lineari-lanceolatis attenuatis semi-
sagittatis 5-22 mm. longis, 1+ mm. latis, nervosis; foliolis 4-12
subalternis elliptico-lanceolatis mucronatis 1.5-6 cm. longis, 3-13 mm.
latis, nervosis; cirrhis simplicibus vel 2-3-fidis; ramis cum pedunculis
1-3 folia superantibus 2-5-floriferis instructis; floribus magnis pulchris
purpureis 1.8-3 cm. longis; calyce campanulato oblique 5-dentato,
dentibus superioribus brevibus adscendentibus, inferioribus atten-
uatis patentibus.

Plant low and branching, often decumbent, pilose, or more fre-
quently glabrate towards the base, 1.5-3.5 dm. tall: stem striate and

4-angled, not at all winged, 1-3 mm. in thickness: stipules linear-
lanceolate, attenuate semisagittate, 5-22 mm. in length, 1-4 mm. in
breadth, with prominent raised nerves; leaflets 4-12 in number,
sub-alternate, elliptic-lanceolate and mucronate, the longitudinal
nerves raised and prominent, leaflets 1.5-6 cm. long, 3-13 mm. wide;
tendrils unbranched, or 2-3-parted: branches of the stem bearing
1-3 peduncles, which are 2-5-flowered, and exceed the leaves: flowers
beautiful, large and purple, 1.8-3 cm. long; calyx campanulate
obliquely 5-toothed, the upper teeth short and ascending, the lower
elongate and divergent.

Specimens examined: Cotorapo: Rocky Mountains, 1862, Æ.
Hall & J. P. Harbour, no. 111; low lands by streams on the plains,
Golden City ete., May 25, 1870, E. L. Greene, no. 94; Gunnison,
altitude 7680 ft., July 7, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 355; Sapinero, altitude
7250 ft., June 19, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 181; clay hillside, altitude
5400 ft. Naturita, May 16, 1914, Edwin Payson, no. 312; Gato,
June 18, 1899, C. F. Baker, no. 432; roadsides below Mancos, July 8,
1898, C. F. Baker, F. S. Earle and S. M. Tracy, no. 413; collected on
Long’s Ist expedition, Dr. James. New Mexico: altitude 7044 ft.,
Santa Fe, June, 1874, J. T. Rothrock, no. 3; altitude 7200 ft., Santa
Fe, May 4, 1897, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, no. 3658 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.); 1847, A. Fendler, no. 115; Gray, altitude 6000 ft., June
13, 1898, Josephine Skehan, no. 24; Fort Wingate, 1882, W. Matthews,
no. 18. ARIZONA: Little Colorado, Dr. Newberry; 1880, Mr. & Mrs.
J. G. Lemmon.

Of the various names mentioned above, which have been tossed
about from one species to another, there is but one left to dispose of,
Vicia stipulacea of Pursh.! This species was described in considerable
detail by Pursh, in the supplement to his Flora. The type was col-
lected by Bradbury, presumably along the Missouri River, somewhere

1 Pursh, F., Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 739 (1814). The original spelling is Vicia stipulacca, an obvious
misprint, which has been uniformly quoted as V. stipulacea. | Unfortunately the name occurs

but once, in Pursh’s Flora, as the supplement is not indexed. The so-called second edition of
the Flora is merely an identical reprint.

162 Rhodora [Auaust

between its mouth and the site now occupied by Bismark, North
Dakota. The actual type specimen is now in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. There is also a small
fragment of the same specimen, given to Dr. Gray many years ago,
and now in the Gray Herbarium. Mr. Bayard Long has been kind
enough to examine the Philadelphia specimen for us. He writes,
“There are two quite similar plants, mounted on one of the old smaller-
sized sheets characteristic of ‘Pursh’s specimen!’ (as they are marked)
with an original ticket ‘Vicia Stipulacea’ and also pencilled on (as a
copy of data on the back of the sheet) Louisiana, Bradbury’.” Mr.
Long gives a detailed description of the specimens, which corresponds
exactly with the fragment in the Gray Herbarium, and with our con-
ception of the species formed from Pursh’s description. It is the
abundant plant of the dry plains of Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma,
Wyoming and Colorado, which has commonly passed under the name
of L. ornatus Nutt. This plant has simple or bushily branched striate
4-angled wingless stems: stipules linear or linear-lanceolate with
prominent nerves, often half the size of the leaflets, and sometimes
slightly semi-sagittate, the lower lobe much shorter than the upper;
the leaflets 4-10, opposite or sub-alternate, narrowly linear or linear-
lanceolate, mucronate; the tendrils reduced to a mere bristle or
wanting: the peduncles 2-7-flowered, exceeding the leaves; the flow-
ers purple, large and showy, 2-3 cm. long. It is either quite glabrous,
as is the type material, or densely sericeous throughout, the phase
described as L. ornatus Nutt., var. incanus Smith & Rydb., and later
raised by Dr. Rydberg to specific rank without any further discussion
of its characters.

Lathyrus polymorphus Nutt.,' excluding the synonym L. decaphyl-
lus Pursh, is, as stated above, and as maintained by Nuttall, himself,
a synonym of Vicia stipulacea Pursh, but as the latter name was
published at an earlier date, and is not invalidated in any way, it can-
not be rejected?

1 Nuttall, T., Genera of N. Am. Pl. ii. 96-7 (1818).

* Lathyrus stipulaceus Le Conte in Torrey’s Catalogue of the Plants of New York, 92 (1819),
taken up by De Candolle (Prod. ii. 371, 1825) and Hooker (FI. Bor. Am. i. 160, 1840), was later
reduced by Torrey himself (Fl. of the State of N. Y. i. 158, 1843) to the position of a pure syn-
onym of L. myrtifolius Muhl., and has been so regarded ever since. According to the Inter-
national Rules, the existence of this invalid homonym cannot invalidate the use of the specific
name stipulaceus, for the plant now under discussion. Apparently Hooker applied Le Conte’s
name to some plant other than the New York plant to which it was originally given, possibly
to some form of L. venosus, but his interpretation of this name is of neither taxonomic nor
nomenclatorial interest, as the name itself has obviously no validity.

1917] Gleason,— A Prairie near Ann Arbor, Michigan 163

Torrey and Gray, in their Flora! published one of Nuttall’s manu-
script names, Lathyrus ornatus. Specimens of Nuttall’s original col-
lection are in the Gray Herbarium, and in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. They are marked in
Nuttall’s handwriting, “Lathyrus * ornatus, Kansa prairies.” This
appears in Torrey and Gray’s Flora as “ Kamassa prairies,” but in
the copy now in the library of the Gray Herbarium there is a marginal
note made by Dr. Gray, changing Kamassa to Kansa. Mr. Bayard
Long, after comparing the type specimens of Vicia stipulacea Pursh
and Lathyrus ornatus Nutt. in the herbarium of the Philadelphia
Academy, reports to us, “I should say that they are unquestionably
identical!”

Without further discussion, we proceed to make the new combina-
tions which are necessary:

Latruyrus stipulaceus (Pursh), n. comb. Vicia stipulacca Pursh,
Fl. Am. Sept. 739 (1814); Lathyrus polymorphus Nutt. in greater
part, Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii. 96-7 (1818); L. ornatus Nutt. ex T. & G.,
FI. N. Am. i. 277 (1838).

L. STIPULACEUS (Pursh) Butters & St. John, var. incanus (Smith &
Rydb.),n. comb. L. ornatus Nutt., var. incanus Smith & Rydb. Bot.
Sem. Univ. Nebr. pt. 21, 64 (1895); L. incanus (Smith & Rydb.)
Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxiii. 144 (1906).

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

A PRAIRIE NEAR ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN.
HENRY ALLAN GLEASON.

Tue original land survey of Washtenaw County, Michigan, now on
file in the office of the Register of Deeds, describes a tract of land about
six miles north of Ann Arbor as “plains.” Several other small areas
are described as “ prairies,’ and it is a matter of some botanical
interest to ascertain what the original vegetation of such areas was.
In every case investigated so far, the so-called prairies have been
found to be bogs. Probably the word prairies was suggested to the
surveyor by the considerable expanse of level bog covered thickly with

Carex filiformis.
1 Torrey and Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 277 (1838).

164 Rhodora [August

The plains, on the other hand, occupy an area of rolling topography,
so that their name was probably suggested by the vegetation. The
older inhabitants of the region verify this idea, and state that it was
originally completely treeless. At the present time it is almost com-
pletely under cultivation, and several small groves of native trees
occur. The prairie vegetation with which it was formerly covered
has disappeared almost completely. A few species still occur along
the roadsides, such as Andropogon furcatus, Desmodium illinoense,
Silphium terebinthinaceum, Coreopsis tripteris, and Heliopsis scabra.
Further search at other seasons would doubtless reveal others.

Just north of this area there is still preserved a small tract of grassy
marsh, about two acres in extent and in almost original condition.
This marsh resembles a hydrophytic prairie closely in general appear-
ance, and includes a number of prairie species in its floristic composi-
tion.

The wetter portion of the tract is dominated chiefly by Sorghastrum
nutans and Sporobolus heterolems. The former is a common member
of prairie associations farther west, although its distribution ranges
eastward to the Atlantic coast. Sporobolus heterolepis is listed in
manuals as extending east to Connecticut. It is abundant in the
prairies of Iowa and adjacent states, is rare in Illinois, and is not listed
at all in Beal’s Flora of Michigan. With these two grasses is a mixture
of other herbaceous species. Some of these are common in Michigan
bogs and swamps, as Sarracenia purpurea, Amphicarpa monoica, Par-
nassia caroliniana, and Phragmites communis. Others are equally
typical of hydrophytic prairies in Illinois, as Gentiana procera, Liatris
spicata, Oxypolis rigidior, and Solidago ohioensis, while Tofieldia
glutinosa suggests the shores of the Great Lakes.

In the drier portion of the area Sporobolus heterolepis and Andro-
pogon furcatus are dominant. The latter, the well-known blue-joint
grass, is typical of the mesophytic prairies of the Middle West. Other
prairie species in this portion are Thaspiwm aureum, Muhlenbergia
mexicana, Solidago ohioensis, Helianthus grosseserratus, Phlox pilosa,
Aster novae-angliae, Silphium terebinthinaceum, Andropogon scoparius,
Cypripedium candidum, Sorghastrum nutans, Liatris spicata, and Des-
modium illinoense. Four species common in most Michigan bogs also
occur: Potentilla fruticosa, Eupatorium purpureum var. maculatum,
Aspidium thelypteris, and Lilium philadelphicum.

The peculiarity of the small tract, accordingly, lies not so much in

1917] St. John,— Remarks on North American Alopecurus 165

the species represented as in their general grouping and the appearance
of the area. The almost complete absence of shrubs, the dominance
of grasses, and the level topography combine to, give it a strong
resemblance to a hydrophytic prairie of northern Illinois. Indeed
it may be assumed that this area represents a relic colony of prairie
plants, persisting from a time when prairies occupied a wide extent
in southern Michigan, and now somewhat mixed with various marsh
species which have immigrated in recent times from the neighboring
swamps and bogs.

Paper no. 157 from the BOTANICAL LABORATORY
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN.

REMARKS ON SEVERAL NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
ALOPECURUS.

HAROLD St. JOHN.

A THOROUGH study of abundant material and dissections of spike-
lets from each specimen have made it clear to the writer that Alope-
curus geniculatus L. and A. aristulatus Michx.' have constant characters
and should be treated as distinct species:

A. aristulatus Michx. is a native of northern Europe, Asia, and in
America from the region of the Gulf of St. Lawrence south to Mary-
land and west to. the Pacific slope. It has a short straight awn
attached to the back of the lemma midway between its top and base.
The awn is included in or slightly extruded beyond the glumes.
Mature spikelets measure from 2-2.2 mm. in length.

A. geniculatus L., a native of northern Eurasia, has a long exserted
twisted awn attached near the base of the lemma, usually one quarter
of the distance from its base to its summit. Mature spikelets of this
species measure 3 mm. in length. The drawings in Britton & Brown’s

1 A. fulvus Sm. Eng. Bot. xxi. 1, 467 (1805) is synonymous with A. aristulatus, and is often
taken up for it on the basis of having been published in 1790, as the first volume of Smith’s
English Botany was, but volume xxi in which the original description and plate appeared was
published in 1805. A. aristulatus was published by Michaux in his Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 43 (1803).

166 Rhodora [AucusT

Illustrated Flora! illustrate clearly the spikelet-differences between
A. aristulatus and A. geniculatus. Although rather common in eastern
North America, A. geniculatus does not seem to occur far away from
the habitations or works of man, and it does not seem to be a native.

A series of specimens from the Coastal Plain, from eastern Massa-
chusetts southward to Florida and Texas, and northward in the
Mississippi valley to Madison, Wisconsin, have the habit and even
the exact awn-characters of A. geniculatus, but instead of having
spikelets 3 mm. in length, as does that species, these coastal plain
specimens have the mature spikelets 2-2.4 mm. in length. The
measurements in all these cases apply to the length of the glumes,
and do not include the awn. With the exception of the range these
plants seem to have no other difference but the size of the spikelet
to separate them from the European A. geniculatus. Consequently,
it is deemed best to treat this plant as an American variety. The
labels of the twenty-six sheets of this plant at hand are tantalizingly
inadequate in regard to the statement of habitat. The inference is,
however, that this plant is a native of North America. Certainly
there are no old world species or varieties into which it fits.

Walter described an A. carolinianus? which may have been the
plant in question, the A. geniculatus of current manuals of the botany
of the southern states. Walter’s description is unfortunately too brief
to be capable of exact interpretation. Prof. A. S. Hitchcock in his
article on “The Identification of Walter’s Grasses” 3 reports that
no specimen of this exists in Walter’s herbarium, although Pursh seems
to have seen it there before publishing his Flora Americae Septentri-
onalis in 1814. Dr. Gray examined and made notes concerning Walter’s
plants in February, 1839, but he did not consider the grasses. After a
discussion of the conflicting evidence about A. carolinianus, Hitchcock
concludes, “This species must remain doubtful.”

In 1808 Poiret described * as a new species A. ramosus, giving its
characters in great detail. These were drawn from a specimen col-
lected by Bosc in Carolina. This is surely the coastal plain Alopecurus
under discussion. Further confirmation of this is given by Steudel *
who maintains Poiret’s species A. ramosus, cites the Bose specimen

TIL Fi. ed. 2, i. 192 (1913).
2 Walter, Thomas: Flora Caroliniana, 74 (1788).
3 Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. xvi. 40 (1905).

4 Poir. in Lamarck: Encyclopedie Methodique Botanique, viii. 776 (1808),
5 Steudel, E. G.: Synopsis Pl. Graminearum, i. 147-8 (1854).

1917] Blake,— Vernonia altissima var. taeniotricha, var. nov. 167

from Carolina, and adds one other, “N. Orleans. Drummond.”
Fortunately there is in the Gray Herbarium a specimen of this latter,
and it is without any question the southern plant with small spikelets.
All doubt as to the application of the name A. ramosus being removed,
the new combination is made below.

ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS L., var. ramosus (Poir.), n. comb. A.
ramosus Poir. in Lamarck, Encyc. Meth. Bot. viii. 776 (1808).

TYPE SPECIMEN: CAROLINA: Bosc.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED (all in the Gray Herbarium or the Herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club). Massacuusetts: path by
ditch, Great Meadows, 20 rods east of rocky island, Concord, July 7,
1859, H. D. Thoreau. Connecticut: Rocky Hill, June 15, 1894,
Frances Wilson Starmer; wet places, common, Rocky Hill, May 28,
1894, Frances Wilson Starmer, Grasses of Conn., no. 59. PENNSYL-
VANIA: meadows near Philadelphia, July, 1876, Isaac C. Martindale.
VirGINIA: in roadside ditch, Buckroe, May 18, 1912, B. L. Robinson,
no. 417. Sours CaroLina: damp clay soils, Santee Canal, April,
H. W. Ravenel. Gerorata: Chattahoochie, May 2, 1899, Wm. M.
Canby. Fiortpa: Chapman; 1843, F. Rugel, no. 223. MIssIssippt:
Starkville, April 19, 1892, S. M. Tracy, no. 1396. Lovistana: New
Orleans, Drummond, Riddell; common in wet ground, Gretna, April
19, 1899, C. R. Ball, no. 303. Texas: Wright; Terrell, May 5, 1904,
F. J. Tyler. TENNESSEE: damp ground, Jackson, April, 1893,
Samuel M. Bain, no. 212. Oxtanoma: Huntsville, April 20, 1896,
Laura A. Blankinship; at grassy edge of springy creek, Alva, May 1
and 20, 1914, G. W. Stevens, nos. 3,018 & 3,044; edge of small pond,
Whitehorse, April 30, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 243; at edge of pond,
Cherokee, May 24, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 643. Kansas: low
ground, Riley Co., May 21, 1895, J. B. Norton, no. 600. Iowa:
Mt. Pleasant, July 18, 1894, J. H. Mills. Iturnots: wet lands,
Athens, 1861, E. Hall; damp heavy ground, Peoria, July, 1903, F. E.
McDonald; moist soil, Wady Petra, June 13, 1899, Virginius H. Chase,
Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 335. Wisconsin: Madison, T. J. Hale.

Gray HERBARIUM.

VERNONIA ALTISSIMA Nutt. var. taeniotricha, var. nov.— Caulis et
panicula plus minusve sordide pilosa pilis laxe curvatis multiloculatis;
folia supra sparse et sordide pubescentia infra ad costam patenti-
pilosa ad venas laterales patenti-pilosula pilis laxis sordidis multi-
loculatis— InpIaANA: in a prairie habitat, along the Lake Erie
Railway, west of Goldsmith, Tipton Co., 26 Aug. 1913, Mrs. Chas. C.
Deam 14,114; low border of swamp about 6 km. east of Columbia
City, Whitley Co., 23 Aug. 1914, Chas. C. Deam 14,539 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.). It.tnors: roadside, Urbana, 23 Sept. 1909, A. S.

168 Rhodora [AuGusT

Pease 12,442. Mississippi: Star, 18 Aug. 1903, S. M. Tracy 8537;
Agricultural College, Oktibbeha Co., 11-17 Aug. 1896, C. L. Pollard
1267.— The following sheets (of which the two latter were labelled
V. altissima by Mr. Gleason) are similar but have considerably larger
heads, and probably represent a different form. Mussourt: St.
Louis, 1846, G. Engelmann; shady banks of Mississippi River, St.
Louis, Sept., 1842, G. Engelmann; bottoms, Courtney, 2 Oct. 1903,
B. F. Bush 1906.

From the description of Vernonia gigantea pubescens Morris,!
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. 179 (1900), I was inclined to believe that it
might be identical with the variety here described. Examination of
the type (U. S. Nat. Herb. 393,253: meadow along Horse & Hound
Crs., below Baileysville, Wyoming Co., West Virginia, alt. 335-365 m.,
20 Aug. 1900, Morris 1274), made possible through the kindness of
Mr. P. C. Standley, has shown, however, that such is not the case.
The stem of this specimen is smooth nearly to the inflorescence, the
leaves subglabrous or subglabrate above, and beneath rather sparsely
pubescent with appressed not obviously many-celled hairs. It is
more or less discolored with bad drying and somewhat covered with a
grayish mold, and the name given it by Morris may have been derived
in part from this circumstance. Its pubescence is in fact precisely
the same as that of the plant here taken, following Nuttall’s descrip-
tion and Gleason’s monograph, as typical V. altissima Nutt. Morris’s
plant, however, can scarcely belong to this species, for its phyllaries
are rather shortly but distinctly caudate-attenuate. If not referable
to V. glauca (L.) Willd., from which it scarcely differs save in the
slightly smaller heads and somewhat purplish-tinged pappus, it is
probably a hybrid of that with some other species.— S. F. BLAKE,
Gray Herbarium.

f Vernonia maxima pubescens Morris ex Britton, Man. ed. 1.919 (1901); V. altissima Nutt.
var. pubescens (Morris) Daniels, Univ. Mo. Studies, Sci. Ser. i. 402 (repr. 260) (1907).

Vol. 19, no. 223, including pages 113 to 132, was issued 2 July, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

' Vol. 19. September, 1917. No. 225.

CONTRIBUTIONS: FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New SERIES.— No. LI.

TAXONOMIC AND GEOGRAPHIC STUDIES IN NORTH
AMERICAN FERNS.

FREDERIC K. BUTTERS.
(Plate 123.)
INTRODUCTION.

Writine about the ferns of China, Christ says, “It has been be-
lieved and is still believed, that the distribution of ferns differs essen-
tially from that of Phanerogams, in that the former have more extended
ranges, and that endemism among them is less marked. Nothing is
more incorrect. In specialization of species and endemism, the class
of Pteridophytes is on a level with the remainder of the flora. Wher-
ever the flora has an original character, and endemic forms play a
great part, wherever types vary, and give rise to a circle of derived
forms, these peculiarities appear strongly also among the ferns.” !

1 On a cru, et on croit encore, que la dispersion des Fougères diffère essentiellement de celle des
Phanérogams dans ce sens que les premiéres auraient des aires plus vaste, et que l’endémisme
serait moins accentué. Rien n’est plus inexact. La spécialisation des espéces et endémisme
dans la classe des Ptéridophytes, vont de pair avec le reste de la flore. Partout où la flore a
un caractère original et où les formes endémiques jouent un grand rôle, partout où les types
varient et s’entourent d’un cercle de formes dérivées, ces particuliarités s’étendent tout aussi
bien sur les Fougéres. Christ, H., Les Collections de Fougéres de la Chine au Muséum
d’histoire naturelle de Paris. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, lii. Mém. i. 9 (1905).

170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Nevertheless, the commonly accepted range of some of our most
familiar ferns is much more extended than is usual in the case of
Phanerogams, and not infrequently is quite at variance with the ławs
of distribution which have been worked out for the latter type of
plants. ’

In a recent examination of the ferns of the Selkirk Mountains it
occurred to the author to make a critical study of some of the forms
which are supposed to have a very wide and somewhat anomalous
range. It appeared that, in the treatment of closely related species
of ferns, and of races within the species, too much reliance had been
placed on such superficial characters as details in the form and cutting
of the fronds, characters of a kind which botanists have found to be
peculiarly unreliable in most groups of plants. It seemed that a
study of such technical characters as the size, form and sculpture of
the spores, and details of the structure of the sporangia, sori, indusia
and scales, might reveal characters of a more stable nature than the
purely vegetative ones usually employed. As will be seen in the fol-
lowing series of papers, this study has led, in the case of several of our
common groups of ferns, to the separation of species and varieties, in
other cases to the recombination of forms supposed to be distinct, and
the races characterized by the same technical characters have been
found in all cases to have geographical ranges quite in harmony with
well-known laws of the distribution of flowering plants.

I. THE GENUS ATHYRIUM AND THE NORTH AMERICAN
FERNS ALLIED TO ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA.

1. THE Genus ATHYRIUM.

Fern genera are traditionally unsatisfactory, and in no part of the
group are they more so than in the alliance of which the lady fern is a
member. These form a naturally compact group in which it is some-
times difficult to distinguish clearly between the species, yet in some
treatments of the ferns the species described below have been rele-
gated to as many as three different genera, while Athyrium Filix-femina
itself has been placed by reputable authors in at least four of the larger
fern genera. This is largely due to the attempt, current throughout
the latter part of the eighteenth, and much of the nineteenth century,

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 171

to rely entirely upon the structure of the sorus and indusium for
generic distinctions and delimitations. This attempt is now seen to
have resulted in an artificial system entirely comparable to the Lin-
naean system of classification of flowering plants. In some cases,
particularly in highly specialized groups, it resulted in bringing
together related forms, but it often led to obvious absurdities both of
aggregation and of separation. It naturally resulted in particularly
illogical results in such a group as Athyrium, where the sorus is a
peculiarly variable and unstable organ.

The genus Athyrium Roth ex Mertens! was originally founded
entirely upon soral characters which further investigation has shown
to be illusory. In view of this it is not strange that botanists like
Mettenius and Hooker should have found it impossible to maintain
the genus, and should have considered it merely as a section of Asplen-
ium. In 1866 and 1870, Milde, however, in two notable papers?
showed that the lady fern and its relatives differ in several respects
from the true Asplenza, and refounded the genus Athyrium on a firmer
basis. He laid particular stress on the structure of the scales in the
two genera and on differences in the vascular structure of the frond.
He also pointed out that Phyllitis (Scolopendrium) and Camptosorus
agree with Asplenium in both of these respects, while Diplazium, sev-
eral of the other genera of Asplenicae, and the more primitive genera
of the Aspidicae agree with Athyrium. In his second paper he confirms
his earlier results so far as the differences between Athyrium and
Asplenium are concerned, but he confesses that he is unable to main-
tain any generic difference between Athyrium and Diplazium, and he
accordingly transfers a long list of species from the latter genus to
Athyrium.

In general, the distinctions pointed out by Milde hold very well,

1 Auszug eines Briefes von Hrn. Prof. Mertens in Bremen an den Herausgeber, Rémer’s Archiv
fiir die Botanik, ii. pt. 1, 105 (1799).

Roth, A. G., Tentamen Florae Germanicae, iii. 58 (1800).

Roth’s diagnostic character was the recurved sorus. Though his description of the genus
was evidently based almost wholly on A. Filix-femina, which has since been considered the type
of the genus, and on its various European forms, which he treated as distinct species, he listed
as the first species A. fontanum, a genuine Asplenium with no close affinity to the lady fern.
This species often has some of its sori recurved, and rarely has a few of them hooked as in true
Athyrium. Roth’s reason for placing this fern first was evidently merely that he was arrang-
ing all of the species in order, with the least compound first. That he did not consider it typical
is evident, as it differs in several respects, notably in its entire indusia, from his generic descrip-
tion.

2 Milde, J., Das Genus Athyrium. Bot. Zeit. xxiv. 373 (1866).
Id., Ueber Athyrium, Asplenium und Verwandte, Bot. Zeit. xxviii. 329 et sqq. (1870).

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

though there are a very few species of Diplazium in which one or the
other breaks down. Such partially intermediate species occur, how-
ever, throughout the ferns, and any attempt to unite the larger fern
genera on such grounds would result in reducing such a family as the
Polypodiaceae to a very few genera — possibly to a single genus.

The scales of Asplenium consist of oblong cells, apparently nearly
square in cross section, and the vertical interior cell-walls are dark
colored and much thickened, while the superficial and marginal walls
are very thin and transparent. This gives the scale, under the
microscope, a clathrate appearance. In Athyrium, on the other hand,
the typical scales are composed of elongated, more or less fibrous cells
which are somewhat rounded in cross section, and all parts of the cell-
wall are equally thickened, sometimes slightly, sometimes very greatly.

Fig. 1. Structure of the stipe in the genera Athyrium and Diplazium. A-D, Athyrium
angustum (Willd.) Presl. A, lower part of the stipe, X 5; B, upper end of the stipe, X 5; C,
rachis of the frond; D, midrib of a pinna, X 10; E, F, Diplazium plantgginifolium (L.)
(Brazilian material). E, stipe, X 10; F, midrib of the blade, X 10; G, H, D. grandifolium
Sw. G, stipe, X 10; H, midrib of the blade, X 10.

The result is that, under the microscope, there is no such contrast
between walls and lumina as is seen in the scales of Asplenium. Similar
scales áre found in Cystopteris, in Dryopteris, in Diplazium and in
several other genera. In some species of Athyrium and in many
species of Diplazium, the much reduced scales which occur along the
rachis and veins of the frond, and especially in the axils of the pinnae,
are somewhat clathrate, but the large basal scales, occurring on the
rhizome and on the bases of the stipes are of the characteristic form
just described.

In Athyrium and Diplazium the structure of the stipe and the
rachis is rather uniform (see fig. 1). Two large bundles enter the
base of the stipe. These may be nearly parallel, but more com-
monly they are somewhat inclined towards each other on the ab-axial

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 173

side of the stipe. They are usually well separated from each other
and in a frond broken off at the base, they often project as two per-
fectly distinct fibrous cords. Taken as a whole, the xylem groups of
the bundles are somewhat concave on their inner faces, though their
central portion usually curves in the opposite direction. The tips of
the xylem groups, and especially those facing the ad-axial side of the
stipe are always sharply inflexed towards the middle of the stipe.
These inflexed tips of the xylem may extend in at a sharp angle to the
main mass of the xylem, in which case they are very conspicuous,
or they may be completely inflexed, so as to lie closely applied to the
inner face of the main xylem mass. Milde noted the existence of these
inflexed parts of the bundle in those ferns in which they are conspicu-
ous, but he seems to have overlooked the entirely parallel condition

Fig. 2. Structure of the stipe in the genus Asplenium. A,B, A. Trichomanes L. A, stipe,
X 10; B, detail of the xylem of A. C-F, A. viride Huds. C, base of stipe, X 10; D, upper
part of the stipe, X 10; E, detail of the xylem of D; F, rachis of the frond, X 10; G, H,
A. bulbiferum Forst. G, stipe, X 33. H, rachis of the frond, X 3}. I-K, A. fragrans Sw.
I, stipe, X 24; J, detail of the xylem of I; K, rachis of the frond, X 5.

in such species as Athyrium Filix-femina in which the tips of the
xylem, are so much inflexed as to be almost hidden against the mass
of the bundle. Sooner or later the two bundles unite by their dorsal
extremities into a single U-shaped, or rarely V-shaped bundle. The
structure of the stipe of Dryopteris Thelypteris (L.) A. Gray, D. mon-
tana (Vogler) Watt and other related species of Dryopteris is identical
with that of Athyriwm.

In Asplenium the vascular structure of the stipe is less uniform,
and Milde recognizes four classes of structure in this genus, besides
certain anomalous cases (see fig. 2). There are two small, centrally
located bundles, which may be free throughout the length of the
stipe and rachis, or may be united above, or even throughout.

174 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

When separate, they are more or less crescentic, with the convex side
facing towards the middle of the stipe. The ad-axial tips of the
bundles are never inflexed. When the two bundles are united, the
compound bundle is usually X, Y, or T-shaped. Very rarely, as in
Asplenium fragrans Sw. (A. mexicanum Mart. & Gal.) and A. biparti-
tum Bory (A. auritum Watt), the compound is V-shaped, but even
then it is not entirely like that of Athyrium. Thus we find that in
Asplenium fragrans, the compound bundle is formed, not by the union
of the true ab-axial extremities of the component bundles, but by the
junction of the points of narrowly V-shaped bundles (I and J, fig. 2).

There are certain minor points in which Aspleniwm nearly always
differs from Athyrium and Diplazium. In the first mentioned genus,
the walls of the sclerenchymatous cells of the stipe have a distinctly
red color,— it is this which gives the characteristic red-black hue to
the stipes of many species of Asplenium. In Athyrium and Dilpazium
on the other hand, the sclerenchymatous cells of the stipe have yellow
or yellow-brown walls. A similar difference obtains in respect to the
thickened walls of the cells of the scales.

In Asplenium the veins of the ultimate segments tend to be
repeatedly dichotomous, while in Athyrium and Diplazium the veins
are pinnate, and the veinlets are either simple or once forked. Very
rarely indeed in these genera is a vein forked twice.

The distinctions between Athyrium and the genera Diplazium and
Dryopteris are based entirely on the character of the sorus. As has
already been stated, this organ in Athyrium is very variable and in
many species two, or even three distinct types of sorus occur, even on
the same frond. The simplest of these types from the descriptive
stand-point, though almost certainly not the most primitive, is that
which is characteristic of the genus Asplenium (see fig. 3). ,Here
the sorus extends for a greater or less distance along the anterior side
of a vein,! and is covered by an indusium, which grows out from the

1 When the subtending vein is forked or otherwise branched, the primary sorus occurs on the
anterior side of the anterior branch of the vein. Secondary sori may occur on the posterior
side of the anterior branch, and the anterior side of the posterior branch, and in corresponding
positions on the other branches if there are any. It is to be noted that the secondary sori are
always on the anterior side of the veinlets, if we consider their orientation in regard to the group
of veinlets, viewed as an ultimate segment of the frond, rather than in respect to the seg-
ment of the next lower order, which controls the position of the primary sorus. As has been
pointed out by E. J. Winslow (Double Sori in Athyrium, Am. Fern Journ. iii. 88, 1913), it is at
such points of confused and indeterminate orientation that diplazioid and athyrioid sori espe-
cially tend to develop.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 175

subtending vein and lies upon the sporangia. In the genus Athyriwm
such sori seem always to be in close contact with the subtending vein
throughout their entire length, and never, as in some species of
Asplenium, to curve away from it at the ends. Asplenioid sori vary ,
greatly in length, but are otherwise quite uniform in character. The
indusium is raised and pushed back by the developing sporangia, and
at maturity is often completely reflexed.

The sorus characteristic of the great tropical genus Diplazium and
found also in some species of Asplenium and Athyrium, consists of two

i age

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Fig. 3. Asplenioid sori. A, B, Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes. A, pinna, X 2}; B,
young sorus, X 10, the sporangia indicated as if seen through the transparent indusium. C,
sorus from the distal portion of the pinnule of Athyrium Filiz-femina (L.) Roth., l-1, line meas-
- uring the length of the indusium, h-h, line measuring its height.

Fig. 4. Diplazioid sori. A, Diplazium acrostichoides (Sw.) Butters, X 12}; B, Athyrium
asplenioides (Michx.) Desv., X 124; C, portion of the frond of Diplazium plantaginifolium (L.)
Urban, natural size.

asplenioid sori standing back to back along the same vein (see fig. 4).
Such sori may vary not only in their absolute length (in some species
of Diplazium reaching over 2 cm.) but also‘in the relative length of
the component parts. In general, the anterior sorus is longer than
that on the posterior side of the vein. In typical Diplaziwm the
indusia wither at maturity.

The characteristic athyrioid sorus may be described as an asple-
nioid sorus which at the distal end crosses the subtendin g vein (see
fig. 5). Athyrioid sori display great diversity of form. At the distal

176 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

end, the sorus may barely cross the veins so as to be slightly hooked,
a “hamate” sorus, or it may develop a considerable posterior limb,
becoming horse-shoe shaped, or “hippocrepiform.” In the latter
case the two limbs may lie close to-
gether, or the posterior limb may lie
at a visible distance from the sub-
tending vein. Moreover, the entire
sorus may be several millimeters long,
or may be so short as to appear
nearly round. In typical Athyria,
the indusium of the mature sorus is
reflexed wherever there is sufficient
room, and at the curved distal end,
it is crowded up into a vertical posi-
tion in the midst of the sporangia.
* It is easy to see that the condition
Fig. 5. Athyrioid sori. A,B, Athyrium >» sos .
Filiz-femina (L.) Roth, l-I, length, h-h, 12 & very short athyrioid sorus is
height of the indusium. C, A. angustum but a brief step from that which
(Willd.) Presl. D, A. asplenioides . . .
(Michx.) Desv. A and D are hippo- OPtains in such a fern as Dryopteris
crepiform, B and C, hamate. Thelypteris (L.) A. Gray, in which

i an essentially round sorus is covered
by a centrally placed indusium shaped like an umbrella, but discon-
tinuous on the proximal side. Finally, in a very short sorus, only
that part may be present which crosses the vein, and the indusium
may then also merely cross the vein, usually somewhat obliquely and
just behind the sorus, a condition very like that found in the genus
Cystopteris. Cystopterid sori are also fairly common in some of the
more primitive species of Dryopteris, e. g. D. Thelypteris and its allies.
In this connection it is interesting to note that Bower! considers
Cystopteris as a relatively primitive type from which the Aspidieae
have probably developed, and it seems equally probable that Athyrium,
and through it the other genera of Asplenieae have developed from
a similar origin.

It is readily seen, that with such variability of the sorus, it is not
easy to define the limits of the genus Athyrium. In this connection
there are two major problems, the limit between Athyrium and
Dryopteris, and the question of the genus Diplazium.

1 Bower, F. O., The Origin of a Land Flora, 615 (1908).

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 177

As Copeland has well pointed out,! Athyrium and Dryopteris are
both relatively primitive genera of Polypodiaceae, presumably with a
common origin, and between the more undifferentiated species of the
two genera there is really no definable difference. In both groups,
species occur with small hippocrepiform, round and cystopterid sori
mingled on the same frond, and it becomes necessary to judge such
cases, each on its individual merits. Thus Athyriwm mongolicum
(Franch.) Diels, which has many cystopterid and dryopterid sori
mingled with other athyrioid ones is more closely allied to the Filiz-
femina group of Athyria, than to any species of Dryopteris, while
Dryopteris Schaffneri (Fée) C. Chr., with a similar assortment of sori,
is obviously a member of the somewhat specialized section Goniopteris
of the genus Dryopteris. Similarly, in one of the species discussed in
this paper, Athyrium alpestre (Hoppe) Rylands, evidence from the
sori is at best very slight, and in some of its forms, as, for example,
that found in America, such evidence is entirely wanting, yet, so
closely do some of its forms approach to certain forms of the common
lady fern, that the two species can scarcely be kept separate, and there
can be no question of the generic position of Athyrium alpestre in any
natural classification of ferns.

In this connection, it is well to note that Christensen ? has found
the type of pubescence very useful in classifying ferns of the genus
Dryopteris, and it bids fare to be equally useful in delimiting the
groups of the genera Athyriwm and Diplazium, and in indicating the
true affinities of certain anomalous species.

In the direction of Diplazium the limits of the genus Athyrium are
even harder to define. As stated above, Milde è decided finally that
this is an impossible task, and he then merged the two genera, while
Copeland holds £ that the Asiatic Diplazia have had a multiple origin
from the typical Athyria, and therefore cannot properly be regarded
as constituting a genus. The Asiatic forms of Diplaziwm, and of
Athyrium also, are certainly much more complex in their relationships
than the American forms, and the final settlement of this question
will depend on a careful working out of the lines of evolution of the

1 Copeland, E. B., A Revision of the Philippine Species of Athyrium. Philip. Journ. of Sci.
Bot. iii. 285 (1908).

2 Christensen, C., On a natural Classification of the species of Dryopteris. Biol. Arb.
tileg. Eug. Warming (1911). >

3 Milde J., Ueber Ath. etc., Bot. Zeit. xxviii. 329 (1870).

4 Copeland, E. B., loc. cit.

178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Asiatic groups. As both of the genera involved are already of con-
sidérable size,— according to Christensen’s Index, Athyrium has 85
valid species, and Diplazium, 206,— a merging of them seems undesir-
able unless it is absolutely required by considerations of taxonomic
honesty. So far as American ferns are concerned, the author finds
that Athyrium acrostichoides (Sw.) Diels shows, in the thickened walls
of the cells of its indusium, and in its pubescence, far closer kinship
for the ordinary type of tropical American Diplazium, than for ferns
of the lady fern group, and the same is true of Athyrium angustifolium
(Michx.) Milde.! It seems that it may be possible eventually, to
limit the genus Athyrium to the lady fern and its immediate allies,
and possibly to form two or more genera out of the more remote
groups of Athyria and Diplazia, but careful monographic work upon
the whole complex is very much needed at the present time.

Finally it appears that the contact between these ferns and the true
Asplenia is through once pinnate (or possibly entire leaved) tropical
forms such as Diplazium semihastatum (Kze.) C. Chr. and Asplenium
bipartitum Bory, as it is only among ferns of this general type, that any
forms with intermediate vascular structure occur. While the larger,
2-3 times compound Asplenia sometimes closely simulate certain spe-
cies of Athyrium, the structural differences are always perfectly sharp
and clean cut.

The close resemblance of the western ferns commonly classified as
Athyrium cyclosorum to certain European forms of A. Filix-femina,
led to an examination of all the American and old world material of
these species in the Gray Herbarium. From this examination certain
conclusions were reached, which are discussed at length below. These
conclusions are as follows:

1. That in the eastern United States and Canada there are two
distinct species of lady ferns, neither of which is conspecific with
A. Filix-femina (L.) Roth of Europe. One of these two species,
A. asplenioides (Michx.) Desv. is prevailingly southern in its distribu-
tion, the other, A. angustum (Willd.) Presl, is prevailingly northern.

2. That the ferns of the northwest are conspecific with the Euro-

1 In the opinion of the author these ferns should be known as Diplazium acrostichoides
(Sw.), comb. nov. (Asplenium acrostichoides Sw. Schrader’s Journal 1800, ii. 54 (1801),
Asplenium thelipterioides Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am. ii, 265 (1803), Diplazium thelipteroides Presl,

Tent. Pterid. 114, 1836) and Diplazium angustifolium (Michx.), comb. nov. (Asplenium
angustifolium Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am. ii, 265, 1803).

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 179

pean plant, but, in some cases, differ from the common European forms
of A. Filix-femina in certain minor points, and are then best regarded
as a geographical variety of that species.

3. That the lady ferns of California, and the southern Rocky
Mountains differ more markedly from the European plant, but are
not clearly distinct from the more northern form, and therefore are
best considered as a second, and much more aberrant geographical
variety of A. Filix-femina.

4. That a boreal and high alpine fern found in eastern Quebec and
in the alpine areas of western North America, is a clearly distinct
geographical variety of the old world A. alpestre.

2. ÅTAYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth.!

Since the conception of this species among American botanists seems
to have become considerably confused by the failure to distinguish it
from the related forms of eastern America, a brief account of its chief
characteristics seems desirable. The following description has been
drawn up mainly from the specimens of the European plant in the
Gray Herbarium (about twenty-five in number), together with a careful
comparison with the standard works on British and continental ferns.

The rhizome is generally described as erect, sometimes as erect or
ascending, rarely as decumbent. Even in cases where it is not
entirely erect, there appears to be always, a distinct upright crown of
fronds, with the young growth in their midst.”

1 Polpodium Filiz femina L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1090 (1753). Athyrium Filix Foemina Roth ex Mertens,
Archiv fiir die Botanik, ii. pt. 1, 106 (1799). Athyrium Filiz femina Roth, Tent. Flor. Germ.
iii. 65 (1800).

2 The character of the rhizome is in general poorly shown in herbarium material. In the Gray
Herbarium only two European plants of this species show the crown of the rhizome. One of
these from Holstein, has the rhizome ascending at an angle of about 70°, the other, from Saxony,
at an angle of about 45°.. An Algerian specimen has the rhizome ascending at an angle of about
60°, and curving upward. In all these specimens the young growth is surrounded by the bases
of the older fronds.

In this connection the testimony of certain European writers is interesting. Thus Newman,
Hist. of Brit. Ferns, ed. I. 62 (1840), says ‘‘ The Rhizome is vertically elongate, sometimes rising
several inches above the surface of the ground: in one instance I have seen it more than a foot
in height, thus evincing a considerable proximity to the Dixoniae, and other tree ferns,” and
Moore, Popular History of British Ferns, ed. I. 87 (1851), states, “‘The habit of the plant is
tufted, the caudex of the larger varieties often with age acquiring some length, and elevating
the circlet of fronds on a low, rude pedestal; this stem, however, never acquires more than a
few inches in length. In winter, the summit of this stem, whether a tuft seated close to the
ground, or elevated a few inches above the surface, is occupied by a mass of incipient fronds,
each rolled up separately, and nestling in a bed of chaffy scales,” while Milde, Die Gafiiss-Crypt.
Schles. 570 (1858), speaks of the “ganz aufrechten oder wenig aufsteigendem Rhizome.”

180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

The crown of the rhizome and the lower one-third of the stipes are
covered rather densely, and the upper portions of the stipes more
sparingly, with large rather persistent scales. These are sometimes
over 1 cm. long, and up to 3 mm. wide, lanceolate, and contracted to a
narrow base, so that in falling one leaves a very small scar which is
almost round or like a minute inverted U. The scales are translucent
and glossy, so that it is difficult to evaluate their true color. Seen
against a white background, e. g. an herbarium sheet, they generally
correspond to the “tawny” or “russet” shades of Ridgway’s Color
Standards, Plate 15. Very rarely they are darker, approaching
Ridgway’s “Mars Brown.” The cells of which they are composed
are large enough to show plainly with a hand-lens of moderate power,
and under a compound microscope appear as elongated, but scarcely
fibrous cells about six times as long as they are wide.

The stipes are commonly very short, one-fourth to one-third as long
as the frond. The fronds themselves are lanceolate, widest in the
middle, and tapering about equally in both directions. The lower
pinnae are rather remote, in general strongly deflexed, and, though
but little reduced in width, only one-fourth to one-half as long as the
middle pinnae.

In the details of the arrangement, form and cutting of the pinnules,
this species, like all of its close relatives, is very variable, and innum-
erable “varieties” have been named, sixty five of which are enumer-
ated and described by Moore in his “ Nature Printed British Ferns.” !

The sori differ considerably in different specimens, and different
parts of the same specimen, but have certain general characters which
distinguish them clearly from those of the east American plants of
this group (see Plate 123, figs. 1 and 2, also text-fig. 3, p. 175 and
text-fig. 5, p. 176). They are uniformly short, very rarely reaching
the length of 1 mm. Strictly asplenioid sori are rare, and are usually
found only at the distal extremity of the pinnules, where the sori are
considerably reduced in size. A,very common form is the sorus which -
runs along the anterior side of the subtending vein for about 0.75 mm.,
and then crosses it without extending at all down the posterior side
of the vein. In many specimens, horse-shoe shaped sori, and even
round sori are found. In sori of the latter types, the indusium is

1 Good figures, showing the general aspect of this fern may be found in the work just men-
tioned, Folio ed. pl. 30-34, 8vo. ed. pl. 52-66, in Lowe, E. J., Our Native Ferns, pl. 35, also in
his Ferns British and Exotic, v. pl. 29, and in Schkuhr, Ch., Kryptogamische Gewichse, pl. 58.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 181

bent sharply back upon itself, with the two sides in contact, so that
it stands in the midst of the sporangia of the distal half of the sorus.

The indusia are usually provided with an abundance of long multi-
cellular cilia. These are occasionally rather few in number, and in
old sori they often become so shrivelled that they are not easily seen,
except with the compound microscope, and after careful dissection.
In no specimen examined were they wanting. The average height of
the indusia, not including the cilia, is 0.55 mm., and their average
length in the larger sori is 0.8 mm.! In the case of the short asplenioid
sori near the tips of the pinnules the indusium is often higher than it is
long. At both extremities the indusium ends abruptly, so that its
sides meet the line of attachment nearly perpendicularly, and some-
times it is even contracted towards the base.”

The stalks of the sporangia are short and very frequently proliferate,
the branch usually bearing a secondary sporangium. Occasionally
the secondary sporangium is abortive, and rarely it is replaced -by a
glandular structure. In no specimen seen are such glands freely and
uniformly produced as they are in nearly all east American material.

The spores are yellowish, sparsely papillate, and average 39.1 X
24.1 win size.

3. Tue Lapy FERNS oF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES AND CANADA.

In the eastern parts of North America there are two species of the
lady fern group which appear to be amply distinct from each other
and from the true Athyrium Filix-femina. These are A. asplenioides
(Michx.) Desv. and A. angustum (Willd.) Presl. The former is a
southern species, ranging from Florida to Texas, and north to Mis-
souri, Indiana, Ohio, and along the Atlantic coast to eastern Massa-

1 All measurements of indusia in this paper were made upon indusia dissected off from the
frond and flattened out under a cover glass. The length is always measured in a straight line,
as nearly as possible parallel to the line of attachment of the indusium, the height in a straight
line from the attached edge of the indusium to its free margin. See text-figure 3, p. 175, and
text-figure 5, p. 176.

2 The soral characters of the true A. Filix-femina are reflected in the treatment of it by Euro-
pean botanists. Thus Linnaeus, who defined Polypodium, “ Fructificationes distributae in
puncta rotunda, per paginam folii aversam (Gen. Pl. ed. 5, 485, 1754), placed the lady fern
in that genus between P. cristalum and P. Filiz-mas, and P. aculeatum, P. rhaeticum (a mixture
of Athyrium Filix-femina and A. alpestre) and P. noveboracense. It has been placed in Nephro-
dium and Aspidium and by most recent European botanists in Athyrium. Those who, like
Mettenius and Hooker placed it in Asplenium have held very broad views of the extent and
characteristics of the latter genus.

182 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

chusetts, the latter is a northern species ranging from Labrador to
Manitoba, and southward to southern New England, the mountains of
Pennsylvania, the region of the Great Lakes, northern Missouri and
the Black Hills. The two species meet chiefly in southern New
England.

In both of these species the rootstock is horizontal or nearly so,
and the young growth appears at the end, in advance of the bases of
the older fronds, instead of surrounded by them as in A. Filix-femina.
At the same time the two species differ considerably from one another
in their underground parts. A. asplenioides has the rootstock dis-
tinctly creeping, and only partially and incompletely covered by the
short persistent bases of the fronds, the whole structure being only
1-1.5 cm. in diameter. The fronds of each season’s growth are loosely
clustered, and the next season’s growth projects conspicuously beyond
the bases of the fronds of the current season. A. angustum has a
much more condensed rootstock completely covered by the long
overlapping fleshy persistent bases of the fronds, the whole structure
being 2-5 cm. in diameter. The fronds are usually produced in con-
siderable numbers, and as the rootstock grows but slowly, they are
bunched together, but not truly tufted or forming a crown as in A.
Filix-femina. The new growth stands in front of the fronds of the cur-
rent season, but does not project conspicuously as in A. asplenioides.!

The young growth of A. asplenioides is covered with scales which
are smaller and proportionally narrower than those of A. Filix-femina
but similar in color and structure. In the American fern, however,
these scales are for the most part quickly deciduous after growth starts,
and the stipes and bases of the mature fronds show very few scales,
and these commonly of very small size (3-5 mm. long, by less than
1 mm. wide).

1 I have laid particular emphasis on this point because D. C. Eaton, Ferns of the Southwest,
U. S. Geog. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, vi. 330 (1878), says, ‘‘ Moore separates the
greater part of the North American ferns specifically under the name of Athyrium asplenioides,
Desv., making two varieties, one with broader and one with narrower pinnules, but the dis-
tinctive character which he relies mainly upon, the ‘creeping caudex,’ seems to be invalid, as
our American plants grow in crowns no less decidedly than those of Europe.” The context
shows that Eaton was not confining these remarks to the western ferns, which are truly tufted,
but that he entirely ignored the difference between the close crowding of leaves due to a very
slow horizontal growth of the rootstock, and the true crown which arises when the growth is
vertical or nearly so. Certainly the quotations in the footnote on p. 179 are very far from
describing the condition of the rootstock in either of our east American species. It is note-
worthy that all European botanists who have been dealing with living American plants in culti-

vation have noted the difference in the underground parts between these plants and A. Filiz-
femina.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 183

The scales of A. angustum are quite different from those of either
of the other species just mentioned. They are of moderate size (up
to 1 em. long and 1.5 mm. wide, usually considerably shorter than this).
In shape they are narrowly linear-lanceolate with a fairly wide base,
and in falling they leave larger and more conspicuous scars than do
the wider scales of A. Filix-femina. They are much more opaque
than those of the last mentioned species, and generally of darker color,
varying from the “Mars Brown” of Ridgway’s Color Standards,
Pl. 15, to nearly black, with the middle often darker than the edges.
Under a moderately strong hand-lens it is difficult to make out any
structure, while under a compound microscope, they are seen to be
composed of narrow fibrous cells about 15 times as long as they are
wide.

In the form of the frond, the two American ferns are decidedly dis-
similar. A. angustum closely resembles A. Filia-femina, but its stipes
are commonly proportionally longer,— often one-half as long as the
fronds,— and the lower pinnae are not quite so much reduced in size,
and are less strongly deflexed than in that species.

A. asplenioides has still longer stipes, about equalling the narrowly
deltoid lanceolate fronds. The second pair of pinnae are commonly
the longest, and the basal pinnae are only very slightly reduced in
length.

The details of the fronds of both American species are, as in A. Filiz-
femina, very variable, but the following. points are worthy of note:
the fronds of A. angustum are often markedly dimorphic, the segments
of the fertile fronds being much narrower and more acute than those
of the sterile fronds; the pinnules of the fertile fronds of A. angustum
are commonly narrowly lanceolate and acute, those of A. asplenioides,
oblong or linear-oblong and obtuse (in very large fronds, however,
the pinnules may be deltoid-lanceolate and sub-acute, and the seg-
ments of the third order oblong and obtuse."

In the structure of the sori and indusia, the two east American
species are markedly different from A. Filia-femina and from each
other. The sori in both American species are prevailingly asplenioid
and for the most part over 1 mm. in length, those of A. asplenioides
being longer than those of A. angustum. Athyrioid sori are generally

1 For a discussion of the various forms and varieties of A. asplenioides and A. angustum, see
below, p. 188 et seq. For illustrations of the pinnules of the various forms of these species
see Plate 123, figures 3-18.

184 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

either long sori, rather sharply hooked at one end (hamate), or else
long horse-shoe shaped, while the short and almost round type so
commonly found in A. Filix-femina is very uncommon. Diplazioid
sori are somewhat rare, but are more common than in A. Filix-femina
(see Plate 123, figs. 4, 6, 11, 13 and 16, also text-figs. 3—5, pp. 175, 176).!

The indusium of both American species is broadest at the base,
and is often markedly decurrent along the subtending vein. The
margin of the indusium of A. angustum is usually toothed, or furnished
with a few short one-celled cilia (Plate 123, fig. 17). Rarely, espe-
cially in the later fronds of the season, it has a few longer, multicellular
cilia similar to those found in A. Filix-femina. The indusium of A.
asplenioides is ciliate with multicellular hairs which have swollen
glandular tips of a yellow-brown color, a character which is con-
spicuous under the compound microscope in the recently matured
indusium, but is sometimes difficult to demonstrate in over mature
specimens, in which the cilia are often broken (Plate 123, fig. 8).
The indusia of the largest sori in A. angustum measure on the average,
0.5 mm. high, by 1.1 mm. long, those of A. asplenioides 0.45 mm. high,
by 1.3 mm. long. . Even the small sori toward the tips of the pinnae
never have indusia higher than they are long.

In A. asplenioides the stalk of the sporangium bears a yellowish,
long-stalked, glandular body (Plate 123, fig. 9). In A. angustum,
similar glands are common but by no means as uniformly present as in
A. asplenioides, and sometimes the stalks of the sporangia proliferate
and bear secondary sporangia as in Filix-femina.

The spores of A. angustum resemble those of A. Filix-femina; their
average size is 38.6 X 24.7 u. The spores of A. asplenioides, on the
other hand are furnished with a nigrescent, wrinkled or reticulate
exospore, and resemble rather the spores of A. alpestre of arctic-alpine
Europe and America. Their average size is 36.0 X 25.5 u (Plate 123,
figs. 10 and 18).

It will be seen, therefore, that the two species of lady ferns of the
eastern states and Canada differ from each other and from A. Filiz-
femina in characters of rootstock, scales, fronds, sori, indusia and spores.

The history of the treatment of these ferns by botanists, American

1 Asplenioid sori in the Amacican species, particularly the rather long ones of A. asplenioides,
are somewhat curved, or ‘“‘lunate,” with the convex side facing away from the subtending vein.
The amount of this curve depends chiefly on the absolute length of the sorus. It is not to be
confused with the sharp bend which occurs in athyrioid sori.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 185

and foreign, is interesting and somewhat illuminating. Prior to the
work of Michaux, no mention is made of the American occurrence of
any species of this group. Michaux assigns two species to eastern
North America, describing one as “ Nephrodium Filix foemina,” with
the habitat “Canada,” and the other as “ Nephrodium asplenioides,”
with the habitat “from New England to Carolina.” !

The following year, Sprengel ? described Asplenium Athyrium appar-
ently from slightly different material of the same species which
Michaux had called Nephrodium asplenioides. He states that he gives
it this name because it has the greatest similarity to Athyrium Filiz-
femina, and ends his description, “Ich vermuthe dass dies Michaux
Nephrodium asplenioides ist.” These two names have been treated
as synonyms by all subsequent botanists. In 1809, Schkuhr,’ after
publishing a description of Asplenium Athyrium, with an excellent
plate, had a change of heart and added the statement “aber nach
andern Beobachtungen an mehrern aus Amerika erhaltenen Exem-
plaren kann ich solchen jetzt von Aspid. Filia fem. nicht unterscheiden;
selbst an unserer deutschen Pflanze dieses weiblichen Farn habe ich
noch weit grössere Abinderungen gefunden, die von einigen als
verschiedene Arten betrachtet werden.”

In 1810 Willdenow t adopted Michaux’s species, treating it as Aspi-
dium asplenioides, and citing as synonyms both the Nephrodiwm
asplenioides of Michaux and the Asplenium Athyrium of Sprengel.
He says of it, “A sequenti [A. Filix-femina] praeter forman frondis
parum diversum, soris lunatis abunde distinctum.” He introduces a
change into the description, saying, “pinnulis lineari-lanceolatis
inciso-dentatis,” a change which is certainly not in the direction of
greater accuracy, and which seems to have lead to considerable con-
fusion. Willdenow gives the habitat of “ Aspidium Filix femina” as

1 Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 268 (1803). The original description reads: [Nephrodium]
ASPLENIOIDES. N. majusculum, glabrum: stipite nudo: fronde bipinnata; pinnulis subovali-
oblongis, inciso-dentatis; dentibus inferioribus obtusis, supremis mutice acutis: punctis utrin-
que juxta nervum lunatis. ;

Obs. Affine Poryr Filici foem. et forsan varietas. Puncta maturitatem quasi lineolae
plerumque arcuatae; .ita ut proximitatem as ASPLENIUM indigitent.

HAB. a Nova Anglia ad Carolinam.

This description and the range given apply distinctly to the more northern of our two east-
ern species. A fragment in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, consisting of
two pinnules labelled “from Herb. Michx. Poly. asplenioides a Nova Anglia ad Carolinam ”
confirms this application of Michaux’s name.

2 Sprengel, K., Anleit. zur Kent. der Gew. iii. 113 (1804).

3 Schkuhr, Ch., Kryptogamische Gewächse, 72 (1809).
4 Willdenow, C. L., Sp. Pl. v. 276 (1810).

186 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

“ Europe,” and describes a third species, Aspidium angustum, founding
it upon the fern called by Michaux, “ Nephrodium Filix foemina.” }

Almost immediately after Willdenow had thus cleared up the
status of the American lady ferns, P ursh ? introduced an element of
confusion. He lists Aspidium asplenioides and A. angustum, quoting
Willdenow’s short diagnosis of each, and between them inserting
A. Filix-femina with Willdenow’s diagnosis of that species and the
statement, “In low shady grounds: Canada to Virginia. July 2.
v.v.” He also says of A. asplenioides, “ A tall species much resembling
the following in many respects,” and of A. angustum, “Resembling
the following.”

The history of the treatment of these ferns by American botanists
during the next twenty-five years, was largely a series of attempts
to fit the existing plants into the three species as outlined by Pursh.
In these attempts reliance seems to have been placed almost entirely
on the form and details of the fronds, while the real distinctions were
ignored. It is accordingly often difficult to ascertain what species
or form any particular author had in mind when he used a certain
name. This confusion is especially evident if one compares, for
example, the various editions of Amos Eaton’s Manual of botany.*

1 Willdenow, loc. cit. 277. The original description reads:
129. ASPIDIUM angustum W.

A. frondibus bipinnatis, pinnulis lanceolatis inciso-serratis, serraturis subbidentatis, infima
superiore elongata, soris oblongis sublunatis. W.

Nephrodium (Filiz femina) majusculum * * * * * Mich. amer. 2. p. 268.

Schmallaubiger Wurmfarrn. W.

Habitat in Canada. 2i E E A

Stipes glaber. Frons oblonga bipinnata pedalis et altior. Pinnae sesqui- seu bipollicares
lanceolatae valde acuminatae allernae. Pinnulae trilineares suboppositae la latae aculae in-
ciso-serratae. Serraturae breves obtusiusculae indivisae vel bidentatae, infima superior reliquis
longior. Sori oblongi parum lunati. A. praecedente [A. Filix-femina] satis distincta, circum-
scriptione frondis oblonga multo angustiore, pinnis magis acuminatis, serratura infima superiore
pinnulae majore, soris non rectis sed leviter lunatis. W.

It is evident that Willdenow was describing a very small sun-form of our northern species.
Specimens in the Gray Herbarium collected by C. G. Pringle in the province of Quebec in 1879
and 1880 correspond entirely to this description, nearly all others are larger.

2 Pursh, F., Flora Am. Sept. 664 (1814).

3 It may be noted that a few American botanists refused to follow Pursh’s lead. Thus
Jacob Bigelow, in his Florulae Bostonensis (p. 254, 1814) lists only “ Aspidium asplenioides
Muhl.” [sic], though his description, evidently drawn from actual material, indicated that he
was dealing with one of the larger forms of A. angustum, and he persisted in this treatment of
the ferns about Boston throughout the three editions of his work. The Pennsylvania botanists,
Barton and Darlington (Barton, W. P. C., Compendium Florae Philadelphiae, ii. 209. 1818.
Darlington, Wm., Flora Cestrica ed. 2, 579. 1837.) listed only a single species, Aspidium aspleni-
oides. Darlington gives a good original description which indicates that he had named the
species correctly. Unfortunately, in his third edition (1853) evidently under the influence of
Hooker and Gray, he changed the name to Asplenium Filiz-foemina R. Br. .

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 187

The next stage in the treatment of the North American lady ferns,
is that represented by the work of W. J. Hooker, Asa Gray and D. C.
Eaton. Hooker at first ! reduced all the lady ferns of British North
America, eastern and western, to Athyrium Filix femina with variety 8
(Aspidium angustum Willd.) and var. y of the northwest coast. In
both the typical species and his var. 8 he included western as well as
eastern forms. He later? transferred the species to Asplenium, and
discarded all varieties. In his Species Filicum he says, “I do not
find any of the N. American forms to differ essentially from the
European.”

American authors since Hooker’s time have generally followed
him pretty closely. Thus in the first four editions of Gray’s Manual
1848-1863) we find beneath the description of “ A[splenium] Filiz-
foemina,” the following explanation: “(Aspidiwm Filiz-foemina and
asplenioides Swartz.) — A narrow form is Aspid. angustum, Willd.
Moist woods, common. July.” In the fifth edition (1869) the con-
cluding sentence is changed to “ moist woods, common and very vari-
able. July. (Eu.)”, while in the sixth edition (1890, Watson and
Coulter), the synonymy disappears entirely, and the description
is followed merely by the statement, “Moist woods; common, and
presenting many variable forms. July. (Eu.).” The only change in
the seventh edition (1908, Robinson and Fernald) is the substitution
of the word “cosmop.” for “Eu.”’.

Likewise in the earlier editions of Wood’s Class Book, under
“Alsplenium] Filix-foemina Bernh.” are cited the synonyms, “ Aspi-
dium Filix-foemina and asplenoides [sic] Sw. A. angustum W.”, but
beginning in 1861, these names disappear even as synonyms. D.C.
Eaton * reduces all North American lady ferns to “ Asplenium Filix-
foemina.” He says, “The so-called varieties of this fern are almost
innumerable, but all pass into one another by various gradations.
The chief forms occurring in North America are the following.” He
then enumerates and describes vars. exile, angustum, latifolium,
commune and cyclosorum. His chief illustration (pl. 76, no. 1) is
drawn from a specimen of Athyrium asplenioides.

European botanists have generally kept the east American ferns as
species distinct from Athyrium Filix-femina, the most notable excep-

1 Hooker, W. J., Flor. Bor.-Am. ii. 262 (1840).
2? Id. Species Fil. iii. 219 (1860).
3 Eaton, D. C., Ferns of N. A. ii. 225 (1880).

188 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

tions being Mettenius ', who reduced them to varieties, and Hooker,
who as noted above finally discarded them entirely. Milde, in some
of his earlier publications ? identifies “ Asplenium Michaux” (Athy-
rium angustum) with the European A. Filix-femina, but in his Filices,
he does not include the names of the American ferns in the synonymy,
of A. Filix-femina, and under the treatment of that species, he makes
the following enlightening statement:

“The American plant, very similar in habit to the European, pro-
duces several forms which seem to be wanting in Europe. a) I have
found smooth yellowish spores, in others ridged and blackish. b)
Indusia sometimes fimbriate, sometimes furnished with cilia ending
in large hyacinthine glands. Generally I have found stalked glands
also intermixed with the sori. c) The blade beneath is either glabrous,
or covered with long, cylindrical, obtuse, 1-2 celled hairs. Here
belong: Athyrium asplenioides Fée and Presl (Aspidiwm Sw.—
Asplenium Athyrium Sprengel) and Athyrium Michauxii Fée (Asplen-
ium Spr.— Aspidium angustum Willd.— Asplenium elatius Link).
The American plant is worthy of more accurate examination from
various regions.” 3

SyNOPTICAL TREATMENT OF THE Lapy Ferns or EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

A. Rhizome creeping, not densely covered with persistent bases of the
fronds; scales of stipes very few, seldom persistent, rarely over 4 mm.
long, their cells relatively broad and with pale walls; frond widest near

` the base; indusia ciliate, the cilia ending inglands; spores nigrescent,
reticulate or wrinkled.

1 Mettenius, G., Uber einige Farngat. vi. Asplenium, 199 (1859).

2 Milde, J., Die Gefiiss. Crypt. in Schles. 575 (1858).

3 Planta Americana habitu Europaeae simillima formes complures procreat, quae in Europa
deesse videntur. a) Sporas flavas laeves, in aliis formas subnigras verrucosas inveni. b)
Indusia nunc fimbriata, nunc ciliis in glândulas magnas hyacinthinas exeuntibus instructa.
Glandulae stipitatas etiam soris immixtas interdum inveni. c) Lamina subtus aut glabra est,
aut pilis longis cylindricis, obtusis, 1-2 cellularibus obsita est. Huc pertinent: Athyrium
asplenioides Fée et Presl. (— Aspidium Sw.— Asplenium Athyrium Sprengel) et Athyrium
Michauxii Fée (Asplenium Spr.— Aspidium angustum Willd.— Asplenium elatius Link).
Planta Americana digna est, quae ex diversissimis regionibus accuratius examinetur. Milde,
J., Filices Europae et Atlantidis, 52 (1867).

4 The variety of Athyrium alpestre which occurs in a few alpine situations in the Gaspé penin-
sulà, is treated fully with the lady ferns of western America. It is readily distinguished from
any other eastern species of Athyrium by the exceedingly narrow segments of the frond, and by
its small round sori, entirely without indusium.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 189

ATHYRIUM ASPLENIOIDES (Michx.) Desv.

Nephrodium asplenioides Michx. Flor. Bor.-Am. ii. 268 (1803).

Asplenium Athyrium Spreng. Anleit. iii. 113 (1804).

Athyrium asplenioides Desv. Prod. 266 (1827), (Mem. Soc. Lin.
Paris, vi.).

Icones: Schkuhr, Krypt. Gew. plate 78; Eaton, D. C., Ferns of
N. A. ii. plate 76, fig. 1-3; Lowe, Ferns Br. and Ex. v. plate 37.

The following two forms of this species may be recognized:

B. Pinnules under 15 mm. long, oblong to oblong-linear, obtuse.
A. asplenioides f. typicum.!

In the Gray Herbarium all specimens of lady ferns from south of
the Potomac and Ohio Rivers, and the state of Missouri are of this
species, and all except those noted below under the forma subtri-
pinnatum are of this, the typical form. The following are specimens
of A. asplenioides f. typicum from more northern states:

Massacuusetts: Waltham, July 27, 1901. W. P. Rich (N. E2);
Quaker Leonard Road, Brockton, September 8, 1907, A. A. Eaton;
Sandwich, July 28, 1909, E. W. Sinnott (N. E.).

RuopE Istanp: Cranston, July 14, 1884, J. F. Collins; near
Harbor Pond, Block Island, September 13, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell
and Long no. 8339; Foster, September 11, 1910, G. S. and K. A.
Torrey (N. E.); near Swamp Hill Reservoir, Lincoln, August 8, 1885,
J. F. Collins (N. E.).

Connecticut: Bridgeport, July 7, 1889, C. K. Averil (N. E.);
woods north of Cave Brook, Guilford, August 4, 1882, Wm. R. Dudley
(N. E.); Danbury, July 19-20, 1912, E. J. Winslow (N. E.); without
locality, D. C. Eaton.

New York: Bedford Park, New York City, August 14, 1900,
Percy Wilson; Staten Island, July 28, 1905, Philip Dowell no. 3962.

PENNSYLVANIA: Lily Lake, Lucerne Co., July 29, 1899, A. A.
Heller; swamp two miles south of Refton, in Eozoic, September 23,
1901, A. A. Heller.

MaryLanpD: Hyattsville, September 12, 1899, W. R. Maxon no.
310; near Bush River, two miles north of station, September 11, 1902,.
G. H. Shull no. 369; Cumberland, Howard Shriver.

District or COLUMBIA: near Hamilton Hill, Washington, Septem-
ber 22, 1899, W. R. Maxon no. 339.

Oxto0: without locality, I. H. Lea.

Missourr: Montevallo, October 17, 1915, B. F. Bush nos. 7897
and 7897A.; Campbell, September 6, 1910, B. F. Bush nos. 6199 and
6199A.

BB. Pinnules about 2 cm. long, triangular lanceolate, pinnatifid with
oblong obtuse segments.......... A. asplenioides f. subtripinnatum.

1 See Plate 123, figures 3-4 and 7-10.
2 (N. E.), in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,

190 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

ATHYRIUM ASPLENIOIDES forma subtripinnatum, forma nov., fron-
dibus maximis subtripinnatis, pinnulis deltoideo-lanceolatis ad 2 cm.
longis, 8-10 mm. latis subacutis pinnatifidis, segmentis ordinis tertii
oblongis obtusis ad apicem dentatis pinnulis parvulis formae typicae
similibus.

A rare and unusually large form in which the segments of the third
order, rather than the pinnules show the characteristic blunt oblong
form (Plate 123, figs. 5 and 6).

Specimens in the Gray Herbarium:

MASSACHUSETTS: rich wet situations in half shade, Coon Hollow
Brook, Milton, September 19, 1901, F. G. Floyd no. 89 b (N. E.);
West Tisbury, July 26, 1916, F. C. Seymour.

West Virani: Glady, Randolph Co., September 21, 1904, J. M.
Greenman no. 32.

VircintA: altitude 3500 ft. near Luray, August 15, 1901, E. S.
and Mrs. Steele no. 233; altitude 3600 ft. near Luray, August 27,
1901, E. S. and Mrs. Steele no. 48 (Type).

AA. Rhizome horizontal or somewhat oblique, completely concealed by the
thick fleshy bases of the old fronds; scales of the stipes usually dark
brown, their cells very narrow, and with thick usually dark walls;
frond widest near the middle; indusia usually toothed or short ciliate,
or rarely long ciliate, never glandular; spores yellow brown, smooth or
sparingly papillate.

ATHYRIUM ANGustuMm (Willd.) Presl.!

Aspidium angustum Willd. Sp. Pl. ed. 4, v. 277 (1810).

Asplenium Michauxii Spreng. Syst. iv. 88 (1827).

Asplenium elatius Link, Fil. sp. 94 (1841).

Athyrium angustum Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 39 (1825) as to combina-
tion only, excluding description and specimens cited.

Asplenium Filix femina var. Michauxii Mett. Uber einige Farngat.
vi. Asplen. 199 (1859).

Athyrium asplenioides var. angustum Moore, Index Fil. 179 (1860).

Athyrium Filix-femina var. Michauxii Burnham, Am. Fern Journ.
vii. 54 (1917).

An exceedingly polymorphic species, varying but slightly in the
characters of rootstock, scales, sori, indusia and spores, but very
widely, in the form of the frond. On the basis of differences in the
frond, the following varieties and forms may be recognized, though
in every case they pass by imperceptible gradations into one another:

C. Fronds dimorphic, the fertile coriaceous, contracted, sori at maturity
confluent and covering the lower side of the fertile pinnules. Sun-
forms, found only in regions of hot summers.

1 See Plate 123, figures 11-18.
2 The frequently cited reference of this combination to Mettenius, Fil. Hort. Lips., 1856 is

not correct. Mettenius there described the variety, but gave it no name.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 191

D. Longest pinnae of the fertile frond 5-12 em. long, pinnules 4-12 mm.
long, simple, sori mainly asplenioid; pinnules of sterile fronds oblong
obtuse, but slightly toothed or lobed...... A. angustum f. typicum.t

Willdenow described the pinnae as 1.5-2 inches long, the pinnules
as 3 lines long. This is about the minimum size for a fruiting speci-
men. All sun-forms with simple pinnules may be considered as
belonging to the typical form. These are the forms to which the
varietal names angustum and Michauxii have commonly been given.
As thus limited, the typical A. angustum ranges from Maine and
southern Quebec to Massachusetts and Pennsylvania, being more
common northwards. It does not occur in the region about the Gulf
of St. Lawrence.

In the Gray Herbarium are the following specimens of this form:

QueBEc: North Wakefield, July 4, 1911, John Macoun, Herb.
Geol. Surv. Canada no. 83900; Riviére Ste. Marguerite, Lower
Canada, August 14, 1879, G. S. Pringle; Lower Canada, August 3,
1880, C. G. Pringle.

Mae: Hartford, August 29, 1907, J. C. Parlin no. 2271; very dry
open woods, No. Berwick, August 31, 1894, J. C. Parlin.

New Hampsuire: roadside in the sun, Randolph, July 30, 1896,
E. F. Williams; North Conway, August 14, 1877, herb. of W. C.
Lane; Kensington and Seabrook, many specimens collected by A. A.
Eaton, including his numbers 90, 145, and 182; Hampton Falls,
August 3, 1899, A. A. Eaton; Mt. Vernon, August 1891, M. L. Stevens.

VERMONT: without locality, 1855, herb. of D. C. Eaton; Dorset,
1915, E. H. Terry (N. E.).

MASSACHUSETTS: in sun, Salisbury, July 23, 1899, A. A. Eaton;
in moist woods, Ipswich, Wm. Oakes; near Boston, C. E. and W.
Faxon; Sharon, September, 1905, S. F. Poole no. 50.

New York: Gouverneur, August 1900, herb. of E. C. Anthony.

PENNSYLVANIA: Bald Eagle Valley, Blair Co., 1860, H. V. Bocking;
Friendsville, September 1, 1906, M. H. Grant; Pocono Plateau, 1904,
J. W. Harshberger.

Ontario: Port Colborne, July 12, 1901, John Macoun, herb. Geol.
Surv. Canada, no. 66416.

DD. Longest pinnae of fertile frond 1-2 dm. long, pinnules 12-25 mm.
long, pinnatifid, sori several on each of the lower segments, often
horse-shoe shaped; pinnules of sterile fronds oblong lanceolate,
strongly toothed or pinnatifid, somewhat acute.

A. angustum var. elatius.
ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM var. elatius (Link), new comb.
Asplenium elatius Link, Fil. Sp. 94 (1841).
Link describes the frond of his fern as sub-tripinnatifid, 3 feet long,
pinnae 4-6 inches long, scarcely 1 line wide. The larger sub-forms

1See Plate 123, figures 11 and 12.

192 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

with a tendency to have compound pinnules may be placed here.
This variety is not found quite so far north as the typical form, and
is more abundant southward. In situations where both this and the
typical forms occur, it is quite possible that this form may represent
merely a more mature state of the plant than the typical form (Plate
123, figs. 14-16).

A. angustum var. elatius occurs from Maine to Minnesota, south to
Rhode Island, New York and Missouri.

The following are the specimens of this variety in the Gray Her-
barium:

Maine: North Berwick, July 27, 1894, J. C. Parlin.

New Hampsutre: Kensington, August 3, 1899, A. A. Eaton no.
149; Nottingham, September 15, 1899, A. A. Eaton no. 303.

VERMONT: open roadside, Repton, July 7, 1908, E. F. Williams.

MASSACHUSETTS: in moist woods, Ipswich, Wm. Oakes; roadside,
in sun, Rockport, August 15, 1897, E. F. Williams; in shady woods,
Hyde Park, August 24, 1902, F. G. Floyd no. 1119A; open woods,
Rowley, August 9, 1899, E. F. Williams.

RuopeE IsLanp: dry open soil between Pilot Hill and Southeast
Point, Block Island, August 20, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell and Long,
no. 8337.

Connecticut: trap soil, Bluff Mountain, No. Guilford, August 19,
1906, G. H. Bartlett.

New York: Lake Mahopac, August 1848, herb. J. Carey; Lawrence,
September 23, 1914, Orra P. Phelps no. 14; moist woods, Clayville,
August 5, 1899, B. D. Gilbert; Castle swamp, Oneida, August 12,
1906, H. D. House no. 2763, September 22, 1907, Nellie Mirick;
Elmyra, September 22, 1907, E. J. Winslow.

MicuicaNn: damp sandy ground, Rush Lake, Huron Co., August
22, 1907, C. K. Dodge no. 2; Lansing, July 7, 1887, D. A. Pelton;
Wallace, Menominee Co., August 22, 1884, J. H. Schuette.

Minnesota: springy mud, St. Anthony (part of Minneapolis),
July 20, 1888, J. H. Schuette.

Missourt: shaded banks, Dumas, B. F. Bush no. 5889.

CC. Fronds not dimorphic, coriaceous nor contracted, sori discrete at
maturity. Forms of regions with cool summers, found also in
dense shade in warmer regions.

E. Pinnules diminishing in size regularly toward the tip of the
pinna, oblong or linear-lanceolate, 3-5 times as long as wide,
regularly and coarsely toothed or pinnatifid, the basal
anterior segment usually largest, the others regularly dimin-
ishing in size toward the tip of the pinnule.

F. Pinnules standing at a wide angle to the rachis of the pinna,
often connected by a membraneous wing along the rachis
of the pinna, teeth or segments of pinnules obtuse.

G. Pinnules lanceolate, subacute, strongly toothed or pinnati-
fid, the segments toothed, membraneous wing along the
rachis obscure or wanting....A. angustum var. rubellum.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 193

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM var. rubellum (Gilbert), new comb."
. Athyrium filia-foemina rubellum Gilbert, List of N. A. Pterid. 35
1901).

In the southern part of its range this variety appears to be merely
the shade-form corresponding to the sun-forms discussed above,
especially to the var. elatius, and its fronds are scarcely to be dis-
tinguished from the sterile fronds of that variety. The variety
rubellum, however, ranges much farther to the north and east than
either forma typicum or var. elatius, which appear never to occur in
regions of cool summers.

The variety rubellum occurs throughout the range of the species,
of which it appears to be the fundamental biological type, from which
all the other varieties and forms have been derived. As here defined,
it is not limited to forms with red stems, and hence it is unfortunate
that we are obliged to adopt Gilbert’s name. This is necessary, as
authentic material of Gilbert’s variety, collected by Gilbert himself,
from his type locality, unquestionably belongs to the variety as here
defined.

The following are the specimens of this variety in the Gray Her-
barium:

NEWFOUNDLAND: barrens at the base of the serpentine tablelands,
region of Bonne Bay; August 27, 1910, Fernald and Wiegand no.
2319; rocky border of hillside brook, Snook’s Arm, Notre Dame Bay,
August 19, 1911, F ernald and Wiegand no. 4284; Blow-me-down
Mts., 1300 ft. altitude, August 4, 1908, Eames and Godfrey no. 5763;
woods, Bay of Islands, August 9 and 10, 1901, Howe and Lang no.
1179; dry thicket, Bay St. George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe and Lang
no. 989.

Quesec: low wet margin of Seal Cove River, Douglastown, Gaspé
Co., August 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald and Pease; Bic, Rimouski Co.,
July 15, 1907, Fernald and Collins no. 817; Cap à l’Aigle, July 13,
1905, John Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Canada no. 69251; Little
Metis, August 21, 1906, James F owler.

Prince Epwarp Istanp: roadsides thickets and borders of dry
woods, August 29, 1912, F ernald, Long and St. John no. 6664.

New Brunswick: in partial shade along a fence, Shediac Cape,
August 2, 1914, F. T. Hubbard. .

Nova Scotia: Baxter’s Harbor, July 10, 1900, F. G. Floyd no. 680;
rich soil, edge of woods, Pictou, July 12-18, 1901, Howe and Lang no.
547, dry woods, Pictou, July 12-18, 1901, Howe and Lang no. 546;
rich moist bank, Yarmouth, June 22-29, 1901, Howe and Lang no. 111;
Kentville, July 11, 1900, F. G. Floyd no. 686.

Marne: rich woods, Canton, August 1, 1908, J.C. Parlin.

New Hampsutre: woods, Randolph, July 7, 1894, E. F. Williams.
Alton Bay, A. A. Eaton; low woods, Jaffrey, July 21, 1897, B. L.

1 See Plate 123, figure 13.

194 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Robinson no. 249; roadside, Kingston, August 3, 1899, A. A. Eaton
no. 150; East Kingston, June 24, 1900, A. A. Eaton; Hampton Falls,
August 5, 1899, A. A. Eaton.

VERMONT: woods, Hancock, July 5, 1905, E. F. Williams; Manches-
ter, July 21, 1898, M. A. Day no. 233.

MASSACHUSETTS: great swamp, Amesbury, June 24, 1899, A. A.
Eaton no. 49; Boston, C. E. Faxon; id. W. Faxon; rich shady woods,
West Roxbury, July 13, 1902, F. G. Floyd no. 1044; wet rich shady
woods, Hyde Park, July 6, 1902; F. G. Floyd no. 1032A; shady
woods, Milton, July 5, 1902, F. G. Floyd no. 1028; sandy bank,
Concord, August 10, 1908, Æ. F. Williams.

CONNECTICUT: low woods, Southington, July 18, 1899, ©. H. Bissell.

New York: Trout Lake, Hermon, September 4, 1900 (two col-
lections), B. D. Gilbert; Clayville, July 25, 1899, B. D. Gilbert (type
material of Gilberts A. filix-foemina rubellum); bottom woods,
Gouverneur, July 1900, E. C. Anthony; river bank, Pine Grove,
July 8, 1894, Grace Gilbert.

PENNSYLVANIA: Friendsville, September 1, 1906, M. H. Grant.

Ontario: Ottawa, August 21, 1915, Fr. Rolland no. 135; Plevna,
August 11, 1902, J. Fowler.

Onto: Newark, May 6, 1905, H. A. Gleason.

MicuicaNn: moist woods, Hamlin Lake, Ludington, Mason Co.,
July 7, 1910, Ralph W. Chaney no. 109; among rocks in low places,
Keweenaw Co., August, 1889, O. A. Flarwell].

Iuurnots: Lincoln, July 4, 1899, herb. of H. A. Gleason no. 778.

Wisconsin: Milwaukee, J. A. Lapham.

Minnesota: White Bear Lake, July 17, 1885, J. H. Schuette.

Missourt: Canton, May 30, 1906, John Davis; rich woods, Sibley,
June 30, 1906, B. F. Bush no. 3999.

SoutH Dakota: Sylvan Lake, Black Hills, altitude 6000-6500 ft.,
July 20, 1892, P. A. Rydberg no. 1195.

GG. Pinnae acute, pinnatifid pinnules oblong, obtuse, ob-
securely toothed, membraneous wing along the rachis of
the pinna strongly developed.

A. angustum var. laurentianum.

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM var. laurentianum, var. nov., frondibus ac
fertilibus ac sterilibus consimilibus membranosis, pinnis pinnatifidis
acutis, pinnulis oblongis obscure serratis ala membranosa conjunctis,
soris haud confluentibus ex pinnae costa remotis.

A northeastern variety with fronds corresponding to those of young
plants of the variety rubellum, but the ample fruiting, and the strongly
developed rootstock indicate clearly that the plants are mature.
The range of this plant is indicated by the following list of the speci-
mens in the Gray Herbarium:

LABRADOR: Wabeck Harbor, August 4, 1891, Bowdoin College
expedition to Labrador no. 215.

NEWFOUNDLAND: boggy places on hill southwest of Tilt Cove,

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 195

Notre Dame Bay, August 22, 1911, Fernald and Wiegand no. 4285;
rich shaded soil, Torbay, August 21-26, 1901, Howe and Lang no.
1433; woods, Virginia Water, August 5, 1894, Robinson and Schrenk;
low damp clearings, Grand Falls, valley of Exploits River, July 20,
1911, Fernald and Wiegand no. 4283; Me. Weils Cove, Bay of Islands,
August 24, 1896, A. C. Waghorne no. 29; Birchy Cove, Bay of Islands,
August 24, 1896, A. C. Waghorne no. 24; damp thickets, Bay St.
George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe and Lang no. 1006a.

QUEBEC: eastern granite slopes, Table-Topped Mt., Gaspé Co.,
August 9 and 11, 1908, Fernald and Collins no. 275 (type); alpine
bogs, Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co., July 21-23, 1906, Fernald and Collins
no. 273.

MAINE: moist woods, Princeton, Washington Co., August 3, 1912,
S. N. F. Sanford (N. E.).

EE. Adjacent pinnules varying irregularly from one another,
irregularly lobed and toothed.

H. Pinnules 5-8 mm. broad, 10-18 mm. long, joined by a broad

membraneous wing, lobes of the pinnules broad and over-

ME cs eke ssw on A. angustum forma confertum.

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM forma confertum, forma nov., foliis ac fertilibus
ac sterilibus consimilibus, pinnis pinnulisque inparibus, pinnis
basin versus pinnatis, apicem versus pinnatifidis, pinnulis con-
fertis ad 8 mm. latis, segmentis ordinis tertii imparibus confertis.

A form of A. angustum corresponding in the irregular cutting and
overlapping of the broad pinnules to A. Filix-femina var. latifolium

Babington, but with all the technical characters of A. angustum.

Apparently this is a somewhat abnormal form without geographical

significance as appears from the following list of specimens:

QuEBEC: boggy subalpine woods, altitude 1000 m., Table-topped
Mt., Gaspé Co., August 13, 1906, Fernald and Collins no. 276 (type).
New HampsuireE: Hampton Falls, August 5, 1899, A. A. Eaton.

Massacuusetts: Brockton, September 8, 1907, A. A. Eaton.
The New England specimens are not so far removed from the
ordinary var. rubellum as is the Gaspé specimen.

HH. Pinnules very irregular in size and shape, with many long
acute teeth which project in various directions.
A. angustum forma laciniatum.

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM forma laciniatum, forma nov., frondibus ac
sterilibus ac fertilibus consimilibus pinnulis erosis dentibus
spinulosis incompositis instructis.

An abnormal form of fairly frequent occurrence, in which the frond
looks as if it had been nibbled when young, some of the pinnules being
wanting or greatly reduced, and all of them tending to show great
irregularity of form. The teeth of the margins of the pinnules are
unusually long and acute, and are inclined to stand out in a very irregu-
lar and disorderly fashion.

196 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

It corresponds exactly to the similarly named “variety” of A.
Filix-femina. The following is a list of the specimens of this form in
the Gray Herbarium:

Marne: rocky bank of woodland stream, Buckfield, July 23, 1908,
dJ. C. Parlin no. 2617.

VERMONT: in sun, edge of woods, Windham, August 30, 1902,
W. H. Blanchard (type); Westmore, August 6, 1908, E. J. Winslow
no. 21 (varying but slightly from the normal).

MassacuusetTts: low rich woods, West Roxbury, August 2, 1902,
F. G. Floyd no. 1075.

New York: under tree in garden, Gouveneur, July 1900, E. C.
Anthony.

FF. Pinnules oblique to the rachis of the pinna and prominently
decurrent, though usually not connected by a membraneous
wing, teeth of pinnules acute. ..A. angustum forma elegans.

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM forma elegans (Gilbert), new comb.
a rds filix-foemina elegans Gilbert, List of N. A. Pterid. 33

A somewhat rare form with markedly oblique and decurrent widely
spaced pinnules, the basal anterior pinnule usually much larger than
the others. The following specimens in the Gray Herbarium are
definitely of this form:

Marne: Bar Harbor, herb. of Francis H. Peabody.

New Hampsuire: Nottingham, July 17, 1900, A. A. Eaton no. 422.

RuHopE Istanp: Cranston, July 14, 1884, J. F. Collins.

New York: Trout Lake, Herman, September 4, 1900, herb. of
E. C. Anthony.

ONTARIO: Owen Sound, Mrs. Roy (an exceedingly large specimen,
nearly thrice pinnate, but showing the general character of this
form).

It is notable that certain ferns of eastern Asia seem to be identical
with certain of the American forms of A. angustum, having small dark
scales similar in structure to those of the American plant, fronds mod-
erately reduced downward, and sori with the characteristics of A.
angustum. None of these specimens shows any part of the rhizome,
so that it is impossible to say definitely whether A. angustum really
reappears in eastern Asia like so many other east American plants,
or whether it has there merely a representative species of very close
affinity.

The specimens in question are: Northern China, 1910, Wm. Purdom
no. 48, apparently A. angustum var. typicum; ad. fl. Schilka, Dahuria,
Turczaninow, labelled “ Asplenium Filix Feomina Bernh. var. tripina-
tum Rupr.,” evidently some of the material referred by Ruprecht

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 197

himself to that variety with the comment “forma rigida” 1; Mand-.
shuria, ad. fl. Amur, 1855, R. Maack; the last two specimens appear
to be var. rubellum; North China, 1886, H. E. M. James no. 192,
close to var. elatius.

If these ferns should prove to be conspecific with the similar North
American forms, an interesting nomenclatorial question would be
raised concerning the status of Ruprecht’s varietal name tripinnatum.

4. Tue Lapy Ferns or ALASKA, WESTERN CANADA AND THE
NORTHWESTERN STATES.

In 1901, Gilbert recognized clearly the points of difference between
the lady ferns of the northwestern states, British Columbia and Alaska
and those of the eastern states.2 So traditional, however, had become
the view that our eastern ferns were true Athyrium Filix-femina, that
Gilbert seems never to have noticed that, in the various points of differ-
ence which he noted, it is always the western, rather than the eastern
plant which approaches most closely to the European type. Thus
he says of the western fern, which he called Athyrium cyclosorum
Ruprecht, “Indusium short, fringed early in the season with long,
jointed cilia which disappear with age, generally hippocrepiform,
sometimes only hamate,” and a little lower on the page he mentions
the “rotund sorus and jointed cilia of the indusium,” descriptions
which correspond perfectly with much of the European material.
In a later publication * he mentions a color peculiarity (by no means
general in western lady ferns) and then goes on to say, “the shape of
the frond is very much like that of Struthiopteris. It tapers from the
middle both ways, and the small lower pinnae come within four inches
of the root. The farther down the stipe the pinnae are situated, the
farther apart they stand. The pinnae themselves are quite different
from those of Asplenium filix-foemina. Not only are they cut differ-
ently, but the enlargement of the anterior lower lobe, which is so
distinct a feature of A. f. f. is entirely lacking here.” It will be
remembered that one of the diagnostic characters by which Willdenow
distinguished his Aspidium angustum from the true Filix-femina, was

1 Ruprecht, F. J., Dist. Crypt. Vasc. in Imp. Ros. 41 (1845).
2 Gilbert, B. D., Working List of N. A. Pterid. 31 (1901).
3 Id. Obs. on N. A. Pterid. Fern Bull. xiii. 76 (1905).

198 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

that the former species has “serraturis subbidentibus, infima superiore
elongata.”

A comparison of the specimens in the Gray Herbarium of Athyrium
Filix-femina from western North America, with those from Europe
shows that in all important respects there is complete agreement.
Rhizome, scales, general form of frond, sori, indusia, sporangia and
spores all agree. The indusia of the larger sori, measured in over
twenty-five specimens give an average height of 0.55 mm., and an
average length of 0.8 mm., precisely the dimensions obtained from
European material.

The stalks of the sporangia proliferate as they commonly do in
European material of A. Filix-femina. No case has been seen in west
American material in which a branch of the sporangial stalk bears a
glandular structure such as is common in the east American species,
and is occasionally found in European material of A. Filix-femina.

The spores are yellowish, and average 38.9 X 24 u in size.

Like the European A. Filix-femina, the northwestern plant is very
variable. Some forms are common to both continents, while others
appear to be peculiar to one or the other. The coarser European
forms may be matched exactly with American material, while some
of the finer cut forms, particularly var. multidentatum (Doll) Milde,
and the form commonly known in Europe as var. rhaeticum,! appear
to be wanting in this continent. A characteristically American variety
is A. Filix-femina var. sitchense Ruprecht ex Moore, a large and coarse

1 This is the Polypodium rhaeticum of Linnaeus in part. As explained below on page 203 the
Linnaean name is a nomen confusum, and should be rejected. The oldest tenable varietal name
for this plant appears to be Athyrium Filiz-femina var. convexum Newman, Hist. of Brit. Ferns,
ed. 2, 245 (1844).

2 Moore, Thomas, Index Fil. 183 (1860), where this combination appears in the synonymy,
and is attributed to Ruprecht. Ruprecht’s own publication in Dist. Crypt. Vasc. Imp. Ross.,
41 (1845), was as follows:

65. Athyrium Filix foemina Roth, * * * * *

658. Athyrium Filix foemina: tripinnatum * * *

65y. Athyrium cyclosorum *Indusium brevius et sori plerumque rotundi. Petro-
pawlowsk! (etiam pinnulis angustis) et Unalaschka!; Kadiak (Blaschcke!). Ut videtur
etiam pr. Kola in Lappon. ross. crescit. (Hb. Baer!).

655. Athyrium sitchense * Frons interdum 4 pedalis; indusia brevissima fere cystop-
teridis; pinnae primariae secundariae pl. min. spatio pollicis dimidii disjunctae. Sitcha
(Mertens!).

This publication of “y Athyrium cyclosorum” and ‘‘5 Athyrium sitchense ”?, has been cited by
various authors, sometimes as the publication of species, and sometimes as that of varieties,
Ruprecht, himself, in the preface to his paper (loc. cit., p. 6) speaks of them as ‘‘species secundi
ordinis s. d. varietates characteres suos interdum constanter servantes.”

Ruprecht’s other subspecies, y Athyrium cyclosorum, has been identified with the var. sitchense
by many authors, and the name has been applied to some or all of our western lady ferns. As

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium | 199

variety sometimes 2 m. tall, pinnae 1-2 dm. long, remote, the lower
ones with 5-10 cm. intervals; pinnules triangular-lanceolate, 1.5-3 cm.
long, 0.5-1.5 em. wide, remote, separated by about their own width,
incised with numerous low, broad and blunt teeth, or in the largest
fronds, pinnatifid, the segments of the third order oblong, obtuse,
slightly 5-8 toothed, the largest 6 X 2.5 mm. in size.

This variety differs from A. Filix-femina var. multidentatum (Döll)
Milde of Europe, chiefly in its relatively broad and short ultimate
segments with almost suppressed marginal teeth, which are crowded
towards the very obtuse apex of the segment. The immature form of
this variety is the forma Hillii.2 The pinnules at this stage are large
(4-5 X 7-10 mm.), very blunt and rounded, crowded, and not at all
pinnatifid, but with a somewhat crenate outline and numerous very
small teeth borne chiefly at the summit of the pinnule. This type of
foliage is retained until after fruiting commences, and until the fronds
are 5-6 dm. tall. The transition to the mature form may sometimes

has already been pointed out, there is nothing about the sori of the American ferns of this
species to distinguish them from many Scandinavian, German, and British specimens. Ac-
cordingly, Ruprecht’s definition of y A. cyclosorum becomes nearly meaningless, and his refer-
ence to Lapland in his statement of habitat indicates that he was including in his variety all
those lady ferns which have unusually short and round sori. Some of his Alaskan material
assigned to this variety is here considered as belonging to the var. sifchense, while the Asiatic
(probably) and the European (certainly) is considered as typical A. Filiz-femina. In this
interpretation I am following Milde, who says (Fil. Eu. et At. p. 50, 1867.) “var. cyclosorum
Rupr. ex insulis Kadjak et Unalaschka mihi nomine varietatis non digna videtur; specimina
unalaschkensia paulum varietatis praecedentis [var. sitchense] nos commonent, and again, on
p. 52 of the same work, “Athyrium cyclosorum Rupr. Beitr. III (1845) p. 41 nullo modo ab
A. Fil. fem. differt.”

Gilbert (List of N. A. Pterid. 31) says, “The only [specimens] in the U. S. which can be
considered as something like type specimens are two in the Gray herbarium which were re-
ceived from St. Petersburgh: one of them came from the Amur region, the other from Unalaska
which was the type locality.’’ The first mentioned specimen cannot be identified, as there are
in the Gray Herbarium three specimens of lady ferns from the Amur region, all received by way
of Petrograd, and all labelled ‘‘ Aspidium Filix foemina.” None of these shows any especial
resemblance to the west American forms of this species. The Unalaska specimen is labelled,
apparently in Ruprecht’s own hand-writing, “‘ Aspidium Filiz foemina var. aspidioides Ru-
precht,” and has the printed data ‘‘Herb. Acad. Petrop.— Unalaschka.— Dr. Mertens.”
While this is probably some of the original material from which Ruprecht published his y
A. cyclosorum, it cannot be considered as type material, considering that it does not bear
that name, nor any recognized synonym. It is a fairly well marked example of the var.
sitchense as here defined. A specimen labelled in the same hand-writing, ‘Athyrium Filiz
foemina (L.) Roth. var.— Kamtschatka”’ is typical A. Filix-femina.

The synonymy of the var. siichense is, therefore:

Arayrium Finrx-remina (L.) Roth. var. srrcHeENsE Ruprecht ex Moore, Index Fil.
183 (1860).

6 Athyrium sitchense Rupr. Dist. Crypt. Vas. Ross., 41 (1845).

y Athyrium cyclosorum Rupr. loc. cit. 41 (1845), in part.

2 ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. var. strcHeNse Ruprecht ex Moore forma Hillii
(Gilbert) comb. nov., Athyrium cyclosorum f. Hillii Gilbert, List of N. A. Pterid, 32 (1901).

200 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

be seen in a single frond, the lower pinnae showing the immature form,
and the upper ones, the mature. As the immature type of foliage
appears to be sub-permanent in some cases, it seems to be worthy of a
formal name.

An extreme sun-form of the var. sitchense is the forma strictum,'
which has narrowly lanceolate pinnules with revolute margins. It
closely resembles the European var. convexum Newman, but may be
distinguished from that variety by the lower pinnae, which in the
European form are modified like the upper ones, whereas in the form
now under consideration they are but slightly contracted, and resemble
the basal pinnae of the typical var. sztchense.

Athyrium Filix-femina var. sitchense occurs from the Aleutian Islands
to California,? chiefly near the coast, also at low altitudes in the Selkirk
Mountains of British Columbia, and in northern Idaho.

American specimens of typical Athyrium Filix-femina in the Gray
Herbarium:

Ipamo: near Lakeview, Kootenai Co., August 1-10, 1892, A. A.
Heller; in damp forest at Mullan, Coeur d’Alene Mts., altitude 3000
ft., August 7, 1895, J. B. Leiberg no. 1493.

OrEGON: Calapooga, Douglass Co., 800 ft. altitude, July 26, 1899,
M. A. Barber, no. 125.

WASHINGTON: Stevens Pass, Cascade Mts. August 17, 1893,
Sandberg and Leiberg, no. 771; deep canyon near springs, Blue Mts.,
Columbia Co., August 7, 1897, R. M. Horner no. B. 598; Tacoma,
Sept. 17, 1898, J. B. Flett; Clark Springs, Spokane, June 26, 1902,
F. O. Kreager, no. 34; without locality, G. R. Vasey, no. 45.

British CoLUMBIA: Selkirk region: Upper Spillimacheen, altitude
6500 ft., August 3, 1904, C. H. Shaw no. 438; Spillimacheen valley,
altitude 6000 ft., July 30, 1904, L. R. Heacock, in Shaw’s Selkirk Flora,
no. 421; near mouth of Downie Creek, altitude 1900 ft., August 9,
1905, C. H. Shaw no. 1127; Rogers Pass, altitude 4400 ft., August 9,
1904, E. R. Heacock, in Shaw’s Selkirk Flora, no. 444; Goldstream,
altitude 2200 ft., August 3, 1905, C. H. Shaw no. 1069.

Coast region: New Westminster, June 1899, A. J. Hill; on rocks
in shady places, Pt. Renfrew, Vancouver Island, June-July 1901,
Rosendahl and Brand, no. 106.

Specimens of Athyrium Filix-femina var. sitchense in the Gray
Herbarium:

_ Ipamo: along creeks near Rathdrum, Kootenay Co., July 25, 1892,
McDougal and Heller, no, 723.

1 ATraHyRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth var. strcHeNse Ruprecht ex Moore forma strictum
(Gilbert), comb. nov., Athyrium cyclosorum strictum Gilbert, loc. cit., 32 (1901). 1

2 I have seen a single specimen of this variety from California. It is in the collection of Mr.
R. A. Ware of Boston, and was collected by R. J. Smith near Sur River, Monterey Co. It was
distributed as Dryopteris spinulosa dilatata.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 201

OrEGON: without locality, Elihu Hall no. 682 (f. Hilliz).

WASHINGTON: Columbia River, 1841, Hinds; without locality,
G. R. Vasey no. 47 (f. strictum), and no. 46; Ewell’s yard, Quiniault,
June 25, 1902, H. S. Conard no. 154; Cheney, Mrs. Susan Tucker.

BritisH Cotumsia: Selkirk region: Revelstoke, altitude 1600 ft.
July 22, 1890, John Macoun (f. strictum), and July 3, 1905, C. H. Shaw
no. 793; Glacier, altitude 3900 ft., August 8, 1909, Butters and Holway
no. 475.

Coast region: New Westminster, 1899, A. J. Hill, an extensive
series of specimens illustrating different stages in the development of
this fern, and including type material of Gilbert’s two forms.

AuasKA: “Unalaschka, Dr. Mertens,” from Herb. Acad. Petrop.,
labelled in Ruprecht’s writing, “Athyrium Filix foemina var. aspi-
dioides Ruprecht”; White Pass, July 23, 1914, Alice Eastwood no.
874; Skagway, July 20, 1914, Alice Eastwood no. 796.

4. Tue Lapy FERN or CALIFORNIA,! THE Basın REGION, AND THE
SouTHERN Rocky MOUNTAINS.

The lady fern of this region has been treated by all American authors
as the true Athyrium Filix-femina. It is, however, found to differ
from the typical form of that species in several minor respects, and
in one important character. It should, therefore, be considered as a
well marked geographical variety:

ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. var. californicum var. nov.
differt a forma typica paleis atris, indusiis interdum dentatis
vel brevissime ciliatis, sporis majoribus reticulatis nigrescentibus.

The scales of this variety are usually considerably darker than in
typical A. Filix-femina, but as in the case of similar dark scales found
occasionally in European specimens, they have the same structure
as the ordinary pale scales of A. Filix-femina, and not the fibrous
structure characteristic of the dark scales of A. angustum. Short
asplenioid sori are more frequent than in typical A. Filix-femina, and
the indusia are seldom long ciliate, but rather short ciliate or merely
toothed. In this respect they resemble those of A. angustum, but their
dimensions are rather those of typical A. Filix-femina. They measure,
on the average, 0.5 mm. high, and 0.8 mm. long. As in all American
forms of A. Filix-temina, the sporangia are entirely without stalked
glands. The most important peculiarity of this variety is the char-
acter of the spores, which are unusually large, averaging 43 X 27.5 u,

202 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

and which have a distinct nigrescent, wrinkled and reticulate exospore
similar to that found in A. alpestre and in A. asplenioides.

In its underground parts, and in the form of the frond, this variety
is in no way peculiar. The frond is rather variable but generally
agrees closely with ordinary European forms. It is usually markedly
puberulent on the rachis and the back of the pinnae.

It ranges from California eastward to southern Idaho, Colorado and
New Mexico. It also extends southward into Mexico, at least as far
as the state of Chihuahua.

All specimens of A. Filiz-femina in the Gray Herbarium within
this range belong to this variety except that in Idaho and Wyoming
some specimens occur which are intermediate between this variety
and typical A. Filixz-femina. These transitional forms have inter-
mediate types of spores, or spores which are variable in type even on
the same frond.

‘The following list contains a portion of the material of this variety
in the Gray Herbarium: |

CoLtoraDo: Tabeguache Basin, 8000 ft., August 20, 1913, Edwin
Payson no. 195; Fish Creek Falls, Routt Co., July 21, 1903, Leslie
N. Goodding no. 125.

Ipano: Trinity, Elmore Co., August 23, 1910, J. F. Macbride no.
635, distributed as Cystopteris languida A. Nels. n. sp.

Uram: City Creek Canyon, August 9, 1884, F. E. Leonard, ex herb.
Oberlin College, no. 201.

New Mexico: Mogollon Mts., 7500 ft., Socorro Co., July 23, 1903,
O. B. Metcalfe no. 298.

Nevapa: Little Valley, Washoe Co., 2000-2155 M., August 14,
1902, C. F. Baker no. 1466; Snow Valley, Ormsby Co., August 8, 1902,
C. F. Baker no. 1444.

CALIFORNIA: Dollar Lake Canyon, San Gorgonio Mts., altitude
9000-9500 ft., July 12, 1908, Abrams and McGregor, no. 768, Mt.
Eddy, Siskiyou Co., August 26, 1915, A. A. Heller no. 12234; Mt.
Rose, near Webber Lake, August 15, 1874, J. G. Lemmon; outlet of
tree e Madera Co., August 16, 1895, J. W. Congdon no. 79

TYPE).

Specimen: intermediate between A. Filia-femina and A. Filiz-
femina var. californicum:

Wyomine: Piney Creek, Bighorn Mts., August 28, 1900, J. B. Jack.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 203

5. ATHYRIUM ALPESTRE AND ITS AMERICAN VARIETY.

The typical form of Athyrium alpestre (Hoppe) Rylands ex Moore!
is an arctic-alpine plant of Europe, ranging from Iceland to Asia
Minor. In habit and foliage it greatly resembles A. Filix-femina,
from which it differs in its spores, which are nigrescent and reticulate,
and in its sori, which are smaller than those of A. Filia-femina, almost
perfectly round, and seemingly without any indusium. Careful dis-
section shows, however, that the receptacle of the sorus is slightly
elongated along the vein, and under a compound microscope it is
almost always possible to find a vestigial indusium in the same position
that the indusium holds in forms of A. Filix-femina with round sori. .
This indusium is about 0.3 mm. high, and may extend along the vein
for as much as 0.25 mm., but often consists merely of two or three
hairs joined together side by side at the base. Its cilia are always
swollen and glandular at the tip.

The peculiarly reduced condition of the sorus and indusium in this
species has often lead to its being placed in genera far removed from
the group now under consideration. Its structural general resem-
blance to A. Filix-femina is, however, very great, and the latter species
occasionally has semi-abortive sori with indusia almost as reduced as
those of A. alpestre.

A common arctic-alpine plant of North America has been tradition-
ally identified with this species, but it differs in having the ultimate
segments of the frond conspicuously narrower, and more widely sepa-
rated from one another, and the sori even smaller than in the type
(0.5-0.7 mm. in diameter as against 0.75-1.0 mm. in the typical form),
sub-marginal and protected by a reflexed tooth of the pinnule. Care-

1 ATHYRIUM ALPESTRE (Hoppe) Rylands ex Moore.
Aspidium alpestre Hoppe, Neue Taschenbuch 216 (1805).
Phegopteris alpestris Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 83 (1856).
Athyrium alpestre Rylands according to Moore, Ferns of Gr. Br. and Ir. Nat. Print.
Fol. ed. Pl. 7 (1857).
Polypodium rhaeticum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1091 (1753), in part.

Polypodium Rhaeticum L. was made up of a mixture of this plant and certain forms of A.
Filix-femina which resemble it in the form of the frond. The latter alone are represented in the
Linnaean herbarium under this name, while to the former belongs probably the name-bringing
synonym, Bauhin’s Filiz rhaetica ltenuissime dentata. | With sundry variations the Linnaean
name has been employed extensively for both of these ferns. This seems to be a clear case of a
nomen confusum, which should be rejected under the international rules. For a further dis-
cussion of this question, see P. Ascherson, Osterreicher Bot. Zeit. 46:44. 1896.

204 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

ful search has failed to disclose any. vestige of indusium in the Ameri-
can material.

As certain intermediate forms occur, it is the opinion of the author
that this plant should be considered a distinct geographical variety
rather than a species.

ATHYRIUM ALPESTRE (Hoppe) Rylands ex Moore var. americanum,
var. nov., omnibus frondium segmentis iisdem formae typicae angus-
tioribus, inter se plus distantibus ultimis linearibus, soris minutis
(0.5-0.7 mm. latis) rotundis submarginalibus, soris singulis dente
marginali pinnulae everto tectis, velo nullo.

This variety is found in subarctic and high alpine situations from
Alaska and British Columbia to California and Colorado, also in Gaspé
Co., Quebec.

The following specimens of Athyrium alpestre var. americanum are
in the Gray Herbarium:

QuEBEC: forming extensive areas in the alluvium of alpine brooks,
easterly and northerly slopes, Table-top Mt. Gaspé Co., August 9,
1906, Fernald and Collins no. 15la; (specimens 9 dm. tall; crevices
of granite rock, altitude 750-1050 m., easterly and northerly slopes
Table-top Mt. Gaspé Co., August 9, 1906, Fernald and Collins no. 151.

Montana: altitude 5500-6000 ft., Glacier Basin below Sperry
Glacier, August 5, 1901, F. K. Vreeland no. 1058.

IpaHo: moist places, Packsaddle Peak, Kootenai Co., August 6,
1892, Sandberg, McDougal and Heller, no. 858.

Wyomīne: in glacial drift, Teton Mts., July 26, 1901, Merrill and
Wilcox no. 1032.

CoLoraDo: rocky slopes and rock crevices, summit of North Park .
Range, Larimer Co., August 10, 1903, L. N. Goodding no. 1841.

CALIFORNIA: near summit of Mt. Rose, 8600 ft. altitude, 1877,
J. G. Lemmon no. 1160; 7500 ft. altitude, Mt. Shasta, August 17, 1881,
C. G. Pringle; 7800 ft. altitude, Mt. Shasta, August 16, 1903, E. B.
Copeland (distributed by C. F. Baker) no. 3917; Mt. Shasta, 1877,
Hooker and Gray; Mt. Shasta, 1897, W. M. Canby no. 414.

WasHinGTon: loose rock, 6000 ft. altitude, Mt. Rainier, August,
1895, C. V. Piper no. 2111; Mt. Rainier, August 1890, E. C. Smith.

British CoLUMBIA: mountains near Ainsworth, Kootanie Lake,
altitude 6000 ft., July 10, 1890, John Macoun; altitude 5500 ft.,
Fish Creek Valley, August 1906, Butters and Holway; on dry rocks,
near top of Mt. Cheops [near Glacier], altitude 8200 ft., July 12, 1904,
E. R. Heacock in Shaws Selkirk Flora no. 453; altitude 4400 ft.,
Rogers Pass, August 23, 1904, E. R. Heacock in Shaw’s Selkirk Flora
no. 554; Selkirk Range, August 24, 1885, John Macoun; Cascade Mts.
49° N. lat., 1859, Dr. Lyall:

ALASKA: mountains, interior of Unalaska, October 10, 1871, M.
W. Harrington.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Athyrium 205

The following specimens approach close to the European form in
the cutting of the frond, but have no indusia:

CALIFORNIA: near summit of Sierra Nevada, Nevada Co., 1873,
Miller; ridge south of Donner Pass at 7500 ft., Nevada Co., August
17, 1903; A. A. Heller no. 7186; 11500 ft. altitude, Saw Tooth Peak,
Tulare Co., August 17, 1904, Culbertson.

OrEGON: Union Co., 1878, W. C. Cusick.

Wasuineton: Wenatchie region, altitude 7000 ft., August 1883,
T. S. Brandegee no. 1222.

From this study of the Filix-femina group of Athyrium, it appears
that these ferns follow certain laws of distribution, which have been
noted often in the case of Phanerogams. Thus we find that the com-
mon woodland species of eastern North America (A. angustum) either
reappears in eastern Asia, or is represented there by a very closely
related species.! This plant, like many others of eastern North
America ranges northeastward into the region of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, and there appears, often in a peculiar form, the variety
laurentianum.2 A very distinct species (A. asplenioides) occurs in
the southeastern United States, and like so many plants of that
region, extends northward along the Atlantic as far as southeastern
New England.

The common fern of cool temperate Europe (A. Filix-femina)
extends well across Asia, occurs in Kamchatka, and reappears in
Alaska and British Columbia in precisely the same form. There are,
however, in each of the chief areas occupied by this species, certain
well marked minor forms peculiar to the respective regions,— in
Europe the various finely cut forms, especially that commonly known
as the variety rhaelicum, in the Pacific coast region from Alaska to
Oregon the variety sitchense. Like a great number of plants of the
wet western coast, this latter variety reappears at low altitudes on the
climatically similar west slope of the Selkirk Range.*

1 The close relations between the flora of the region of deciduous forests of eastern North
America and the corresponding region of eastern Asia, was long ago pointed out by Asa Gray,
in his classic essay, ‘“Observations upon the Relation of the Japanese Flora to that of North
America and other Parts of the northern Temperate Zone.” Mem. of the Am. Acad. of Arts
and Sciences, vi. 377 (1859).

2 Professor Fernald, in studying the flora of the region about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, has
found that a great many of the plants of that region are similarly peculiar. He informs me
that it is never safe to assume that a plant of Newfoundland or Gaspé is identical with an ap-
parently similar species of the eastern United States, until a detailed study has been made of
all its technical characters.

3 Several years ago the author pointed out (The Vegetation of the Selkirk Mountains, Ap-
pendix A. to Howard Palmer’s “ Mountaineering and exploration in the Selkirks” 354, 1914)

206 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

The southern extension of A. Filix-femina into the western United
States is marked by a peculiar technical variety, as seems often to be
the case with northern plants which extend south into California and
the southern Rocky Mountains.

The Filix-femina group of the genus Athyrium presents a typical
case of boreal distribution. Apparently the center of this distribution
is somewhere in Asia. Christ says of the genus Athyrium in China,
“The variation of the genus Athyriwm in southern China is only
equalled by that of the same genus in Japan and the Indian Himalaya,
other countries belonging to the same botanical region... .It is a
plastic mass which appears to be endlessly modified.'

On the other hand the number of species of this genus in North
America is limited to those just described and the two diplazioid
species A. acrostichoides and A. angustifolium.

Moreover, as has been pointed out already, the Diplazia of tropical
America, presumably descendents from the genus Athyrium, though
very numerous as to species, appear to belong almost wholly to a
section of the genus which is probably descended from Athyriwm
acrostichoides (Sw.) Diels or some very similar species, while the Asiatic
Diplazia form a mass of species of almost endlessly complicated rela-
tionships.

Athyria of the true Filix-femina group extend south into the tropical
mountains in Mexico (A. Martensi and A. Domber Desv.), and

the strong relationship of the boreal flora of the Selkirk Range with that of Scandinavia. Evi-
dence is accumulating, that this relationship extends to parts of the flora which cannot be
considered as arctic-alpine, but rather cool temperate and subalpine.

The lady fern is only one of numerous cases in which plants of cool temperate Europe occur,,
in precisely the same form, in the cool and moist evergreen forests of British Columbia and
Alaska.

The occurrence of Athyrium alpestre in the mountains of western America,— in this case in a
somewhat modified form,— is another instance of the relationship of European and north-west
American floras, though in this case the plant is distinctly alpine in character. The further
extension of its range to the Gaspé region is entirely in keeping with the known facts concern-
ing the flora of that interesting region. See Fernald, M. L., The Soil Preferences of Certain
Alpine and Subalpine Plants. Ruopora, ix. 149 (1907).

The Reappearance of the variety sifchense in the western part of the Selkirk Range, is also.
entirely normal. Piper, in his Flora of Washington, Contrib. from the U. S. National Herb.
xi. 53 (1906) called attention to the large number of west coast plants, which do not occur in
the interior of Washington, but which reappear in the more moist hill country of eastern Wash-
ington and northern Idaho. Evidence is accumulating that a much larger number of coastal
forms occur farther north in the region around Revelstoke, the interior region, which, above alk
others, has the nearest approach to the coastal climate.

1 La variation du genre Athyrium en Chine mérid. n’a d’égale que celle du même genre au
Japon et l Himalaya indien, pays du reste qui appartient à la même région botanique.. . . . C’est
une masse plastique qui semble se modifier sans cesse. Christ, H. Les collections de Fougères.
de la Chine au Museum d’histoire naturelle de Paris. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France lii. Mém. i.
50 (1905).

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Botrychium 207

thence into the South American Andes, in India (A. pectinatum Pr.)
and in Abyssinia (A. Schimperi Mong., apparently the closest relative
of our A. asplenioides). With these exceptions they are entirely
wanting from the tropical regions, and from the southern hemisphere.

II. BOTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM AND ITS AMERICAN
VARIETIES.

In 1915 Fernald and St. John ! called attention to the fact that
Botrychium virginianum about the Gulf of St. Lawrence differs from
the more southern typical plant in several respects. They identified
this form with Botrychium virginianum var. europaeum Angstrém,
arare fern'of Scandinavia, Russia, and central Europe. A re-examina-
tion of all the North American and European material of this species
in the Gray Herbarium indicates that the actual condition is somewhat
more complex.

In this examination particular attention has been paid to the char-
acter of the sporangia and of the ultimate segments of the fertile frond
which bear the sporangia.

Each of the varieties has, indeed, its own characteristic sterile frond,
but the attempt to distinguish them on this ground is unsatisfactory
in view of the slight and often scarcely describable differences between
the fronds of the different varieties, and the very considerable indi-
vidual variation within the same variety.

Typical Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. has a sterile frond of thin
texture with the pinnules lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid or nearly pin-
nate, and the ultimate segments oblong or lanceolate and scarcely
or not at all spatulate. The ultimate segments of the fertile shoot are
narrow (0.25-0.5 mm.) and thick, and in dried specimens appear nearly
opaque. The mature sporangia are dark in color, varying in different
plants from a moderately dark yellow brown to almost black. As
in all the species of Botrychium, they vary considerably in size, the
largest measuring 0.5-0.8 mm. in length and somewhat less in width.”

1 Fernald, M. L., and St. John, Harold, The Occurrence of Botrychium virginianum var.
europaeum in America. Ruopora, xvii. 233 (1915).

2 The measurements of sporangia given throughout this discussion of Bolrychium virginianum
and its varieties, are all taken from large fully developed sporangia. Smaller sporangia are
always mingled with the large ones, and these vary in size in the respective species i ah call
ally with the larger ones.

208 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

In dehiscence the valves of the sporangia open very widely and recurve
so that the open sporangium is nearly flat with a depressed pit in the
center at the point of attachment. When moist, the empty sporangia
close again, and are then of a distinctly flattened or lenticular form
(see fig. 6, A and B). The walls of the sporangia are nearly opaque
as seen under a microscope, and the superficial layer of the wall
is seen to consist of irregular cells with thick, sinuous walls (see
fig. 6, C).

Typical Botrychium virginianum is a plant found usually in rich
deciduous woods. It is most abundant in calcareous regions, and -
ranges from Prince Edward Island to Minnesota, and south to Florida
and Texas,! reappearing in exactly the same form in eastern Asia.

Fig. 6. A-C, Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. D-F, B. virginianum var. laurentianum
Butters. A and D, group of sporangia, dehisced, but moist, dorsal view, X 5. B and E, dry,
dehisced sporangium, ventral view, X 10. C and F, group of cells from the sporangial wall,

X 75.

In the Gray Herbarium there are two specimens of it from the latter
region, one collected by Dr. August Henry (no. 5799) in the province
of Hupeh, China, the other by K. Watanabe in the province of Tosa,

Japan.”
The plant found about the Gulf of St. Lawrence is a hitherto unde-
scribed variety, BOTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Sw. var. lauren-

1 As has been recently pointed out by Ivar Tidestrom (Botrychium virginianum and its forms.
Contrib.. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 299. 1913.) Botrychium gracile Pursh (Flora Am. Sept. 656.
1814), described originally from Virginia, is only a young stage of the typical Botrychium
virginianum.

2 In Japan occurs also the closely related Botrychium strictum Undw., Bull. Tor. Bot. Club,
xxx. 52 (1903), of which there is in the Gray Herbarium a single specimen collected by Maxi-
mowiczin Yokahama in 1862, This is quite distinct from any North American form known

to the author.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Botrychium 209

tianum, var. nov., fronde sterili crassiore, segmentis ordinum omnium
latioribus rebus formae typicae iisdem, segmentis confertis imbricatis
ultimis spathulatis, fronde fertili crassa conferte paniculata segmentis
ultimis herbaceis complanatis 0.5-1.0 mm. latis, sporangiis flavis 1-1.8
mm. longis (exsiccatis) anguste apertis.

This variety is characterized by its thick and heavy sterile frond,
less finely divided than in the typical form, and with the segments so
crowded that they overlap one another. Though it is generally smaller
than the typical Botrychium virginianum, it occasionally reaches
large size, the largest specimen seen, having the sterile frond 18 cm.
long and 28 cm. wide. The pinnules are shorter than in typical
Botrychium virginianum, and tend to be ovate in form and the ulti-
mate segments are strongly spatulate. The fertile spike is relatively
short and stout, and in well developed specimens is very strongly
paniculate. Its ultimate segments are flat, foliaceous, and often 1 mm.
wide.

It is, however, in the sporangia that this form differs most greatly
from Botrychium virginianum. Indeed these organs resemble rather
those of Botrychium Lunaria than those of typical Botrychium vir-
ginianum. They are 1-1.8 mm. long when dried, and sometimes
exceed 2 mm. when fresh. When ripe, they are of a dark straw color
like those of Botrychium Lunaria. Before dehiscence the line of
fracture shows as a distinct paler band. In dehiscence they open but
slightly, and the valves never become recurved. When moistened,
they close again, regaining their almost spherical form (see fig. 6,
p. 208 D and E). Under the microscope the walls of the sporangia
appear very translucent, and the cells of the outer layer are seen
to be of regular quadrilateral or polygonal form with nearly straight
thickened walls (see fig. 6, p. 208, F).

So different is this fern from typical Botrychium virginianum, that,
were it not for the intermediate varieties discussed below, it would
certainly take rank as a distinct species. It grows typically in open,
grassy places, occasionally on exposed rocks or talus. It is almost
confined to the calcareous districts in the vicinity of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, as is shown by the following list of the specimens in the
Gray Herbarium.

LABRADOR: limestone and calcareous sandstone terraces, Blanc
Sablon, Straits of Belle Isle, August 6, 1910, Fernald and Wiegand
no. 2356.

210 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

NEWFOUNDLAND: grassy strand, Ingornachoix Bay, August 2,
1910, Fernald and Wiegand no. 2354; damp talus of limestone sea-
cliffs, Point Riche, Ingornachoix Bay, August 4, 1910, Fernald and
Wiegand no. 2355; talus slopes of the marble region between Mt.
Musgrave and Humber Mouth, July 18, 1910, Fernald and Wiegand
no. 2353.

QueEBEc: cold calcareous walls of the Grand Coupe, Percé, Gaspé
Co., August 5, 1907, Fernald and Collins no. 795 (a very small and
immature plant); alluvial woods, Nouvelle, Bonaventure Co., July
19 and 20, 1908, Collins and Fernald; Grand Cascapedia River,
Bonaventure Co., July 12-15, 1905, Williams, Collins and Fernald
no. 1; meadows and swamps in the slaty region south of Bic, Rimouski
Co., July 25, 1907, Fernald and Collins no. 794 (type); Rivière du
Loup, July 24, 1908, A. A. Eaton no. 217; Little Metis, July 18, 1906,
James Fowler; Georgeville, July 5, 1905, J. R. Churchill.

Marne: rich upland meadows, Cutler, Washington Co., July 3,
1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins and Fernald; larch and arbor-
vitae swamps, Houlton, Aroostook Co., July 13, 1916, Fernald and
Long no. 12302.

Micuican: Isle Royale, Lake Superior, July 3, 1909, W. S. Cooper
no. 23 (a large but very immature specimen, which appears to be of
this variety, but cannot be identified with entire certainty).!

South of the region occupied by Botrychium virginianum var. lauren-
tianum, there is a second variety somewhat intermediate between this
fern and typical Botrychium virginianum. The sterile frond has the
somewhat ovate pinnules and the spatulate ultimate segments of the
var. laurentianum, though without the close imbrication of the seg-
ments which is characteristic of that variety. The ultimate segments
of the fertile frond are narrow (0.25-0.5 mm. wide) as in typical
Botrychium virginianum, but are thin and flat and more translucent
than in that plant. The sporangia resemble those of var. laurentianum
except in their smaller size (0.5-0.8 mm. long when dried) and slightly
wider dehiscence. This also is an undescribed variety,

BoTrRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Sw. var. intermedium, var. nov.,

1 This list includes all the material of the Botrychium virginianum group from the region of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence with three exceptions, viz.: 1. Typical Botrychium virginianum
occurs on Prince Edward Island as indicated by the following specimens: swampy Larix and
Thuja woods, Tiginish, August 6, 1912, Fernald, Long and St. John no. 6679; springy larch
swamp, Bloomfield, August 7, 1912, Fernald, Long and St. John no. 6680; larch swamp,
Dundee, August 26, 1912, Fernald, Long and St. John no. 6681. 2. The following variety
occurs on Cape Breton Island, as noted on p. 211. 3. Three plants collected by Mr. Harold
St. John in September 1915, at Betchouam, Seignoiry of Mingan, on the south shore of the
Labrador peninsula (Geological survey of Canada, no. 90028) appear to belong to.an unde-
scribed variety of Botrychium virginianum. They were, however, collected so late in the
season, and in such an over-mature condition that it seems best to postpone a description of
this form until better material can be obtained. As Mr. St. John hopes to visit the same
region again, in the near future, I have hopes that additional material of this form may soon.
be available.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Botrychium 211

segmentis frondis sterilis ultimis spathulatis, penultimis ovatis haud
confertis, segmentis frondis fertilis ultimis angustis complanatis,
sporangiis flavis ad 0.8 mm. longis.

This variety occurs in Nova Scotia, New England and northern
New York, and also in Illinois and Missouri. The following speci-
mens, in the Gray Herbarium belong to this variety:

Nova Scota: hardwood forest, Indian Brook, valley of the Bar-
rassis River, Cape Breton Island, July-August 1915, G. E. Nichols
no. 1562.

MAINE: open springy meadows, Brownville, July 18, 1905, Knight
and Parlin no. 1913.

VERMONT: Arlington, July 5, 1913, N. H. Blanchard no. 57.

MassacuusEtts: dry rocky upland woods, North Adams, June 25,
1913, Fernald and Long no. 8374 (N. E.).

Connecticut: rich woods, North Guilford, June 22, 1906, G. H.
Bartlett.

New York: moist woods, Canton, June 25, 1914, Orra P. Phelps no.
47 (TYPE); Pierrepont, July 10, 1914, O. P. Phelps no. 48; moist woods,
Norfolk, July 7, 1914, O. P. Phelps no. 50 (all in St. Lawrence Co.).

Inturnors: rich woods, C. H. and D. bridge, Macon Co., May 21,
1915, I. W. Clokey, no. 2387.

Missouri: rich woods, Monteer, May 26, 1907, B. F. Bush no.
4724; Whiteside, June 13, 1910, John Davis.

BoTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM var. EUROPAEUM Angstrém is also some-
what intermediate in character but quite unlike the variety just dis-
cussed. The fertile frond is less finely dissected than in typical
Botrychium virginianum, and the ultimate segments are usually more
obtuse than in that plant, but they show little of the spatulate form
seen in var. laurentianum or var. intermedium. The pinnules are lanceo-
late, and tend to be strongly decurrent so that the pinnae are usually
merely pinnatifid. The sporangia resemble those of Botrychium
virginianum rather than those of either of the varieties just described.
They are somewhat larger than in the typical form (0.7-1.2 mm. long),
and slightly lighter colored, but with a distinct dark stripe along the
edge of the valves. Their dehiscence is wider than that of either of the
varieties just described, and nearly as wide as that of Botrychium
virginianum, but usually without the strong recurving of the valves
seen in that form. The microscopic structure of the sporangium wall
is somewhat intermediate between that of true Botrychium virginianum
and that seen in the two varieties just discussed. Some irregular
cells with sinuous walls are always present in the outer layer of the
wall, but much of this layer is made up of nearly regular quadri-
lateral cells.

Like the majority of lowland plants common to temperate Europe

1 Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.

212 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

and North America, this variety is essentially a plant of the evergreen
coniferous forests. In America it is a plant of the Canadian zone,
and is confined largely to calcareous regions. In Europe it appears
to be very rare. There are specimens in the Gray Herbarium from the
Baltic regions of Sweden (Angermannland) and Russia (Petrograd
and Novgorod). It is also reported from Bohemia. The European
plant has conspicuously large sporangia, so also has the British Colum-
bian plant, which is an exact match for the Russian plant in all respects.
In the eastern United States the size of the sporangia is usually less
and there is a complete intergradation between this variety and typical
Botrychium virginianum.

The following American specimens of this variety are in the Gray
Herbarium:

QueBEc: Montmorenci Falls, July 1, 1905, John Macoun.

New Brunswick: St. Francis parish, July 29, 1900, Æ. F. Williams.

New Hampsuire: Randolph, July 15, 1894, E. F. Williams; ib.,
July 18, 1894, E. F. Williams (N. E.).!

VERMONT: rich woods, Westmore, July 24, 1903, R. A. Ware
(N. E.).

New York: Pierrepont, St. Lawrence Co., July 10, 1914, Orra P.
Phelps no. 48.

ONTARIO: sandy woods, Nepigon House, Lake Nepigon, July 15,
1884, John Macoun; clay soil, Ouaman River, Hunder Bay district,
H. E. Pulling.

Montana: Swan Lake near Flathead Lake, August 25, 1908, Mrs.
John Clemens (in part). ~

British CoLUMBIA: rich soil, avalanche path, Emerald Lake, alti-
tude 4400 ft. (Rocky Mts.), July 1, 1904, C. H. Shaw no. 83; flood
plain of Columbia River, Beavermouth, altitude 2400 ft., August
18, 1905, C. H. Shaw no. 1157; woods, Carbonate (upper Columbia
valley), altitude 3000 ft., July 8, 1904, 7. B. Snyder in Shaw’s Selkirk
Flora no. 207; forest near mouth of Downie Creek (west slope of
Selkirk Range), August 7, 1905, C. H. Shaw no. 1106; New West-
minster, September 15, 1899, A. J. Hill.

Besides the varieties of Botrychium virginianum in eastern and
northern North America yet another one occurs in the far western
states. It appears to bea direct development from the var. europaeum,
and occasionally grows with that form. The sterile frond is exactly
like that of the var. europaeum, but the sporangia are peculiar. In
the species and its other varieties the sporangia are narrow at the base,
and when one of them is sufficiently wide open so that the inside is
visible, the narrow base appears as a funnel-like hole leading down
from near the middle of the expanded upper portion. In this western
variety, on the other hand, the base of the sporangia is very nearly
its widest part. This broad base is herbaceous, and appears like a

1 This is a somewhat peculiar specimen, see below, p. 213.

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Botrychium 213

lobe of the ultimate segment of the fertile frond. When the spor-
angium has opened, an inside view has something the appearance of
the inside of a straw hat, the shallow crown of which is formed by the
wide lower part of the sporangium. The herbaceous base then ap-
pears as a dark spot in the middle of the open sporangium, correspond-
ing in its position to a lining in the top of the crown of the hat. The
sporangia in this variety are as small as in typical Botrychium vir-
ginianum, rarely over 0.7 mm. long and their walls consist of irregular
cells with flexuous walls, as in the typical form.

A single specimen of Botrychium virginianum var. europaeum from
the eastern states, that from Randolph, N. H., previously noted as
peculiar, shows a somewhat similar broadening of the base of the
sporangium, though to a smaller degree. In the size and the micro-
scopical structure of the sporangia it corresponds with the var.
europaeum. Otherwise the specimens displaying the peculiarity here
discussed are all western, and I am calling the variety

BoTrRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Sw. var. occidentale, var. nov.,
varietati europaeo similis sed sporangiis 0.5-0.7 mm. longis, basin
versus latioribus herbaceis late apertis.

The following specimens are in the Gray Herbarium:

Montana: Swan Lake, near Flat Head Lake, August 25, 1908,
Mrs. Joseph Clemens (in part).

Ipamo: deep woods near the south end of Lake Pend d’Oreille,
July 28, 1892, Sandberg, McDougal and Heller no. 762 (type).

OrEGON: Hood River, April 1882, Mrs. P. G. Barrett.

CALIFORNIA: without locality, 1873, “ Miller.”

In Mexico there are two Botrychia belonging to the group now under
discussion. One of these occurs also in Central America and the
West Indies, and possibly also in the Andes. The other, apparently
confined to Mexico, has usually been considered as Botrychium vir-
ginianum, but it differs so much from the typical form of that species
in the form and cutting of the sterile frond, that it should be distin-
guished as a variety, BorRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Sw. var. meri-
dionale, var. nov., fronde sterili haud ternata, pinnis basalibus eas
secundas parum superantibus, pinnulis ovatis ad basin cordatis vel
truncatis vel brevissime cuneatis pinnatifidis, segmentis ordinis tertii
approximatis obovatis seu spathulatis obtusissimis crenulato-serratis,
fronde fertili atque sporangiis iisdem Botrychii virginiani typici
similibus.

This plant is evidently closely allied to true Botrychium virginianum
with which it agrees entirely in the character of the fertile spike and
the details of the sporangia except that the valves of the latter are
usually somewhat less recurved in dehiscence. It differs, however,
in both the form and the cutting of the sterile frond. The basal
pinnae are only slightly longer and wider than the second pair, so that
the frond is distinctly pinnate rather than ternate. The pinnules
are wider and shorter than in the typical form and are truncate or

214 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

cordate, rarely very slightly cuneate at the base. They are cut into
obovate or spatulate very blunt segments, which lie so close to one
another that, at a little distance, the pinnule appears as if it were
nearly undivided.

In the Gray Herbarium are two excellent specimens of this plant:
Chiapas, Dr. Ghiesbreght, filices austro-mexicanae no. 252 (type);
in the San Migueleto Mountains, valley of San Luis Potosi, J. G.
Schaffner, flora mexicana no. 943.

BOTRYCHIUM CICUTARIUM (Savigny) Sw. Syn. 171 (1806). (Os-
munda cicutaria Savigny in Lam. Encycl. iv. 650, 1797). Ivar
Tidestrom has recently pointed out? the identity of the Mexican fern
Botrychium brachystachys Kunze, and the West Indian fern Botry-
chium dichronum Undw. with the old species Botrychium cicutarium.
As has been pointed out several times, this species has a very short
fertile spike, but little exceeding the length of the sterile frond, It is
also peculiar in, having often a second sterile leaf present at the time
of fruiting. It seems to be generally assumed that this second leaf
is the remaining sterile part of the fruiting leaf of the previous year,
but in a specimen in the Gray Herbarium which shows this second
leaf, there is no indication that it ever bore a fertile spike. In this
species the sterile frond has greatly enlarged basal pinnae as in ordi-
nary Botrychium virginianum, the pinnules are lanceolate, acute,
markedly decurrent at the base, and conspicuously cut about two
thirds of the distance to the midrib. The ultimate segments of the
fertile frond are flat and moderately broad. The sporangia are small
(0.5-0.7 mm. long), and dark brown. Their dehiscence is narrow,
with a slight recurving of the tips of the valves.

It is not quite clear to the author whether this plant should be con-
sidered as a species or as a variety of Botrychium virginianum. The
differences between this form and typical Botrychium virginianum are
no greater than the differences between some of the North American
varieties of that species. On the other hand there is at present no
evidence of any intergradation such as is found between the various
North American varieties. It was long since given a varietal name,
Botrychium virginicum B mexicanum Greville and Hooker, Bot. Misc.
iii. 223 (1833).

Specimens in the Gray Herbarium:

Santo Domingo: in woods near Constanze, 4000 ft. altitude,
February 1910, von Tuerckheim no. 2963; in woods, Tal Mingo, Province
of Barahona, 4400 ft. altitude, April 1912, Padre Miguel Fuertes no.
1540.

Mexico: Jalapa, state of Vera Cruz, 4000-4500 ft. altitude, 1894,
C. L. Smith no. 2141.

GUATEMALA: Volcan de Agua, O. Salvin.

This plant is also reported from Jamaica and Panama, and either
this or a closely related form from Ecuador.

1 Contrib, U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 307 (1913).

1917] Butters,— Studies in Ferns — Botrychium 215

Key to the American species and varieties of the BOTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM
group.

A. Ripe sporangia straw colored, opening but slightly in dehiscence, their
walls composed of regular cells; pinnules of the sterile frond ovate
to lance-ovate, their ultimate segments spatulate.

B. Sporangia 1-1.8 mm. long, segments of sterile frond imbricated.
B. virginianum var. laurentianum.

BB. Sporangia 0.5-0.8 mm. long, segments of sterile frond not imbricated.

B. virginianum var. intermedium.
AA. Ripe sporangia brown, opening rather widely in dehiscence, their walls
composed, at least in part, of irregular cells with sinuous walls.
C. Fertile shoot much longer than the sterile frond, no additional
sterile leaf present at the time of fruiting.
D. Sporangia with conspicuously broad herbaceous bases.
B. virginianum var. occidentale.
DD. Sporangia narrow at the base.
E. Sporangia 0.7-0.8 mm. long, dark brown, concolorous, their
valves recurved in dehiscence.
F. Pinnules of sterile frond but slightly dissected, cordate or
truncate at base, valves of sporangia moderately recurved.
B. virginianum var. meridionale.
FF. Pinnules of sterile frond much dissected, cuneate or decur-
rent at base, valves of sporangia strongly recurved.
B. virginianum.
EE. Sporangia 0.7-1.2 mm. long, their valves light brown with a
darker margin, valves usually not recurved in dehiscence.
B. virginianum var. europaeum.
CC. Fertile shoot but little longer than the sterile frond, an additional
sterile leaf present at time of fruiting.............. B. cicutaria.

Again, as in the case of Athyrium Filix-femina and its allies an
examination of the close technical characters of Botrychium virginia-
num shows that it is readily divided into natural varieties, and these
are found to have a distribution entirely in harmony with what is
known concerning the laws of the distribution of Phanerogams and
indeed, very similar to the distribution of the Filix-femina group.

Thus we find Botrychium virginianum occurring in the deciduous
forests of eastern North America, and again, in this case entirely
unchanged, in eastern Asia,— both in China and in Japan. Again
we find the European plant reappearing unchanged in the Pacific
northwest of America, and in this case occurring eastward across the
continent in the evergreen coniferous forests.

In Japan there is one local variation from the typical form of the
species (B. strictum), and in eastern North America there are at least

216 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

two, and probably three such variants. As in the case of Athyrium
angustum, the lands about the Gulf of St. Lawrence are a region of
maximum departure from the ordinary type of the species.

As in the case of Athyrium Filix-femina, Botrychium virginianum
var. europaeum undergoes a marked change in passing southward into
the Californian region and there develops the peculiar variety, Botry-
chium virginianum var. occidentale.

Like the Filix-femina group, Botrychium virginianum and its allies
have a typical boreal distribution, and all tropical forms of this group
have evidently come from the north. Thus in Mexico we find Botry-
chium virginianum var. and Botrychium cicutarium. The latter species
is also in the West Indies, and this or a closely allied species occurs for
some distance south in the Andes. In Asia, Botrychium lanuginosum,
considerably more aberrant than any of the forms yet mentioned,
occurs in the Himalayas, and in southern China, and thence south to
the hill country of southern India, Ceylon, and the Philippine Islands.

There is a single species of Botrychium in Africa, and that is said to
be a close relative of the last mentioned species, and hence a member
of the Botrychium virginianum group. This is Botrychium chamaeco-
nium, and it occurs in the mountains of Cameroon. It is the only
member of the group which is not either strictly boreal, or else in
tropical mountains with easy access to the north.

In one respect the Botrychium virginianum group differs in its
distribution from the Filix-femina group. They present their most
complicated arrays of forms, not in Asia, but in eastern North Amer-
ica, and it seems probable that the latter region is the center of dis-
tribution of this group of plants.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 123.

Figs. 1-2. European specimens of Athyrium Filix-femina (L.) Roth:
fig. 1, pinnule of var. multidentatum (Déll) Milde, X 24; fig. 2, pinnule of var.
fissidens (D6ll) Milde, x 5.

Figs. 3-10. Athyrium asplenioides (Michx.) Desv.: fig. 3, pinna of typical
form, X 4; fig. 4, pinnule of the same frond, X 5; fig. 5, mature pinnule of f..sub-
tripinnatum Butters, X 2; fig. 6, base of younger pinnule of the same form, X 5;
fig. 7, indusium of A. asplenioides, X 124; fig. 8, detail of the margin of a
portion of the indusium, X 50; fig. 9, sporangium, X 50; fig. 10, spores, X 100.

Figs. 11-18. Athyrium angustum (Willd.) Presl.: figs. 11 and 12, pinnules
of fertile and sterile fronds, respectively of the same plant of f. typicum, X 5;
fig. 13, pinnule of var. rubellum (Gilbert) Butters, X 5; fig. 14 and 15, pinnules
of the fertile and nearly sterile fronds respectively of var. elatius (Link)
Butters, X 2; fig. 16, base of younger fertile pinnule of var. elatius, X 5; fig. 17,
margin of indusium, showing the ordinary type found in A. angustum, X 50;
fig. 18, spores, X 100.

1917] Knowlton,— Lists of New England Plants,—XXV_ 217

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,—
XXV.

CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been
seen; the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found. |

S oie i E g
‘etic: | > | =| a|s
CAPPARIDACEAE. |
Cleome serrulata Pursh . . . . | — + +
“ spinosa L. ; tot ee | +
Polanisia graveolens Raf. . a + | iii
“ trachysperma F. & G. | | one
RESEDACEAE. | |
Reseda alba L. . . ed oo | — 1) a zi
NO duc | + | +
“ Luteola L. | | oS. eae
“odorata | | oa
SARRACENIACEAE. |
Sarracenia purpurea L. . .. . I++ +) +)]+]+
2s var. hetero- |
poyee (Mac) dor ...../+ a
DROSERACEAE. | |
Drosera filiformis Raf. . oe a
" linearisGoldie. . . . . | +
“ longifolia L P+tl titi +I Het +
“ rotundifolia L. +. ea ee | +] +i +
PODOSTEMACEAE. |
Podostemum ceratophyllum Michx. | + —I+I+I+
CRASSULACEAE. |
Penthorum sedoides L. . . . . | +/}/+/ +/+] 4+] +
Sedum acre L. . T HIHIHI Oe a
“ anophyllum DC. EEE T F |
repexum L. . ee | +

218 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

(S. purpureum Tausch) . | +
Sempervivum tectorum L. E
Tuna austa L ... . . we l

+

Ta a AE et & ye Bee -
CRASSULACEAE.
Sedum roseum (L.) Scop. ‘4 Sie | + |
“ stoloniferum Gmel. . . . + |
“amn MIBE a e 4 | +
“triphyllum (Haw.) S. F. Gray
+ ++
| cu
+

NOTES ON THE ABOVE List.— Polanisia graveolens is native and
abundant on the shore of Lake Champlain, reported from Swanton
south to Fair Haven. In Connecticut it has been reported at East
Hartford, on gravelly and sandy shores of the Hockanum River
(C. A. Weatherby), and on the Connecticut River at Hartford (A. W.
Driggs). P. trachysperma is probably introduced (Conn. State Geol. &
Nat. Hist Survey Bull. no. 14, 1910).

The species of Reseda are rare weeds of waste places. R. odorata
is familiar in gardens, but very rarely spreads outside.

Sarracenia purpurea was reported on by Dr. B. L. Robinson in
Ruopora, v. 190, 1903, but no mention was made of var. heterophylla.
This is a striking plant in which the flowers and leaves are green
throughout. Reported from Andover, Maine (Francis H. Peabody),
and in Massachusetts from Essex Co. (J. Robinson), Scituate (E. W.
Cushman) and Chestnut Hill (E. F. Williams).

Drosera filiformis is found from Plymouth to Wellfleet on the
mainland of Cape Cod, also on Nantucket. There is a report of this
plant in the Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants 1, 1868, but no
specimen is known to exist.

D. linearis was discovered in large quantity by Prof. M. L. Fernald
in muck holes of Crystal Bog, Aroostook Co., Maine, Aug. 16, 1900.
It was found also by Dr. J. A. Cushman in the same county, in moist
clayey soil between boulders of river-bank, Upper St. John River at
Little Black River Rapids, Township 17, Range 1, Sept. 13, 1907.
(Specimens in herb. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.)

Sedum anophyllum occurs only at Bristol, Maine (RHODORA, xiv.
227,1912). S. reflexum has been found only at Rockport, and Carlisle

1917] Fernald,— Tardy Flowering in 1917 219

or Concord, Massachusetts (RHopora, xviii. 249-50, 1916). S.
roseum is abundant everywhere on sea-ledges of the outer islands in
eastern Maine, and occasional on the mainland and islands as far
west as Monhegan. (Ruopora, xv. 140, 1913). It also grows on Mt.
Horrid, Rochester, Vermont. S. stoloniferum occurs only at Cumber-
land, Maine (E. B. Chamberlain). S. telephioides reported by Mrs.
N. F. Flynn from Colchester, Vermont. (Vt. Ag. Exp. Station, Bull. no
187, 209, 1915) where it is a roadside escape, does not quite match
other material of that species and may be a variant of S. triphyllum.

Tillaea Vaillantit Willd., reported from Nantucket by Mrs. M. P.
Robinson, Floyd, Bicknell and others, seems to be only a form of T.
aquatica with long pedicels, not the T. Vaillanti of Europe according
to Dr. Harold St. John.

HincHaM, MASSACHUSETTS.

Tue TARDY FLOWERING OF PLANTS IN EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS IN
THE SPRING OF 1917.— In Ruopora, xii. 127-129 (1910), a list of
plants which had been observed in flower in eastern Massachusetts
prior to the end of April, 1910, was published. That season was a
phenomenally advanced one and the list as published, although after-
wards demonstrated to be incomplete, enumerated 119 species. The
current spring, of 1917, has been so phenomenally backward as to
excite comment even of the least observing people and at a conference
of members of the New England Botanical Club held at the Club Her-
barium on May 11th a canvas was made of the observations to date
of the members present. The very meagre list which it was possible
to prepare of plants which had been observed in flower to date, May
11th, is in such striking contrast to that of April, 1910, that it is
thought that other members of the Club and readers of RHODORA
will be interested to have it accessible. The following list, then,
enumerates all the species of wild plants which are definitely known to
have flowered in 1917 in eastern Massachusetts prior to May 12th.

Poa annua Salix discolor
Carex umbellata “ humilis
“ pensylvanica “ rostrata
Symplocarpus foetidus “ tristis
Erythronium americanum “ cordata

220) Rhodora

Salix sericea
Populus tremuloides
“ grandidentata

Corylus americana
Corylus rostrata
Alnus incana

“ rugosa
vulgaris
Ulmus americana
Stellaria media
Cerastium vulgatum

y: semidecandrum

Anemonella thalictroides
Hepatica americana (“ triloba ”’)
Anemone quinquefolia
Caltha palustris
Benzoin aestivale

“

[SEPTEMBER

Sanguinaria canadensis
Draba verna
Capsella Bursa-pastoris
Potentilla pumila
Acer rubrum
“ saccharinum
Viola pedata, var. lineariloba
“ fimbriatula
Epigaea repens
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi
Lamium amplexicaule
Houstonia caerulea
Antennaria plantaginifolia
. neglecta
Petasites vulgaris
Taraxacum officinale
s erythrospermum

The above list, enumerating 44 species, although containing a few

species, of Salix for instance, which did not happen to get observed in
the early spring of 1910, and doubtless omitting a few plants, such as
Tussilago, which had certainly flowered but which no one at the con-
ference had observed in the spring of 1917, is sufficient evidence of the
tardiness of the season and of the great range in the flowering season
from year to year of the earlier flowering plants of New England.—

M.L. F.

Vol. 19, no. 224, including pages 133 to 168, was issued 10 September, 1917.

Plate 123

ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA AND ITS ALLIES.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. October, 1917. No. 226.

A NEW ALPINE WILLOW FROM THE WHITE MOUNTAINS.
M. L. FERNALD.

One of the areas in the White Mountains of New Hampshire un-
known to most botanists is the wet southwest gully of King’s Ravine.
The dripping rocks of the gully and its high precipitous cliffs have
proved forbidding to the path-builder, and only the most expert
climbers have found their way into it. Among the latter, naturally,
is the indefatigable explorer of Coös County, Professor Arthur Stanley
Pease, who in July, 1909, discovered! in this gully of King’s Ravine
the arctic-alpine Taraxacum ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. The
Taraxacum, in immature condition, was collected late in July, and
in the hope of securing mature material Professor Pease and the
writer descended King’s Ravine through the southwest gully on
August 8, 1917. The snow had only just disappeared from many of |
the banks and the Taraxacum was not found, but of much greater
interest was a trailing willow which carpeted in great profusion the
wet mossy banks at altitudes above 1310 m. (4300 feet). The shrub
was first noticed when we were at an altitude of about 1375 m. (4500
feet) but it may occur higher up the gully. In the dark lustrous
green, prominently reticulated veins and closely crenate margins of
the leaves the shrub at first suggested Salix herbacea L.; but the leaves
were oblong to narrowly obovate and narrowed at base, not rounded
to reniform and cordate at base as in S. herbacea, and the coarse woody
freely forking superficial branches (3-6 mm. thick) trailed often to a
length of 5 dm. from the central trunk. The shrub was, then, obvi-

1 Pease, Ruopora, xix. 111 (1917).

222 Rhodora [OCTOBER

ously not a phase of S. herbacea; and when, after reaching this deci-
sion, we found it abundantly fruiting, the departure from S. herbacea
became more pronounced, for the new shrub has densely many-
flowered aments, in fruit 1.5-3 cm. long, resembling those of S. Uva-
ursi Pursh.

The latter species, S. Uva-ursi, is the only other trailing willow of
the New England mountains, but, unlike S. herbacea and the coarser
shrub of King’s Ravine which occur on wet mossy knolls and banks,
S. Uva-ursi characterizes the most exposed and arid ledges and
gravels. The new shrub differs from the common xerophytic S.
Uva-ursi in many characters. The branches and branchlets of S.
Uva-ursi are stiff and straightish, the branchlets subascending;
those of the King’s Ravine shrub very flexuous and closely appressed
to the moss and humus. In S. Uva-ursi the usually elliptical leaves
are acute or acutish, whitened beneath, subentire or at most remotely
serrate, and the surfaces are scarcely if at all papillose; but in the
King’s Ravine shrub the oblong or narrowly obovate leaves are
obtuse or rounded at summit, bright green and lustrous beneath as
well as above, closely crenate-dentate, and (under a lens) distinctly
papillose above and often beneath. In its ament-characters, so far
as shown by the fruiting material, the King’s Ravine shrub is very
similar to S. Uva-ursi, but has longer capsules than are usual in that
species.

Altogether the King’s Ravine shrub differs so pronouncedly from
both of its allies, S. herbacea and S. Uva-ursi, that it seems worthy
specific separation. It is possible that it long ago originated by the
hybridization of these two species, but at present it is so uniform and
characteristic over a large area of the Ravine and so definitely fertile
that its present status is not open to question. The shrub seems to be
quite distinct from any described arctic-alpine species and its only
previous collections seem to have been by Dr. Pease in 1909 and again
in 1913 in King’s Ravine. It is, therefore, highly appropriate that
it bear the name of the keen and untiring explorer of the White Moun-
tain flora, Arthur Stanley Pease, who shared in its discovery; and to
those who are familiar with Dr. Pease’s well-earned reputation as an
alpine explorer there is a singular propriety in dedicating to him a
plant which, like him, finds itself at home on the almost inaccessible
wet cliffs of a mountain ravine.

The new species is proposed as

1917] Fernald,— A new alpine Willow 223

Satix Peasei, n. sp., frutex depressus, ramis decumbentibus vel
repentibus flexuosis ligneis 1.5-5 dm. longis 3-6 mm. diametro atro-
castaneis lucidis, ramulis prostratis vel assurgentibus valde flexuosis
pilosis glabratis; foliis membranaceis glabris reticulatis plerumque
perviridibus lucidisque supra valde papillosis ellipticis vel anguste
obovatis obtusis vel apice rotundatis crenato-dentatis 0.8-2.3 cm.
longis 0.4-1.9 cm. latis, petiolo 2-5 mm. longo; amentis fructiferis
terminalibus pedunculatis 1.5-3 cm. longis 0.7-1 cm. diametro, pedun-
culo 4-9 mm. longo albido-piloso; squamis ellipticis vel anguste
obovatis obtusiusculis fuscis 2 mm. longis albido-pilosis, pilis 1 mm.
longis; capsulis conico-subulatis glabris 5-6 mm. longis purpurascen-
tibus, stylo tenui 0.6-0.8 mm. longo, stigmatibus valde bifidis adscen-
dentibus, pedicello 0.5 mm. longo nectarium subaequante.

Depressed shrub; the branches decumbent or repent, flexuous,
ligneous, 1.5-5 dm. long, 3-6 mm. in diameter, blackish-chestnut,
lustrous; the branchlets prostrate or assurgent, very flexuous, pilose
and glabrate: leaves membranaceous, glabrous, reticulated, very green
and lustrous on both surfaces, obviously papillose above, elliptical
or narrowly obovate, obtuse or rounded at summit, crenate-dentate,
0.8-2.3 cm. long, 0.4-1.9 cm. broad; petiole 2-5 mm. long: fruiting
aments terminal, peduncled, 1.5-3 cm. long, 0.7-1 cm. in diameter;
peduncle 4-9 mm. long, white-pilose: scales elliptical or narrowly
obovate, obtusish, fuscous, 2 mm. long, white-pilose, the hairs 1 mm.
long: capsules conic-subulate, glabrous, 5-6 mm. long, purplish; style
slender, 0.6-0.8 mm. long; stigmas deeply 2-cleft, ascending; pedicel
0.5 mm. long, about equaling the nectary.— New HamrsHirReE: trail-
ing on wet mossy banks at 1310-1375 m. (4300-4500 ft.), southwest
gully of King’s Ravine, Low & Burbank Grant, July 27, 1909, Pease,
no. 12,091, July 26, 1913, Pease, no. 14,433, August 8, 1917, Fernald &
Pease, no. 16,847 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

224. Rhodora [OcroBER

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT.
(Continued from page 130.)

RANUNCULUS ALLEGHENIENSIS Britton. Occasional in northwest-
ern Connecticut.

* THALICTRUM DASYCARPUM Fisch. & Lall. Thickets: Groton
(Weatherby), New London (Graves), Franklin (R. W. Woodward,
RHODORA, xv. 95).

* HEPATICA AMERICANA (DC.) Ker, forma canpipa Fernald. Ruo-
DORA, xix. 46 (1917). Occasional with the typical form.

H. acutitopa DC. Simsbury, 1837 (specimen in Shurtleff herb.
at Wesleyan University; no collector given). In the Catalogue
reported only from western Connecticut.

f CLEMATIS FLORIDA Thunb. Woodbridge (Chas. F. Hull). The
collector states that this species has been growing beside a brook for
several years. Frequently cultivated. Native of Japan.

C. VERTICILLARIS DC. Killingly (C. H. Knowlton, RHODORA,
xiii. 31). In the Catalogué not reported from Windham Co.

COPTIS TRIFOLIA (L.) Salisb. Stamford (W. H. Hoyt). In the
Catalogue not reported near the coast west of New Haven.

* ACTAEA RUBRA (Ait.) Willd., forma NeGLECTA (Gillman) Robin-
son. Rich, rocky woods on the north slope of Canaan Mt., North
Canaan (Harger & Weatherby). Also reported from Mt. Totoket,
North Branford (O. Harger in “ Berzelius” Catalogue).

At the station in North Canaan a single plant of the form was found
growing with A. rubra and A. alba. The berries of A. rubra and forma
neglecta were mature. Those of A. alba were half-grown. Growing
near was another plant with the slender pedicels of A. rubra but with
the half-grown fruit of A. alba and with leaves more nearly like the
latter. The different combinations of characters suggest that one or
both of these forms may be of hybrid origin.— E. B. HARGER.

SASSAFRAS VARIIFOLIUM (Salisb.) Ktze. Rare in dry woods,
Oxford (Harger). Frequent near the coast.

* S. vaRUFOLIUM (Salisb.) Ktze., var. atBipum (Nutt.) Fernald.
Ruopora, xv. 16 (1913). Stonington (Bissell, Harger & Weatherby).
Frequent at Oxford (Harger). This variety is distinguished by its
glabrous and glaucous leaves and twigs. The ranges of this and of
the preceding are not definitely known.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 225

DRABA CAROLINIANA Walt. Middletown (Joseph Barratt), Canaan
(Bissell & Weatherby), Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps). Extensions of
range northward.

ALyssuM ALYSSOIDES L. Middlebury (Harger), Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt).

LepipiumM Drasa L. One plant in a field, East Granby (E. J.
Winslow & A. F. Hill). Abundant by roadsides, Norwalk (Eames).

7+ L. PERFOLIATUM L. Old cultivated field, Barkhamsted (A. E.
Blewitt). Fugitive from Europe.

{+ Coronopus DIDYMUS (L.) Sm. Well established locally about the
harbor at Westport (Eames). Adventive from Europe.

CAMELINA MICROCARPA Andrz. Adventive at Middlebury as a
persistent weed on borders of cultivated fields and along paths (Harger).
In the Catalogue reported only as fugitive.

NESLIA PANICULATA (L.) Desv. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

CONRINGIA ORIENTALIS (L.) Dumort. Waterbury and Barkham-
sted (A. E. Blewitt). Apparently increasing in frequency about the
more settled districts but nowhere well established (Eames).

SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. Several additional stations
in southwestern Connecticut.

7S. incisum Engelm., var. HARTWEGIANUM (Fourn.) Wats. Waste
ground where street sweepings had been dumped, Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt). Fugitive from the northwestern United States.

S. Sopnta L. New Haven (J. P. Brace, Ruopora, xvi. 86).

DENTARIA MAXIMA Nutt. Hartland (Bissell & Weatherby).

AraBis HIRSUTA (L.) Scop. Guilford (G. H. Bartlett), New Haven
(J. A. Allen; specimen in Herb. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.), Ridgefield, on
limestone (Eames & C. C. Godfrey). Not previously reported near
the coast west of Old Lyme or in Fairfield Co.

* A. vinipis Harger. Ruopora xiii. 36 (1911). Dry ledges, more
often on trap: Scotland (Weatherby), East Granby (Harger), Ham-
den (A. E. Blewitt), Woodbury (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), Southbury
(type station, Harger).

This species, formerly included under A. laevigata, may be dis-
tinguished from that species by its green color, lyrate-pinnatifid basal
and lower stem-leaves which are not clasping, and by its much later
flowering season, about May 20th to July Ist.

PopOSTEMUM CERATOPHYLLUM Michx. Plymouth (H. J. Bassett,
1861). In the Catalogue not reported from Litchfield Co.

226 Rhodora [OCTOBER

TIARELLA CORDIFOLIA L. Bank of Saugatuck River in Weston
(W. J. Comstock). An extension of range southwestward.

MIīTELLA NUDA L. Norfolk and Goshen (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

PHILADELPHUS CORONARIUS L. Near an old cellar, Beacon Falls
(A. E. Blewitt).

P. inoporus L. With the last, Beacon Falls (A. E. Blewitt).

f HYDRANGEA PANICULATA Sieb. One thriving plant near the
railway at Stamford (W. H. Hoyt). Fugitive from the southern
states.

+ H. QueRrcIFoLIA Bartr. A large and thrifty colony on a hillside
in Norwalk, where probably spread from cultivation many years ago
(Eames). Native of the Gulf states and not usually considered hardy
anywhere in New England.

Rises NIGRUM L. Huntington and Easton (Eames).

* R. TRISTE Pall., var. ALBINERVIUM (Michx.) Fernald. Rare. Ina
cold swamp, Cornwall (Weatherby).

PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS (L.) Maxim. Escaped from cultiva-
tion at Bridgeport and Norwalk (Eames).

SPIRAEA PRUNIFOLIA Sieb. & Zucc. This usually occurs in the
double-flowered form common in cultivation, but the single-flowered
type is well established along a roadside in Fairfield (Eames).

CYDONIA JAPONICA (Thunb.) Pers. Roadside, Seymour (Harger).

* AMELANCHIER STOLONIFERA Wiegand. RHODORA, xiv. 144 (1912).
Rare. Dry sandy or rocky ground: Waterford and East Lyme
(Graves), Old Lyme (Bissell & Weatherby), Tolland and East Hart-
ford (Weatherby), Suffield (Harger), Southington (Bissell, RHODORA,
xiv. 146). In the Catalogue included under A. oblongifolia.

A. CANADENSIS (L.) Medic. A. canadensis (L.) Medic., var. tomen-
tula Sarg. Extends across the western part of the state. Rare near
the coast, becoming occasional northward.

* A. SANGUINEA (Pursh) DC. A. spicata Gray’s Man. Ed. 7. A.
rotundifolia Roem. Rare. Calcareous ledges, on the bank of the
Housatonic River, Salisbury (A. E. Blewitt & Harger).

CRATAEGUS FOETIDA Ashe. Occasional in New London Co.
(Graves), East Windsor (Bissell), Southington (Andrews).

* C. ROTUNDIFOLIA Moench., var. Faxont (Sarg.) Eggleston. Oc-
casional in New London Co. (Graves), Killingly (Bissell).

* C. ROANENSIS Ashe. Rare. Old pasture, Hartford (Bissell).

C. MACROSPERMA Ashe. Frequent and widely distributed.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 227

* C. MACROSPERMA Ashe, var. PASTORUM (Sarg.) Eggleston. Litch-
field (Bissell).

C. MACROSPERMA Ashe, var. MATURA (Sarg.) Eggleston. Widely
distributed.

* C. MACROSPERMA Ashe, var. VIRIDIMONTANA (Sarg.) Eggleston.
C. viridimontana Sarg. Litchfield and Salisbury (Bissell).

* C. Napara Sarg. should stand as a good species.

* C. pruinosa (Wendl.) K. Koch, var. rnctsa (Sarg.) Eggleston.
Included in the Catalogue among the forms of uncertain status as C.
incisa Sarg.

* C. DELTOIDES Ashe. East Windsor (Bissell), Washington (Miss
Knowles).

C. Jesupt Sarg. should be omitted from our flora.

C. Hotmestana Ashe. Hartford (Bissell).

C. PRINGLE! Sarg. should be omitted from our flora (as to the typical
form only).

C. pourra Sarg. Newington and Litchfield (Bissell).

* C. POLITA Sarg., var. TATNALLIANA (Sarg.) Eggleston. Pawca-
tuck Point, Stonington (Bissell, Harger and Weatherby).

* C. BRAINERDII Sarg., var. EGGLEsSTONII (Sarg.) Robinson. Occurs
at Stratford and Litchfield (Bissell).

* C. MACRACANTHA Lodd., var. NEOFLUVIATILIS (Ashe) Eggleston.
Occurs at Litchfield and Salisbury (Bissell).

Notes on Crataegus are for the most part from specimens determined
by W. W. Eggleston.

f FRAGARIA GRANDIFLORA Ehrh. Waste ground, Bridgeport
(Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

POTENTILLA INTERMEDIA L. Brookfield (A. E. Blewitt).

P. recta L. More frequent than stated in the Catalogue and locally
abundant.

P. TRIDENTATA Ait. Colebrook (G. E. Nichols).

į Frureenputa Unmaria (L.) Maxim., var. peNupaTA (Hayne)
Maxim. Established along a roadside, Salisbury (Eames & C. C.
Godfrey). Native of Europe.

Kerria Japonica (Thunb.) DC. East Lyme (Graves), Westport
(Eames).

*? RUBUS NEGLECTUS Peck. Ledyard (Mrs. C. B. Graves),
Waterbury and Barkhamsted (A. E. Blewitt). In the Catalogue
reported only from Oxford.

228 Rhodora [OCTOBER

R. PHOENICOLASIUS Maxim. Plainville (Andrews). Several addi-
tional stations have been observed in the southwestern part of the
state, where, no doubt, it has been partly distributed by birds.

+ R. RosAEFOLIUS Smith. Rare. Ata time said to have been more
than twenty years ago, introduced into a garden in Huntington, where
it became a nuisance. Efforts have been made to eradicate it, but a
small colony persists in a rocky waste on the premises. The flowers
are single and it is said to form some fruit. (Eames and C. C. Godfrey).
Native of the Orient.

* R. cANADENSIS L. Most of the material referred in the Catalogue
to R. Randii belongs under this species, which occurs through northern
Connecticut as far east as Union (Graves) and as far south as Danbury
(A. E. Blewitt). One specimen collected at Salisbury by Bissell agrees
well with authentic material of R. Randii; but R. Randii is probably
only a weak form of R. canadensis.

AGRIMONIA PARVIFLORA Ait. Stamford (W. H. Hoyt).

A. ROSTELLATA Wallr. Kent (Eames).

Rosa sprnosissimA L. Prospect (A. E. Blewitt), Brookfield
(Eames).

R. cantna L. Portland (Mrs. F. W. Starmer, Ruopora, xiii. 31),
Fairfield (Eames), Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps, Ruopora, l. c.),
Stamford (W. H. Hoyt).

R. nitiwa Willd. Plainfield (Bissell, RHopora, xiii. 31).

* PRUNUS VIRGINIANA L., var. LEUCOCARPA Wats. Rare. Fence-
rows: Southington (Andrews), Seymour (Harger).

P. wstititi1a L. Redding (M. L. Fernald, Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

P. ntcra Ait. River-bank and fields: Salisbury (A. E. Blewitt &
Harger), Sharon (Weatherby). Apparently native at the former
station.

+ P. AMERICANA Marsh., var. Motus Torr. & Gray. Roadsides and
fence-rows: Thompson (Weatherby), Lyme (Harger), East Granby
(Bissell, H. S. Clark & Weatherby, Ruopora, xiii. 31), Oxford
(Harger), Woodbury (Eames & C. C. Godfrey). Introduced from the
central United States. The Oxford station known to be an introduc-
tion from Iowa.

+ Gymnociapus prorca (L.) Koch. Kentucky Coffee Tree. Hill-
side at Norwalk where no parent tree exists at present (Eames).
Introduced from the central United States.

t TRIFOLIUM DUBIUM Sibth. Rare. Three stations, one abundant,

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 229

at Fairfield (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), Middletown (W. R. Dudley;
specimen in Herb. Yale University). Adventive from Europe.

f CoLUTEA ARBORESCENS L. Rare. A small colony on a roadside
bank, Milford (Eames). Introduced from Europe.

T ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Kidney Vetch. In ground where
potting soil from greenhouses had been spread, Cromwell (Mrs. S. V. .
Hubbard, Ruopora, xiii. 240). Fugitive from Europe.

T ASTRAGALUS CANADENSIS L. In the herbarium of Wesleyan
University is a specimen of this species labelled: “Rock Falls, near
Middletown, Ct., June 10, 1879. Hewitt, ’79, legit.”

LESPEDEZA SIMULATA Mackenzie & Bush. Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt).

* L. HIRTA (L.) Hornem., var. oBLONGIFOLIA Britton. Glastonbury
(Mrs. F. W. Starmer, Ruopora, xiii. 31).

* L. CAPITATA Michx., var. STENOPHYLLA Bissell & Fernald. Runo-
DORA, xiv. 92 (1912). Sandy soil: Groton (Graves), Glastonbury
(Bissell).

f ARACHIS HYPOGAEA L. Peanut. Waste ground, Waterbury (A.
E. Blewitt). Fugitive from tropical regions.

VICIA TETRASPERMA (L.) Moench. Thomaston (A. E. Blewitt),
Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps), Oxford (Harger).

Victa HIRSUTA. (L.) S. F. Gray. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).
Associated with V. tetrasperma at Fairfield (Eames) and Greenwich
(W. H. Hoyt).

V. vittosa Roth. This vetch, now much used as a cover crop, is
escaping quite freely to roadsides and waste places and sometimes per-
sists two to three years in fields where it has been sown.

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L., var. LINEARIFOLIUS Seringe. Waterford
(Graves), Bridgeport (Eames).

*L. PALUSTRIS L., var. PrLosuS (Cham.) Ledeb. Groton and Old
Lyme (Graves), Old Saybrook (Harger). Referred to var. linearifolius
in the Catalogue. See Ruopora, xiii. 51.

LENS ESCULENTA Moench. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

AMPHICARPA PircHEr! Torr. & Gray. Chester (Harger). In the
Catalogue not reported east of Southington. _

LINUM MEDIUM (Planch.) Britton. Granby (B. B. Bristol).

*L. FLORIDANUM (Planch.) Trel., var. INTERCURSUM (Bicknell)
Weatherby. Ruopora, xviii. 224 (1916). Pasture in rather moist
sandy soil, East Hartford (Weatherby).

230 Rhodora [OCTOBER

* GERANIUM BICKNELLII Britton. Rare. Dry soil: Meriden (A.
E. Blewitt), Kent (H. Mosher).

G. PUSILLUM Burm. f. New London (Mrs. A. V. DeWitt).

PotycaLta NurraLLu Torr. & Gray. Voluntown (Harger).

EUPHORBIA POLYGONIFOLIA L. Occurs inland as a weed in waste
ground at Hartford (H. S. Clark).

E. Esuta L. Roadsides, Greenwich (Eames & W. H. Hoyt).

* ĪLEX MONTICOLA Gray, var. MOLLIS (Gray) Britton. Woods,
Torrington (W. E. Campbell, Ruopora, xiv. 205). This plant should
be looked for in Salisbury, as it has been found in Mt. Washington,
Mass., within a mile of the state line.

I. VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray, var. TENUIFOLIA (Torr.) Wats. Occa-
sional throughout western Connecticut.

I. LAEvIGATA (Pursh) Gray. Stafford (Weatherby). Not previ-
ously reported from Tolland Co.

Evonymus ALATUS (Thunb.) Rupr. & Maxim. Occasional over
much of the state.

E. ATROPURPUREUS Jacq. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

ACER PLATANOIDES L. Freely escaping at Seymour (Harger).

ArscuLus Hiprocastanum L. Bank of Shetucket River, Norwich
(Graves).

RHAMNUS ALNIFOLIA L'Hér. Durham (Weatherby), Guilford and
North Branford (W. R. Dudley; specimens in Herb. Yale University),
Brookfield and Southbury (Harger). In the Catalogue not reported
south of Cornwall.

7 R. Franeuia L. Beaver Meadows, New Haven (G. E. Nichols).
Introduced from Europe.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch., var. HrrsuTa (Donn)
Planch. Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene, var. hirsuta (Donn)
Rehder. Haddam and Danbury (Weatherby), Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt), Oxford (Harger), and frequent in dry, rocky woods on the
trap ridges of central Connecticut. In the Catalogue reported only
from Litchfield Co.

VITIS BICOLOR LeConte. Oxford (Harger) and rare or occasional
throughout southwestern Connecticut.

T ANODA TRIANGULARIS DC. Yard where grain-screenings had been
scattered, Southington (H. Whitney). Fugitive from the south-
western United States.

Hypericum Majus (Gray) Britton. Killingly (Weatherby), Bark-

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 231

hamsted (A. E. Blewitt), Hartland (Bissell & Weatherby). Not
previously reported from Windham Co. or northern Connecticut west
of the Connecticut River.

* HUDSONIA ERICOIDES L. Sand-banks and sandy woods, Volun-
town (A. W. Evans & G. E. Nichols).

LECHEA MARITIMA Leggett, var. INTERIOR Robinson. Enfield and
Suffield (Bissell & R. W. Woodward, Ruopora, xiii. 31), Plainfield
(Mrs. Henry Dorrance). Northward extensions of range.

L. Leceertu Britton & Hollick. Branford and Oxford (Harger).
In the Catalogue reported only from New London Co.

* VIOLA EMARGINATA LeConte. Low, sandy woods, Cromwell
(Philip Dowell).

* V, SĎLKIRKII Pursh. Cold, rocky woods, Salisbury (Mrs. C. S.
Phelps, Ruopora, xv. 225).

V. PRIMULIFOLIA L. Canaan (Miss Julia F. White), Salisbury
(Mrs. C. S. Phelps). Not previously reported from Litchfield Co.

V. ROSTRATA Pursh. East Windsor (J. W. Robbins, about 1825;
specimen in Herb. Yale University).

OPUNTIA VULGARIS Mill. On ledges of Hartland schist, Farming-
ton (Luman Preston, about 1860, E. H. Munger). Not previously
reported so far inland. i

+ Dapune Mezereum L. Dry hillside woods: Norfolk (reported
in Crissey’s History of Norfolk, p. 498; Miss M. C. Seymour, Rao-
DORA, xvi. 96), Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps, RHopora, |. c.). Adven-
tive from Europe.

Lyturum Sauicarta L. Waterford (Graves), Windham (Miss
Grace P. Bates). In the Catalogue not reported from New London or
Windham Counties.

EPILOBIUM MOLLE Torr. Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in
Herb. Yale University).

* OENOTHERA MURICATA L. Dry soil, often on railway fills or sea-
beaches: Orange and East Haven (G. E. Nichols), North Branford
and Seymour (Harger). Frequent in southwestern Connecticut
(Eames).

GAURA BIENNIS L. Windsor (Prof. E. P. St. John). Extension of
range northward.

f CLARKIA PULCHELLA Pursh. In newly seeded grass-land: Somers
(Mrs. Myrtie D. Davis), Windsor (C. R. Hathaway); Granby (I.
Holcomb), New Milford (E. H. Austin). Fugitive from the north-
western United States.

232 Rhodora [OCTOBER

* MYRIOPHYLLUM ALTERNIFLORUM DC. Shallow water of Tyler’s
Pond, Goshen. (Bissell & Weatherby).

M. spicatum L. In slow water of the Housatonic River at Oxford
and Huntington (Harger). Only sterile material found but appar-
ently well distinguished by the foliar characters.

(To be continued.)

. ANDREWS,

TWO NEW POLYGONUMS FROM NEW ENGLAND.
S. F. BLAKE.

As the publication of a revision of the North American members
of the Polygonum aviculare group on which the writer has been en-
gaged for some time has been unavoidably postponed, it has seemed
advisable to publish at this date descriptions of the two following
new species from New England. Of these one is most nearly related
to P. erectum L., and, as seems to be the case with that species, has
not yet been found in a clearly indigenous condition. The other,
somewhat related to P. Fowleri Robinson and P. aviculare L., but very
distinct from either, is known from a number of collections along the
coast of Maine and New Brunswick.

PoLyGonuM achoreum, sp. nov. Annuum ramosum adscendens
coeruleo-viride caulibus (1)1.5-3.5 dm. longis. Caulis validus stri-
atus supra compresso-angulatus albido-viridis glaber, internodiis cau-
linis 1-1.5 (rare 2) cm. longis, eis ramealibus 4-8 mm. longis. Folia
creberrima elliptica apice latissime rotundata basi in petiolum bre-
vissimum (0.6-1.5 mm. longum) cuneate angustata coeruleo-viridia
firma inconspicue venosa (venis ca. 5-jugis) 7.5-22.5 mm. longa
4-10 mm. lata internodia superantia, ea ramulina minora ceterum
similia valde conferta. Ocreae nitenti-scariosae albidae mox lace-
ratae (laciniis ca. 6-8) scarioso(vix fibrilloso)-persistentes conspicuae

1917] Blake, — Two new Polygonums from New England 233

4-9 mm. longae, basi brunneae tenuissime ca. 6—8-nerviae. Flores
1-3 in axillis fere omnibus ramealibus, pedicellis in ocreis inclusis.
Calyx frugifer 3.4-4 mm. longus 2-2.5 mm. latus ovoideo-sub-
fusiformis saepissime apice contracto subrostratus subcoeruleo-viridis
membranaceo-coriaceus ad medium 5-lobatus; sepala 5 oblonga con-
ferta achenium saepissime omnino occultans, tria exteriora anguste
vel omnino non pallido-marginata dorso valde carinata non venosa
apice valde cucullata, duo interiora multo breviora sublate albo-
marginata evenia a sepalis exterioribus saepissime omnino occultata.
Achenia inclusa rarissime paullo exserta olivacea obscure puncticulosa
omnino non nitentia valde inaequaliter trigona 2.6 mm. longa 1.8 mm.
lata. Stamina 3-5. Stylus brevis ad medium divisus.

Branched ascending annual, bluish-green, the stems (1) 1.5-3.5 dm.
long. Stem stout, striate, compressed-angled above, whitish-green,
glabrous; stem-internodes 1-1.5 (rarely 2) cm. long, the rameal
4-8 mm. long. Leaves very crowded, elliptic, broadly rounded at
apex, cuneately narrowed into the very short (0.6-1.5 mm. long)
petiole, firm, bluish-green, inconspicuously veined (veins about 5
pairs), surpassing the internodes, 7.5-22.5 mm. long, 4-10 mm. wide,
those of the branches similar to the stem leaves but smaller, densely
crowded. Ocreae lucid-scarious, whitish, weakly ca. 6—8-nerved at
the brownish base, soon lacerate (lacineae ca. 6-8), scarious-persistent,
scarcely at all fibrillose, conspicuous, 4-9 mm. long. Flowers 1-3 in
nearly all the branch axils, on included pedicels. Fruiting calyx 3.4-4
mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide, ovoid-subfusiform, usually subrostrate by |
the contracted apex, somewhat bluish-green, membranaceous-coria-
ceous, divided merely to the middle; sepals 5, narrowly oblong,
crowded, usually completely hiding the achene, the three outer with
narrow pale margin or none, strongly carinate but not venose on the
back, strongly cucullate at apex, the two inner much shorter, rather
broadly whitish-margined, but this normally quite hidden by the
outer sepals, veinless. Achenes included or very rarely slightly
exserted, olivaceous, obscurely puncticulose, not at all shining, very |
unequally trigonous, 2.6 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide. Stamens 3-5.
Style short, divided to the middle.— P. erectum Blake! RHODORA,
xv. 164 (1913), not L.— Gaspé County, Quebec, to Minnesota,
Missouri, Montana and Saskatchewan, not obviously native any-
where.— QUEBEC: salt marsh, York, Gaspé Co., 25 Aug. 1904,
Collins, Fernald, and Pease, (Pease 5604 in part); vicinity of Longueuil,
Sept. 1917, Bro. Marie-Victorin 4262. VERMONT: in paths, Queen
City Park, South Burlington, 13 Aug. 1911, Blake 2766 (TYPE COLL.;
Gray Herb. hb. N. E. Bot. Club, hb. Blake). Mznnesora: St.
Anthony Park, Minneapolis, 20 July 1888, J. H. Schuette; along
path, Bald Eagle, Ramsey Co., 6 July 1910, Blake 210 (hb. Blake).
Missour!: introduced, Sheffield, 19 July 1906, Bush 4060 (distr. as
P. littorale). Norra DAKOTA: streets, Leeds, 26 July 1900, Lunell
(distr. as P. erectum). MONTANA: roadside weed, common, Great

234 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Northern Railway, Calais, 14 July 1900, Blankinship; field, 1370 m.,
Glacier National Park, Teton Co., 22-28 July 1913, Hunnewell 2063
(hb. Hunnewell). SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-58, Bourgeau (distr. as P.
aviculare var. latifolium).

Like its nearest relative, Polygonum erectum L., the present species,
although pretty certainly indigenous in the United States, has ap-
parently never been found in a clearly native condition. It is very
distinct from P. erectum not only in the form and cutting of its calyx
but also in the strongly bluish-green tint of the entire plant, the very
round-tipped elliptic leaves, and the conspicuous persistent lucid-
scarious not fibrillose crowded ocreae. Much more collecting must
be done before the exact range and abundance of the species can be
ascertained.

Potyconum allocarpum, sp. nov. Annuum adscendens vel sub-
adscendens e basi ramosum ramis usque ad 5 dm. longis et ultra,
cyaneo- vel luteo- vel rubescenti-viride non glaucum siccitate non
obscurans. Caulis validus foliosus striatus internodiis inferioribus
2-4.5 cm. longis quam folia saepissime brevioribus. Folia caulina
ovalia vel oblongo-ovalia utroque acuta vel acutiuscula tenuia plana
subvenosa (venis lateralibus validioribus 4-7-jugis) 2.5-5.5 cm.
longa 1.1-2.1 cm. lata, superiora et ramulina reducta, in petiolis sub-
marginatis 2-5 mm. longis. Ocreae scariosae tenuiter ca. 10-nerviae
7-10 mm. longae mox valde laceratae plus minusve persistentes.
Flores 1-3-ni in axillis mediis et superioribus, pedicellis inclusis.
Calyx frugifer 3.7-4.5 mm. longus 5-lobatus, lobis oblongis apice
rotundatis herbaceis margine petaloideo albido vel rosaceo-tincto
conspicuo sed vix lato, costa distincta et (exterioribus) saepe nervis
paucis lateralibus praeditis. Achenia exserta vel inclusa obscure
olivaceo-castanea rare olivacea trigona saepius plano-convexa lateri-
bus 2 angustioribus plus minusve concavis saepius inaequalibus
rarius subaequilateraliter trigona lucida laevia 3.5-4.8 mm. longa
2.5-3 mm. lata. Stamina 5.

Annual, ascending or subascending, branched from the base, the
branches up to 5 dm. long or more, bluish-, yellowish- or reddish-green,
not darkening in drying, not glaucous. Stem stout, leafy, striate,
the lower internodes 2-4.5 cm. long, usually exceeded by the leaves.
Leaves oval or oblong-oval, acute or acutish at both ends, thin, flat,
subvenose (lateral veins 4-7 pairs), 2.5-5.5 cm. long, 1.1-2.1 cm. wide,
on submargined petioles 2-5 mm. long, the upper and the branch-
leaves smaller. Ocreae scarious, weakly about 10-nerved, soon
strongly lacerate, more or less persistent, 7-10 mm. long. Flowers
in clusters of 1-3 in the middle and upper axils, on included pedicels.
Fruiting calyx 3.7-4.5 mm. long, 5-lobed, the lobes oblong, rounded
at apex, herbaceous with petaloid whitish or rosy-tinged conspicuous

1917] Lownes,— Orchids of the Asquam Region 235

but not very broad margin, distinct midrib and (outer sepals) often
a few lateral nerves. Achenes exserted or included, dull olivaceous-
castaneous or olivaceous, shining, smooth, trigonous, usually plano-
convex with two sides narrower and somewhat concave, and usually
unequal, sometimes subequally trigonous, 3.5-4.8 mm. long, 2.5-3
mm: wide. Stamens 5.— Sea coast, Maine and adjacent islands of
New Brunswick.— New Brunswick: sand, Campobello I., 4 Aug.
1909, A. B. Klugh 13. Marne: strand, Pleasant Point, Perry, 16
Aug. 1909, Fernald; strand, eastern side of Moose I., Passamaquoddy
Bay, 16 Aug. 1909, Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sandy and gravelly
strands, Dark Harbor, Islesboro, 14 Aug. 1913, Woodward, Bissell &
Fernald 9391; sand beach, Great Head, Mt. Desert, 11 Sept. 1905,
C. F. Batchelder; shore, Southwest Harbor, 2 Sept. 1890, 24 Sept.
1893, Rand; Fernalds Point, Mt. Desert, 16 Aug. 1909, Rand; shore,
Norwoods Cove, 18 Sept. 1892, Fernald; shingle, Little Cranberry I.,
24 July 1899, Williams; beaches, Great Cranberry I., 5 Sept. 1891,
29 Aug. 1892, Rand; Swans Island, Aug. 1911, Furbish; Damariscotta
River, Boothbay, 10 Aug. 1900, Morss; Cape Newagen, Southport,
7 Aug. 1894, Fernald.

Polygonum allocarpum may easily be recognized by its large leaves,
lack of glaucosity, and large shiny achenes. Its nearest relative is
perhaps one of the larger forms of the P. aviculare alliance, from which
it is at once distinguished by achenial characters alone. From P.
Fowleri Robinson, with which it has been confused, it differs in the
much larger fruit, the thinner more veiny and usually larger leaves,
the longer more persistent ocreae, and the more or less ascending
habit. From P. Rai it is too widely different to require detailed
comparison.

Gray HERBARIUM.

FURTHER NOTES ON THE ORCHIDS OF THE AsQuAM Regcion.— In
my note on the orchids of the Asquam Lake, N. H., region, printed in
Ruopora for March 1917, no mention was made of finding Pogonia
affinis, although a specimen suspected of being this species had been
collected. More recent investigation (June 29-July 9, 1917) proves
the plant in question to be P. affinis. This species has not, so far as I
know, been previously reported from New Hampshire. As only
three plants (two in blossom) were found it did not seem advisable
to do much collecting, although I took one specimen for my herbarium.
Unfortunately the blossom was lost, but the.leaves are still preserved
in rather poor condition. I also have two specimens of the capsule.

236 Rhodora [OCTOBER

The members of Camp Algonquin have added two species to their
list:

Habenaria dilatata var. media (Rydb.) Ames — one plant near a
spring on Red Hill.

Habenaria macrophylla Goldie — one plant on Shepard Hill.

Orchis spectabilis L., Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr., and
Arethusa bulbosa L. have also been reported from this vicinity.—
ALBERT Epear Lownes, Providence, Rhode Island.

INSTALLATION OF THE Peck TESTIMONIAL Exutsit.— The late
Charles Horton Peck, State Botanist of New York from 1867 to 1915,
made his name familiar outside of strictly botanical circles, to a widely
scattered and constantly increasing number of amateurs, especially
those interested in the fleshy fungi. To their inquiries for information
in regard to these perplexing plants he was always ready with an
interested and painstaking reply. With the means at his command
he endeavored in his annual reports to increase and spread popular
knowledge of the poisonous and edible species, and this object he
kept before him assiduously for over forty years, so that his name
became and will remain associated with these plants in America
more widely than that of any other botanist.

As a fitting memorial of this service, there has been installed in
the State Museum of New York a series of life-size models of certain
conspicuous species. To quote from a recent letter from H. D.
House, the present State Botanist of New York:

“The final installation was completed only a few days prior to his
[Mr. Peck’s] death which occurred on July 10, 1917. The models,
57 in number, and representing 55 species are the work of Mr. Henri
Marchand, an artist and sculptor of rare ability. The models are
made of wax from casts in the field, and reproduce with perfect
fidelity to nature, the form, coloring and habitat of each species.”

The many friends and beneficiaries of the late mycologist will not
fail to recognize the peculiar fitness of this testimonial— H. W.

Vol. 19, no. 225, including pages 169 to 220 and plate 123, was issued
11 October, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. November, 1917. No. 227.

THE VARIETIES OF CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA.
S. F. BuaKkeE.

THE common Pipsissewa or Wintergreen (Chimaphila umbellata)
has long been regarded as a species of comparatively uniform charac-
ters and of a very wide range, including Eurasia from south-central
Siberia to Norway, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland, the greater
part of North America from New Brunswick and Quebec southward
interruptedly to the mountains of Chiapas! and westward to the
Pacific, and the Japanese Islands. It has also been recorded ? recently
from Santo Domingo, but the specimens from that island prove to
represent a very distinct endemic species, which I have elsewhere
described ê as Chimaphila domingensis. Aside from an unsuccessful
attempt by Alefeld’ in 1856 to distinguish specifically between the
plant of eastern North America and that of western North America
and Europe, no division of the species had been proposed until very
recently except by DeCandolle, who described the Mexican form as a
variety in 1839. But when a large amount of material, representing
nearly the whole range of the species, is examined, several rather
marked and nearly constant differences appear between the plant of
Eurasia and Japan on the one hand and the American forms on the
other; and the latter, when carefully studied, prove to be divisible

1 My reference of the plant to Guatemala, Journ. Bot. lii. 169 (1914) was apparently due to
a slip of the pen, as I can find no record of specimens.

2 Urb. Symb. Ant. v. 453 (1908).

3 Blake, Journ. Bot. lii. 169 (1914). The record by Rydberg (N. Am. FI. xxix. 31 (1914)),
who recognizes C. domingensis, of C. corymbosa (= C. umbellata) from Santo Domingo is
undoubtedly erroneous.

4 Alefeld, Linn. xxviii. 78—84 (1856).

238 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

into at least four geographically isolated varieties. One of the
differences between the American and European forms had been noted
by J. E. Smith as long ago as 1814 (“1819”), in his revision of the
genus for Rees’s Encyclopaedia (xxix. no. 11), where he remarks,
after describing Pyrola umbellata: “The American specimens are
usually less umbellate, and more racemose, than the European.”
In his recent revision of Chimaphila in the North American Flora,!
Dr. Rydberg has restricted C. umbellata to Europe and divided the
North American material hitherto referred to that species into four.
One of these, C. mexicana, is the Mexican plant distinguished as a
variety by DeCandolle in 1839. The eastern plant is called C.
corymbosa, a name proposed by Pursh in 1814 as a new name for the
transferred Pyrola umbellata of Linnaeus. A western plant, C. occi-
dentalis, ranging from British Columbia to California, is described,
and a southwestern one, C. acuta, from Arizona and New Mexico.
Of the true Chimaphila umbellata Dr. Rydberg says:? “This is a
European species with which our American species has been confused,
differing from C. corymbosa in the smaller subovoid capsule, which is
thicker below the middle, ovate sepals, longer than broad, shorter
stamens, and obtusish leaf-blades. Alefeld, who distinguished the
two, admitted C. wmbellata to the west coast, but his specimens were
evidently depauperate northern ones of C. occidentalis.” The diag-
nostic characters of the American representatives of C. umbellata are
thus indicated in Dr. Rydberg’s key.
Dilated portion of the filaments glabrous or merely ciliolate on the margin;
leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, not mottled.
Sepals fully as broad as long, mostly obtuse.
Leaf-blades with rather indistinct lateral veins; pedicels ascending,
not recurved; stem terete.............. 1. C. occidentalis.
Leaf-blades with more prominent lateral veins; pedicels in anthesis
spreading, recurved; stem more or less round-angled.

Plant 1-2 dm. high; capsule 5-6 mm. in diameter.
Dilated portion of the filaments obovate, ciliolate; pedicels

glandular-granuliferous............... 2. C. corymbosa.
Dilated portion of the filaments ovate, not ciliolate; pedi-
cels MADIOUS. .. 6255 4555.nss Bs 3. C. domingensis.
¿ Plant 2-3 dm. high; capsule nearly 1 cm. in diameter.
C. mexicana.
Sepals longer than broad, acute................ceece0e: 5. C. acuta.

While the differential characters brought out in this key are con-
firmed for the most part by the abundant material examined, their

1 Rydb. in Britton, N. Am. FI, xxix. 30-32 (1914).
2 Rydb. 1l. c. 32.

1917] Blake,— Varieties of Chimaphila umbellata 239

true value and the relationship of the plants concerned are consider-
ably obscured by a treatment which ranks all of these as species.
Thus C. domingensis, whose presence so far from the normal range of
the genus may be compared with that of the remarkable Crossbill !
recently discovered in the mountains of the same island, is sharply
separated from all the other plants of this group by its ovate glabrous
filaments, its perfectly glabrous peduncles and pedicels, very small
and bluntly few-toothed leaves, and finely erose but scarcely glandu-
lar-ciliolate sepals. On the other hand, the plants called by Ryd-
berg C. umbellata, C. occidentalis, C. corymbosa, C. mexicana, and C.
acuta agree in the possession of obovate ciliolate filaments, densely
glandular-granular peduncles and pedicels, larger more or less sharply
toothed leaves, and ciliolate sepals; while the differential characters
brought forward for their specific separation are confined to differ-
ences in size, in the prominence of the venation, the shape of the
sepals, the direction of the pedicels, and the rotundity of the stem,
characters which are not only rather obscure but at best are merely
comparative, and are shown by the material examined to be by no
means absolutely constant. Thus the venation in the leaves of
western specimens of C. umbellata is sometimes although rarely nearly
or quite as prominent as in eastern plants, while the shape of the stem,
in herbarium specimens at least, is not to be depended upon to dis-
tinguish specimens from the two areas; and the character of the
pedicels, whether ascending or spreading, is a feature not without
variation in both forms. Both the eastern and western forms of the
United States not infrequently attain the dimensions assigned to
the Mexican form. The fruits of the Mexican specimens examined
measure 7.5-8.5 mm. in diameter, none of them being “nearly 1 em.”
thick, while in some of the western examples (C. occidentalis) capsules
7.5 mm. in diameter are found. In seven sheets of the southwestern
form (C. acuta), including the type, not more than half have the ovate
acute sepals on which the species was based, although they do show
diagnostic and constant characters in the shape and toothing of their
leaves. In fact, the variation in sepal-form in the seven sheets from
this region (Arizona and New Mexico) is greater than that shown by
all the other specimens of C. umbellata (sensu lato) which I have
examined from Eurasia, North America, and Mexico.

1 Loxia megaplaga Riley, Smiths. Misc. Coll. Ixvi. no. 1. 15 (1916).

240 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

The specific separation of the plant of eastern North America from
that of Europe, originally proposed by Alefeld and seconded by Ryd-
berg, is based on differences of comparatively slight moment. Alefeld!
in 1856 attempted to distinguish two species, C. umbellata (sensu
stricto), from Eurasia and the Pacific coast of North America, with
stigma half as broad as ovary and dull capsule broadest below the
middle, and C. corymbosa Pursh (as to descr., not syn.), from eastern
North America, with stigma three-quarters the breadth of ovary,
and shiny capsule broadest above the middle. His division, however,
was based on comparatively slight material from America, and I have
been unable to trace such differences in the abundant material
examined, although a very slight distinction in the absolute breadth
of the stigma is shown by the material from the two areas. The
additional features brought out in Dr. Rydberg’s description of C.
umbellata (of Europe) are merely average comparative differences of
slight consequence, and in connection with two or three others indi-
cated in the detailed descriptions given beyond are of such a character
as to show that the plants are at most only varietally separable.

The following descriptive key will serve to show the diagnostic
characters of the varieties of Chimaphila umbellata.

Leaves rather prominently veined beneath.

Capsule 5-6 mm. in diameter.

Plant usually smaller (about 1.5 dm. high); leaves smaller (usually about
3.5 em. long), blunt, not mucronulate, with fewer (4-13, usually 8-9)
blunt teeth; flowers umbellate, rarely subracemose; sepals usually
ovate, slightly longer than broad; stigma 1.9-2.3 mm. broad; Eurasia

Var. genuina.

Plant usually larger (2 dm. high or more); leaves larger (4-7 cm. long),
acute or rarely obtuse, mucronulate, with more numerous (6-18,
usually 10-12) sharp teeth; flowers usually more or less racemose;
sepals depressed-triangular or oval, usually broader than long; stigma

~ 2.3-2.5 mm. broad; eastern North América......... Var. cisatlantica.

Capsule 7.5-8.5 mm. thick; plant stout, 2-3.5 dm. high; leaves large
(5-7 cm. long), with 7-13 acute teeth, very strongly veined beneath;
flowers racemose; sepals deltoid, usually longer than broad; stigma
2.0°8.4 Oi Weeks Maxo... eo en eee. Var. mexicana.

Leaves obscurely veined beneath.

Plant stoutish, 1.5-3 dm. high; leaves acute, mucronulate, 3-9 em. long,
with 10-18 acute teeth extending nearly to base; flowers usually race-
mose, strongly rose-tinted; pedicels usually ascending; sepals depressed-
deltoid, longer than broad, blunt; capsule 6-7.5 mm. thick; stigma
2.3-2.6 mm. broad; British Columbia to California... ..Var. occidentalis.

Plant small, 1-1.7 dm. high; leaves usually narrowly oblanceolate, acute,
mucronulate, with 4-8 teeth on each side above the middle, 3.5-5.8 em.
long; flowers racemose or subumbellate, the pedicels ascending or diverg-

l! Alefeld, Linn. xxvii. 78-84 (1856).

1917] Blake,— Varieties of Chimaphila umbellata 241

ing; sepals usually ovate and longer than broad, from acuminate to
rounded; capsule 5-6 mm. thick; stigma 2.6-3 mm. broad; New Mexico
TLSED loys) J 121167 jpeg ee a EER Aon Posie acs) Var. acuta.

CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA (L.) Bart. Veg. Mat. Med. U. S. i. 17. t. 1
(1817); Nutt. Gen. i. 274 (1818).— Pyrola umbellata L. Sp. i. 396
(1753). P. frutescens Gilib. Fl. Lithuan. v. 195 (1782), a mere renam-
ing of the European plant. Chimaphila corymbosa Pursh! Fl. Am. Sept.
i. 300 (1814); Alefeld, Linnaea xxviii. 81 (1856); Rydb. in Britton,
N. Am. FI. xxix. 32 (1914). C. occidentalis Rydb. l. c. 30 (1914);
C. corymbosa, C. mexicana, C. acuta Rydb. 1. e. 31.

Var. genuina. Planta saepius humilior 1.5-2.4 dm. alta (saepis-
sime ca. 1.5 dm.); folia cuneata apice saepissime obtusa et non
mucronulata utroque 4-13 (saepissime 8-9) dentibus obtusis praedita
infra paullum venosa saepius ca. 3.5 cm. (rarius usque ad 5 cm.)
longa (petiolis inclusis) 0.9-1.7 cm. lata; flores saepissime 3—6 umbel-
lati rare subracemosi, pedicellis anthesi divergentibus; sepala saepis-
sime ovata obtusa paullo longiora quam lata plus minusve erosa et
glandulari-ciliolata; capsula 5-6 mm. diametro; stigma 1.9-2.3 mm.
latum.— Pyrola umbellata L., as to Eurasian plant. P. frutescens
Gilib. Chimaphila corymbosa Pursh, as to syn. in part. C. umbellata
Bart. as to syn. in part; Alefeld, l. c. 78, in part; Rydb. l. c.— Among
the specimens examined, the following may be cited. SWEDEN:
Ahus, Kindberg (Fries, Hb. Norm.); Westerwik, 1902, C. Pleijel.
GerMANy: Driesen, Neumark, Lasch (distr. L. Reichenbach 462);
pine forests near Spire, Rhenish Bavaria, 1853, F. G. Koch (distr.
Billot 3655). AusTria-HunGcary: Weisskirchen, Bohemia, 1911,
Petrak 661; Schleinz and Walpersbach, Kerner 2586; near Giins,
260 m., Waisbecker (distr. Kerner 2586, in part). SIBERIA: Sagalien,
Faurie 30 & 610 (Brit. Mus.). Japan: Island of Yezo, Faurie 6791
(Brit. Mus.), Maximowicz, Albrecht, Miyabe, Tokubuchi, Arimoto.

Var. cisatlantica. Planta saepius major saepissime 1.5-2.8 dm.
alta; folia cuneata vel cuneato-obovata vel cuneato-lanceolata acuta
vel acutiuscula rarissime obtusa mucronulata utroque 6-18 (saepius
10-12) dentibus saepius acutis praedita (3) 4-7 cm. longa 1-2.2 em. lata,
venis infra distinctis subprominentibus; flores saepius 4-8 plus mi-
nusve racemosi rare umbellati saepius pallidi, pedicellis anthesi diver-
gentibus vel reflexis vel non rare adscendentibus; sepala saepius
depresso-triangularia vel orbicularia obtusa latiora quam longa, rare
triangularia longiora quam lata et acuta vel acutiuscula rarissime ovata
acuminata, glandulari-ciliolata et paullum erosa; capsula 5-6 mm.
diametro; stigma 2.3-2.5 mm. diametro.— C. corymbosa Pursh, as
to plant described, and syn. in part; Alefeld and Rydb. Il. ce.—
Rimouski Co., Que., northern N. B., P. E. I., and N. S. to western
Ont. and Minn., southward to Va.; also reported from Ga., but no
specimens examined.— Type from New Brunswick: dry deciduous
woods, Bathurst, 15 Aug. 1913, Blake 5435 (in Gray Herb.). Other
specimens examined: QuEBEC: vicinity of Cap-a-L’Aigle, 1905,

242 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

J. Macoun 68554, 68555; dry rocky woods, Bic, July 1904, Collins
& Fernald; wooded crest above limestone-conglomerate cliffs and
ledges, island-headland east of Baptiste Michaud’s, Bic, July 1904,
Collins & Fernald. New Brunswick: Little Branch, Mirimichi,
1892 & 1894, Fowler; under small balsams in rich soil, Shediac Cape,
1914 & 1916, Hubbard; St. Francis Parish, July 1900, Walliams.
Prince Epwarps Isuanp: dry woods, Dundee, Aug. 1912, Fernald,
Long, & St. John 7878. Nova Scoria: dry woods, near Pictou,
July 1901, Howe & Lang 632; Smoky Mountain, Cape Breton, Aug.
1914, Nichols 861!; mountains west of Ingonish, Aug. 1914, Nichols
752. New ENGLAND: common throughout. New York: Stony
Creek Ponds, Adirondack Mts., July 1899, Rowlee, Wiegand, & Hast-
ings; rather rare, damp moist woods, Canton, July 1914, Mrs. O. P.
Phelps 750. Prennsytvanta: Pocono Plateau, 1904, Harshberger;
Pond Hill Station, Luzerne Co., 1892, Heller & Halbach 624. NEw
JERSEY: Locust, July 1903, Williams. Vireinta: damp woods,
Cherrydale, June 1913, Tidestrom 6353. ONTARIO: dry or rocky
woods, Elgiver, June 1878, J. Macoun 1182; crevices of greenstone
north of Speke’s Point, Lake Nipigan, 1912, H. E. Pulling; woods
near Snell’s Lake, West Ontario, July 1889, R. Lees. MICHIGAN:
common, woods, Keweenaw, July 1890, Farwell 343!; open pine woods,
Hamlin Lake, Ludington, July 1910, R. W. Chaney 83. Wisconsin:
Kilbourn, 1861, Hale. Minnesota: Star Island, Cass Lake, 1914,
Pammel, Pammel, & McNutt.— In the British Museum are specimens
from “ Massachusetts,” Nuttall, and “North America,” Pursh.

Var. MEXICANA DC. Planta valida 2-3.5 dm. alta; folia cuneato-
lanceolata vel cuneato-obovata acuta mucronulata utroque 7-13
dentibus acutis praedita (3.8) 5-7 em. longa 0.8-2 em. lata infra valde
venosa; flores 4-7 racemosi, pedicellis anthesi adscendentibus vel
suberectis; sepala depresso-deltoidea vel deltoidea saepius longiora
quam lata ciliolata et erosa obtusissima vel acutiuscula; capsula 7.5-
8.5 mm. diametro; stigma 2.3-3.7 mm. latum.— DC.! Prod. vii.
775 (1839). C. mexicana (DC.) Rydb. in Britton, N. Am. Fl. xxix.
31 (1914).— Southern Mexico.— Vera Cruz: vacqueria del Jacal,
Mt. Orizaba, 3050 m., Sept. 1841, Liebmann. STATE or Mexico:
forest at San Nicolas, Sept. 1865-66, Bourgeau 1002; near Mexico
City, 1827, Berlandier 605 (TYPE CoLL.: hb. Prod., Brit. Mus.); moun-
tains near Mexico City, 1856, Schmitz 555 (Brit. Mus.); shady woods,
Ixtaccihuatl, 2745-3050 m., Nov. 1905, Purpus 1765. CHIAPAS:
1864-70, Ghiesbreght 114 & 647; near San Cristobal, 2135-2685 m.,
Sept. 1905, E. W. Nelson 3204. ;

Var. occidentalis (Rydb.) Planta saepius valida 1.5-3 dm. alta;
folia cuneata vel cuneato-obovata acuta mucronulata utroque 10-18
(saepius 11-13) dentibus acutis praedita 2.5-9 (saepius 3-7) cm.
longa 1.1-2 (2.5) em. lata, infra obscurissime vel haud venosa; flores

1 These specimens are remarkable for their ovate acuminate sepals.

1917] Blake,— Varieties of Chimaphila umbellata 243

4-9 saepius racemosi rare umbellati saturate rosei, pedicellis anthesi
saepius suberectis vel adscendentibus interdum patenti-divergentibus
vel plus minusve recurvatis; sepala depresso-deltoidea longiora quam
lata obtusa erosa et ciliolata; capsula 6-7.5 mm. diametro; stigma
2.3-2.6 mm. diametro.— Chimaphila occidentalis Rydb.! in Britton,
N. Am. Fl. xxix. 30 (1914).— British Columbia to Colorado, north-
ern Utah, and the mountains of north-central California.— BRITISH
Co.tumBta: Revelstoke, 490 m., July 1905, Shaw 821; Beaver Valley,
1100 m., Aug. 1904, Macmillan (distr. Shaw 530); Cowichan Lake
region, Vancouver I., June 1907, Rosendahl 1768; Fraser River,
Wallace; Saturna I., 1858, Lyall; West Kootenay, 1861, Lyall.
Wasuineron: foothills, Olympic Range, July 1902, J. M. Grant 137;
slopes of Mt. Tacoma, Aug. 1904, J. G. Jack; near Ft. Vancouver, ——;
Valley of Swank River, Twp. 17 & 18, Range 21, Kittitas Co., 750-
1800 m., 1913, S. P. Sharples 174; Peshatin, Okanogan Co., 425 m.,
July 1893, Sandberg & Leiberg 565; Mt. Carleton, July 1902, F. O.
Kreager 179; Blue Mts., July 1897, R. M. Horner 1168; without defi-
nite locality, 1889, Vasey 372. Orrcon: Calapooya Valley, Douglas
Co., 1065 m., July 1899, M. A. Barber 147a; Mt. Scott, July 1899,
Barber 41; without definite locality, 1871, E. Hall 355. CALIFORNIA:
Mt. Shasta, 1860-62, Brewer 1403; 1. c., 1830 m., Aug. 1903, Copeland
(distr. Baker 3828); Hupa Indian Res., 150 m., June 1901, Chandler
1398; foothills south of Mt. Sanhedrin, midway between Potter
Valley and Hullville, Lake Co., July 1902, Heller 4935; Mendocino
Co., 1867, Bolander 6543; Sierra Valley, Lemmon; mounts of eastern
Butte Co., 1878, Ipano: «slopes of Wiesner’s Peak, 1650 m.,
July 1895, Leiberg 1344; valley of Pine Creek, near Farmington,
Latah Co., June 1892, Sandberg, MacDougall, & Heller 519 (TYPE
COLL. of C. occidentalis); 1280 m., Tamarack, Washington Co., Aug.
1911, June A. Clark 167; 1370 m., Trinity, Elmore Co., Aug. 1910,
Macbride 550. Uram: Uintas, 2135 m., July 1869, Watson 746.
Montana: Big Fork, vicinity of Flathead Lake, July 1908, Mrs.
Joseph Clemens; Granite Canyon near Missoula, Aug. 1880, Watson
256; Emigrant Gulch, 1980 m., Aug. 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4651.
CoLoraDo: headwaters of Clear Creek, and alpine ridges lying east
of Middle Park, 1861, Parry. Wyomtna: Jackson’s Hole, Aug. 1894,
A. Nelson 946; near Leigh’s Lake, July 1901, Merrill & Wilcox 1119;
Laramie River, along Medicine Bow Mts., H. Engelmann; Laramie
Peak, Aug. 1895, A. Nelson 1616.

Var. acuta (Rydb.) Planta minor 1-1.7 dm. alta; folia saepius
anguste oblanceolata acuta mucronulata utroque supra medium
4-8 (saepius 5-6) dentibus. acutis vel obtusiusculis praedita, 3.5-5.8
cm. longa 0.9-1.2(1.5) cm. lata, venis obscurissimis vel rare parum
prominentibus; flores 3-5 racemosi rare subumbellati, pedicellis
anthesi adscendentibus vel divergentibus; sepala saepius ovata
longiora quam lata interdum suborbicularia, apice acuta vel acumi-
nata vel non rare obtusa sive rotundata glandulari-ciliolata et erosa;

244 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

capsula 5-6 mm. diametro; stigma 2.6-3 mm. diametro.— Chima-
phila acuta Rydb.! in Britton, N. Am. Fl. xxix. 31 (1914).— New
Mexico and Arizona.— New Mexico: Black Horse Ridge, Baldy
Mtn., near Elizabethtown, 3050 m., Oct. 1898, Mrs. O. St. John (U. S.
Nat. Herb.); Mogollon Mts., Socorro Co., Aug. 1900, Wooton (U. S.
Nat. Herb.); near West Fork of Gila R., Mogollon Mts., Socorro Co.,
2625 m., Aug. 1903, Metcalfe 572 (U. S. Nat. Herb.). ARIZONA:
rich soil, San Francisco Mts., near Flagstaff, July 1891, McDougal
480 (U. S. Nat. Herb.); dry woods, near Partridge Spring, San Fran-
cisco Mts. Forest Reservation, 2000 m., July 1901, Leiberg 5679 (U.S.
Nat. Herb.); top of “Rim-rock,” Tanto Basin, 2 Aug. 1887, Mearns
136 (TYPE in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).

Our southwestern form of Chimaphila was distinguished by Dr.
Rydberg under the name C. acuta, and separated in his key by its
sepals “longer then broad, acute” from all its relatives of the C.
umbellata alliance. There is no material of Chimaphila from Arizona_
and New Mexico, the area assigned to C. acuta by Rydberg, in the
Gray Herbarium, but through the courtesy of Dr. N. L. Britton and
Mr. W. R. Maxon I have been able to examine the type sheet of C.
acuta in the herbarium of the New York Botanic Garden and six other
sheets from this region in the National Herbarium. Examination
of these specimens shows that the sharply pointed sepals upon which
Dr. Rydberg relied in separating C. acuta are not a constant feature,
although sometimes strikingly developed. They vary, even in the
same specimen, from acute or acuminate to obtuse, and in shape,
while usually ovate and distinctly longer than broad, are sometimes
suborbicular, bluntly round-tipped, and quite indistinguishable from
the ordinary form of eastern or western specimens. The material
examined is divided nearly equally into groups with obtuse and with
acute sepals, so that the character on which the species was based can
hardly be considered of sufficient constancy for use in differentiation.
It is not too much to say that more variation is shown by the seven
sheets of this form examined, in respect to the character of the sepals,
than by all the other material of C. umbellata which I have seen. But
although the isolation of this form has failed to fix a uniform and
distinctive type of sepal upon it, it has resulted in the development
of a characteristic leaf. In all the other ‘American forms the usually
broader leaves bear a noticeably greater number of teeth which extend
below the middle or almost to the base of the lamina.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 245

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CONNECTICUT.
(Continued from page 232.)

SANICULA GREGARIA Bicknell. Occurs westward to North Canaan
(A. E. Blewitt), Cornwall (Harger), and Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps).

S. TRIFOLIATA Bicknell. Cheshire (A. E. Blewitt), Danbury
(Harger).

* OSMORHIZA LONGISTYLIS (Torr.) DC., var. viLLIcAuLIs Fernald.
Rich woods and fence-rows: Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt), Sharon,
Southbury, Oxford and Milford (Harger). Probably frequent in
southwestern Connecticut.

AEGOPODIUM PODAGRARIA L. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt), Salisbury
(A. E. Blewitt & Harger). Both of the above stations are of the form
with variegated leaves; the form with unspotted leaves has been
found at Bridgeport (Eames).

* SIUM CICUTAEFOLIUM Schrank, var. Carsont (Durand) Eames.
Ruopora, xviii. 237 (1916). Occasional to frequent in the southern
part of the state.

+ APIUM GRAVEOLENS L. Celery. Waste ground in Bridgeport
(Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

TAENIDIA INTEGERRIMA (L.) Drude. Haddam (C. M. Child;
specimen in Herb. Wesleyan University), New Milford (Bissell).
Not previously reported from the Connecticut valley.

+ ANTHRIScUS CEREFOLIUM (L.) Hoffm. A weed in gardens,
Salisbury (Mrs. J. R. Sanford, Ruopora, xvi. 96). Adventive from

Europe.

+ HERACLEUM SPHONDYLIUM L. A small clump, persistent since
1910 at least, at Bridgeport (Eames). Fugitive or adventive from
Europe.

CORNUS STOLONIFERA Michx. Redding (A. H. Graves), Moses Mt.,
Danbury (A. H. Graves & Harger). Not previously reported south
of New Milford.

7+ CALLUNA VULGARIS (L.) Hull. Heather. Ling. A single plant
in dry woods at Woodbury (E. M. Stoddard) and one in a similar
situation at Salisbury (Mrs. Donald T. Warner). Pines from Euro-
pean nurseries have been used for forest planting near each of these
two stations, which may account for the introduction of the plant,
although at neither place was it found among the pines as planted.

246 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

LEDUM GROENLANDICUM Oeder. Windham (Bissell & Weatherby);
sphagnum bog near Congamond Lake, Suffield (Harger).

RHODODENDRON CANADENSE (L.) BSP, Winchester and Salisbury
(Mrs. C. S. Phelps). Not previously reported from Litchfield Co.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. Windsor and Salisbury
(Mrs. C. S. Phelps). Not previously reported from Litchfield Co.

CHIOGENES HISPIDULA (L.) Torr. & Gray. New Fairfield (A. H.
Graves & Harger). In the Catalogue not reported from Fairfield Co.

VACCINIUM STAMINEUM L. Haddam (Weatherby), Burlington
(Miss Julia F. White). Not previously reported east of Waterbury.

The fruit of this species is usually rated as inedible or at most tart.
There are times, at least, when it attains a diameter of 1.8 cm., be-
comes juicy, sweet or somewhat acidulous and slightly fragrant, the
translucent skin roseate or blushed.— E. H. Eames.

* V, VACILLANS Kalm, var. cRINITUM Fernald. R#opora, xiii. 236
(1911). Glastonbury (Mrs. F. W. Starmer).

* V, coRYMBOSUM L., var. PALLIDUM (Ait.) Gray. In a swamp near
the shore at Stonington (Harger).

LyYsIMACHIA VULGARIS L. Ridgefield and Danbury (A. H. Graves,
Harger and R. W. Woodward). This species is occasional and
thoroughly wild in roadsides, wet fields and damp thickets for some
two miles along a valley.

+L. propuctra (Gray) Fernald. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt &
Harger). Not previously reported in New Haven Co.

STETRONEMA LANCEOLATUM (Walt.) Gray. Thompson (Weatherby),
Plainfield (Bissell, Harger and R. W. Woodward). Not previously
reported from Windham Co.

DIOSPYROS VIRGINIANA L. ‘This species is not limited to the grove
on the beach at Lighthouse Point. Much larger trees, some of them
nearly 30 ft. tall, occur in the rocky woods west of the trolley line.
These trees appear native and, because of their size, older than those
by the beach.— E. H. Eames.

ACERATES VIRIDIFLORA Ell., var. LANCEOLATA (Ives) Gray. East
Haven (O. Harger, 1885), New Haven at the type station (Harger),
Oxford (Harger).

CONVOLVULUS SPITHAMAEUS L. Glastonbury (Mrs. F. W. Starmer),
Orange (Harger), Stamford (W. H. Hoyt). Eastward and southward
extensions of range.

C. sapontcus Thunb. Greenwich (W. H. Hoyt), Bridgeport (A.
E. Blewitt).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 247

* CuscuTA OBTUSIFLORA HBK. Rare. Shores of the Connecticut,
Housatonic and Pomperaug Rivers: Windsor (G. E. Nichols), South-
bury (Harger, Rnopora, xv. 66). Newtown (Bissell & Harger),
Huntington (Harger & Weatherby).

C. compacta Juss. Killingly (Weatherby). Not previously re-
ported from Windham Co.

Pxuox prtosa L. Sandy roadside, Southbury, at a locality about a
mile distant from the station noted in the Catalogue.

f PoLEMoNIUM REPTANS L. Escaped from cultivation in Easton
(Eames).

CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE L. Stamford, at several stations (W.
H. Hoyt), Naugatuck and Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

* C. VIRGINIANUM L. Rare. Killingworth (F. W. Hall, 1874;
specimen in Herb. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.), Stamford, rocky woods at
several places (W. H. Hoyt).

C. BOREALE Fernald. Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in Herb.
Yale University).

Myosotis arvensis (L.) Hill. Southington (Andrews).

SYMPHYTUM ASPERUM Lepechin. S. asperrimum Donn. Green-
wich (Bissell & Weatherby).

f PHACELIA LINEARIS (Pursh) Heller. Spontaneous in newly
seeded grass-land, with Clarkia, Windsor (C. R. Hathaway). Fugi-
tive from the northwestern United States.

f ONOSMODIUM OCCIDENTALE Mackenzie. Waste ground, Nauga-
tuck (A. E. Blewitt, RHopora, xiv. 163). Fugitive from the West.

VERBENA ANGUSTIFOLIA Michx. Cromwell (M. Hitchcock, 1881;
specimen in Herb. Wesleyan University). In the Catalogue not
reported from the Connecticut valley.

SCUTELLARIA PARVULA Michx., var. AMBIGUA (Nutt.) Fernald.
North Branford (W. R. Dudley, Harger).

AGASTACHE NEPETOIDES (L.) Ktze. Frequent in Stamford and
Greenwich (W. H. Hoyt).

A. SCROPHULARIAEFOLIA (Willd.) Ktze., var. mouuis (Fernald)
Heller. Thomaston (A. J. Hill), Woodbury (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

DRACOCEPHALUM PARVIFLORUM Nutt.. Waste ground and culti-
vated fields: Waterbury and Barkhamsted (A. E. Blewitt), Bridge-
port (Eames), Stamford (W. H. Hoyt).

GALEOPSIS LapaANuM L., var. LATIFOLIA (Hoffm.) Wallr. The
Catalogue report of G. Ladanuwm was based on a specimen of this
variety.

248 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

LAMIUM HYBRIDUM Vill. Fairfield (Eames).

7 SaLvIA veERTICILLATA L. Waste ground, Naugatuck (A. E.
Blewitt). Fugitive from Europe.

S. OFFICINALIS L. Glastonbury (C. C. Hanmer).

Monarpa cLINoPoDIA L. Fairfield (Eames).

f ANTIRRHINUM MAJUS L. Snapdragon. Rare. Waste ground,
Bridgeport (Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

Mimutus aLraTUs Ait. Middletown (A. E. Blewitt), Chester
(Harger), Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in Herb. Yale Uni-
versity).

LIMOSELLA AQUATICA L., var. TENUIFOLIA (Wolf) Pers. Shore of
Lake Saltonstall, Branford (R. W. Woodward). Previously reported
only from tidal shores.

ILYSANTHES ANAGALLIDEA (Michx.) Robinson. Groton (Bissell),
Plainfield (Harger). Not previously reported from eastern Connecti-
cut.

t Diegtratis AMBIGUA Murr. Foxglove. Waste ground, East
Lyme (Mrs. F. H. Dart). Fugitive from Europe.

* VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA L. Water Speedwell. Ditch
by railroad track, North Canaan (Weatherby, RHopora, xiii. 32).

V. Teucrium L. Canaan (A. E. Blewitt), Huntington and Bridge-
port (Eames).

V. Tournerorti C. G. Gmel. Southington (Andrews).

* PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L., forma PRAECLARA A. H. Moore.
Ruopora xvi. 128 (1914). This red-flowered form is occasional to
frequent with the species throughout.

UTRICULARIA CLANDESTINA Nutt. Cromwell (E. J. Thompson,
Ruwopora, xiii. 78), South Windsor (C. W. Vibert). In the Catalogue
reported only from near the coast.

U. RESUPINATA B. D. Greene. Poquonnoc Lake, Groton (T. E.
Hazen).

T SHERARDIA ARVENSIS L. Rare. Well established in a lawn, New
Haven (A. H. Graves). Adventive from Europe.

Garrıum MorLuco L. Occasional throughout western Connecticut.

G. ErEcTUM Huds. Old Lyme (Graves).

* MITCHELLA REPENS L., forma LEUCOCARPA Bissell. RHODORA,
xiii. 32 (1911). Windsor and Simsbury (Miss B. C. Hitchcock),
Canaan and Cornwall (Miss M. J. Whitney).

f Lontcera MorrowI Gray. Established along a fence-row, Crom-
well (Mrs. S. V. Hubbard). Adventive from eastern Asia.

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 249

L. TATARICA L. Cheshire (A. E. Blewitt), Naugatuck (Harger).

L. CANADENSIS Marsh. Windsor (Weatherby), Guilford (W. R.
Dudley), Redding (Eames & C. C. Godfrey).

LINNAEA BOREALIS L., var. AMERICANA (Forbes) Rehder. Crom-
well (E. J. Thompson, Ruopora, xiii. 78), Salisbury (Mrs. C. S.
Phelps).

+ Visurnum Lantana L. Established on a roadside, Fairfield
(Eames). Introduced from Eurasia.

+ Visurnum Oputus L. A quantity along a roadside, Westport
(Eames). Introduced from Europe.

* SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA L., forma CHRYSOCARPA Eames & Godfrey
ex E. H. Eames. Ruopora, xviii. 239 (1916). Rocky slopes of
Quonnipaug Mt., Guilford (Eames & C. C. Godfrey)

KNavTIa ARVENSIS (L.) T. Coulter. Abundant in a field, Litch-
field (A. E. Blewitt). Eastford, well established and spreading to
fields and swamps (Mrs. Geo. H. Bosworth).

* CAMPANULA ULIGINOSA Rydb. Open swamps: Litchfield (W.
Buell), Sharon (Bissell).

EUPATORIUM SESSILIFOLIUM L. Cheshire, Waterbury and Thomas-
ton (A. E. Blewitt).

E. AROMATICUM L. Saybrook at Deep River (Weatherby). In the
Catalogue not reported from Middlesex Co.

GRINDELIA SQUARROSA (Pursh) Dunal. South Windsor (C. W.
Vibert); several plants in dry field, Oxford (Harger).

+ G. LANCEOLATA Nutt. One robust plant by a roadside, Green-
wich (W. H. Hoyt). Fugitive from the southwestern United States.

Curysopsis FALCATA (Pursh) Ell. North Haven at Montowese
(R. W. Woodward & A. E. Blewitt), Naugatuck (A. E. Blewitt).

SOLIDAGO SQUARROSA Muhl. Southward in western Connecticut
to New Milford (Eames).

S. CANADENSIS L. Middletown (J. Barratt), New Hartford (Bissell,
Ruopora, xiii. 32). In the Catalogue reported only from Lyme.

*S CANADENSIS L., var. Harcert Fernald. Raopora xvii. 11
(1915). Rare. Valleys of the Connecticut and Housatonic Rivers:
Middletown (J. Barratt), Lyme, Oxford, Southbury and Canaan
(Harger). Distinguished from S. canadensis by the short-villous stem
and panicle. At Lyme the species and variety grow together and com-
pletely intergrade.

S. ASPERULA Desf. Occurs in southwestern Connecticut commonly
where S. sempervirens and S. rugosa grow together.

250 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

BOoLTONIA ASTEROIDES (L.) L’Hér. Bridgeport and Fairfield
(Eames), Stamford (W. H. Hoyt).

f CALLISTEPHUS CHINENSIS (L.) Cass. China Aster. Waste
ground: Hartford (H. S. Clark), Southington (Andrews). Fugitive
from eastern Asia.

ASTER DIVARICATUS L. The forms which have been described as
A. carmesinus Burgess and A. persaliens Burgess are frequent or
occasional in open woodland throughout.

A. Herveyr Gray. Killingworth (F. W. Hall), Southington
(Andrews).

A. SPECTABILIS Ait. Killingworth (F. W. Hall, 1879). In the
Catalogue reported only from New London Co.

A. RADULA Ait. Guilford (J. Barratt), Ellington (F. N. Pease),
South Windsor (Bissell).

A. LOWRIEANUS Porter. Cheshire (Bissell & A. E. Blewitt, Ruo-
DORA, Xili. 32). Occasional in Fairfield Co. (Eames).

A. LAEVIS L., var. AMPLIFOLIUS Porter. Old Lyme (Graves), Crom-
well (J. Barratt), New Haven (G. E. Nichols), Milford (Harger).

A. AMETHYSTINUS Nutt. Guilford (W. R. Dudley; specimen in
Herb. Yale University).

A. pumosus L. Milford (Harger). Not previously reported west
of Southington.

A. Trapescanti L. Southbury (Bissell) and occasional in south-
western Connecticut (Eames).

A. LONGIFOLIUS Lam. Suffield (Eames & C. C. Godfrey), Enfield
(Bissell & R. W. Woodward, Ruopora, xiii. 33). In the Catalogue not
reported from the Connecticut valley.

A. INFIRMUS Michx. Stamford (Eames & W. H. Hoyt).

* A. PTARMICOIDES Torr. & Gray. Plentiful at one locality in lime-
stone soil at Salisbury (Eames & C. C. Godfrey, Ruopora, xvi. 20).

* ERIGERON RAMOSUS (Walt.) BSP., var. SEPTENTRIONALIS Fernald
& Wiegand. Ruopora, xv. 60 (1913). Middlebury (W. M. Shepard-
son), Greenwich (Cushman & Sanford).

* E. PUSILLUS Nutt. Sandy roadside, Voluntown (J. F. Collins &
M. L. Fernald); Bridgeport (Eames). For description see RHODORA,
xv. 207.

PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) DC. Many plants in waste ground at
Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

* ANTENNARIA OCCIDENTALIS Greene. Rare. Glastonbury
(Weatherby), roadside at Barkhamsted (Harger).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 251

(JNAPHALIUM PURPUREUM L. Portland (Bissell & R. W. Woodward,
Ruopora xiii. 33), Middletown (J. Barratt, 1839), Oxford (Harger).
In the Catalogue reported only from New London Co.

f PARTHENIUM HYSTEROPHORUS L. One plant in waste ground at
Bridgeport (Eames). Fugitive from the southern United States.

f AMBROSIA PSILOSTACHYA DC. Roadsides: Stratford’and Bridge-
port (H. S. Clark, Ruopora, xiii. 33). Fugitive or adventive from
the western United States.

HELIANTHUS GROSSE-SERRATUS Martens. Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt), Huntington (Eames). In the Catalogue reported as
apparently native at Newington. Since that time, however, another
western species, Bidens aristosa, has been found in the same field,
and it seems more likely that both were introduced and have become
established.

H. rTrAacaELNFOLIUS Mill. Open woods near Moosup Pond,
Plainfield (Harger). Previously reported only from New Haven.

COREOPSIS LANCEOLATA L. Abundant in a dry field, Glastonbury
(Weatherby), Bridgeport and Fairfield (Eames).

+ C. GRANDIFLORA Hogg. Escaped from cultivation to waste
ground, Bridgeport (Eames). Adventive from the southwestern
United States.

+ C. puBEscENS Ell., var. RoBUsTA Gray in herb. ex E. H. Eames.
Ruopora, xviii. 239 (1916). Waste ground, Bridgeport (Eames, l. c.).
Adventive from the southern United States.

* BIDENS VULGATA Greene, var. PUBERULA Wiegand. Rare.
Roadside, Naugatuck, perhaps introduced; and on the Connecticut
River meadows at Rocky Hill, apparently native (Harger).

B. connata Muhl. Stonington (Harger), Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt), Newtown (Bissell & Harger). A form with ray-flowers
occurs at Branford (Harger).

B. taevis (L.) BSP. Franklin (R. W. Woodward, RHODORA, xv.
95). In the Catalogue not reported east of the Connecticut valley.

B. TricHospeRMA (Michx.) Britton. Glastonbury (Mrs. F. W.
Starmer), Hartford (H. S. Clark). The only previous record was based
on an old collection at New Haven by O. Harger — a station long
since destroyed.

B. artstosa (Michx.) Britton. Moist ground in an old field,
Newington (Mrs. C. S. Phelps).

* B, aristosa (Michx.) Britton, var. mutica (Gray) Gattinger.
Old fields and waste places: Windham (Graves; in the Catalogue

252 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

referred to B. aristosa), Newington, with the typical form (Mrs. C. S.
Phelps), Bloomfield (Weatherby). Fugitive or adventive from the
western United States.

HELENIUM NUDIFLORUM Nutt. South Windsor (C. W. Vibert),
Granby (I. Holcomb), Waterbury (B. B. Bristol), Middlebury (A. E.
Blewitt & Harger).

ACHILLEA LANULOSA Nutt. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt).

f A. Prarmica L. A double-flowered form has been collected about
an old cellar, Beacon Falls (A. E. Blewitt, RHopora, xiv. 164). Waste
ground, Fairfield (Eames). Fugitive from Europe.

MATRICARIA SUAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buchenau. Cromwell and Ox-
ford (Harger). At Cromwell a widely spread and persistent weed.

f CHRYSANTHEMUM SEGETUM L. Rare. In an abandoned garden,
Oxford (Harger). Fugitive from Europe.

ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA Bess. Extends westward on sea-beaches
to Madison; also in Milford (Eames).

Į A. GNAPHALODES Nutt. A small but vigorous colony in waste
ground by a roadside, East Windsor (Weatherby). Adventive from
the western United States.

CACALIA SUAVEOLENS L. Bank of the Housatonic River at Oxford
(Harger).

f ARCTIUM TOMENTOSUM Mill. Waste ground, Naugatuck (A. E.
Blewitt, Ruopora, xii. 45). Adventive from Europe.

Į A. NEMOROSUM Lejeune. Waste ground: Waterbury (A. E.
Blewitt), Huntington (Harger). Occasional in southwestern Con-
necticut (Eames). Adventive or naturalized from Europe.

f Carpuus NuTANS L. Spontaneous in a garden, Ledyard (Graves).
Fugitive from Europe.

C. ACANTHOIDES L. Simsbury (specimen in the Shurtleff Herbarium
at Wesleyan University; no collector given).

CIRSIUM ARVENSE (L.) Scop., var. INTEGRIFOLIUM Wimm. & Grab.
Well established in a field, Fairfield (Eames).

OnoporDON ACANTHIUM L. An ornamental pest at one place in
Fairfield (Eames).

f Stmryprum Marranum (L.) Gaertn. Persistent in a garden, New
Milford (E. H. Austin). Fugitive from Europe.

CENTAUREA JACEA L. Monroe (Harger). At this station this
species and its var. lacera grow in company with C. nigra and its var.
radiata and the four forms appear to intergrade (Harger). A similar
station at Bridgeport — but no C. nigra, var. radiata (Eames).

1917] Additions to the Flora of Connecticut 253

fC. amara L. In grass-land, Fairfield (Eames). Adventive from
Europe.

C. macuLosa Lam. Plainfield (Mrs. Henry Dorrance), Oxford
(Alfred P. Harger), Middlebury and New Fairfield (A. E. Blewitt),
Kent (H. Mosher).

C. vocHINENSIS Bernh. Ledyard (B. T. Avery, Graves), Cheshire
(A. E. Blewitt).

f Cnicus BENEDICTUS L. Accidental in a garden, Kent (Miss J. F.
Gregory). Fugitive from Europe.

KRIGIA AMPLEXICAULIS Nutt. Moist field at two stations, Dan-
bury (Harger). Occasional at Stamford (W. H. Hoyt).

Picris ECHIOIDES L. In newly seeded grass-land, Milford (Harger).

SONCHUS ARVENSIS L. _ Southbury (Harger).

Lactuca ScarioLa L. Waterbury (A. E. Blewitt). —

L. INTEGRIFOLIA Bigel. Manchester (Bissell), Middletown (J.
Barratt, 1838), Torrington (Bissell & Weatherby), Stratford and
Beacon Falls (A. E. Blewitt), Stamford (W. H. Hoyt), East Hartford
and probably Salisbury (Weatherby). In the Salisbury plant the
leaves have the characteristic oblanceolate outline of L. integrifolia
but are entire.

CREPIS TECTORUM L. Kent (H. Mosher).

PRENANTHES ALTISSIMA L., var. HISPIDULA Fernald. Plentiful in
moist woods by Salmon River, Colchester (Harger).

Hieracium PiroseLLA L. Oxford, a small colony (Harger),
Fairfield, a considerable area (Eames).

H. FLORENTINUM All. Fields and roadsides at two stations, Salis:
bury (Harger, Weatherby). Introduced from Europe.

H. pRATENSE Tausch. Occasional over most of the state. A
teratological form with the corollas all tubular or with very short
ligules is abundant in two fields about half a mile apart in Durham
(Weatherby). All the plants in both fields are of this form.

H. marianum Willd. Beacon Falls (Harger), Westport (Eames).

E. B. HARGER,

C. B. GRAVES,

E. H. Eames,

C. H. Distt

L. ANDREWS,

C. A. WEATHERBY.

254 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

THE BOREAL AND SUBALPINE VARIETY OF SPIRAEA
LATIFOLIA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Spiraea latifolia (Ait.) Borkh., as it occurs through most of its range,
has the leading or primary inflorescence pyramidal-paniculate, the
lower branches of the panicle being distinctly elongate. Its secondary
inflorescences are less pyramidal in outline and are often subcylindric
or ellipsoid; but all well-developed or uninjured specimens show the
characteristic pyramidal terminal or primary panicle.

In Newfoundland and eastern Saguenay County, Quebec, however,
S. latifolia departs from the more widely distributed shrub with
pyramidal primary panicles in having all the panicles of a cylindric
or subcylindric form, the lower branches of the inflorescence scarcely
if at all exceeding the subtending leafy bracts; and the only collection
from the Magdalen Islands, although somewhat transitional, is nearer
the Newfoundland shrub than to the widely distributed shrub of the
mainland.

In 1915, while collecting on the Franconia Range of the White
Mountains the writer was impressed by the similarity of the subalpine
form of Spiraea latifolia to the shrub of Newfoundland, and during
the past summer, while exploring Huntington’s Ravine and the Alpine
Garden of Mt. Washington with Professors A. W. Evans and A. S.
Pease, he was again struck with the strong resemblance of the sub-
alpine and alpine shrub with the Newfoundland plant and its pro-
nounced departure from the lowland S. latifolia.

Examination of all the material in the Gray Herbarium and the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club shows these field-
impressions to have been well founded; for the alpine and subalpine
specimens, from Mt. Katahdin, Maine, and the Carter, Presidential
and Franconia Ranges of New Hampshire, agree with the Newfound-
land specimens in their cylindric or subcylindriec primary panicles.
On many of the specimens, from all three areas, the flowers are some-
what larger than in much of the pyramidal-panicled shrub of lower
latitudes or altitudes, but some specimens from low altitudes in New
England show quite as large flowers. As geographic varieties, differ-
ing primarily in the form of the primary panicle, the two are well

1917] Fernald,— A Variety of Spiraea latifolia 255

defined. From the original description of S. salicifolia, y latifolia Ait.,
“racemis paniculatis,” upon which S. latifolia (Ait.) Borkh. was
based, it is apparent that Aiton was describing the common plant
with definitely paniculate inflorescences. The two varieties of the
species may therefore be designated

SPIRAEA LATIFOLIA, var. typica. S. salicifolia, y latifolia Ait. Hort.
Kew. ii. 198 (1789). S. latifolia (Ait.) Borkh. Handb. Forstbot. 1871
(1803).— Primary inflorescences pyramidal.

Var. septentrionalis, n. var., inflorescentiis primariis cylindricis vel
subcylindricis.

Primary inflorescences cylindric or subcylindric.— NEWFOUNDLAND:
roadsides, St. John’s, July 31, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk, no. 22;
sandy and gravelly banks of Waterford River between Waterford
Bridge and St. John’s, August 2, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5663;
swampy pasture, Topsail, August 12-19, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1271;
bushy slopes of sandstone and arenaceous slate hills back of Carbonear,
August 6 & 7, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5664; ledges, talus and
gravel, north bank of Exploits River, Bishop Falls, July 28, 1911,
Fernald, Wiegand and Darlington, no. 5663; ledges and talus, north
bank of Exploits, Grand Falls, July 22, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram
and Darlington, no. 5601 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). QUEBEC: edge of
slough in the dunes, Natashquan, Saguenay Co., July 4, 1915, and
September 5, 1915, St. John, nos. 90,522, 90,523. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
sand hills between East Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, August
17, 1912, Fernald, Long and St. John, no. 7562. Maine: Depot
Pond, Mt. Katahdin, July 16, 1900, E. F. Williams. New Hamr-
SHIRE: wall of Alpine Garden, alt. 6000 ft., Mt. Washington, August
7, 1896, and August 5, 1897, E. F. Williams; Lake of the Clouds, Mt.
Washington, August 4, 1891, B. L. Robinson, no. 1002; upper slope of
Alpine Garden, August 5, 1891, B. L. Robinson; 44 miles up Mt.
Washington Carriage Road, Sargent’s Purchase, August 19, 1907,
A. S. Pease, no. 10,543; 5 mile Sign on Carriage Road, Thompson &
Meserve Purchase, August 12, 1910, A. S. Pease, nos. 12,832, 12,833;
Fan, Huntington’s Ravine, Sargent’s Purchase, August 7, 1917,
Fernald & Pease, no. 16,882; peaty soil near Imp Camp, alt. 3500 ft.,
Bean Purchase, August 4, 1917, A. S. Pease, no. 16,763; south side of
Mt. John Quincy Adams at about 5000 ft., September 6, 1906, A. S.
Pease, no. 9890; granitic gravel and peaty slopes, alpine and sub-
alpine region of Mt. Lafayette, Franconia, July 17 and 18, 1915,
Fernald & Smiley, no. 11,714; granitic gravel and peaty slopes,
western spur of Mt. Lincoln, Franconia, August 11, 1915, Fernald,
no. 11,716.

Gray HERBARIUM.

256 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Norte on Frurr or Mountain Macnouia.— The writer’s attention
was called to a curiously misshapen fruit cone from a mountain
magnolia (Magnolia acuminata L.). Investigation showed that the
original tree, as well as others in the vicinity, bore a large quantity
of similar ones, It will be remembered that the fruit of this species
superficially resembles some of the larger, and more cylindrical, pine
cones, and is ordinarily 3 or 4 in. in length. The abnormal fruits,
for their part, were lumpy in appearance, unsymmetrical in develop-
ment, corkscrew in shape, or otherwise twisted about their long axis,
some resembling the head of a bird in shape, and all shorter.

‘With the view of ascertaining the probable cause of this abnormal
development, the writer made dissections of a number of cones. No
sign of insect injury, or parasitic growth was found, but on the other
hand, there were evident differences in the size of the fleshy follicles
composing them, accounted for by the size of the seeds within them.
The abnormal fruits contained numerous ovules which had evidently
never been fertilized, and the corresponding portions of the cone
showed signs of atrophy. The seeds in this fruit are described as
being distributed 1 or 2 in each carpel; 2 seeds were noted, but in
half of the cases examined, one had never developed. These cases
were interesting since there seemed to be plenty of opportunity for
cross-pollination. It was apparently clear then that the distortion
of the fruits was due primarily to want of complete pollination re-
sulting in an uneven distribution of maturing seeds throughout the
cone, the development of the seeds producing the mechanical force
requisite.— N. M. Grier, Central High School, St. Louis, Mo.

Vol. 19, no. 226, including pog s 221 to 286 was issued 21 November, 1917.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 19. December, 1917. No. 228.

A REMARKABLE COLONY OF BIDENS IN CONNECTICUT.
M. L. FERNALD.

In September, 1910, Messrs. R. W. Woodward and C. H. Bissell
collected on the strand of Lake Pocotopaug at Chatham, Connecti-
cut, material of an abundant Bidens which was afterwards, in 1915,
referred to the writer for his opinion. The plants were of two quite
definite strains and superficially somewhat resembled B. connata
Muhl., var. petiolata (Nutt.) Farwell in its most extreme development,
the oblong to lance-ovate leaves being all on very slender elongate
petioles. Unlike any form of B. connata, however, all the material
from Pocotopaug Lake was consistent in having the achenes quite flat
and always two-awned, exactly matching the achenes of B. hetero-
doxa (Fernald) Fernald & St. John,! a species hitherto known only
from maritime habitats on Prince Edward Island and the Magdalen
Islands.

As above stated, there were two distinct strains of the plant from
Pocotopaug Lake, the larger plants having the two awns of the achene
consistently retrorse-barbed, as in most species of Bidens, and in
this exactly matching the achenes of Bidens heterodoxa, var. ortho-
doxa; the smaller plant of the strand (mostly much smaller than
the plant with retrorsely-barbed awns) having the awns quite smooth
and barbless or at most with very obscure suggestions of barbs,
appearing as a slight scabrous tendency on the awns. These plants,
presenting, as they did, the achene-characters of B. heterodoxa, a
species known only from subsaline situations about the Gulf of St.

1 Fernald & St. John, Ruopora, xvii. 23 (1915).

258 Rhodora o [DECEMBER

Lawrence, were naturally very perplexing since it would be surprising,
at least, to find B. heterodoxa upon an inland lake of Connecticut.
Consequently, plans were made for the writer to join Mr. Woodward
in a further field-study of the colony. Unfavorable weather, however,
forced the abandonment of this plan and on September 21, 1915,
Mr. Woodward alone visited the station and collected an abundant
series of specimens, many sheets of which have been generously
supplied to the writer; and these plants in all their characters agree
with the earlier collections.

A close study of the material shows it to have exactly the achene
of B. heterodoxa and to be consistently two-awned. A check-study
of B. connata and its varieties shows that in that species all well
developed central achenes of the heads are consistently 4-awned and
with the highly developed mid-ribs becoming almost wing-like in
maturity. It would appear, then, that the Pocotopaug Lake material
must, at least for the present, be placed with B. heterodoxa, although
it is geographically remote from the type region of the latter species.
In this geographic isolation, however, the plant is comparable with
many other characteristic species of Prince Edward Island, the
Magdalen Islands and eastern New Brunswick, which are outlying
representatives of austral types isolated by hundreds of miles from
the nearest known stations to the south,! and it is probable that
further exploration, especially in the coastwise strip of southern New
England, will reveal colonies of B. heterodoxa in the intermediate area.

In typical B. heterodoxa the leaves are either simple or 3-5-parted,
the blades of the simple leaves or the terminal lobes of the cleft ones
being narrowly lanceolate to narrowly ovate and very sharply (almost
jaggedly) serrate. In the Connecticut material, however, the leaves
as above stated, strongly resemble those of B. connata, var. petiolata,
or, in some cases, typical B. connata, the simple leaves being oblong-
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate and rather bluntly dentate, the cleft
leaves with the terminal lobe of this form; and in all the plants the
leaves are on very elongate slender petioles. Furthermore, the
Connecticut material has the flowering branches highly developed
but very short in the axils, most of these branches being much shorter

1 For example: Carex varia Muhl., abundant on Prince Edward Island but unknown nearer
than Hancock Co., Maine; Rumezx persicarioides L. (See St. John, Ruopora, xvii. 80) of the
lower St. Lawrence, Quebec, Prince Edward Island, and eastern Massachusetts; and Aster

subulatus Michx., var. obtusifolius Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 61, of northeastern New Brunswick,
there representing A. subulatus, which reaches its northern limit in southern New Hampshire.

1917] St. John,— Arenaria lateriflora and its Varieties 259

than the subtending leaves. In this peculiar habit and in the foliage
the plants are well characterized and it seems wisest to give them a
varietal designation, although it is freely admitted that at present
we do not know of transitional colonies. The two plants of Pocoto-
paug Lake may, then, be called

BIDENS HETERODOXA (Fernald) Fernald & St. John, var. monardae-
folia, n. var., planta racemose ramosa, ramis brevibus axillaribus;
foliis simplicibus vel 3-partitis longe petiolatis, laminis vel lobis
terminalibus oblongo-lanceolatis vel lanceolato-ovatis grosse dentatis;
aristis acheniorum retrorse setosis.

Plant racemosely branched; branches short, axillary: leaves simple
or 3-parted, long-petioled; the blades or terminal lobes oblong-
lanceolate or lance-ovate, coarsely dentate: awns of the achenes re-
trorsely setose.— CONNECTICUT: strand of Lake Pocotopaug, Chat-
ham, September 21, 1910 and September 21, 1915, R. W. Woodward
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

B. HETERODOXA, var. agnostica, n. var., habitu foliisque ut apud
var. monardaefoliam; aristis acheniorum laevibus vel obsolete scabris.

Habit and foliage as in var. monardaefolia: awns of the achenes
smooth or obscurely scabrous.— ConNEcTICUT: strand of Pocoto-
paug Lake, Chatham, September 21, 1910, R. W. Woodward and C. H.
Bissell (ryPE in Gray Herb.); September 21, 1915, R. W. Woodward.

Gray HERBARIUM.

ARENARIA LATERIFLORA AND ITS VARIETIES IN
NORTH AMERICA.

Harop Sr. JOHN.

In 1862 Regel, after studying Eurasian and Alaskan specimens,
described a series of varieties of Möhringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl,
using as diagnostic characters the shape and the pubescence of the
leaves. The occurrence of one of these varieties in a collection of
plants recently made in northern Manitoba by Mr. J. H. Emerton has.
involved the writer in a study of the Eurasian and North American
material of this species and has led him to the belief that the seemingly
artificial characters used by Regel do really define recognizable catego-
ries whose distributions are similar to those of many other boreal types.

260 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Consequently it has seemed worth while to systematize the American
treatment of this species and to make the necessary new combinations
under Arenaria, in which genus the species seems properly placed.
The differences between the varieties are stated in the following key:

A. Leaves elliptical or ovate-lanceolate.
B. Leaves puberulent on the margins and on the midribs beneath, or
occasionally puberulent throughout.
1. A. lateriflora L., var. typica (Regel) St. John.
B’. Leaves glabrescent or glabrous.
2. A. lateriflora L., var. glabrescens (Regel) Robinson.
A’. Leaves linear, linear-elliptic, or linear-lanceolate.
C. Leaves puberulent on the margins and the midribs beneath, occa-
sionally puberulent throughout.
3. A. lateriflora L., var. angustifolia (Regel) St. John.
C’. Leaves glabrous........ 4. A. lateriflora L., var. Taylorae St. John.

It will be seen that Regel’s 8. intermedia has not been taken up.
It has not seemed advisable to try to separate the broad, pubescent-
leaved plants into those with “elliptical obtuse or rarely acute leaves”
(Regel’s a. typica sensu stricto) as opposed to those with “ oblong-
elliptic or oblong-lanceolate obtuse or rarely acute leaves” (Regel’s 6.
intermedia). If such a distinction can be drawn, it does not seem to
be of any taxonomic or phytogeographic importance.

1. ARENARIA LATERIFLORA L., var. typica (Regel) n. comb.
Mohringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl, var. typica Regel, Fl. Ostsibirien i.,
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxxv. 377 (1862).— Perennial with slender
terete minutely retrorsely pubescent stems which are simple or freely
branching especially at the base, 0.5-4 dm. high: leaves bright green,
opposite, entire, sessile, slightly connate, elliptical or ovate lanceolate,
puberulent on the margins and on the midribs beneath, occasionally
throughout, 5-30 mm. long, 3-14 mm. wide: inflorescence lateral or
becoming so, cymes one or more borne from the upper axils, 1—6-
flowered; pedicels subtended by minute paired bracts, one or more of
the uppermost pedicels bibracteolate near the middle; sepals green,
hyaline-margined, ovate, obtuse, glabrous, 2-3 mm. long; petals
usually exceeding the sepals 2-3 times.'— Abundant on gravelly and
turfy shores, in thickets and borders of woods, and meadows, Arctic
America south to Pennsylvania, Ohio, Ill., S. Dakota, Missouri, and
the mountains of Montana, Idaho, Colorado, Utah, New Mexico,
Washington, and Oregon; also in boreal Eurasia. A few typical
specimens in the Gray Herbarium and the Herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club are cited below:

LABRADOR: springy banks and damp hillsides, Forteau, July 30,
1910, M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 3,347. NEWFOUNDLAND:

1For notes on the variations in the size and proportions of the floral parts, see Woodward,
R.W.: Raopora xv. 209-10 (1913).

1917] St. John,— Arenaria lateriflora and its Varieties 261

grassy strand of Ingornachoix Bay, August 2, 1910, M. L. Fernald &
K. M. Wiegand, no. 3,346. Quesec: wet thicket, Brion Island,
Magdalen Islands, August 5, 1914, Harold St. John, no. 1,869. PRINCE
Epwarp Isand: sandy thickets, Morell, June 29, 1914, M. L. Fer-
nald & Harold St. John, no. 11,051. New Brunswick: alder thicket,
Shediac Cape, July 3, 1914, F. T. Hubbard. Nova Scotia: damp
thicket, near Pictou, July 12-18, 1901, C. D. Howe & W. F. Lang,
no. 461. Marne: moist field, Roque Bluffs, July 8, 1907, C. H.
Knowlton. New Hampsuire: Isle of Shoals, Oakes & Robbins.
Vermont: Rutland, W. W. Eggleston, no. 1,073. MASSACHUSETTS:
low ground, Eastern Point, Gloucester, June 7, 1896, E. L. Rand &
B. L. Robinson. Roper Istanp: low grounds near beach, Westerly,
June 7, 1913, R. W. Woodward. CoNNEcTICUT: moist woods, Guil-
ford, June 17, 1906, G. H. Bartlett. New York: on mounds in sandy
pasture, south side of Oneida Lake, Lenox, June 6, 1900, J. V. Haberer,
no. 120. PENNSYLVANIA: swamp near Lancaster, June 1, 1860,
T. C. Porter. Ontario: Kingston, June 14, 1902, J. Fowler. Mucxi-
GAN: Dickinson’s Island in Lake St. Clair, Port Huron, June 18,
1899, C. K. Dodge. Onto: Port Clinton, May 16, 1898, E. L. Moseley.
Iuurno!is: cliffs and open woods, Starved Rock, June 1-7, 1909,
J. M. Greenman, O. E. Lansing, Jr., & R. A. Dixon. MANITOBA:
Churchill, Hudson Bay, August 5, 1910, J. M. Macoun, C. G. S.,
no. 79,086. Minnesota: Twin Lake, May 1891, E. P. Sheldon.
Norta Dakota: dry ground, Portal, June 13, 1903, M. A. Barber,
no. 348. Sours Dakota: Elk Canon, altitude 4,000-5,000 feet,
June 29, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, no. 568. SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, E.
Bourgeau, no. 14. ALBERTA: dry prairie, Calgary, June 19, 1903,
M. A. Barber, no. 224. Monrana: Big Fork, July 22, 1908, Mrs.
Joseph Clemens. Ipamo: frequent on dry soil, head of Little Pot-
latch River, June 16, 1892, J. H. Sandberg, D. T. MacDougal, & A. A.
Heller, no. 399. Wyomine: aspen copses on the hillsides, Glen
Creek, Yellowstone Park, June 30, 1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 5,588.
Uram: wet canyon bottom, Pine Flats, July 11, 1912, E. P. Walker,
no. 239. New Mexico: Rio Pecos, below Winsor’s Ranch, altitude
8,200 feet, July 1, 1908, P. C. Standley, no. 4,163. WASHINGTON:
near Rock Lake, altitude 550 m., May 30, 1893, J. H. Sandberg &
J. B. Leiberg, no. 123. British Cotumpta: Avalanche Path, Emer-
ald Lake, Selkirk Mountains, altitude 4,400 feet, C. F. Shaw, no. 92.
YuxKon: common in shady places, Dawson, June 7, 1914, Alice East-
wood, no. 160a. ALasKA: Unalaska, Eschscholtz.

2. A. LATERIFLORA L., var. GLABRESCENS (Regel) Robinson, in
Synopt. Fl. i. part 1. 238 (1897). Méhringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl,
y glabrescens Regel, Fl. Ostsibirien i., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxxv.
378 (1862).— Resembling the var. typica in the shape of the leaves,
but differing in having them glabrate or glabrous, and often thinner
and brighter green.— Apparently this variety is commoner in north-
ern Asia than it is in North America. Only two collections of it from
this continent have been seen by the author.

262 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Ioano: willow copses, House Creek, Owyhee Co., June 28, 1912,
A. Nelson & J. F. Macbride, no. 1,758. Co torapo: Leroux Creek,
Delta County, altitude 9,500 feet, July 10, 1892, J. H. Cowen, no. 81.

3. A. LATERIFLORA L., var. angustifolia (Regel) n. comb. Méh-
ringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl, 6 angustifolia Regel, Fl. Ostsibirien i.,
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxxv. 378 (1862). In greater part A. lateriflora
L., var. tenuicaulis Blankinship, Montana Agric. College Sci. Studies,
Botany, i. 51 (1905).— Like the var. typica except in having linear,
linear-elliptic, or linear-lanceolate leaves, 10-26 mm. long, 2-6 mm.
wide.— Growing with or replacing the var. typica in western Canada,
the Rocky Mountains, southern Labrador, and south along the New
England coast.

ALBERTA: river bottom, Calgary, June 18, 1903, M. A. Barber,
no. 191. SasKATCHEWAN: Wood Mountain Post, June 12, 1895, J.
Macoun, C. G. S., no. 10,101. Manrropa: mile 214, Hudson Bay
Railway, July 8, 1917, J. H. Emerton. Montana: Flathead Lake,
July 6, 1902, M. J. Elrod, no. 154; descent to Ross’ Hole, July 26,
1880, S. Watson. Uram: moist bank, altitude 8,000 feet, La Sal
Mountains, June 13, 1914, E. Payson. QurEsrc: Seven Islands,
August 2, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 663. Marne: dry meadow, Ham-
ilton Cove, Lubec, August 2, 1909, M. L. Fernald, no. 1,754. Massa-
CHUSETTS: Yarmouth, May 31, 1903, J. Murdoch, Jr., no. 1,312.
Raope IsLanpD: low grounds near beach, Westerly, July 11, 1913,
R. W. Woodward; in woods, east side of Abbot Run, Cumberland,
May 29, 1892, J. F. Collins.

4. A.LATERIFLORA L., var. Taylorae n. var., foliis glabris. Cetera
ut apud var. angustifoliam.

Resembling var. angustifolia, but having glabrous leaves.— Known
only from the region of the delta of the Mackenzie River, where it
was twice collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor. To her, in recognition
of her collecting in several high northern regions, the variety is
dedicated.

Norta West TERRITORIES: Peel’s River Post, near the Macken-
zie delta, July 13, 1892, Miss E. Taylor, no. 27; Peel’s River near
the Mackenzie delta, July 15, 1892, Miss E. Taylor.

In the treatment of this group in the Synoptical Flora ! Dr. Robin-
son cited one of these two sheets as var. glabrescens. Later Blankin-
ship included this number in his var. tenuicaulis. Blankinship at
some time annotated on one of the two sheets, “near var. angusti-
folia (Regel) 1. c., J. W. B.” It will be seen that this collection has
been a thorn in the flesh of the students of this group, and in view
of the characters stated in the foregoing description, the author feels
justified in describing it as a new variety.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1Synopt. Fl. i. part 1. 238 (1897).

1917} Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, XIV 263

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— XIV!

ALEXANDER W. Evans.

In 1915 Warnstorf? described and figured as a new species, under
the name Sphenolobus ascendens, a specimen collected by Miss Lorenz
at Waterville, New Hampshire. The specimen had been sent him
as Scapania glaucocephala (Tayl.) Aust., but he failed to find the
Scapania and suggested that there might have been an error in the
determination. The Waterville material had been named by the
writer, and had served as the basis for his observations on S. glauco-
cephala, published in 1909. In view of a possible error this material
has been carefully reéxamined, but there seems to be no reason for
revising the original determination. Mixed with the Scapania,
however, are several other species of Hepaticae, such as Cephalozia
curvifolia, Jamesoniella autumnalis, Harpanthus scutatus, and Lopho-
zia porphyroleuca. The last species occurs as a slender gemmiparous
form and is not abundant, but the few plants present agree with
Warnstorf’s description and figures of Sphenolobus ascendens. The
writer would therefore regard the Sphenolobus as a synonym of the
Lophozia.

During the past two years Miss Lorenz * has recorded a number of
species additional to the hepatic floras of Maine, New Hampshire,
and Vermont, respectively. These species, with a single exception,
were found by Miss Lorenz herself. The additions for Maine, col-
lected on Mt. Ktaadn, are Cephaloziella bifida, C. byssacea (listed as
C. Starkit), Gymnomitrium corallioides, Lophozia Kunzeana, Nardia
Geoscyphus, and Scapania dentata. The only addition for New
Hampshire, collected along the Connecticut River at Claremont, is
Riccia arvensis. The additions for Vermont, collected at various
localities, are Riccia arvensis, R. Frostii (first record for New Eng-
land), Ricciella crystallina, Cephalozia macrostachya, Lophozia hetero-
colpa, L. longidens, and Radula tenaz.

Attention should likewise be called to an interesting observation

1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.

2? Hedwigia 57: 63. f. 2. 1915.

3 Roopora 11: 194. 1909.

4 Bryologist 20: 43-45. 1917; Vermont Bot. & Bird Clubs, Joint Bull. 2:14. 1916; Joint
Bull. 3: 7,8. 19017.

264 Rhodora [DECEMBER

by Howe! on Riccia Lescuriana. According to his studies this species,
published by Austin in 1869, is a synonym of R. Beyrichiana Hampe,
published by Lehmann in 1838. The species, therefore, should bear
the earlier name.

In the present series of Notes the following three species are re-
corded from New England for the first time: Scalia Hookeri, Har-
panthus Flotowianus, and Calypogeia fissa. The distinctive features
of these species are discussed, further mention is made of Riccia
Frostii, and several additions to local state floras are given.

1. Rıccra Frostu Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6:17. 1875. R.
Watsoni Aust. l. c. R. Beckeriana Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier 6: 374.
1898. Clayey banks of the Connecticut River, Ascutneyville,
Weathersfield, Vermont, July 15, 1916 (A. Lorenz). The species has a
wide distribution in North America and the following stations may
be cited from the literature: Genessee Falls, Rochester, New York,
1868 (P. T. Cleve); near Painesville, Ohio (H. C. Beardslee); Tlinois
(J. Wolf); Bloomington, Indiana (C. L. Black); banks of the Missouri
River, St. Charles, Missouri (C. H. Demetrio); Manhattan, Kansas
(W. A. Kellerman); South Dakota (Williams); Great Falls, Mon-
tana (F. W. Anderson); Colorado (J. Wolf); near Denver, Colorado
(C. C. Parry, E. Bethel); Idaho (J. B. Leiberg); Nevada (S. Watson).
The last named specimen, sent to Austin by C. C. Frost, should be
regarded as the type of the species.

In 1898 Heeg? announced the occurrence of the species from the
following localities in the Old World: Sarepta, Russia (A. Becker);
Vienna, Austria (A. Pokorny); Gorelevo, Fatjanova and Polovinka,
Siberia (H. W. Arnell). In 1912 Massalongo® recorded it from two
stations in Italy, namely: Sermide (A. Manganotti) and Francolini,
province of Ferrara (A. Fermioli). In 1913 it was reported by
Schiffner* from the vicinity of Makó, Hungary (J. Györffy) and from
Mesopotamia, Asia Minor (H. von Handel-Mazzetti). Stephani
considered the Russian specimens distinct from R. Frostii, describing
them as new under the name R. Beckeriana, but K. Müller ® reduces
Stephani’s species to synonymy, maintaining that it comes within
the range of variability to be expected in a species.

1 Bryologist 20: 33. 1917. 2 Bot. Notiser 1898: 24.
3 Atti R. Ist. Veneto TL: 852. f.7. 1912. 4 Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 68: 455. 1913.
ë Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 210. f. 138.

1917] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, XIV 265

In the absence of fresh material the writer has been unable to make
a satisfactory study of the present species, but the published descrip-
tions and figures bring out most of its essential characters clearly.
Aside from the works of Heeg, Massalongo, and K. Miiller, already
alluded to, reference may be made to Underwood’s account in the
6th edition of Gray’s Manual, to Howe’s critical observations in
connection with the Hepaticae of California} and to Miss Black’s
comprehensive morphological study.? Howe emphasizes the features
of the spores, which distinguish the species from all known California
Ricciae. He describes them as narrowly margined, 45-55 u in maxi-
mum diameter, and covered over almost uniformly “by numerous
short, delicate, wavy ridges which rarely anastomose.” These
peculiarities will serve equally well to separate R. Frostii from the
other New England species of Riccia, in all of which the ridges on the
spores form regular meshworks.

Whether R. Frostii should be retained in the genus Riccia or trans-
ferred to Ricciella is not altogether clear. The green tissue contains
intercellular canals which extend, in some cases at least, from the
compact ventral tissue to the dorsal surface. Whether they are
always continuous for this entire distance, or whether they are occa-
sionally subdivided by transverse or oblique partitions is not brought
out by the descriptions. In any case the canals are broader than in
typical species of Riccia, and instead of being bounded by only four
cells in section view are bounded by several to many cells. In these
respects they resemble the marginal canals described by Juel 3 in the
case of the European R. Bischoffii Hiiben. Since the median canals
in this species are of the narrow type, Juel contends that it shows the
Riccia structure in the median portion and the Ricciella structure in
the wings, thus forming a connecting link between the two groups
and making it unnecessary to recognize Ricciella as a genus. In
typical species of Ricciella, however, the intercellular spaces are in
more than one layer, so that the genus might still be maintained on
the basis of this feature. In the case of R. Frostiz, unfortunately,
this criterion can not at present be applied, and it therefore seems.
wisest to retain the species in Riccia, even if certain writers have
considered it a Ricciella.

1 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 32. 1899.

2 The morphology of Riccia Frostii, Aust. Ann. Bot. 27: 511-532. pl. 37, 88. 1913.

2 Uber den anatomischen Bau von Riccia Bischoffii Hiib. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 4: 160-166.
pl.7 +f. 1-5. 1910.

266 Rhodora [DECEMBER

2. Scara Hooxeri (Lyell) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. British Pl.
1:705. 1821. Jungermannia Hookeri Lyell; Sowerby, Engl. Bot.
36: pl. 2555. 1814. Mniopsis Hookeri Dumort. Comm: Bot. 114.
1822. Lejeunea Hookeri Spreng.; Linnaeus, Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4: 234.
1827. Gymnomitrium Hookeri Corda; Opiz, Beitr. zur Naturg. 651.
1829. Mniopsis acutifolia Dumort. Syll. Jung. 75. 1831. Haplo-
mitrium Hookeri Nees, Naturg. der europ. Leberm. 1:111. 1833.
H. Cordae Nees, l. c. 1:112. 1833. On damp rocks, in a mat of
Pellia Neesiana (Gottsche) Limpr., Huntington Ravine, Mt. Wash-
ington, New Hampshire, about 4800 feet altitude, August 7, 1917
(A. W. E.). New to America.

It is a great satisfaction to be able to record this rare and distinct
species, representing a monotypic genus, as a member of our flora.
Unfortunately the material collected is exceedingly scanty, consisting
of a few antheridial shoots, but the plant is so different from all other
northern Hepaticae that there is little danger of mistaking it. S.
Hookeri was supposed to be confined to Europe, where it is widely
distributed without being anywhere abundant. It was originally
discovered in 1812 by Charles Lyell in the New Forest, Hampshire,
England, near the southern coast, and is now known from several
other localities on the British Isles and also from Norway, Sweden,
Finland, Denmark, Germany and Austria. In the northern part of
its range it sometimes descends to the sea level; in the southern part
it seems to be confined to higher altitudes. The plants usually grow
singly or in small tufts and are difficult to detect in the field. In most
cases they occur scattered among other bryophytes, species of Ric-
cardia or Pellia being perhaps their most common companions.

Full descriptions of Scalia Hookeri, many of them accompanied
by figures, are available, and the species served as the basis for an
important monograph by Gottsche,? a work which ranks as a classic
in the literature of hepaticology. It is therefore unnecessary to
describe the plant in detail. It is hoped, however, that the following
brief account of its more distinctive features may prove of interest.

1 See, for example, the following: Hooker, British Jung. pl. 54. 1814; Carrington, British
Hep. 1. pl. 1,f. 1. 1874; Lindberg, Rev. Bryol. 12: 33-36. 1885; Pearson, Hep. British
Isles, 427. pl. 189. 1901; Warnstorf, Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 134. f. 1.
1902; K. Müller, Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 399. f. 227. 190 ; Maevicar,
Student’s Handb. British Hep. 88. f. 1-8. 1912; C. Jensen, Danmarks Mosser 1: 60. f. 1-3.
1915.

2 Anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen über Haplomitrium Hookeri N. v. E., mit
Vergleichung anderer Lebermoose. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. 20: 267-398. pl. 13-20.
1843.

1917] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, XIV 267

The gametophyte consists of a pale subterranean rhizome which
branches sparingly and from which the erect leafy shoots arise. Both
the rhizome and the leafy shoots are wholly destitute of rhizoids.
Slime papillae, however, are produced in abundance. The leafy
shoots are mostly 0.5-1 cm. high and are usually unbranched. The
leaves are composed of thin-walled cells and vary in shape, some being
entire and others variously incised or lobed. The shoots, in the upper
part at least, are radial and show no evidence of dorsiventrality; in
other words their broad leaves are in more than three ranks and no
distinction can be drawn between lateral leaves and underleaves.
The lack of dorsiventrality distinguishes Scalia from all other genera
of the Hepaticae, but in Stephani’s opinion! this distinction is more
apparent than real. According to his observations the leafy shoots
are dorsiventral in the lower part, the leaves being in three ranks
and showing a differentiation into lateral leaves and underleaves.
This differentiation is not one of form or of size but simply of insertion,
the lateral leaves being obliquely attached to the stem while the under-
leaves are transverse. Stephani notes further that the radial structure
of the shoot appears only in connection with the sexual organs and
that many other leafy genera show a similar approach to a radial
condition in their reproductive shoots. However this may be, the
shoots of the Scalia present a very distinctive appearance and bear a
strong resemblance to mosses, their upper leaves being closely crowded.

Most authors assign a dioicous inflorescence to S. Hookeri, but
Stephani states that it is sometimes monoicous and may be always so.
These statements are criticised by Warnstorf and there seems, indeed,
to be very little to support them. The antheridia are conspicuous
from their large size and bright orange color. They are borne on
short stalks and arise irregularly all around the stem, showing no
definite relation to the leaves. The archegonia, sometimes as many
as ten, are developed near the tip of a shoot, but the apical cell itself
does not take part in the formation of an archegonium, even though
its activities are brought to an end. No perianth is developed, the
protection of the sporophyte being secured by a large and fleshy
calyptra, the neck of the fertilized archegonium being in the usual
apical position and the unfertilized archegonia remaining at the base.

The sporophyte shows the usual differentiation into foot, stalk and

1 See Mém. Herb. Boissier 16: 43. 1900.

268 Rhodora [DECEMBER

capsule, the stalk attaining (according to Lindberg) a length of 1-3
cm. The capsule is oblong-cylindrical, 1.5-2 mm. in length and 0.6-
0.75 mm. in diameter. The wall consists of a single layer of cells,
except in the apical region, and splits at maturity into four valves,
although these may remain more or less united. The cells of the wall
are thin-walled, except for a median annular band in each cell, ex-
tending longitudinally. This type of thickening recurs in the closely
related tropical genus Calobryum Nees! but otherwise seems to be
unique. In all other genera of Hepaticae, where annular or half-
annular bands of thickening have been described, the bands run in a
general transverse direction. The elaters are for the most part long
and bispiral, although some of those which remain attached to the
tips of the valves are unispiral throughout more or less of their length.
The spores are densely verruculose.

The genera Scalia and Calobryum constitute a very natural group,
to which Goebel? has given the name Calobryaceae. This group
represents, in the opinion of most writers, the highest development
attained by the anacrogynous Jungermanniales. The genus Calo-
bryum in fact, as Goebel emphasizes, is not anacrogynous at all, the
archegonia forming a definite apical group on the broadened tip of the
female shoot. Of course this does not imply that the acrogynous
Jungermanniales are descended from the Calobryaceae. The group,
as Cavers * states, appears “to form a blindly ending line of develop-
ment,” the probable origin of the true Acrogynae being in some less
highly differentiated form.

3. Harpantuus FLrotow1anus Nees, Naturg. der europ. Leberm.
2: 353. 1836. Jungermannia Flotowiana Nees, Flora 16: 408. 1833.
J. convoluta Hiiben. Hep. Germ. 60. 1834. J. vogesiaca Hiiben.
l. c. 149. 1834 (as synonym). Lophocolea vogesiaca Nees, Naturg.
der europ. Leberm. 2: 348. 1836. Plewranthe olivacea Tayl. Jour.
Bot. 5: 282. 1846. On damp, earth-covered rocks, mixed with
other Hepaticae, Valley Way, Mt. Madison, New Hampshire, about
4700 feet altitude, July 9, 1917 (A. W. E.). New to New England.

The present species, which is the type of the genus, was based on
material collected in the Riesengebirge, close to the boundary between
Silesia and Bohemia. It is now known also from various other parts

1 See Andreas, Flora 86: 204. f. 23,24. 1899. 2 Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg 9: 21. 1891,
3 New Phytol. Reprint 4: 99. 1911.

1917] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, XIV 269

of Germany and Austria, as well as from Norway, Sweden, France
and Great Britain. Lindberg and Arnell report it further from
various localities in Siberia. For the most part it is alpine or sub-
alpine in its distribution although it sometimes descends to the sea
level in the northern part of its range.

In North America its distribution is still very incompletely known.
According to the Synopsis Hepaticarum (1845) it was collected by
Vahl in Greenland, but there seem to be no other reports about its
occurrence on theisland. In 1889 Underwood! showed that Plewranthe
olivacea Tayl., which had been redescribed and figured by Sullivant
in the second edition of Gray’s Manual (1856), was a synonym of
Harpanthus Flotowianus. Taylor’s species was based on material
in the Hooker herbarium, collected by J. Drummond in “North
America” and presumably coming from somewhere in western Canada.
In 1890 Pearson ? cited the species vaguely from the “Rocky Moun-
tains (Bourgeau),” and Underwood, in his account of the Hepaticae
in the 6th edition of Gray’s Manual, included H. Flotowianus, repro-
ducing Sullivant’s figures of Pleuranthe olivacea. At the end of the
description the words “extra limital” appear, but Underwood *
repudiated these two years later, stating that they had been added
without his knowledge and that he had reason to believe that the
species would be found in the northern United States. At the
same time he reported it from Labrador (Waghorne), the specimens
cited having come from Battle Harbor. In 1891 he had already
recorded the plant from British Columbia.4 This record was appar-
ently based on specimens in his herbarium collected by J. Macoun
in the “mountains of the Gold Range, north of Griffin Lake,” in
August, 1889,° although no statement to this effect is made. In
1900 the writer ® detected the Harpanthus among the specimens
brought back by the Harriman Alaska Expedition and listed the
following stations: Hot Spring (Trelease), Orca (Trelease), Port Wells
(Trelease), and Yakutat (Brewer & Coe). In 19047 he reported the

1 Bot. Gaz. 14: 196. 1889.

2 List Canadian Hep. 18. 1890.

3 The Hepaticae of Labrador. Bull. Torrey Club 19: 269, 270. 1892.

t Zoe 1: 366. 1891.

5 See Macoun, Cat. Canadian Pl. 7: 28. 1902.

6 Proc. Washington Acad. 2: 306. 1900. Through an unfortunate oversight H. Flotowianus
is not mentioned in the writer’s recent ‘‘ Report on the Hepaticae of Alaska,” published in Bull.
Torrey Club 41: 577-616. 1915.

7 Minnesota Bot. Studies 8: 142. 1903.

270 Rhodora [DECEMBER

species from Grand Marais, Minnesota (Holzinger), but this record
proves incorrect, the specimens in question representing a large form
of H. scutatus (Web. f. & Mohr) Spruce. In 1906! he reported a
new station for the plant from British Columbia, namely: Comox,
Vancouver Island (J. Macoun). These scanty records seem to ex-
haust the list, and it will be seen that the stations from Greenland,
Labrador, and New Hampshire are the only ones definitely known
from eastern North America.

The genus Harpanthus, according to our present knowledge, is
composed of only two species, H. Flotowianus and H. scutatus, the
latter being widely distributed in northern regions and reaching a
much lower latitude than H. Flotowianus. The genus is characterized
by succubous, bifid leaves; large, lanceolate underleaves, usually
undivided although sometimes sparingly toothed; ventral, inter-
calary branches, those bearing the sexual organs being very short;
a rudimentary, erect perigynium, the sporophyte being partially
imbedded in the swollen tip of the female branch; small involucral
leaves and a short perianth, terete in the lower part. In H. scutatus
the ventral position of the branches seems to be constant; in H.
Flotowianus an occasional lateral branch of the Frullania type is
produced.? In its general habit the genus bears a strong resemblance
to Lophocolea and Chiloscyphus. Its systematic position is inter-
mediate between Heteroscyphus and Geocalyz, both of which have
bifid succubous leaves and short sexual branches, ventral in position.
In Heteroscyphus, however, there is a well-developed perianth and no
perigynium (just as in Lophocolea and Chiloscyphus), whereas in
Geocalyx there is no perianth and a well-developed perigynium.

Sporophytes are rare in H. Flotowianus, but it is usually not diffi-
cult to determine sterile material. The conspicuous lanceolate
underleaves at once indicate the genus Harpanthus, while the some-
what larger size and the blunt lobes of the leaves will serve to separate
it from H. scutatus. The leaves, to be sure, are subject to considerable
variation. The apical sinus, although usually distinct, is sometimes
scarcely apparent, while the lobes vary from rounded to more or less
acute. Even if acute lobes are present, however, they are in the
minority, while the lobes of the leaves in H. scutatus seem to be con-
stantly acute. The latter species is further distinguished by the fact

1 Postelsia 1906: 225.
2 See Evans, Ann. Bot. 26: 12. f.15. 1912.

1917} Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae, XIV 271

that the underleaves are often coalescent on one side with a leaf;
in H. Flotowianus they are constantly free. The two species differ
finally in habitat. H. scutatus prefers logs or dry rocks, rarely as-
cending to a high altitude, while H. Flotowianus grows on damp
rocks or in subalpine bogs.

Schiffner! recognizes two modifications of the species, which he
designates as forma typica and var. uliginosus, respectively. He
admits, however, that they intergrade. In the forma typica, to which .
the Mt. Madison specimens might be referred, the stems are more or
less prostrate, and the lobes of the leaves are often sharp. In the
var. uliginosus, the stems are more or less erect, and the lobes of the
leaves are mostly rounded. Forma typica grows in somewhat drier
localities and occasionally produces reproductive organs; var. uligi-
nosus grows in deep swamps and is always sterile. Full descriptions
of the species, with figures, may be found in European manuals.

4. CALYPOGEIA FissaA (L.) Raddi. On banks, Mt. Washington
Carriage Road, New Hampshire, near the three mile post, August 7,
1917 (A. W. E.); on shaded earth, Triple Falls, Randolph, New
Hampshire, August 23, 1917 (A. W. E.); Vineyard Haven, Martha’s
Vineyard, Massachusetts, August, 1917 (H. E. Greenwood). New to
New England. In 1907? the writer published an account of C. fissa,
giving a full synonymy of the species. At that time he was able to
cite only two stations, namely: Lafayette, Louisiana (Langlois), and
Devonshire Marsh, Bermuda (E. G. Britton). Nichols? has since listed
the species from Barrasois, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, and the three
following stations may now likewise be placed on record: Magnolia
Swamp, Mt. Pleasant, District of Columbia (M. B. Waite); Gaines-
ville, Florida (N. L. T. Nelson); and Boston Mountains, Swain,
Arkansas (W. H. Emig). It is clear from these citations that the
species is widely distributed in North America. Its range in Europe
is equally extensive, and it has also been reported from Japan.

The species is characterized by shortly bidentate leaves and by
wide and deeply bifid underleaves, the lobes of which are blunt or
sharp and usually bluntly unidentate on the sides. When these
features are at all constant, as in the material from Bermuda, the
plant is easily distinguished from the closely related C. Trichomanis
(L.) Corda. Unfortunately this is not always the case. In some

1 Lotos 48: 332. 1900. 2 Bryologist 10: 29. 1907. 3 Bryologist 19: 42. 1906.

272 Rhodora [DECEMBER

specimens only a few of the leaves are bidentate and the underleaves
are sometimes narrower, less deeply divided, and not dentate on the
sides. These deviations are more likely to be found on slender
branches and apparently indicate a reversionary tendency. At the
same time they show that C. fissa is to be looked upon as a “kleine
Art,” even by those who recognize its validity as a species.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned on the
preceding pages, are as follows: —

For Maine: Diplophyllum gymnostomophilum, Round Mountain
Lake and vicinity, Franklin County (A. Lorenz).

For New Hampshire: Pellia Fabroniana, Beaver Falls, Colebrook,
and Stewartstown (A. L. Andrews & A. W. E.); Cephalozia macro-
stachya, Eagle Lake, Mt. Lafayette (A. Lorenz); Frullania Selwyniana,
Stewartstown and Colebrook (A. L. Andrews & A. W. E.); Lophozia
badensis, Beaver Falls, Colebrook (A. L. Andrews & A. W. E); L.
heterocolpa, Beaver Falls, Colebrook (A. L. Andrews & A. W. E.),
and Alpine Cascade, Berlin (A. W. E.); L. Kaurini, Beaver Falls,
Colebrook, and Lime Pond, Columbia (A. L. Andrews & A. W. E.);
Anthoceros crispulus, Cornish (C. C. Haynes) and Compton (A.
Lorenz); A. Macounti, Compton (A. Lorenz). The specimens of
A. crispulus from Cornish have already been reported under the
name A. punctatus! and have served as the basis for the record in
the writer’s Revised List.? The sign “+” in the list should there-
fore be transferred to A. crispulus.

p For Vermont: Marsupella Sullivantii, Mt. Mansfield (A. Lorenz).

For Massachusetts: Cephalozia Francisci, Granville (A. Lorenz);
C. macrostachya, Woods Holl (H. E. Greenwood); Lophozia inflata,
Sandwich (G. E. Nichols) and Stillriver, Harvard (H. E. Greenwood);
Nardia crenuliformis, Granville (A. Lorenz); Radula obconica, Mt.
Washington (A. Lorenz); Scapania dentata, Sheffield (A. Lorenz).

For Connecticut: Pallavicinia Flotowiana, Salisbury (A. Lorenz);
Sphenolobus exsectaeformis, Lantern Hill, North Stonington (A. Lorenz).

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
total number of species recorded, 189; number recorded from Maine,
138; from New Hampshire, 149; from Vermont, 129; from Massa-
chusetts, 117; from Rhode Island, 79; from Connecticut, 143; from
all six states, 60.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY.

1 Ruopora 7: 58. 1905. 2 Reopora 15: 26, 1913.

1917] Davis,— A white-leaved Hemlock in Vermont 273

A WHITE-LEAVED HEMLOCK IN VERMONT.— Three years ago when
wandering about a hillside pasture near my home in Grafton, Vermont,
my attention was attracted by a tree standing some fifteen feet below
the woods. A nearer view showed it to be a hemlock about six feet
high branching thickly close to the ground and pointed at the top —
the tips of all and a large part of some of the branches were whitish
while the rest of the tree was of the usual green. This gave it a pe-
culiar variegated appearance. The tree grows on a rather steep side
hill; at one side about two feet away is a ledge which rises above the
ground over three feet, on the other side and a trifle nearer is a large
stone, above and below the land is clear of trees for some distance.
It would seem that the soil might not be very deep at this point but I
have never investigated. Many hemlocks are in the woods just
behind this tree — two large maples are near the foot of the ledge
and small trees and bushes are nearby. During these three years
I have often been to this pasture and noticed this tree. I do not
think there has been much growth but now much of the tree is bleached
and only the lower branches give the clear green and white effect.
It presents a striking appearance as it stands out clearly against the
dark green of the other hemlocks.— Amy M. Davis, Grafton, Ver-
mont.

[From Dr. Harold St. John, who has examined specimens of this tree at
the Gray Herbarium, we learn that it is clearly the phase described as Tsuga
canadensis (L.) Carr., albo-spica (Barron) Beissner, which has appeared in
Europe and been perpetuated there by horticulturalists. It has never before
been recorded as occurring in the wild state within the native range of the
species.— Ep.]

Vol. 19, no. 227, including pages 237 to 256, was issued 5 December, 1917.

274

Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

Page 7, = 3; for Kangalaksiorvik read Kangaluksiorvik.

101,
102,
102,
102,
102,
104,
104,
104,
105,
110,
122,
144,
178,
178,
189,
201,
210,
210,
215,
227,
252,

“

33; for Burnell read Burwell.
34; for Ehortiarsuk read Ekortiarsuk.
35; for Narvak read Navak.
28; for Crypta read Elatine.
38; before September insert Bowdoinham,
8 & 9; for Andelusia read Andalusia.
22; for West read above.
12; shift line to the left even with line 8.
25; for maritimum read maritima.
32; for Barrett read Barratt.
34; for A. R. Weed read A. C. Weed.
27; for Buchnell’s read Bushnell’s.
6; after 1916 insert By M. S. Baxter.
9; for ophioides read OPHIOIDES.
40; for Homerstown read Hornerstown.
1; for W: G. & read W. J. &.
3; for Lippencott read Lippincott.
5; omit vicinity of.
37; for costal read coastal.
11; for R. B. Bartram read E. B. Bartram.
12 & 25; omit Jr.
24; for Conard read Conrad.
1; for coast read coastal.
29; for Picia read Picea.
35; for C. read CAREX.
21; for 826 read 827.
37; for thelipterioides read thelypterioides.
37; for thelipteroides read thelypteroides.
22; for Swamp read Stump.
36; for Filix-temina read Filix-femina.
42; for Betchouam read Betchouane.
42; for Seignoiry read Seigniory.
29; for cicutaria read cicutarium.
37; for *? read *X?
35; for SILYBIUM MARIANUM read SILYBUM MARIANUM.

1917]

Index

275

INDEX TO VOLUME io.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abnormal Flower Structure in Oxalis
stricta L., 41.

Acer platanoides, 230; rubrum, 220;
saccharinum, 220.

Acerates viridiflora, var. lanceolata,
246.

Achillea lanulosa, 252;
252.

Acnida tuberculata, 129.

Actaea alba, 224; rubra, 224, forma
neglecta, 224.

Additions to the Flora of Connecti-
cut, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Aegopodium Podagraria, 245.

Aesculus Hippocastanum, 230.

Agastache nepetoides, 247; scrophu-
lariaefolia, var. mollis, 247.

Agrimonia parviflora, 228; rostellata,
228.

Agropyron acadiense, 15; from
Cape Breton, A new, 15; occi-
dentale, 16; pungens, 17; Smithii,
16.

Agrostis alba, 95, 119, var. aristata,
119; canina, 119; perennans, 119;
Schweinitzii, 119; silvatica, 119.

Allium Schoenoprasum, 127; sibiri-
cum, 97.

Alnus incana,
vulgaris, 220.

Alopecurus, 166; aristulatus, 165,
166; carolinianus, 166; fulvus,
165; geniculatus, 165, 166, var.
ramosus, 167; ramosus, 166, 167;
Remarks on several North Amer-
ican Species of, 165.

Alyssum alyssoides, 225.

Amaranthus spinosus, 129.

Amarella acuta, 150; Amarella, 150;
plebeia, 150.

Amblystegium noterophilum, 69.

Ambrosia psilostachya, 251.

Amelanchier canadensis, 226, var.
tomentula, 226; oblongifolia, 226;
rotundifolia, 226; sanguinea, 226;
spicata, 226; stolonifera, 226.

American Anemones, Some color
Forms of, 139; Gentians, Some

Ptarmica,

220; rugosa, 220;

Forms of, 149; Varieties, Botry-
chium virginianum and its, 207.
Amphicarpa monoica, 164; Pitcheri,

29

229.
Andrews, L., Additions to the Flora

of Connecticut, 105, 119, 224,
245.
Andropogon flexilis, 103; furcatus,
164: littoralis, 100, 103, 105;

purpurascens, 103; scoparius, 100
101, 164, in the United States and
Canada, 100, var. frequens, 102,
103, 105, var. littoralis, 103, var.
polyclados, 103, 105, var. villosis-
simus, 101, 102, 105.

Anemone hudsoniana, 141, 8 san-
guinea, 141; multifida, 140, var.
hudsoniana, 141, var. hudsoniana,
forma polysepala, 141, var. hud-
soniana, forma sanguinea, 141,
var. Richardsiana, 141, var.
Richardsiana, forma leucantha,
141; quinquefolia, 220; riparia,
139, 140, forma inconspicua, 140,
forma rhodantha, 139; sanguinea,
141; virginiana, 139, 140, forma
leucosepala, 140.

Anemonella thalictroides, 220.

Anemones, Some color Forms of
American, 139.

Angelica atropurpurea, 33.

Ann Arbor, Michigan, A Prairie near,
163.

Anoda triangularis, 230.

Antennaria neglecta, 220; occiden-
talis, 250; plantaginifolia, 220.
Anthoceros crispulus, 272; Macounii,

272; punctatus, 272.

Anthriscus Cerefolium, 245.

Anthyllis Vulneraria, 229.

Antirrhinum majus, 248.

Anychia polygonoides, 129.

Apera spica-venti, 119.

Aphyllon fasciculatum, 65.

Apium graveolens, 245.

Arabis hirsuta, 225; laevigata, 225;
viridis, 225.

Arachis hypogaea, 229.

276

Arctium nemorosum, 252; tomento-
sum, 252.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 220, 246.

Arenaria, 260; lateriflora, 32, and
its Varieties in North America,
259, var. angustifolia, 260, 262,
var. glabrescens, 260-262, var.
Taylorae, 260, 262, var. tenui-
caulis, 262, var. typica, 260-262.

Arethusa bulbosa, 31, 50, 57, 131, 236.

Arisaema Stewardsonii, 126; tri-
phyllum, 125, var. pusillum, 125.

Armeria, 1, 2; andina, 5, 6 cali-
fornica, 2, 9; arctica, 2, 9; labra-
dorica, 2, 4, 6, 7; sanguinolenta,
2, 9; vulgaris, 2, 6, forma arctica,
2, 9, E humilis, forma arctica, 9.

Artemisia gnaphalodes, 252; Stel-
leriana, 252.

Ascophyllum, 83, 84; nodosum, 83,
84

Aspidium, 181; alpestre, 203; an-
gustum, 186-188, 190, 197; as-
plenioides, 185-188; Filix-femina,
185, 186, 199, var. aspidioides, 199;
Filix-foemina, 187; Goldianum,
106; thelypteris, 164.

Asplenium, 171-175, 181, 187; acros-
tichoides, 178; angustifolium, 106,
178; Athyrium, 185, 188, 189;
auritum, 174; bipartitum, 174,
178; bulbiferum, 173; ebenoides,
106; elatius, 188, 190, 191; Filix
femina, var. Michauxii, 190; Filix-
foemina, 186, 187, var. angustum,
187, var. commune, 187, var.
eyclosorum, 187, var. exile, 187,
var. latifolium, 187; fragrans, 173,
174; mexicanum, 174; Michauxii,
188, 190; platyneuron, 175; thely-
pterioides, 178; Trichomanes, 173;
viride, 173.

Asquam Lake, Further Notes on the
Orchids of the Region of, 131;
Lake, Orchids found in the Region
of, 56; Region, Further Notes on
the Orchids of the, 235.

Aster, 88; amethystinus, 250; carme-
sinus, 250; cordifolius, 88-90, 155,
var. Furbishiae, 89, var. racemi-
florus, 155; divaricatus, 250;
dumosus, 250; foliaceus, 88; Her-
veyi, 250; infirmus, 250; junceus,
32; laevis, var. amplifolius, 250;
longifolius, 250; Lowrieanus, 250;
macrophyllus, 88; novae-angliae,
164; novi-belgii, 88; persaliens,
250; ptarmicoides, 250; var. lutes-

Rhodora

[ DECEMBER

cens, 64; puniceus, 88-90; radula,
88, 250; spectabilis, 250; subu-
latus, 258, var. obtusifolius, 258;
tardiflorus, 88-90, a Hybrid, Is ? 88,
var. vestitus, 89; Tradescanti, 250.

Astragalus canadensis, 229.

Athyrium, 171-178, 181, 188, 206;
acrostichoides, 178, 206; alpestre, ,
177, 179, 181, 184, 188, 202, 203
206, var. americanum, 204; and
the North American Ferns allied
to Athyrium Filix-femina, The
Genus, 170; angustifolium, 178;
206; angustum, 172, 178, 181-184,
188, 190, 191, 195, 196, 201, 205,
216, angustum, forma confertum,
195, var. elatius, 191-193, 197,
216, forma elegans, 196, forma
laciniatum, 195, var. lauren-
tianum, 194, 205, var. rubellum,
192, 193, 195, 197, 216, var. tri-
pinnatum, 197, forma typicum,
191, 193, 196, 216; asplenioides,
175, 178, 181-184, 187-189, 202,
205, 207, 216, var. angustum, 190,
forma subtripinnatum, 189, 190,
216, forma typicum, 189; cyclo-
sorum, 178, 197—199, forma Hillii,
199, cyclosorum strictum, 200;
Dombei, 206; Filix-femina, 170,
171, 173, 175, 178, 179, 181-184,
187, 188, 197-203, 205, 206, 215,
216, The Genus Athyrium and the
North American Ferns allied to,
170, var. californicum 201, 202,
var. convexum, 198, 200, var.
fissidens, 216, var. latifolium, 195,
var. Michauxii, 190, var. multi-
dentatum, 198, 199, 216, var.
rhaeticum, 198, 205, var. sitchense,
198-200, 205, 206, var. sitchense,
forma Hillii, 199, 200, var. sit-
chense, forma strictum, 200; Filix-
foemina, 179; Filix-foemina elegans,
196; Filix-foemina rubellum, 193,
194; fontanum, 171; Martensi, 206;
Michauxii, 188; mongolicum, 177;
pectinatum, 207; Schimperi, 207;
sitchense, 198, 199.

Atriplex patula, 129, var. littoralis,
129

Avena fatua, 119; pubescens, 119.

Barley, Wall, 121.

Bartonia virginica, 31.

Benzoin aestivale, 220.

Bergman, H. F., Abnormal Flower
Structure in Oxalis stricta L., 41.

1917]

Betula allegheniensis, 128; lenta, 128;
lutea, 30, 128; nigra, 128.

Bidens, 257; aristosa, 251, 252, var.
mutica, 251; colpophila, 92; con-
nata, 251, 257, 258, var. petiolata,
257, 258; Eatoni, 76, var. ken-
nebecensis, 76, 92; heterodoxa,
257, 258, var. agnostica, 259, var.
monardaefolia, 259, var. ortho-
doxa, 257; in Connecticut, A re-
markable Colony of, 257; laevis,
251; trichosperma, 251; vulgata,
var. puberula, 251.

Bissell, C. H., Additions to the Flora
of Connecticut, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Blake, S. F., A new Rudbeckia from
Indiana, 113; Oenothera pumila
L., var. rectipilis, var. nov., 110;
Polymnia Uvedalia and its Varie-
ties, 46; Statice in North America,
1; Two new Polygonums from
New England, 232; Utricularia
fibrosa in Massachusetts, 38; The
Varieties of Chimaphila umbellata,
237; Vernonia altissima, var.
taeniotricha, var. nov., 167.

Boltonia asteroides, 250.

Boreal and subalpine Variety of
Spiraea latifolia, 254.

Botanical Activities of Percival
Lowell, 21; Society of Maine,
Field Meeting of the Josselyn, 92.

Botrychium, 31, 207, 216; angusti-
segmentum, 31, 33; brachystachys,
214; chamaeconium, 216; cicu-
tarium, 214-216; dichronum, 214;
gracile, 208; lanuginosum, 216;
Lunaria, 209; obliquum, var.
dissectum, 31; ramosum, 31, 34;
simplex, 31, 33; strictum, 208,
215; virginianum, 31, 207-216,
and its American Varieties, 207;
var. europaeum, 207, 211-213, 215,
216, var. intermedium, 210, 211,
215, var. laurentianum, 208,
210, 211, 215, var. meridionale,

213, 215, var. occidentale, 213,
215, 216; virginicum, 8 mexica-
num, 214.

Brasenia peltata, 63.

Briza media, 119.

Bromus arvensis, 120; commutatus,
120; hordeaceus, 120, var. lepto-
stachys, 120; incanus, 121; iner-
mis, 121, var. aristatus, 121;
japonicus, 121; marginatus, 121.

Broussonetia papyrifera, 128.

Bryum roseum, 68.

Index

277

Butters, F. K., Botrychium virgini-
anum and its American Varieties,
207; The Genus Athyrium and
the North American Ferns allied
to Athyrium Filix-femina, 170;
Studies in certain North American
Species of Lathyrus, 156; Taxono-
mic and geographic Studies in
North American Ferns, 169.

Cacalia suaveolens, 252.

Calla palustris, 30.

Callistephus chinensis, 250.

Calluna vulgaris, 245.

Calobryaceae, 268.

Calobryum, 268.

Calopogon, 32; pulchellus,. 32.

Caltha palustris, 220.

Calypogeia fissa, 264, 271, 272;
Francisci, 272; Trichomanis, 271.

Camelina microcarpa, 225.

Campanula rotundifolia, 63; uligi-
nosa, 249; uniflora, 142.

Camptosorus, 171.

Canada, Andropogon scoparius in the
United States and, 100; A new
Luzula from eastern, 38.

Cape Breton, A new Agropyron from,
15.

Cape Cod, A new Juncus from, 17.

Capparidaceae, 217.

Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 220.

Cardamine flexuosa, 91; from south-
ern Maine, A new, 91; hirsuta,
91; Longii, 91, 92; parviflora,
91; pensylvanica, 91.

Carduus acanthoides, 252; Hillii, 63,
67; nutans, 252.

Carex, 59, 62, 98; albolutescens, 123;
alopecoidea, 123; aquatilis, 124;
Bebbii, 123; Bicknellii, 97, 123;
brunnescens, 123; bullata, var.
Greenei, 125; Bushii, 124; cris-
tata, 122; debilis, var. interjecta,
125, var. Rudgei X virescens, 125;
Deweyana, 123; diandra, 123, var.
ramosa, 123; echinata, 154; festu-
cacea, 123; filiformis, 32, 98, 163;
flava, 125, var. rectirostra, 125;
glaucodea, 125; granularis, 125;
Grayii, 30, 36; gynocrates, 110,
in Pennsylvania, 110; Hitch-
cockiana, 124; incomperta, 97;
laxiflora, var. gracillima, 124, var.
leptonervia, 124; laevivaginata,
97, 123; Leersii, 154; leptonervia,.
124; limosa, 33, 124; muricata, 123;
novae-angliae, 97-110, 124, ex-

278

tended into Pennsylvania, The
Range of, 96; oligosperma, 98;
paupercula, var. irrigua, 31; pen-
sylvanica, 219; polygama, 124;
projecta, 97; ptychocarpa, 124;
Redowskyana, 110; rupestris, 142;
scoparia, 122, var. subturbinata,
122; squarrosa, 125; stellulata,
154; stipata, 124; straminea, 97,
var. echinodes, 123; stricta, var.
curtissima, 124, var. decora, 124;
subulata, 125; tenella, 123; tri-
chocarpa, 125; trisperma, 31, var.
Billingsii, 123; typhina, 125; um-
bellata, 124, 219, var. brevirostris,
124, var. tonsa, 124; utriculata,
98; varia, 258.

Celosia cristata, 129.

Celtis pumila, 68.

Centaurea amara, 253; Jacea, 252,
var. lacera, 252; maculosa, 253;
nigra, 252,- var. radiata, 252;
vochinensis, 253.

Cephalozia curvifolia, 263; macro-
stachya, 263, 272.

Cephaloziella bifida, 263; byssacea,
263; Starkii, 263.

Cerastium arvense oblongifolium, 68;
semidecandrum, 220; vulgatum,
220.

Chase, A., Rev. E. J. Hill, 61.

Chenopodium Boscianum, 129; glau-
cum, 129; leptophyllum, 129.

Child, H. W., Some Traits of Epi-
pactis in Vermont, 38.

Chiloscyphus, 270.

Chimaphila, 238, 244; acuta, 238,
239, 241, 244; corymbosa, 237-
241; domingensis, 237-239; mexi-
cana, 238, 239, 241, 242; occi-
dentalis, 238, 239, 241, 243; um-
bellata, 237-241, 244, Varieties of,
237, var. acuta, 241, 243, var.
cisatlantica, 240, 241, var. gen-
uina, 240, 241, var. mexicana,
240, 242, var. occidentalis, 240,
242.

Chiogenes hispidula, 31, 246.

Chives, 127.

Chrysanthemum segetum, 252.

Chrysopsis faleata, 249.

Chrysosplenium, 91.

Cicuta bulbifera, 65.

Cinna latifolia, 119.

Cireaea, 85-87; alpina, 85-88; cana-
densis, 86, 87, and C. intermedia,
The Identity of, 85; intermedia,
85-87, The Identity of Circaea

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

canadensis and, 85; latifolia, 85-
87; lutetiana, 85-87, 6 canaden-
sis, 87, var. canadensis, 87, var.
quadrisuleata, 87; quadrisuleata,
87.

Cirsium arvense, var. integrifolium,
252.

Cladium, 38; mariscoides, 32.

Clarkia pulchella, 231.

Clematis florida, 224; Pitcheri, 66;
verticillaris, 224; virginiana, 66.
Cleome serrulata, 217; spinosa, 217.
Collins, F. S., The Sargasso Sea, 77.
Color Forms of Impatiens biflora, 115.

Colutea arborescens, 229.

Cnicus benedictus, 253; Hillii, 67.

Comandra umbellata, 64.

Compass Plant, 67.

Connecticut, Additions to the Flora
of, 105, 119, 224, 245; A remark-
able Colony of Bidens in, 257.

Conringia orientalis, 225.

Convolvulus japonicus, 246; spitha-
maeus, 246.

Coptis trifolia, 224.

Corallorhiza, 57; maculata, 57; tri-
fida, 57.

Corallorrhiza maculata, 31.

Coreopsis grandiflora, 251; lanceo-
lata, 251; pubescens, var. robusta,
251; tripteris, 164.

Cornus Baileyi, 65; stolonifera, 245.

Coronopus didymus, 225.

Corylus americana, 220; rostrata, 220.

Crassulaceae, 217, 218.

Crataegus, 62, 63, 227; Brainerdii,
var. Egglestonil, 227; deltoides,
227; foetida, 226; Hillii, 63;
Holmesiana, 227; incisa, 227;
Jesupi, 227; macracantha, var.
neofluviatilis, 227; macrosperma,
226, var. matura, 227; var. pas-
torum, 227, var. viridimontana,
227; Napaea, 227; polita, 227,
var. Tatnalliana, 227; Pringlei,

227; pruinosa, var. incisa, 227;
roanensis, 226; rotundifolia, var.
Faxoni, 226; viridimontana, 227.

Crepis tectorum, 253.

Crocanthemum, 58-60; carolinianum,
58, 59; dumosum, 58, 60; majus,
59.

Crypta minima, 10, 11, 13.

Cuscuta compacta, 247; obtusiflora,
247.

Cydonia japonica, 226.

Cynoglossum boreale, 247; officinale,
247; virginianum, 247.

1917]

Cynosurus cristatus, 119.

Cyperus filicinus, 153, var. micro-
dontus, 153; microdontus, 153;
Nuttallii, 153.

Cypripedium, 56; acaule, 31, 56, 57;
candidum, 164; hirsutum, 31;
parviflorum, 56, 131; spectabile, 63.

Cystopteris, 172, 176; languida, 202.

Cystoseira, 84; crinita, 84; Myrica,
84.

Daphne Mezereum, 231.

Davis, A. M., A white-leaved Hem-
lock in Vermont, 273.

Decodon verticillatus, var. laeviga-
tus, 154, 155, var. pubescens, 154.

Dentaria maxima, 225.

Desmodium, 30; illinoense, 164.

Diagnostic Character of Nuphar
microphyllum, 111.

Dianthera americana, 30.

Digitalis ambigua, 248.

Dioscorea glauca, 97; paniculata,
127, var. glabrifolia, 127; villosa,
127.

Diospyros virginiana, 246.

Diplazia, 206.

Diplazium, 171, 172, 174-178; acro-
stichoides, 175, 178; angusti-
folium, 178; grandifolium, 172;
plantaginifolium, 172, 175; semi-
hastatum, 178; thelypteroides,
178.

s gymnostomophilum,
272.

Draba caroliniana, 225; verna, 220.

Dracocephalum parviflorum, 247.

Drosera filiformis, 217, 218; linearis,
217, 218; longifolia, 217; rotundi-
folia, 217.

Droseraceae, 217.

Dryopteris, 106, 172-174, 176, 177;
cristata X Goldiana, 106; cris-
tata X marginalis, 106; cristata
Xx spinulosa, 106; cristata, var.
Clintoniana X Goldiana, 106;
cristata, var. Clintoniana X mar-
ginalis, 106; cristata, var. Clin-
toniana X spinulosa, 106; cristata,
var. Clintoniana X spinulosa, var.
intermedia, 106; Goldiana, 106;
Goldiana X marginalis, 106; Goldi-
ana X spinulosa, 106; marginalis
X spinulosa, 106; marginalis X
spinulosa, var. intermedia, 106;
montana, 173; Schaffneri, 177;
spinulosa dilatata, 200; Thely-
pteris, 173, 176.

Index

279

Eames, E. H., Additions to the Flora
of Connecticut, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Echinochloa muricata, 96, 108.

Elatine americana, 10-12, 91; Clin-
toniana, 13; in eastern North
America, The Genus, 10; minima,
13; triandra, 11-13.

Eleocharis diandra, 91; dispar, 64;
melanocarpa, 67; Robbinsii, 97;
rostellata, 32, 36; tuberculosa, 122.

Elodea, 80, 153; canadensis, 107.

Elodes, 153.

Elymus australis, 122;
122.

Encalypta procera, 68.

Epigaea repens, 220.

Epilobium molle, 231.

Epipactis, 38, 57; in Vermont,
Some Traits of, 38; pubescens, 38,
57; repens, 38, var. ophioides, 38,
57, 127; tesselata, 38, 57, 128.

Equisetum pratense, 107; scirpoides,
68.

Eragrostis condensata, 95; of the
Old World and North America,
A new Species of, 93; pectinacea,
var. spectabilis, 119; peregrina,
95; pilosa, 93-95, var. conden-
sata, 94-96; Purshii, 94.

Erechtites, 25, 26; hieracifolia, 24-
27, var. intermedia, 27, var.
praealta, 27, var. typica, 27; in
temperate North America, The
Genus, 24; megalocarpa, 24, 27;
praealta, 25-27.

Erigeron pusillus, 250; ramosus, var.
septentrionalis, 250.

Eriocaulon Parkeri, 91, 126;
tangulare, 126.

Eriophorum callitrix, 31; virginicum,
32; viridi-carinatum, 31.

Erodium moschatum, 132; Stephan-
ianum, 132.

Errata, 274.

Erythronium americanum, 219.

Eupatorium aromaticum, 249; pur-

halophilus,

sep-

pureum, var. maculatum, 164;
sessilifolium, 249. ;
Euphorbia Esula, 230; polygoni-

folia, 230.
Evans, A. W., Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae, — XIV, 263.
Evonymus alatus, 230; atropur-
pureus, 230.

Fellows, D. W., Field Meeting of the
Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine, 92.

280

Fern, Lady, 170, 171, 181, 187.

Fernald, M. L., A boreal and sub-
alpine Variety of Spiraea latifolia,
254; Carex gynocrates in Pennsyl-
vania, 110; A diagnostic Charac-
ter of Nuphar microphyllum, 111;
Gentiana clausa a valid species,
147; The Genus Elatine in east-
ern North America, 10; The Genus
Erechtites in temperate North
America, 24; Helianthemum du-
mosum on the Mainland of New
England, 58; The Identity of
Circaea canadensis and C. inter-
media, 85; A new alpine Willow
from the White Mountains, 221;
A new Cardamine from southern
Maine, 91; A new Juncus from
Cape Cod, 17; A new Luzula from
eastern Canada, 38; New or criti-
cal Species or Varieties of Ranun-
culus, 135; New Species, Varieties
and Forms of Saxifraga, 141; A
new Vitis from New England, 144;
A remarkable Colony of Bidens in
Connecticut, 257; Some color
Forms of American Anemones, 139;
Some Forms of American Gentians,
149; Some new or critical Plants
of eastern North America, 152;
Some Polygonums new to North
America, 133; The specific Char-
acters of Hepatica americana, 45;
The tardy Flowering of Plants
in eastern Massachusetts in the
Spring of 1917, 219; Tiarella
cordifolia, forma parviflora, n. f.,
132; Two new maritime Plants of
northeastern North America, 76;
The Variations of Polygonum
pensylvanicum, 70.

Ferns, allied to Athyrium Filix-
femina, The Genus Athyrium and
the North American, 170; Lady,
188, 189; Taxonomic and geo-
graphic Studies in North Ameri-
can, 169.

Festuca ovina, var. duriuscula, 120;
rubra, var. subvillosa, 120.

Field Meeting of the Josselyn Bo-
tanical Society of Maine, 92.

Filipendula Ulmaria, var. denudata,
227.

Fimbristylis puberula, 97.

Fissidens grandifrons, 68.

Fletcher, E. F., Some further Plants
found on Woolwaste at Westford,
Massachusetts, 132.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Flora of Connecticut, Additions to
the, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Flowering of Plants in eastern Massa-
chusetts in the Spring of 1917, The
tardy, 219.

Fontinalis Umbachii, 69.

Form of Solidago sempervirens with
white Rays, 20.

Forms of American Anemones, Some
color, 139; of American Gentians,
149; of Impatiens biflora, 115; of
Saxıfraga, New Species, Varieties
and, 141.

Fossombronia crispula, 69.

Fragaria grandiflora, 227.

Fraxinus anomala, 23; quadrangu-
lata, 23.

Fruit of mountain Magnolia, 256.

Frullania, 270; Selwyniana, 272.

Fucus, 83; bacciferus, 78; natans, 78.

Further Notes on the Orchids of the
Region of Asquam Lake, 131;
Notes on the Orchids of the As-
quam Region, 235.

Galeopsis Ladanum, var. latifolia,
247.

Galium erectum, 248; Mollugo, 248.

Gaura biennis, 231.

Gentiana acuta, 149-151; Amarella,
149-151, var. acuta, 150, forma
Michauxiana, 151; Andrewsii,
147-149, 152, forma albiflora, 152;
clausa, 148, 149, a valid Species,
147; crinita, forma albina, 152;
linearis, forma Blanchardii, 152;
plebeja, 149, 151; procera, 164;
propinqua, 150; quinquefolia, for-
ma lutescens, 151; Saponaria,
147-149.

Gentians, Forms of American, 149.

Genus Athyrium and the North
American Ferns allied to Athy-
rium Filix-femina, 170; Elatine in
eastern North America, 10; Erech-
tites in temperate North America,
24.

Geocalyx, 270.

Geranium Bicknellii, 230; pusillum,
230.

Gerardia, paupercula, 30, 53.

Gillena, 153.

Gillenia, 153.

Glandular Form of Hieracium pani-
culatum L., 37.

Glandularity on Veronica Anagallis-
aquatica L., 60.

1917]

Gleason, H. A Prairie near Ann
Arbor, Michi an, 163.

Glyceria TAr 75, 76, 119, The

tatus of, 75; melicaria, 30, 36;

nervata, "76; pallida, 75, var.
Fernaldii, 75, 76, 119.

Gnaphalium purpureum, 251,

Goniopteris, 177.

Gratiola aurea, 116, 118.

Graves, C. B., "Additions to the Flora
of Connecticut, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Grier, N. M. , Note on Fruit of moun-
tain Magnolia, 256.

Grindelia lanceolata, 249; squarrosa,
249.

Griscom, L., Notes on rare New York
State Plants, 28, 48.

Gymnadenia conopsea, 127.

Gymnoclados dioica, 228.

Gymnomitrium — corallioides,
Hookeri, 266.

Gypsophila muralis, 130.

263;

Habenaria, 56; Andrewsii, 56; brac-
teata, 31, 49, 56; blephariglottis,
31, 49, 118, 127, 131, 236; clavel-
lata, 31, 56; dilatata, 56, 131, var.

media, 236; fimbriata, 30, 56;
flava, 30,. 31; Hookeri, 30, 56;
hyperborea, 31, 56; lacera, 30,

56; macrophylla, 127, 131, 236;
orbiculata, 56; psychodes, 56.

Hackmatack, 22.

Halimium, 59; rosmarinifolium, 59.

Haplomitrium Cordae, 266; Hookeri,
266.

Harger, E. B., Additions to the Flora
of Connecticut, 105, 119, 224, 245.

Harpanthus, 269, 270; Flotowianus,
264, 268-271, "forma typica, 271,
var. uliginosus, 271; scutatus, 263,
270, 271.

Helenium nudiflorum, 252.

Helianthemum, 58-60; canadense,
58, 60; carolinianum, 59; du-
mosum, 60, on the Mainland of
New England, 58; georgianum, 59;
majus, 58, 60.

Helianthus grosseserratus, 164, 251;
tracheliifolius, 251.

Heliopsis scabra, 164.

Hemerocallis flava, 127.

Hemlock, 273; in Vermont, A white-
leaved, 273.

Hepatica acutiloba, 46, 224; ameri-
cana, 45, 46, 220, Specific Charac-
ters of, 45, forma candida, 46, 224,
forma rhodantha, 46; nobilis,

Index

281

45, 46; triloba, 45, 220, 8 ameri-
cana, 45, a obtusa, 45.

Hepaticae, Notes on New England, —
XIV, 263.

Heracleum Sphondylium, 245.

Heteromeris, 58, 59.

Heteroscyphus, 270.

Hibiscus Moscheutos, 66.

Hieracium florentinum, 253; mari-
anum, 253; paniculatum, S A
glandular Form oL ii forma
glandulosum, 37; Pilosella, 253;

pratense, 253.

Hierochloa, t53; fragrans, 152;
Nashii, 153; odorata, 152, 153,
var. fragrans, 153, var. fragrans,
forma Eamesii, 152.

Hierochloé odorata, 33, 35, 109.

Hill, Rev. E. J., 61.

Hoffmann, B A glandular Form of
Hieracium paniculatum Ly 3f;
Glandularity on Veronica Anagal-
lis-aquatica L.,

Holcus fragrans, 152: odoratus, 152.

Hordeum Caput- Medusae, 121; muri-
num, 121; trifurcatum, 121.

Hosta japonica, 127.

Houstonia caerulea, 220.

Hubbard, F. T., ‘Andropogon Sco-
parius in the United States and
Canada, 100; A new Agropyron
from Cape Breton, 15; A Variet r
=i Spartina new to New Englan
2

Hudsonia ericoides, 231, forma leu-
cantha, 76.

Hypericum Kalmianum, 64, 67;
majus, 230; punctatum, 116.

Hydrangea paniculata, 226; querci-
folia, 226.

Identity of Circaea canadensis and
C. intermedia, 85.

Ilex laevigata, 230; monticola, var.
mollis, 230; verticillata, var. tenui-
folia, 230.

Illinois, Siegesbeckia orientalis in, 74.

Ilysanthes anagallidea, 248.

Impatiens biflora, 115, 117, forma
albiflora, 115-118, forma citrina,
115-118, Color Forms of, 115,
forma immaculata, II, forma

Peasei, 116, 117; capensis, 118;
Dalzellii, 118; diversifolia;® 118;
fulva, forma albiflora, 115; laevi-

gata, 118; longipes, 118; modesta,
118; pallida, 116; porrecta, 118;
racemosa, 118; repens, 118.

282

Indiana, A new Rudbeckia from, 113.

Installation of the Peck Testimonial

Exhibit, 236.
Is Aster tardiflorus a Hybrid? 88.

Jamesoniella autumnalis, 263.

Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine,
Field Meeting of the, 92.

Juncus acutus, 18, 19, var. Leo-
poldii, 19; articulatus, var. ob-
tusatus, 17; austerus, 18; balticus,
18; brachycephalus, 126; cana-
densis, var. subcaudatus, 30, 48,
126; Cooperi, 18; dichotomus,
126, var. platyphyllus, 126; effusus,
18, var. conglomeratus, 126, var.
decipiens, 126; from Cape Cod,
A new, 17; Kraussii, 18; mari-
timus, 18-20; militaris, 18; per-
vetus, 17-20; Roemerianus, 17-
20; tenuis, var. anthelatus, 126;
thalassii, 18, 19; Torreyi, 30, 48.

Jungermannia convoluta, 268; Flo-

towiana, 268; Hookeri, 266;
vogesiaca, 268.

Juniper, 22.

Juniperus, 23; communis, 107;
Sabina, 68.

Kerria japonica, 227.

Kidder, N. T., A Form of Solidago
sempervirens with white Rays, 20.

Knautia arvensis, 249.

Knowlton, C. H., Note on Nuphar,
92; Preliminary Lists of New
England Plants, — XXV, 217.

Krigia amplexicaulis, 253.

Lactuca integrifolia, 253; Scariola,
64, 253.

Lady Fern, 170,
Ferns, 188, 189.

Laminaria, 80.

Lamium amplexicaule,
dum, 248.

Larch, 22.

Larix laricina, 110.

Lathyrus decaphyllus, 158-160, 162;
eucosmus, 160; palustris, var.
myrtifolius, 32; incanus, 163;
multiflorus, 158; myrtifolius, 162;

171, 181, 187;

220; hybri-

ornatus, 162, 163, var. incanus,
162, 163; palustris, var. lineari-
folius, 229, var. pilosus, 229;

polymorphus, 159, 160, 162, 163;
stipulaceus, 162, 163, var. in-
canus, 163; Studies in certain
North American Species of, 156;

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

venosus, 156, 157, 159, 160, 162,
var. intonsus, 158, 160, var.
meridionalis, 158.

Lechea Leggettii, 231; maritima,

var. interior, 231.
Ledum groenlandicum, 246.
Leersia oryzoides, forma clandestina,

109.

Lejeunea Hookeri, 266.

Lens esculenta, 229,

Lepidium Draba, 225; perfolintion,
225.

Lepidozia setacea, 69.

Lespedeza capitata, v var. stenophylla,
229; hirta, var. oblongifolia, 229;
simulata, 229.

Liatris spicata, 164.

Lilium philadelphicum, 164;
bum, 127.

Limonium, 1.

Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia,
248.

Linnaea borealis, var. americana, 249.

Linum floridanum, var. intercursum,
229; medium, 229.

Liparis, 57; Loeselii, 30, 57, 131.

Listera, 57; australis, 31, 51;
data, 57, 151.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary, — XXV, 217.

Lobelia Kalmii, 64.

Lolium Boucheanum, 121; multi-
florum, 121, var. diminutum, 121;
perenne, 121; temulentum, var.
leptochaeton, 121.

Long, B., Range of Carex novae-
angliae extended into Pennsyl-
vania, 96.

Lonicera canadensis, 249; Morrowi,
248; oblongifolia, 32: tatarica,
249.

Lophocolea, 270; vogesiaca, 268.

Lophozia, 263; badensis, 272; hetero-
colpa, 263, 272; inflata, 272;
Kunzeana, 263; ' longidens, 263;
porphyroleuca, 263.

Lowell, Percival, Botanical Activi-
ties of, 21.

Lowenstein, A. E., Orchids found in
the Region of Asquam Lake, 56.
Lownes, A. E., Further Notes on the

Orchids of the Asquam Region,

235.

Luzula campestris, var.-acadiensis,
38, 39, var. echinata, 39, var. mul-
tiflora, 39; from eastern Canada,
A new, 38.

Lycopodium, 31;

super-

cor-

annotinum, 107,

1917]

var. acrifolium, 107; clavatum,
var. megastachyon, 107, var. mono-
stachyon, 107; porophilum, 69;
tristachyum, 30, 34, 68.

Lysimachia producta, 246; vulgaris,
246

Lythrum Salicaria, 231.

Magnolia, 256; acuminata, 256;
Note on Fruit of mountain, 256.
Maine, Field Meeting of the Josselyn
Botanical Society of, 92; A new

Cardamine from southern, 91.

Malvastrum coromandelianum, 132;
tricuspidatum, 132.

Maples, 273.

Marsupella Sullivantii, 272.

Massachusetts in the Spring of 1917,
The tardy Flowering of Plants in
eastern, 219; Some further Plants
found on Woolwaste at Westford,
132; Utricularia fibrosa in, 38.

Matricaria suaveolens, 252.

May, J. B., Further Notes on the
Orchids of the Region of Asquam
Lake, 131.

Melica striata, 119.

Metcalf, F. P., Notes on rare New
York State Plants, 28, 48.

Michigan, A Prairie near Ann Arbor,

63.

Micranthes tenuis, 142.

Microstylis, 57; unifolia, 31, 52, 57,
131.

Milium effusum, 30, 109.

Mimulus alatus, 248.

Mitchella repens, forma leucocarpa,
248.

Mitella diphylla, 132; nuda, 30, 226.

Mniopsis acutifolia, 266; Hookeri,
266.

Mohringia lateriflora, 259, 6 angusti-
folia, 262, y glabrescens, 261, var.
typica, 260.

Monarda clinopodia, 248.

Muhlenbergia, 109; capillaris, 109;
foliosa, 96, 109; mexicana, 109,
164; racemosa, 30; sylvatica, 109.

Myosotis arvensis, 247.

Myrica cerifera, 32; Gale, 32, var.
subglabra, 128.

Myriophyllum alternifolium, 232;
spicatum, 232. :

Nardia crenuliformis, 272; Geoscy-
phus, 363.
Nasturtium, 115.

Index

283

Nephrodium, 181; asplenioides, 185,
189; Filix foemina, 185, 186.

Neslia paniculata, 225.

New Agropyron from Cape Breton,
15; alpine Willow from the White
Mountains, 221; Cardamine from
southern Maine, 91; Juncus from
Cape Cod, 17; Luzula from east-
ern Canada, 38; or critical Spe-
cies and Varieties of Ranunculus,
135; Rudbeckia from Indiana,
113; Species of Eragrostis of the
Old World and North America, 93;
Species, Varieties and Forms of
Saxifraga, 141; Vitis from New
England, 144.

New England, Helianthemum du-
mosum on the Mainland of, 58;
Hepaticae, Notes on,— XIV, 263;
A new Vitis from, 144; Plants,
Preliminary Lists of, — XXV, 217;
Taraxacum ceratophorum in, 111;
Two new Polygonums from, 232;
A Variety of Spartina new to, 27.

New York State Plants, Notes on
rare, 28, 48.

North America, Arenaria lateriflora
and its Varieties in, 259; The
Genus Elatine in eastern, 10; The
Genus Erechtites in temperate, 24;
A new Species of Eragrostis of the
Old World and, 93; Some new or
critical Plants of eastern, 152;
Some Polygonums new to, 133;
Statice in, 1; Two new maritime
Plants of northeastern, 76.

North American Ferns allied to
Athyrium Filix-femina, The Genus
Athyrium and the, 170; Ferns,
Taxonomic and geographic Studies
in, 169; Species of Alopecurus,
Remarks on several, 165; Species of
Lathyrus, Studies in certain, 156.

Note on Fruit of mountain Magnolia,
256; on Nuphar, 92.

Notes on New England Hepaticae,—
XIV, 263; on rare New York
State Plants, 28, 48.

Nuphar, 92; advena, 91, 130;
Kalmiana, 111; microphyllum,
111, 130, A diagnostic Character
of, 111; Note on, 92; rubrodiscum,
111; variegatum, 92, 130.

Nymphaea advena, 92; lutea, 8
Kalmiana, 111; microphylla, 111;
tuberosa, 130; variegata, 92.

Oak, 22, 23.

284
Oenothera Lamarckiana, 69; muri-
cata, 231; pumila, 111, var.

rectipilis, 110, 111.

Onopordon Acanthium, 252.

Onosmodium occidentale, 247.

Ontario, Salvia sylvestris L. in
County Peel, 39.

Ophioglossum vulgatum, forma pseu-
dopodum, 106.

Opuntia vulgaris, 231.

Orchidaceae, 56.

Orchids found in the Region of As-
quam Lake, 56; of the Asquam
Region, Further Notes on the, 235;
of the Region of Asquam Lake,
Further Notes on the, 131.

Orchis spectabilis, 131, 236.

Orobus Miihlenbergii, 157.

Oryzopsis pungens, 109.

Osmorhiza longistylis,
caulis, 245.

Osmunda cicutaria, 214.

Osteospermum Uvedalia, 47.

Oxalis, 44; stricta, 41, 44, Abnormal
flower Structure in, 41, var. viridi-
flora, 41, 44.

Oxybaphus hirsutus, 129;
neus, 129.

Oxypolis rigidior, 164.

var. villi-

nyctagi-

Pallavicinia Flotowiana, 272.

Panicum aculeatum, 108; agrostoides,
95; albemarlense, 108; Com-
monsianum, 108; longifolium, 108;
oricola, 108; scoparioides, 108;
spretum, 108; virgatum, 108, var.
cubense, 108; xanthophysum, 108.

Parnassia caroliniana, 33, 164.

Parthenium Hysterophorus, 251.

Parthenocissus quinquefolia, var.
hirsuta, 230.

Paspalum pubescens, 108.

Pease, A. S., Is Aster tardiflorus a
Hybrid? 88; Taraxacum cera-
tophorum in New England, 111.

Peck Testimonial Exhibit, Installa-
tion of the, 236.

Pedicularis canadensis, forma prae-
clara, 248; flammea, 142.

Pellaea atropurpurea, 68;
67, 68.

Pellia, 266; Fabroniana, 272; Neesi-
ana, 266.

Pennsylvania, Carex gynocrates in,
110; Range of Tedi novae-
angliae extended into, 96.

Penthorum sedoides, 65, 217.

gracilis,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Peplis americana, 11, 12.

Persicaria pennsylvanica, 71.

Petalostemon foliosus, 64.

Petasites vulgaris, 220.

Phacelia linearis, 247.

Phegopteris alpestris, 203.

Philadelphus coronarius, 226; in-
odorus, 226.

Philotria angustifolia, 108.

Phlox pilosa, 164, 247.

Phragmites communis, 119, 164.

Phyllitis, 171.

Physocarpus opulifolius, 226.

Picea mariana, 110.

Picris echioides, 253.

Pine, White, 67.

Pinus Banksiana, 64; Larix, 22.

Pipsissewa, 237.

Pisum maritimum, 160.

Plants found on Woolwaste at West-
ford, Massachusetts, Some Further,
132; in eastern Massachusetts in
the Spring of 1917, The tardy
Flowering of, 219; Notes on some
rare New York State, 28, 48; of
eastern North America, Some new
or critical, 152; of northeastern
North America, Two new mari-
time, 76; Preliminary Lists of
New England,— XXV, 217.

Platanus Wrightii, 23.

Pleuranthe olivacea, 268, 269.

Pluchea camphorata, 250.

Poa angustata, 120; annua, 219.

Podostemaceae, 217.

Podostemum ceratophyllum, 217,
225.

Pogonia, 32, 56; affinis, 127, 235;
ophioglossoides, 31, 32, 56, 131;

trianthophora, 31, 50, 57, 131;
verticillata, 31, 50.
Polanisia graveolens, 217, [218;

trachysperma, 217, 218.

Polemonium reptans, 247.

Polygala Nuttallii, 230.

Polygonum, 133; achoreum, 232;
acre, 134, var. leptostachyum, 129;
allocarpum, 234, 235; aviculare,
232, 235, var. latifolium, 234;
dumetorum, 129; erectum, 232-
234; Fowleri, 232, 235; Hydro-
piper, 133; hydropiperoides, var.
strigosum, 129; lapathifolium, var.
nodosum, 129; Seeifinent, 133,
134; littorale, 233; minus, 133,
134, var. subcontiguum, 134, var.
subcontinuum, 134; mite, 133,
* strictum, b. pusillum, 134;

1917]

pensylvanicum, 70-72, The Varia-
tions of, 70, var. genuinum, 72,
var. laevigatum, 73, var. neso-

philum, 73; punctatum, var.
leptostachyum, 134; Raii, 235;
sagittatum, 134, forma chlor-
anthum, 134; strictum, var.

subcontinuum, 134.

Polygonums from New England,
Two new, 232; new to North
America, Some, 133.

Polymnia, 46; Uvedalia, 46, 47, and
its Varieties, 46, var. densipilis,
48, var. floridana, 48, var. gen-
uina, 47.

Polymniastrum Uvedalia, 47.

Polypodiaceae, 172, 177.

Polypodium, 181; aculeatum, 181;
cristatum, 181; Filix-femina, 179;
Filix-mas, 181; noveboracense,
181; rhaeticum, 181, 198, 203.

Polytrichum strictum, 69.

Pontederia cordata, 30, var. angusti-
folia, 126.

Populus grandidentata, 220; tremu-

- loides, 220.

Potamogeton, 62, 80; angustifolius,
107; confervoides, 107; Hillii, 63;
niagarensis, 63; pulcher, 107;
Robbinsii, 67.

Potentilla fruticosa, 32, 164; inter-
media, 227; palustris, 30; pumila,
116, 220; recta, 66, 227; triden-
tata, 227.

ior near Ann Arbor, Michigan,

3.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants,— XXV, 217.

srr aca altissima, var. hispidula,

53.

of a farinosa, 92; mistassinica,

Prunus, 62; americana, var. mollis,
228; instititia, 228; nigra, 228;
pumila, 63; virginiana, var. leu-
cocarpa, 228.

Psedera quinquefolia, var. hirsuta,

230.

Puccinellia, 120; angustata, 120;
Borreri, 120; distans, 120; fasci-
culata, 120; paupercula, var.

alaskana, 120.

Pyrola asarifolia, var. incarnata, 31,
52; frutescens, 241; grandiflora,
142; umbellata, 238, 241.

Pyrus coronaria, 67.

ellip-

Quercus, 62; arizonica, 23;

Index

285

soidalis, 67; Leana, 66; Muhlen-
bergii, 128; rubra, var. ambigua,
128.

Radula obconica, 272; tenax, 263.

Range of Carex novae-angliae ex-
tended into Pennsylvania, 96.

Ranunculus affinis, 138, var. leio-
carpa, 138; allegheniensis, 224;
Allenii, 138; filiformis, var. ovalis,
137; Flammula, 135-137, y fili-
formis, 137, var. intermedius, 136,
137, a major, 137, var. reptans,
136, var. unalaschcensis, 136, 137;
Grayi, 138; laxicaulis, 137; New
or critical Species or Varieties of,
135; pedatifida, 138, var. cardio-
phyllus, 138, var. leiocarpus, 138;
Purshii, 135, var. prolificus, 135;
pygmaeus, 138, var. petiolulatus,
137, 188; repens, 139, var. flore-
pleno, 139, var. pleniflorus, 138,
139; reptans, 135-137, var. ovalis,
137, var. strigulosus, 137; scelera-
tus, 135; unalaschcensis, 137.

Remarkable Colony of Bidens in
Connecticut, 257.

Remarks on several North American
Species of Alopecurus, 165.

Reseda, 218; alba, 217; lutea, 217;
Luteola, 217; odorata, 217, 218.

Resedaceae, 217.

Rev. E. J. Hill, 61.

Rhamnus alnifolia, 230; Frangula,
230.

Rhododendron canadense, 246.

Rhynchospora alba, 32.

Ribes nigrum, 226;
albinervium, 226.

Riccardia, 266.

Riccia, 265; arvensis, 263; Beckeri-
ana, 264; Beyrichiana, 264; Bis-
choffi, 265; Frostii, 263-265;
Lescuriana, 264; Watsoni, 264.

Ricciella, 265; crystallina, 263.

Rosa canina, 228; nitida, 228; spi-
nosissima, 228.

Rubus canadensis, 228; neglectus,
227; phoenicolasius, 228; Randii,
228; rosaefolius, 228.

Rudbeckia from Indiana, A new, 113;
Deamii, 113; hirta, 116; speciosa,
113, 115, var. Sullivantii, 113.

Rumex altissimus, 128; mexicanus,
128; persicarioides, 258.

Ruppia maritima, var. rostrata, 107,
var. subcapitata, 107.

Rynchospora capillacea, 122, var.

triste, var.

286

leviseta, 68; fusca, 97, 122,

Smallii, 97.

Sagina decumbens, 130.

Sagittaria Engelmanniana, 107; het-
erophylla, 91.

St. John, H., Arenaria lateriflora and
its Varieties in North America,
259; Remarks on several North
American Species of Alopecurus,
165; The Status of Glyceria
Fernaldii, 75; Studies in certain
North American Species of Lathy-
rus, 156.

Salix, 62, 220; candida, 32, 52;
cordata, 219; discolor, 219; her-
bacea, 221, 222; humilis, 219;
Peasei, 223; pentandra, 128;
rostrata, 219, var. capreifolia, 128;
sericea, 220; serissima, 128; sub-
sericea, 128; tristis, 219; Uva-ursi,
222.

Salsola Kali, 66.

Salvia officinalis, 248; sylvestris, 39,
in County Peel, Ontario, 39;
verticillata, 248.

Sambucus racemosa, forma chryso-
carpa, 249.

Samolus floribundus, 30, 91.

Sanguinaria canadensis, 220.

Sanicula gregaria, 245; trifoliata,
245.

Sargasso Sea, 77.

Sargassum, 78-80, 82, 83, 84;
ciferum, 78, 81, 83, forma an-
ustatum, 81; Filipendula, 78;
uitans, 78, 79, 81, 84; Hystrix,
81, 84, var. fluitans, 78; lendi-
gerum, 80-82; linifolium, 81, 82;
natans, 78, 79, 81, 82, 84; vulgare,
78, 79.

Sargent, C. S., Botanical Activities of
Percival Lowell, 21.

Sarracenia purpurea, 164, 217, 218,
var. heterophylla, 217, 218.

Sarraceniaceae, 217.

Sassafras variifolium, 224, var. albi-
dum, 224.

Saururus cernuus, 30.

Savastana, 153; Nashii, 153.

Savastania, 153.

Saxifraga gaspensis, 141, 142; New
Species, Varieties and Forms of,
141; nivalis, 141-143, var. labra-
dorica, 142, 143, 6 tenuis, 142;
pensylvanica, 144, forma fultior,
144; virginiensis, 143, forma chlo-
rantha, 143, var. chlorantha,

bac-

Rhodora

[1917

143, forma glomerulata, 143,
forma pentadecandra, 144, var.
pentadecandra, 144.

me 267, 268; Hookeri, 264, 266,
67.

Scapania, 263; dentata, 263, 272;
glaucocephala, 263.

Scheuchzeria palustris, 31, 34, 107.

Schizachyrium littorale, 103; sco-
parius, 101; villosissimum, 101.

Scirpus atrovirens, 122; fluviatilis,
91; hudsonianus, 31, 36; Longii,
122; occidentalis, 122; Peckii,
122; pedicellatus, var. pullus, 122,
rubrotinctus, var. confertus, 122;
Smithii, var. setosus, 91, 122;
Torreyi, 122.

Scolopendrium, 171.

Scutellaria parvula, var. ambigua,
247.

Sedum acre, 217; anophyllum, 217,
218; purpureum, 218; reflexum,
217, 218; roseum, 218, 219;
stoloniferum, 218, 219; telephi-
oides, 219; ternatum, 218; tri-
phyllum, 218, 219.

Sempervivum tectorum, 218.

Senecio, 155; Fernaldii, 155, forma
lingulatus, 155; hieracifolius, 25,
27; pauciflorus, 142.

Serapias Helleborine, 30, 31, 51.

Setaria imberbis, 108.

Shepherdia canadensis, 63.

Sherardia arvensis, 248.

Sherff, E. E., Siegesbeckia orientalis
in Illinois, 74.

Sida spinosa, 132.

Siegesbeckia orientalis, 74, 75, in
Illinois, 74.

Silene antirrhina, forma Deaneana,
130; gallica, var. quinquevulnera,
130.

Silphium terebinthinaceum, 164.

Silybum marianum, 252.

Sisymbrium incisum, var. Hartwe-
gianum, 225; officinale, 225; So-
phia, 225.

Sium cicutaefolium, var. Carsonii,

Smilacina trifolia, 31, 49.

Society of Maine, Field Meeting of
the Josselyn Botanical, 92.

Solidago asperula, 249; bicolor, 20;
canadensis, 249, var. Hargeri, 249;
ohiensis, 164; rugosa, 249; sem-
pervirens, 249, with white Rays,
A Form of, 20; squarrosa, 249;
uniligulata, 32.

1917]

Some color Forms of American
Anemones, 139; Forms of Ameri-
can Gentians, 149; further Plants
found on Woolwaste at Westford,
Massachusetts, 132; new or criti-
cal Plants of eastern North Amer-
ica, 152; Polygonums new to
North America, 133; Traits of
Epipactis in Vermont, 38.

Sonchus arvensis, 253.

Sorghastrum nutans, 164.

Sparganium americanum, 107; luci-
dum, 107.

Spartina alterniflora, var. glabra, 27;
Michauxiana, 119; new to New
England, A Variety of, 27.

Species, Gentiana clausa, a valid,
147; of Alopecurus, Remarks on
several North American, 165; of
Lathyrus, Studies in certain North
American, 156; or Varieties of
Ranunculus, New or critical, 135;
Varieties and Forms of Saxifraga,
New, 141.

Specific Characters of Hepatica amer-
icana, 45.

Spergularia canadensis, 129;
sperma, 129; salina, 129.

Sphaeralcea remota, 62.

Sphenolobus, 263; ascendens, 263;
exsectaeformis, 272.

Spinacia oleracea, 129.

Spinach, 129.

Spiraea latifolia, 254, 255, A boreal
and subalpine Variety of, 254, lati-
folia, var. septentrionalis, 255,
var. typica, 255; prunifolia, 226;
salicifolia, y latifolia, 255.

Spiranthes, 57; Beckii X gracilis,
127; cernua, 57, var. ochroleuca,
57; gracile, 57; lucida, 30, 127;
Romanzoffiana, 57.

Sporobolus heterolepis, 164; neg-
lectus, 110; uniflorus, 97, 110.
Statice, 1-3; andina, 5; arctica, 6,
8, var. californica, 6, 8, 9, var.
genuina, 6,9; Armeria, 1, 3, 6, 9;
in North Americana, 1; labra-
dorica, 6, 9, var. genuina, 6, 8,
var. submutica, 6, 7, var. sub-
mutica, forma glabriscapa, 6-8,
var. submutica, forma pubiscapa,

6, 7; maritima, 7.

Status of Glyceria Fernaldii, 75.

Steironema lanceolatum, 246.

Stellaria aquatica, 130; borealis, var.
floribunda, 130, var. isophylla, 130;
graminea, var. latifolia, 130; me-
dia, 220.

leio-

Index

287

Stenophyllus capillaris, 153, 154,
var. cryptostachys, 154.

Streptopus roseus, 127.

Struthiopteris, 197.

Studies in certain North American
Species of Lathyrus, 156; in North
American Ferns, Taxonomic and
geographic, 169.

Symphytum asperrimum, 247; as-
perum, 247.

Symplocarpus foetidus, 219.

Taenidia integerrima, 245.

Taraxacum, 111, 221; ceratophorum,
112, 221, in New England, 111;
erythrospermum, 220; officinale,
220.

Tardy Flowering of Plants in eastern
Massachusetts in the Spring of
1917, 219.

Taxonomic and geographic Studies in
North American Ferns, 169.

Thalictrum dasycarpum, 224.

Thaspium aureum, 67, 164.

Tiarella cordifolia, 132, 226, forma
parviflora, 132.

Tillaea aquatica, 91, 218, 219;
Vaillantii, 219.

Tofieldia glutinosa, 164.

Tortella caespitosa, 69.

Tradescantia reflexa, 126; virginica,
var. villosa, 66.

Trifolium dubium, 228.

Triglochin maritima, 32, 35; palus-
tris, 31, 33, 35.

Tropaeolum majus, 115.

Tsuga canadensis albo-spica, 273.

Tussilago, 220.

Two new maritime Plants of north-
eastern North America, 76; new
Polygonums from New England,
232.

Ulmus americana, 220.

United States and Canada, Andro-
pogon scoparius in the, 100.

Utricularia, 38; clandestina, 248;
fibrosa, 38, in Massachusetts, 38;
intermedia, 32; resupinata, 248.

Uvularia grandiflora, 127.

Vaccinium corymbosum, var. palli-
dum, 246; stamineum, 246; vacil-
lans, 66, var. crinitum, 246.

Valeriana, 33; uliginosa, 31, 33, 53.

Variations of Polygonum pensyl-
vanicum, 70.

Varieties and Forms of Saxifraga,
New Species, 141; Botrychium

3 1753 00341 3405

288

virginianum and its American, 207;
in North America, Arenaria lateri-
flora and its, 259; of Chimaphila
umbellata, 237; of Ranunculus,
Some new or critical Species or,
135.

Variety of Spartina new to New
England, 27; of Spiraea latifolia,
A boreal and subalpine, 254.

Verbena angustifolia, 247.

Vermont, Some Traits of Epipactis
in, 38; A white-leaved Hemlock
in, 273.

Vernonia altissima, 168, var. pubes-
cens, 168, var. taeniotricha, 167;
gigantea pubescens, 168; glauca,
168; maxima pubescens, 168.

Veronica Anagallis-aquatica, 60, 248,
Glandularity on, 60; Teucrium,
248; Tournefortii, 248.

Viburnum, 22; Lantana, 249; Opu-
lus, 249.

Vicia hirsuta, 229; stipulacea, 161;
stipulacea, 159-163; tetrasperma,
229; villosa, 229.

Viola emarginata, 231; fimbriatula,
220; palmata, 66; pedata, var.
lineariloba, 220, forma rosea, 117;
primulifolia, 231; rostrata, 231;
Selkirkii, 231.

Vitis’ bicolor, 230; from New Eng-
land, A new, 144; Labrusca, 67,
144, 145, 147; Labrusca X vul-
pina, 144; novae-angliae, 146,

~ Rhodora

[DECEMBER

147; Treleasei,
144-147.

Wall Barley, 121.

Weatherby, C. A., Additions to the
Flora of Connecticut, 105, 119,
224, 245; Color Forms of Impa-
tiens biflora, 115.

Webster, H., Installation of the Peck
Testimonial Exhibit, 236.

Westford, Massachusetts, Some
further Plants found on Wool-
waste at, 132.

White, J., Salvia silvestris L. in
County Peel, Ontario, 39.

White-leaved Hemlock in Vermont,
273; Mountains, A new alpine
Willow from the, 221; Pine, 67.

Wiegand, K. M., A new Species of
Eragrostis of the Old World and
North America, 93.

Willow, 23, 24; from the White
Mountains, A new alpine, 221.

Wintergreen, 237.

Woodwardia virginica, 32.

Woolwaste at Westford, Massachu-
setts, Some further Plants found
on, 132.

146; vulpina,

Xyris Smalliana,

126.

flexuosa, 126;

Zizania, 65; palustris, 108.
Zizia aurea, 67.